Thermostat

Thermostat
Home & Building Control
TRADELINE Catalog
2000
®
Edition for CD-ROM
Table of Contents
Model Number Index.................................................................................................................................................. iii
Subject Index............................................................................................................................................................ viii
ISO 9000.................................................................................................................................................................... xiii
Home Controls and Systems
Perfect Climate Contractor Program ....................................... 2
Contactors ............................................................................... 4
Defrost Controller .................................................................. 14
Electric Heat Controls............................................................ 15
Gas Burner Controls—Combination ...................................... 23
Gas Burner Controls—Pilot Accessories............................... 54
Gas Burner Controls—Ignition Controls ................................ 60
Hydronic Controls .................................................................. 74
Oil Burner Controls .............................................................. 108
Relays and Control Centers ................................................ 119
Thermostats ........................................................................ 124
Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System ............. 128
Thermostats—Electronic Programmable.............................
Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable .....................
Thermostats—Electromechanical Programmable ...............
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable .......
DoD Thermostats ................................................................
Thermostats—Easy-to-See .................................................
Thermostats—Other Electronic ...........................................
Thermostats—Parts and Accessories .................................
Thermostat Guards..............................................................
Trol-A-Temp Zoning Systems..............................................
Transformers .......................................................................
Warm Air Controls ...............................................................
131
137
141
144
158
159
160
162
164
170
188
194
202
203
204
226
232
Ventilation Systems .............................................................
Ventilation Systems—Parts and Accessories......................
Commercial Air Cleaners.....................................................
Commercial Air Cleaners—Accessories..............................
241
244
247
267
272
277
281
302
313
326
351
355
367
385
Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose.............................
Motors and Actuators—Parts and Accessories ...................
Pressure Controllers ............................................................
Refrigeration ........................................................................
Remote Temperature Controllers ........................................
Step Controllers ...................................................................
Timers..................................................................................
Variable Frequency Drives ..................................................
Water and Steam Valves.....................................................
409
413
415
416
419
438
440
442
444
493
508
517
521
530
537
Pneumatic Valves/Actuators................................................
Pneumatic Air Supplies .......................................................
Pneumatic Accessories .......................................................
Pneumatic Cross Reference................................................
Pneumatic Definitions and Abbreviations ............................
Pneumatic Part Number Reference.....................................
548
560
564
571
597
600
613
623
628
629
630
Heating—Thermostatic Radiator Valves .............................
Heating—Differential Pressure Regulators..........................
Heating—Air Vents ..............................................................
Heating—Accessories .........................................................
Filtration—Water Filters .......................................................
631
644
645
649
652
664
670
671
673
674
Backflow Preventers ............................................................
Heating Expansion Tanks....................................................
Thermal Expansion Tanks ...................................................
Lime Remover .....................................................................
676
679
681
683
Indoor Air Quality
Indoor Air Quality.................................................................
Air Treatment System..........................................................
Residential Air Cleaners ......................................................
Residential Air Cleaners—Accessories ...............................
Humidity Products ...............................................................
Building Controls and Systems
Auxiliary Equipment.............................................................
Dampers ..............................................................................
Direct Digital Control Systems.............................................
Economizers........................................................................
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors ...................
Environmental Control Systems ..........................................
Lighting Controls .................................................................
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats.................
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled...............................
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted ................................
Pneumatic Controls
Pneumatic Thermostats/Humidistats...................................
Pneumatic Controllers .........................................................
Pneumatic Sensors .............................................................
Pneumatic Relays................................................................
Pneumatic Switches ............................................................
Pneumatic Damper Actuator ...............................................
Honeywell Braukmann
Plumbing—Pressure Reducing Valves................................
Plumbing—Ball Valves ........................................................
Plumbing—Y-Strainers ........................................................
Plumbing—Y-Strainers/Heating—Zone Valves, Electric .....
Heating—Thermostatic Mixing Valves.................................
Honeywell Sparco
Mixing Valves ......................................................................
Multiple Zone Valves ...........................................................
Zone Valves ........................................................................
FlowCheck/Thermometers/Tridicator ..................................
Air Eliminators .....................................................................
continued next page
i
Table of Contents
Flame Safeguard Systems
Flame Safeguard Systems ..................................................
7800 SERIES Relay Modules..............................................
7800 SERIES Required Components .................................
7800 SERIES Optional Components...................................
7800 SERIES Testers and Demonstrators..........................
BCS 7700 Product Selection Guides...................................
BCS 7700 ............................................................................
685
705
714
717
720
721
724
BCS 7700 Boiler Controller .................................................
Flame Amplifiers ..................................................................
BCS 7700 Firing Rate Motor ...............................................
BCS 7700 Pressure/Temperature Sensors .........................
BCS 7700 Optional Components ........................................
Communications ..................................................................
ControLinks™ Fuel Air Control System ...............................
725
726
727
728
730
731
733
737
738
740
742
744
756
761
Ignition Transformers...........................................................
Modernization and Replacement.........................................
Pressure Controls/Limits .....................................................
Primary and Relay Controls.................................................
Programmers .......................................................................
Test Equipment ...................................................................
Commercial Hydronic Controls ............................................
778
779
783
796
800
803
806
Flame Safeguard Controls
System Selection Guide ......................................................
Amplifiers.............................................................................
Auxiliary Equipment.............................................................
Flame Safeguard Modutrol® IV Motors ...............................
Flame Sensors ....................................................................
Integrated Gas Valve Train Components ............................
Gas Valves ..........................................................................
Authorized Distributors.......................................................................................................................................... 810
Training Materials ................................................................................................................................................... 811
General Information................................................................................................................................................ 817
Reference Information............................................................................................................................................ 819
ii
Model Number Index
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
Numerics
121708............95-6438 ........................... 803
123514............95-6438 ........................... 803
14002573-001 & -00295-7136 ................ 507
14003192-001 95-7243 ........................... 507
14003519 ...... ......................................... 564
190097............60-0432 ........................... 269
198162............63-2230 ........................... 403
203659............65-0093 ........................... 803
209599............69-1157 ........................... 246
220736............63-2228 ........................... 403
221508............62-0078 ........................... 403
23394B ...........95-2271 ........................... 169
32003487........69-1372 ........................... 246
34297A,B ...... ......................................... 169
394530 .......... ........................................... 56
4PDT-R ......... ......................................... 182
A
A7184 .............66-1108 ........................... 118
A7800 .............65-0110 ........................... 720
ACMV ............ ......................................... 668
AK3470 ......... ......................................... 562
AM Series ...... ......................................... 664
AMBD ............ ......................................... 182
AMCU ............ ......................................... 668
AMPDC-CP ... ......................................... 184
AOBD ............ ......................................... 173
AOBD-CD1 .... ......................................... 178
AP400 ........... ......................................... 675
AQ475A ..........68-0217 ............................. 75
AQ675A ..........68-0218 ............................. 76
AQ775A ..........68-0218 ............................. 77
ARCD ............ ......................................... 183
ARR262 ......... ......................................... 562
ASCD ............ ......................................... 183
AT120 .............68-0054 ........................... 192
AT140 .............68-0054 ...................192, 649
AT150 .............68-0054 ........................... 192
AT150F...........68-0054 ........................... 193
AT175 .............68-0054 ........................... 192
AT175F...........68-0054 ........................... 193
AT20 ...............60-0424 ........................... 188
AT40 ...............60-0424 ........................... 188
AT72 ...............60-2254 ........................... 189
AT87 ...............60-2254 ........................... 190
AT88 ...............60-2254 ........................... 190
AT92 ...............60-2257 ........................... 191
B
B100 ...............62-3026 .......... 623, 624, 627
B200 ...............62-3035 .......... 625, 626, 627
BC7000...........60-2529 ........................... 800
BC7700 ......... ......................................... 725
BCS 7700 .......63-2291 ........................... 724
BP700 ........... ......................................... 676
BP900 ........... ......................................... 676
C
C437 ...............60-2320
C554 ...............60-2148
C637 ...............60-2320
C645A,B .........60-2159
C645C,D.........60-2159
C645E.............60-2159
........................... 783
........................... 116
........................... 783
........................... 785
........................... 785
........................... 785
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
C647 ............... 60-2530 ........................... 786
C7004 ............. 60-2028 ........................... 744
C7005 ............. 60-2033 ........................... 745
C7007 ............. 60-2024 ........................... 744
C7008 ............. 60-2024 ........................... 745
C7009 ............. 60-2024 ........................... 746
C7010 ............. 60-2030 ........................... 746
C7012 ............. 60-2398 ........................... 747
C7013 ............. 60-2031 ........................... 748
C7014 ............. 60-2031 ........................... 748
C7015 ............. 60-2306 ........................... 749
C7024 ............. 65-0156 ........................... 749
C7027 ............. 60-2026 ........................... 750
C7031 ............. 60-2217 ........................... 313
C7035 ............. 60-2026 ........................... 751
C7046 ............. 60-2350 ........................... 314
C7057 ............. 62-0074 ........................... 354
C7061 ............. 65-0223 ........................... 752
C7076 ............ ......................................... 753
C7089A .......... 69-0896 ........................... 130
C7089H .......... 69-1197 ........................... 235
C7100 ............. 60-2521 ................... 130, 314
C7130 ............. 63-2044 ........................... 315
C7150 ............. 63-2072 ........................... 307
C7189 ............. 69-0895 ........................... 130
C7232 ............ ................................. 267, 311
C7242 ............. 63-2546 ................... 267, 311
C7400 ............. 63-1143 ........................... 304
C7650 ............. 63-2499 ................... 304, 305
C7770 ............. 74-2868 ........................... 296
C7927 ............. 60-2026 ........................... 751
C815A ............ 60-2516 ........................... 157
CP980 ............ 75-7270 ........................... 508
CP981 ........... ......................................... 510
CR7075 .......... 63-2180 ........................... 354
CXL, CXS ....... 63-1285 ........................... 442
D
D05 .................62-3021 .......... 613, 615, 622
D06 .................63-8736 .......... 618, 621, 622
D146 ............... 62-3019 ........................... 644
D640A ........... ......................................... 277
D641A ............ 60-2000 ........................... 277
D642 .............. ......................................... 277
D643 ............... 77-5318 ........................... 277
D896 ............... 68-0186 ............................. 78
DLA ............... ......................................... 178
DM7600.......... 63-2237 ........................... 412
DP1025 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 5
DP1030 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 5
DP1040 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 5
DP2020 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 5
DP2030 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 5, 6
DP2040 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 5, 6
DP3030 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 6, 8
DP3040 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 6, 8
DP3050 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 6, 8
DP3060 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 6, 8
DP3075 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 8
DP3090 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 8
DP4040 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 8
DPBT ............. ......................................... 179
DS05 .............. 62-3041 .......... 615, 617, 622
DS06 .............. 62-3052 ................... 619, 622
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
DS06G............ 62-3052 ........................... 621
DSP1544 ........ 63-2459 ........................... 118
DSP2672 ....... ......................................... 720
E
EA122A .......... 62-3038 ................... 647, 648
EA67............... 95C-10764 ...................... 645
EA79............... 62-3034 ........................... 646
EC7810 .......... 66-1091 ........................... 706
EC7820 .......... 66-1091 ........................... 706
EC7823 .......... 66-2031 ........................... 707
EC7830 .......... 66-2041 ........................... 708
EC7850 .......... 66-2041 ........................... 708
EC7885A ........ 66-2035 ........................... 709
EC7890 .......... 66-2032 ........................... 702
EC7895 .......... 65-0205 ........................... 704
EL7305 .......... ......................................... 351
EL7315 .......... ......................................... 351
EL7316 ........... 56-6299 ........................... 352
EL7611 ........... 63-2475 ........................... 353
EL7612 ........... 63-2475 ........................... 353
EL7621 ........... 63-2475 ........................... 353
EL7628 ........... 63-2471 ........................... 352
EL7630 .......... ......................................... 353
EMM-3 ........... ......................................... 171
ER150B ......... ......................................... 242
ER200B .......... 68-3020 ........................... 242
Excel 100........ 74-2035 ........................... 285
Excel 50.......... 74-3029 ........................... 286
Excel 5000 Cabinets74-3570 .................. 301
Excel Building Supervisor74-2033 .......... 281
Excel CARE.... 74-5136 ........................... 288
Excel LonSpec™74-2976 ....................... 300
Excel LonStat ......................................... 344
Excel LonStation™74-3069 .................... 300
Excel XI581, XI58274-3551 .................... 287
Excel XI584 .... 74-3352 ........................... 287
F
F111 ............... 68-0198 ........................... 247
F112 ............... 68-3022 ........................... 251
F113 ............... 68-3022 ........................... 252
F114 ............... 68-0201 ........................... 253
F115 ............... 68-0201 ........................... 254
F116 ............... 68-0200 ........................... 255
F117 .............. ......................................... 268
F118 ............... 68-0209 ........................... 258
F20 ................. 68-0122 ................... 205, 224
F25 ................. 68-0138 ................... 204, 221
F27 ................. 68-0159 ................... 204, 223
F29 ................ ................................. 205, 225
F35F ............... 68-0178 ................... 204, 217
F35R............... 68-3017 ................... 204, 219
F50E............... 68-0072 .. 205, 210, 228, 229
F50F ............... 68-0137 ................... 204, 206
F52F ............... 68-0074 ........................... 213
F57A............... 68-0083 ................... 259, 260
F57B............... 68-0083 ................... 259, 262
F74C ............. ......................................... 659
F76 ................. 68-0129 ................... 652, 655
F90 ................. 68-0103 ................... 259, 264
FADS ............. ......................................... 179
FC200, 201 ... ......................................... 673
FF06 .............. ......................................... 661
FPC ............... ......................................... 179
continued next page
iii
Model Number Index
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
FSP1535 ........ 95-6910 ........................... 803
FSP5004 ........ 60-0219 ........................... 804
FSP5075A1.... 60-2382 ........................... 799
FSP5075A3.... 60-2382 ........................... 799
FV147 ........... .......................................... 675
FY32 .............. 62-3032 .................. 628, 629
G
GoldTop FV .. .......................................... 674
GT161, 162 ... .......................................... 673
H
H1008 ............ 68-0207 ........................... 239
H205 .............. 60-2301 ........................... 306
H409 .............. 60-2395 ........................... 416
H46 ................ 60-2097 ........................... 237
H49 ................ 60-2100 ........................... 236
H600 .............. 60-2089 ........................... 237
H609 .............. 60-2425 ........................... 416
H69 ................ 95-5846 ........................... 236
H7011A,B....... 74-1933 ........................... 321
H7012A,B....... 74-1868 ........................... 321
H705 .............. 63-2144 ........................... 306
H7620 ............ 62-0172 ........................... 320
H7621 ............ 62-0172 ........................... 320
H7630 ............ 62-0172 ........................... 320
H7631 ............ 62-0172 ........................... 320
H775 .............. 63-2421 ........................... 310
H808 .............. 68-2408 ........................... 238
H8808B,C ...... 68-0152 ........................... 239
H8909 ............ 69-1341 ........................... 240
H908 .............. 69-1186 ........................... 238
H915 .............. 77-6160 ........................... 272
HCRS ............ .......................................... 175
HE120 ............ 68-0190 ........................... 232
HE220 ............ 68-0191 ........................... 232
HE260 ............ 68-0191 ........................... 232
HE360 ............ 68-0194 ........................... 233
HE420 ............ 68-0192 ........................... 234
HE460 ............ 68-0192 ........................... 234
HP970 ............ 75-7195 ........................... 493
HP970 ............ 77-1003 .................. 504, 506
HP971 ............ 85-0054 ........................... 517
HR150............ 68-0171 ........................... 241
HR200............ 68-0171 ........................... 241
HV190, 196 ... .......................................... 675
L
L4006 ............. 60-2104 ............................. 79
L4008 ............ ............................................ 81
L4017 ............. 60-2259 ........................... 197
L4029 ............. 60-2263 ........................... 198
L404A-D,F...... 60-2150 ........................... 789
L404T,V,W,Y.. 60-2149 ........................... 791
L4064 ............. 69-0115 ........................... 194
L4064K........... 63-2091 ........................... 272
L4068 ............. 60-2260 ........................... 198
L4069 ............. 95-5955C ......................... 197
L4079 ............. 60-2156 ........................... 793
L408 ............... 60-2158 ........................... 792
L4081 ............. 60-2105 ............................. 82
L4103 ............. 60-2344 ............................. 83
L411 ............... 60-2157 ........................... 793
L456A............. 63-2027 ........................... 430
L480B,G ......... 60-2203 ........................... 431
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
L482A............. 74-3935 ........................... 431
L6006 ............. 60-2104 ............................. 79
L6008 ............. 60-2104 ............................. 81
L604 ............... 60-2150 ........................... 789
L6068 ............. 60-2260 ........................... 199
L6076 ............. 60-2208 ........................... 273
L608 .............. .......................................... 792
L6081 ............. 60-2105 ............................. 82
L7033 ............ .......................................... 518
L8100 ............. 60-2336 ............................. 84
L8124 ............. 60-2061 ............................. 85
L8148 ............. 60-2278 ............................. 87
L8151 ............. 60-2553 ............................. 90
L91 ................. 60-2152 ........................... 788
Limex LX ....... .......................................... 683
LP907............. 75-1612 ........................... 493
LP914............. 75-5527 ........................... 518
LP915............. 75-5527 ........................... 519
LP916............. 75-5559 ........................... 494
LP920............. 75-7273 ........................... 511
M
M4185 ............ 63-2187 ........................... 390
M4186 ............ 63-2187 ........................... 390
M436 .............. 60-2119 ........................... 409
M6063A.......... 95C-10887 ......................... 99
M6184 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 390
M6194 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 390
M6284 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 391
M6285 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 392
M6286 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 392
M6294 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 391
M6410 ............ 62-0100 .................. 381, 477
M6415 ............ 63-2100 .................. 307, 411
M7164 ............ 63-2197 ........................... 392
M7185 ............ 63-2199 ........................... 392
M7186 ............ 63-2199 ........................... 392
M7284A,C,Q .. 63-2477 ........................... 394
M7284A,G...... 63-2202 ........................... 393
M7285A.......... 63-2202 ........................... 393
M7285A,C,Q .. 63-2202 ........................... 394
M7286G ......... 63-2202 ........................... 393
M7294A,G,Q .. 63-2202 ........................... 393
M7405 ............ 63-2100 .................. 307, 411
M7410 ............ 62-0100 .................. 381, 477
M7415 ............ 63-2100 .................. 307, 411
M7484 ............ 63-2273 ........................... 727
M7685 ............ 63-2203 ........................... 395
M7964 ............ 63-2227 ........................... 395
M8185 ............ 63-2187 ........................... 390
M833 .............. 95-5205 ........................... 410
M835 .............. 60-2120 ........................... 410
M836 .............. 60-2119 ........................... 409
M8405 ............ 63-2100 .................. 307, 411
M8415 ............ 63-2100 .................. 307, 411
M842 .............. 71-92273 ......................... 411
M847 .............. 95C-10661 ....................... 411
M9164 ............ 63-2194 ........................... 396
M9174 ............ 63-2194 ........................... 396
M9175 ............ 63-2193 ........................... 397
M9184 ............ 63-2190 ........................... 398
M9185 ............ 63-2191 ........................... 397
M9186 ............ 63-2191 ........................... 397
M9194 ............ 63-2190 ........................... 398
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
M9484D,E,F... 63-2195 ........................... 742
M9494D ......... 63-2195 ........................... 742
MABS EZ ....... 68-0101 ........................... 171
MARD ........... .......................................... 177
MCRS ........... .......................................... 174
ML4105 .......... 63-2540 ........................... 378
ML4115 .......... 63-2540 ........................... 378
ML4195 .......... 63-2538 ........................... 377
ML6161 .......... 63-2209 ........................... 371
ML6174 .......... 62-2209 ........................... 372
ML6175 .......... 63-2495 ........................... 375
ML6184 .......... 63-2457 ........................... 373
ML6185 .......... 63-2483 ........................... 375
ML6194 .......... 63-2511 ........................... 374
ML6195 .......... 63-2537 ........................... 377
ML6275 .......... 63-2493 ........................... 375
ML6284 .......... 63-2505 ........................... 373
ML6285 .......... 63-2487 ........................... 375
ML6294 .......... 63-2511 ........................... 374
ML6295 .......... 63-2537 ........................... 377
ML6420 .......... 63-2533 ........................... 380
ML6421 .......... 63-1256 ........................... 380
ML6425 .......... 63-2516 ........................... 380
ML684 ............ 95C-10384B .................... 379
ML6874 .......... 95C-10865 ....................... 379
ML7161 .......... 63-2209 ........................... 371
ML7174 .......... 63-2209 ........................... 372
ML7275 .......... 63-2492 ........................... 375
ML7284 .......... 63-2504 ........................... 373
ML7285 .......... 63-2486 ........................... 375
ML7294 .......... 63-2513 ........................... 374
ML7295 .......... 63-2539 ........................... 377
ML7421 .......... 63-2515 ........................... 380
ML7425 .......... 63-2516 ........................... 380
ML7984 .......... 95C-10753 ....................... 379
ML7999A ....... 65-0239 ........................... 734
ML8105 .......... 63-2540 ........................... 378
ML8115 .......... 63-2540 ........................... 378
ML8175 .......... 63-2509 ........................... 375
ML8185 .......... 63-2507 ........................... 375
ML8195 .......... 63-2538 ........................... 377
ML9175 .......... 63-2503 ........................... 375
ML9184 .......... 63-2508 ........................... 373
ML9185 .......... 63-2494 ........................... 375
ML9194 .......... 63-2513 ........................... 374
MM ................ .......................................... 172
MMA ............. .......................................... 178
MOBD ........... .......................................... 177
MP516 ........... 77-9247 ........................... 538
MP909A ......... 77-9260 ........................... 539
MP909D......... 77-9870 ........................... 539
MP909E,H ..... 77-9030 ........................... 540
MP913 ........... 77-9838 ........................... 543
MP918 ........... 77-3080 ........................... 544
MP920 ........... 77-6087 ........................... 546
MP953 ........... 77-3001 ........................... 548
MP958 ........... 95-7541 ........................... 550
MPDC ........... .......................................... 184
MPFAD ......... .......................................... 183
MPFAD-MA .. .......................................... 184
MP-SRTD ..... .......................................... 184
MRP-II .......... .......................................... 185
MSTN ........... .......................................... 180
MT100C ........ .......................................... 643
continued next page
iv
Model Number Index
MODEL
FORM NO.
MT110C..........62-3022
MV100 ............62-3048
MV110 ............62-3003
MV876 ............68-0129
MZ110 ............62-3025
MZ410 ............62-3025
PAGE
........................... 643
........................... 629
........................... 629
........................... 654
........................... 650
........................... 650
P
P246 ...............75-7273 ........................... 512
P455 ...............60-2153 ........................... 794
P457 ...............77-9813 ........................... 530
P606 ...............60-2155 ........................... 415
P638 ...............75-7151 ........................... 531
P643 ...............77-9607 ........................... 532
P658 ...............77-9607 ........................... 533
P7610 .............68-0214 ........................... 322
P7710 .............63-2274 ........................... 728
P7720 .............63-2275 ........................... 728
P7730 .............63-2276 ........................... 729
P7810 .............65-0207, 65-0235 ............ 795
P906 ...............60-2155 ........................... 415
P928 ...............95-2974 ........................... 794
PA404.............60-2341 ............................. 91
PC8900...........68-0173 ........................... 128
PIRR .............. ......................................... 180
PM7700A........63-2277 ........................... 725
PMT-40 ......... ......................................... 180
PowerTrack MV ....................................... 671
PowerVent PV ......................................... 676
PowerVent PV200 ................................... 678
PP902.............75-2558 ........................... 563
PP903.............75-1326 ........................... 513
PP904.............77-9606 ........................... 514
PP905.............75-5537 ........................... 519
PP97...............75-1075 ........................... 512
Q
Q100...............60-2135 ...................406, 740
Q179A,B .........60-2032 ........................... 754
Q179C,D.........60-2359 ........................... 755
Q181...............60-2124 ........................... 405
Q209...............63-2226 ........................... 405
Q298B ............60-2001 ........................... 279
Q313...............60-2087 ............................. 56
Q314...............60-2075 ............................. 57
Q327...............60-2075 ............................. 57
Q340...............60-2087 ............................. 54
Q340...............69-0751 ............................. 55
Q345A ............68-0094 ............................. 69
Q347A ............60-1018 ............................. 68
Q354A ............60-0033 ............................. 68
Q379, Q382 ....60-2075 ............................. 58
Q390...............60-2087 ............................. 55
Q390...............62-3031 ........................... 649
Q473...............63-2048 ........................... 358
Q5001.............63-2425 ........................... 406
Q5055.............66-2015 ........................... 770
Q520...............60-0745 ........................... 804
Q539...............60-2246 ........................... 146
Q605...............60-2003, 63-2263 ............ 279
Q607...............60-2123 ........................... 408
Q624...............60-2049 ........................... 778
Q633...............60-2023 ........................... 121
Q651...............60-2016 ........................... 360
Q652...............63-2159 ........................... 778
MODEL
FORM NO.
Q667............... 60-2422
Q674............... 77-5070
Q682............... 68-0077
Q7002............. 63-2551
Q7100A,C....... 63-1264
Q7100A,C....... 68-0163
Q7130............. 63-2235
Q7130A .......... 63-2235
Q7230A .......... 63-2235
Q7300A-F ....... 63-4165
Q7330A .......... 63-2235
Q7630A .......... 63-2235
Q769............... 62-0071
Q7700............. 63-2278
Q7710............. 63-2279
Q7740A, B...... 74-2858
Q7750............. 74-2950
Q7751............. 74-2952
Q7760............. 74-2954
Q7800............. 65-0084
Q7999A .......... 65-0240
Q8205............. 68-0177
Q9200............. 74-1825
QM4520.......... 65-0211
QS7100 .......... 69-1349
QS7700 .......... 63-2284
QS7800A........ 65-0092
QS7800B........ 65-0227
QS7850 .......... 65-0171
QW700 ........... 60-2473
PAGE
........................... 329
........................... 154
........................... 142
........................... 308
........................... 348
........................... 140
........................... 399
........................... 402
........................... 402
........................... 344
........................... 402
........................... 402
........................... 309
........................... 731
........................... 730
........................... 293
........................... 289
........................... 292
........................... 293
........................... 714
........................... 733
............................. 98
........................... 288
........................... 735
............................. 92
........................... 731
........................... 731
........................... 732
........................... 731
........................... 806
R
R4140 ............. 60-2337, 60-2339, 60-2340 ...
801
R4155 ............. 60-2314 ........................... 740
R4222 ............. 60-2056 ........................... 119
R4225 ............. 60-2165 ........................... 123
R4795 ............. 60-2285 ........................... 796
R7184 ............. 69-1233 ........................... 108
R7184A,B,U .. ......................................... 108
R7184A,B,U ... 69-1233 ........................... 108
R7247 ............. 60-2358 ........................... 738
R7248 ............. 60-2357 ........................... 738
R7249 ............ ......................................... 738
R7257 ............ ......................................... 739
R7258 ............ ......................................... 739
R7259 ............ ......................................... 739
R7289 ............ ......................................... 739
R7290 ............ ......................................... 739
R7426 ............. 63-2565 ........................... 349
R7476 ............ ......................................... 738
R7747 ............. 63-2268 ........................... 726
R7748 ............. 63-2285 ........................... 726
R7749 ............. 66-2001 ........................... 726
R7795 ............. 66-2001 ................... 780, 796
R7824 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714
R7847 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714
R7848 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714
R7849 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714
R7851 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714
R7861 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714
R7886 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714
R7999A,B ....... 65-0238 ........................... 733
R8182 ............. 68-0105 ........................... 112
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
R8184G .......... 68-0113 ........................... 109
R8184M.......... 68-0111 ........................... 111
R8222............. 60-2056 ........................... 119
R8225............. 60-2165 ........................... 123
R8228............. 60-2056 ........................... 119
R8229............. 60-2396 ............................. 20
R8239............. 60-1190 ........................... 122
R8246............. 60-2396 ............................. 20
R8285............. 68-0088 ........................... 121
R8330............. 60-2051 ............................. 22
R841............... 60-2004 ............................. 19
R845............... 60-2481 ............................. 97
R847............... 60-2481 ............................. 92
R8845U .......... 68-0215 ............................. 93
R8888............. 68-0176 ............................. 95
R8889............. 68-0184 ............................. 95
RA116, RA11760-2137 ........................... 117
RA832 ........... ........................................... 97
RA889A .......... 68-0216 ............................. 96
RA89 ............. ........................................... 97
RA890F .......... 60-2034 ................... 779, 797
RA890G.......... 60-2035 ................... 779, 798
RCAS ............ ......................................... 179
RDMH ........... ......................................... 180
RDMZ ............ ......................................... 180
RM7800.......... 66-2028 ........................... 713
RM7823.......... 66-2031 ........................... 707
RM7824.......... 65-0155 ........................... 703
RM7830.......... 66-2041 ........................... 708
RM7838A ....... 66-2029 ........................... 710
RM7838B ....... 66-2036 ........................... 711
RM7840 ......... ......................................... 712
RM7850.......... 66-2041 ........................... 708
RM7885.......... 66-2035 ........................... 709
RM7888.......... 65-0175 ........................... 710
RM7890A,B,C 66-2032 ........................... 702
RM7890D ....... 65-0179 ........................... 702
RM7895.......... 65-0205 ........................... 704
RM7895E,F .... 65-0179 ........................... 705
RM7896.......... 66-1090 ........................... 705
RP418 ............ 85-0065 ........................... 521
RP470 ............ 77-9852 ........................... 522
RP471 ............ 77-9848 ........................... 522
RP670 ............ 77-9851 ........................... 523
RP7517 .......... 85-0109 ........................... 529
RP818 ............ 85-0065 ........................... 521
RP913 ............ 75-7114 ........................... 524
RP920 ............ 85-0142 ........................... 515
RP922 ............ 85-0146 ........................... 525
RP970 ............ 77-9850 ........................... 526
RP971 ............ 77-9849 ........................... 526
RP972 ............ 77-9831 ........................... 527
RP973 ............ 77-9847 ........................... 527
RP975 ............ 77-9846 ........................... 528
S
S1094 ............ ......................................... 294
S43 ................. 60-2187 ........................... 741
S437, S637..... 60-2186 ........................... 273
S443 ............... 60-2122 ........................... 406
S445 ............... 60-1209 ........................... 741
S483 .............. ......................................... 227
S547 ............... 95-6282 ........................... 274
S6008 ............. 69-0383 ........................... 269
continued next page
v
Model Number Index
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
S6057............. 69-0687 ........................... 269
S637............... 60-2186 ........................... 273
S684............... 60-2277 ........................... 438
S688............... 60-2103 .................. 205, 226
S7184............. 66-1101 ........................... 115
S7760A .......... 74-2972 ........................... 299
S7800............. 65-0090 ........................... 717
S7810A .......... 65-0091 ........................... 717
S7810B .......... 65-0228 ........................... 718
S7820............. 65-0095 ........................... 718
S7830............. 65-0101 ........................... 719
S830............... 60-2022 .................. 205, 226
S8610U .......... 68-0135 ............................. 61
S87................. 68-0039 ............................. 67
S8700............. 69-1299 ............................. 66
S876............... 71-92261 ......................... 200
S89................. 68-0066 ............................. 66
S890G, H ....... 68-0070 ............................. 65
S8910U .......... 68-0161 ............................. 64
S89C,G .......... 68-0070 ............................. 65
S963............... 60-2122 ........................... 330
S963B ............ 60-2122 ........................... 274
S984............... 60-2277 ........................... 438
SDCR ............ .......................................... 181
SDMT ............ .......................................... 181
SM Series ..... .......................................... 667
SP470 ............ 77-9844 ........................... 534
SP970 ............ 77-9845 ........................... 535
SparcoMatic MX ...................................... 668
Sparco-Trol ... .......................................... 679
Sparcozone SZ ........................................ 670
SPBT ............ .......................................... 181
SPC .............. .......................................... 178
SPRD ............ .......................................... 176
SRTD ............ .......................................... 174
ST6008A,B,C . 68-3002 ........................... 440
ST7009 .......... 68-3003 ........................... 441
ST74 .............. 68-0065 ............................. 14
ST7700A ........ 63-2287 ........................... 725
ST7705 .......... 63-2257 ........................... 730
ST7800A ........ 65-0089 ........................... 716
ST82 .............. 68-0090 ........................... 120
ST9101 .......... 69-0686 ........................... 200
ST9103 .......... 69-0771 ........................... 200
ST9120 .......... 69-0644 ........................... 200
ST9141 .......... 69-0780 ........................... 200
SV9501,SV950260-1004 ........................... 60
T
T100............... 62-3048 .................. 631, 636
T100............... 95C-10712 ....................... 630
T104............... 62-3004 ........................... 637
T200............... 62-3048 ........................... 631
T238............... 60-2218 ........................... 275
T4031............. 60-2177 ........................... 417
T4031C,E,F.... 63-2035 ........................... 429
T4031G,K....... 63-2033 ........................... 418
T4031H,J ....... 63-2032 ........................... 418
T4039............. 60-2241, 63-2156 ............355
T410............... 68-0145 ............................. 16
T42G-K,M-P ... 60-2229 ........................... 360
T4398............. 68-0147 ............................. 17
T451............... 63-2051 ........................... 357
T4700............. 95C-10856B ...................... 18
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
T475............... 60-2219 ........................... 806
T4800............. 68-0151 ............................. 18
T498............... 95C-10686 ......................... 17
T5086............. 63-2038 ........................... 474
T6031............. 60-2177 ........................... 417
T6031C,D....... 63-2035 ........................... 429
T6031E .......... 63-2118 ........................... 430
T6031F,G....... 63-2118 ........................... 429
T6051............. 63-1093 ........................... 358
T6052............. 63-1093 ........................... 358
T6054A .......... 60-2173 ........................... 432
T6064A,B ....... 60-2406 ........................... 432
T6064D .......... 63-2214 ........................... 433
T631A-C......... 60-2214 ........................... 361
T631F,G......... 60-2509 ........................... 362
T6381............. 95C-10758 ....................... 356
T6383............. 95C-10758 ....................... 356
T6387............. 95C-10758 ....................... 356
T641............... 63-2259 ........................... 363
T651............... 63-2051 ........................... 357
T675A,B ......... 60-2200 ........................... 426
T675F............. 602213 ............................ 428
T678............... 60-2200 ........................... 417
T678A ............ 60-2200 ........................... 426
T678B ............ 60-2207 ........................... 807
T678C ............ 60-2215 ........................... 428
T6984............. 63-1284 ........................... 363
T7022............. 77-7284 ........................... 315
T7047............. 60-2174 ........................... 316
T7067............. 60-2421 ........................... 328
T7079............. 63-2572 ........................... 425
T7080............. 63-4173 ........................... 335
T7100D,E....... 68-0163 ........................... 140
T7100F........... 63-1264 ........................... 348
T7147............. 63-4065 ........................... 348
T7200............. 63-4038 .................. 338, 365
T7300/Q7300 . 63-4165 ........................... 365
T7300A,B,C ... 63-4165 ........................... 344
T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L63-4038 .............. 339
T7560............. 74-3097 ........................... 317
T7660............. 63-4334 ........................... 317
T7710............. 63-2288 ........................... 729
T7750............. 74-2944 ........................... 318
T775A,B,C,D.. 63-8413 ........................... 423
T775E,F,G ..... 63-2490 ........................... 423
T775J ............. 63-2248 ........................... 423
T7770............. 74-2697 ........................... 318
T7984............. 63-1284 ........................... 363
T8000 ........... .......................................... 134
T8001............. 68-0195 ........................... 134
T8034............. 68-0075 ........................... 151
T8090............. 68-0077 ........................... 141
T8095............. 69-0638 ........................... 142
T810............... 68-0050 .................. 148, 651
T8112C .......... 69-0917 ........................... 135
T8131 ........... .......................................... 176
T8131............. 69-0812 .................. 160, 176
T8131............. 69-0813 ........................... 135
T8132............. 68-0148 ........................... 135
T8132............. 69-0786 ........................... 161
T8190............. 69-0642 ........................... 141
T8205 ........... ............................................ 98
T822............... 68-0095 .......... 149, 158, 650
T827A ............ 68-0096 ........................... 150
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
T827B ............ 69-0974 ........................... 150
T834............... 68-0075 ........................... 151
T8381............. 95C-10759 ....................... 357
T8383............. 95C-10759 ....................... 357
T8387............. 95C-10759 ....................... 357
T8400 ........... .......................................... 137
T8401............. 68-0180 ........................... 137
T841A ............ 68-0051 .................. 152, 159
T8501 ........... .......................................... 139
T8511............. 68-0162 ........................... 139
T8524............. 68-0202 ........................... 139
T8600............. 68-0164 ........................... 131
T8601............. 68-0056 ........................... 175
T8601............. 68-0164 ........................... 131
T8602............. 68-0056 ........................... 175
T8602............. 68-0164 ........................... 131
T8611............. 68-0164 .................. 131, 176
T8624............. 69-0937 ........................... 131
T8700............. 68-0197 ........................... 136
T874............... 60-2485 .......... 153, 158, 167
T87F .............. 60-2222 . 144, 158, 159, 651
T915A-D,F,M,P60-2201 .......................... 434
T92................. 60-2243 ........................... 364
T921............... 60-2242 ........................... 365
T991 ............. .......................................... 808
T991A ............ 60-2196 ........................... 435
T991B ............ 60-2055 .................. 435, 807
T991E,F ......... 60-2176 .................. 435, 808
TAX ............... .......................................... 679
TAZ ................ 69-1366 ........................... 170
TD090, TD166 ......................................... 673
TDIAP502730 77-4023 ........................... 536
TDIAP520830 .......................................... 536
TDIAP521030 .......................................... 536
TEC .............. .......................................... 185
TG504 ............ 60-1214 ........................... 167
TG509 ............ 68-0104 ........................... 166
TG510 ............ 68-0104 ........................... 166
TG511 ............ 68-0104 ........................... 166
TG512 ............ 68-0104 ........................... 166
TG586 ............ 69-0575 ........................... 168
TG587 ........... .......................................... 168
TL ................. .......................................... 679
TMAC ........... .......................................... 185
TP9600 .......... 74-5594 ........................... 496
TP970 ............ 75-7134 . 497, 504, 505, 506
TP971 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 499
TP972 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 500
TP973 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 501
TP974 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 520
TP975 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 502
TP979 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 503
TRT ............... .......................................... 174
TRT-W .......... .......................................... 174
TS8095 .......... 69-0749 ........................... 142
TS810 ............ 68-0050 ........................... 148
TS8205 .......... 68-0177 ............................. 98
TS822 ............ 68-0095 .................. 149, 158
TS86A ........... .......................................... 159
TS86A ............ 69-0153 ........................... 148
TVC .............. .......................................... 185
TX Series ...... .......................................... 681
TZ-3 ............... 68-0223 ........................... 170
TZSK.............. 69-1356 ........................... 171
continued next page
vi
Model Number Index
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
U
UEC24014 ..... ......................................... 530
UV100.............69-1379 ........................... 203
V
V100 ...............62-3048 ...................631, 636
V100P.............62-3006 ........................... 641
V110 ...............62-3004 ........................... 637
V135 ...............95C-10711 ...................... 630
V3350 .............63-2519 ...................444, 447
V3351 .............63-2519 ...................444, 447
V3360 .............63-2520 ...................447, 449
V3361 .............63-2520 ...................447, 449
V3450 .............63-2519 ...................444, 447
V3451 .............63-2519 ........................... 444
V3460 .............63-2520 ...................447, 449
V3461 .............63-2520 ...................447, 449
V400 ...............60-2019 ............................. 33
V4043 .............63-2133 ...................449, 451
V4044 .............63-2133 ...................449, 451
V4046 .............60-2145 ........................... 117
V4046C...........60-0112 ........................... 774
V4055 .............60-2309 ........................... 761
V4055A,B,D,E 60-2309 ........................... 765
V4055F,G .......65-0029 ........................... 766
V4062 .............60-2099 ...................761, 767
V4295 .............65-0194 ........................... 775
V48 .................60-2080 ........................... 771
V4943 .............65-0212, 65-0214 ............ 776
V4944 .............65-0214 ........................... 776
V5011 .............60-2126 .......... 447, 457, 464
V5011A,B,F,G 60-2126 ........................... 452
V5011N...........63-2548 ........................... 453
V5013 .............63-2549 .......... 449, 457, 464
V5013C...........77-5613 ........................... 455
V5013N...........63-2549 ........................... 456
V5047A...........71-92128 ......................... 472
V5051A...........60-2130 ........................... 473
V5055 .............60-2307 ...................761, 762
V5086 .............63-2038 ........................... 474
V5097 .............65-0230 ...................756, 761
V5155 .............60-2082 ............................. 43
V51E...............60-2102 ........................... 773
V5442N...........95C-10888 ........................ 99
V5852 .............63-2496 ........................... 476
V5853 .............63-2496 ........................... 476
V5862 .............63-2496 ........................... 476
V5863 .............63-2496 ........................... 476
V800 ...............60-2019 ............................. 33
V8043 ............ ......................................... 101
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
V8044 ............. 60-2133 ........................... 101
V8046C .......... 66-2008 ........................... 774
V8295 ............. 65-0194 ........................... 775
V88 .................60-2080 ........................... 771
V8943 ............. 65-0212, 65-0214 ........... 776
V8944 ............. 65-0214 ........................... 776
V9055 ............. 60-2311 ................... 761, 768
VB30A ............ 63-2535 ........................... 478
VB30B ............ 63-2536 ........................... 479
VB34A ............ 63-2535 ........................... 480
VB34B ............ 63-2536 ........................... 480
VB35A ............ 63-2535 ........................... 482
VB35B ............ 63-2536 ........................... 482
VC Series ....... 95C-10647, 95C-10646 .. 483
VF52 ............... 63-1287 ........................... 484
VF53 ............... 63-1287 ........................... 484
VH52 .............. 63-1287 ........................... 484
VH53 .............. 63-1287 ........................... 484
VP513............. 77-5219 ........................... 552
VP517............. 77-5220 ........................... 553
VP519............. 77-5218 ........................... 553
VP522............. 77-5230 ........................... 554
VP525............. 77-5260 ........................... 555
VP526............. 77-5246 ........................... 556
VP527............. 77-5262 ........................... 557
VP531............. 77-9857 ........................... 558
VR4300 .......... 69-0683 ............................. 32
VR8200 .......... 68-0046 ............................. 30
VR8300 .......... 68-0107 ............................. 27
VR8345 .......... 69-0844 ............................. 28
VS820............. 60-2019, 95-6994 ............. 33
VS8510........... 68-0203 ............................. 35
VS8520........... 68-0203 ............................. 35
VU443 ........... ......................................... 489
VU444 ........... ......................................... 489
VU53 .............. 95C-10885 ...................... 489
VU54 .............. 95C-10885 ...................... 489
VU843 ........... ......................................... 489
VU844 ........... ......................................... 489
VVCO ............ ......................................... 187
VVMA ............ ......................................... 187
VVOBD .......... ......................................... 186
VV-SRTD ...... ......................................... 186
VVT ............... ......................................... 187
VVT-HC ......... ......................................... 187
W
W136 .............. 60-2179 ........................... 805
W6210 ........... ......................................... 303
W6215 ........... ......................................... 304
MODEL
FORM NO.
PAGE
W7080 ............ 63-4179 ................... 331, 334
W7081 ............ 63-4160 ........................... 334
W7100A-E ...... 60-2507 ........................... 336
W7100G ......... 63-4145 ........................... 337
W7210 ............ 63-2528 ........................... 303
W7215 ........... ......................................... 304
W7459 ............ 63-2141 ........................... 304
W7460 ............ 63-2544 ........................... 304
W7750 ............ 74-2956 ........................... 290
W7751 ............ 74-2940 ........................... 291
W7752 ............ 74-2959 ........................... 294
W7753A.......... 74-2962 ........................... 295
W7760A.......... 74-2967 ........................... 298
W7761A.......... 74-2698 ........................... 295
W7762 ............ 74-2934 ........................... 296
W7763 ............ 74-2989 ........................... 296
W859 .............. 63-2476 ........................... 311
W8600E.......... 69-0410 ........................... 227
W8600F ......... ......................................... 227
W884 .............. 60-2289 ........................... 236
W8900 ............ 68-0173 ........................... 129
W9076 ............ 63-2093 ........................... 275
W950 .............. 60-2351 ........................... 329
W964F............ 63-2036 ........................... 809
W973 .............. 60-2428 ................... 326, 328
W974A,B ........ 60-2424 ........................... 330
X
XPS Series .... ......................................... 679
Y
Y100P............. 62-3006 ........................... 641
Y4140G,L,M .. ......................................... 782
Y496 .............. ......................................... 105
Y5086 ............. 63-2038 ........................... 474
Y593 .............. ......................................... 781
Y594 ............... 69-0491 ........................... 155
Y7000 ............ ......................................... 782
Y793 ............... 66-2014 ........................... 781
Y8095 ............. 69-0640 ........................... 143
Y8195 ............. 69-0640 ........................... 143
Y8610F........... 68-0102 ............................. 64
Y8610U .......... 68-0133 ............................. 64
Z
ZD Series ...... ......................................... 172
ZM7850 .......... 65-0102 ........................... 732
ZM7999A........ 63-9145 ........................... 735
ZMS................ 69-1365 ........................... 170
vii
Subject Index
Numerics
7800 SERIES
Flame Amplifier .................................. 714
Modules ......................................705–713
Components .................................. 718
Purge Card ......................................... 716
7800 SERIES OPTIONAL COMPONENTS ...
717– ....................................................... 719
7800 SERIES RELAY MODULES ...705–713
7800 SERIES REQUIRED COMPONENTS ..
714– ....................................................... 716
7800 SERIES TESTERS AND
DEMONSTRATORS ............................. 720
A
Accessories ............................................. 276
Combination Gas Controls ................... 44
Commercial Air Cleaners .................... 267
Contactors ................................. 9–10, 12
Dampers ............................................. 280
Direct-Coupled Actuators ................... 382
FY32 ................................................... 629
Immersion Wells ................................. 437
Line and Low Voltage Thermostat ...... 366
Motors and Actuators .................413–414
Motors and Actuators, Foot-Mounted . 404
Pneumatic ..................................564–570
Pneumatic Damper Actuator .............. 547
Pneumatic Valve Actuator .................. 551
Pressure Regulating Valves 615, 617, 621
Remote Temperature Controllers ....... 437
Residential Air Cleaner ....................... 226
Thermostat ......................................... 162
TP970/HP970 Series Accessories and
Fittings ..................................... 506
V4043 and V4044 ............................... 451
V5011 and V5013 ............................... 464
V8043, V8044 ..................................... 104
Ventilation Systems ............................ 244
W7100 ................................................ 338
Zoning ........................................178–181
Actuator
Damper .............................. 180, 307, 411
Pneumatic .............................538–546
Damper for Economizer ..............307, 411
Direct-Coupled Damper ...................... 367
Direct-Coupled Valve ......................... 367
Direct-Coupled, Non-Spring Return Damper
......................... 371, 372, 373, 374
Direct-Coupled, Spring Return Damper ....
375, .......................................... 377
Gas Valves .................................765, 767
Modulating Gas Valve ........................ 768
Multi-position ...................................... 184
Pneumatic Damper .....................537–547
Pneumatic Damper Actuator Torque
Ratings .................................... 537
Safe Shut-off Gas Valve ..................... 766
Thermostatic ....................................... 630
Two-Position ....................................... 378
Universal Parallel-Positioning ............. 734
Valve ................................. 379, 381, 477
Electric .......................................... 380
Pneumatic .............................548–551
Zone Damper ..................................... 411
Zone Valve, Electric ........................... 629
Adapters .................................................. 309
Agricultural Controller ..... 418, 422, 428, 433
Air Cleaner
Commercial
Self-Contained .............................. 264
Electronic ....................................206–213
Commercial ...........................259–263
Filter ...........................................205, 224
HEPA .................................................. 225
Media ................................. 217–223, 247
Ceiling Surface Mounted .......253–254
Commercial ...........................247, 258
Monitor ............................................... 227
Portable ............................. 225, 251, 252
Return Grille ...............................213–217
Air Eliminator ...................................676, 678
AIR ELIMINATORS .........................674–677
Air Purger ................................................. 675
Air Supply for Pneumatic Control Systems 560
AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM .................... 203
Air Vents ..........................................674, 675
Automatic ........................................... 645
Heating ............................................... 647
Industrial ............................................. 646
Non-Heating ....................................... 648
AMPLIFIERS ...................................738–739
Amplifiers
Flame Safeguard ........................738–739
Annunicator .............................................. 719
Anticondensate Controller ....................... 416
Aquastat Control ................... 74, 79, 82, 429
Combination ......................................... 83
Electronic .............................................. 84
Multiple Function .................................. 74
Single Function ..................................... 74
Triple Aquastat Relay ........................... 85
Triple Function Relay ........................... 90
Automatic vent ......................................... 675
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ................272–276
Auxiliary Equipment ................................. 276
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT—7800 SERIES ....
740– ....................................................... 741
B
Backflow preventer .................................. 676
BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ................... 676
Backwash Controls, Automatic ................ 654
Ball Valves ...................... 623–624, 625–626
BCS 7700 ................................................ 724
BCS 7700 BOILER CONTROLLER ......... 725
BCS 7700 FIRING RATE MOTOR .......... 727
BCS 7700 OPTIONAL COMPONENTS .. 730
BCS 7700 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
SENSORS .....................................728–729
BCS 77000 PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE
721– ....................................................... 723
Boiler Management .................................. 724
Burner Control .................................706, 708
Burner Control System ............................ 800
Business Security System ....................... 271
C
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Sensor and Controller
267, ....................................................... 311
Cartridge Changing Tools for Thermostatic
Radiator Valves ..................................... 643
Chronotherm Thermostat ........................... 18
Combination Gas Controls ...................28–53
Accessories .......................................... 44
Direct Spark ....................................23, 24
Hot Surface Ignition .............................. 23
Intermittent Pilot .............................23, 24
Line Voltage ......................................... 33
Low Voltage .......................................... 33
Millivolt ............................................33, 35
Parts ..................................................... 44
Selection Guide .................................... 25
Standing Pilot ....................................... 24
Universal Replacement ................... 27
Thermostatic ......................................... 24
Combination Gas Valves
The Source ........................................... 23
Combustion System Manager Software .. 732
Commercial Air Cleaner
Accessories ................................267–269
Electronic ....................................259–266
Parts 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254,
256, ........ 257, 259, 261, 263, 266
COMMERCIAL AIR CLEANERS .....247–269
COMMERCIAL HYDRONIC CONTROLS .....
806– ....................................................... 809
COMMUNICATIONS .......................731–732
CONTACTORS ......................................4–13
Contactors
Accessories ......................................9, 12
Deluxe PowerPro
1 and 2 pole ...................................... 5
3 pole ................................................ 6
Economy
1 and 2 pole ...................................... 8
2-pole ................................................ 6
3 and 4 pole ...................................... 8
Electric Heat ......................................... 20
Load Shed Relays and Contactors ....... 13
Replacement Parts .........................11, 12
Control Center .................................121, 122
Control Modules ......................................... 98
Control Panel ........................................... 128
ControlBus
Network Interface .......................731–732
Controller
Agricultural .........................418, 422, 433
Airstat ................................................. 272
Anticondensate Heater ....................... 416
Aquastat .....................................273, 429
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) ................267, 311
Constant Volume Air Handling ........... 290
Crop-Trol ............................................ 428
Dew Point ........................................... 416
Discharge Air Temperature ................ 336
Discharge Water Temperature ........... 337
Electronic Aquatrol ............................. 809
Electronic Ballast ................................ 351
Enthaply ............................................. 306
Excel 10 Unit Ventilator ...................... 295
Fan and Limit ...................................... 194
Fan and Limit Combination ................ 197
Fan Coil Unit ....................................... 294
Farm ................................................... 361
Fuel Air Ratio ...................................... 733
High Limit .....................................83, 198
Humidity .............................236–239, 272
Automatic ...................................... 239
Convertible .................................... 238
Remote ......................................... 310
Hydronic ............................................. 296
Ice-Trol ............................................... 418
Limit ....................................197, 334, 421
NEMA 4X ............................................ 362
Open Link ........................................... 288
Outdoor Bulb Temperature ................. 807
Outdoor Reset .................................... 806
Photocell ............................................. 354
Pneumatic
Pressure ........................................ 512
Velocity .................................508, 510
Pressure ............................................. 415
Pressuretrol ................. 91, 788, 789, 794
Pressuretrol Limit .......................791, 793
Proportional Temperature .................. 808
Proportioning Pressure ....................... 794
Refrigeration ....................................... 431
Remote Bulb .................................81, 511
Return Air ...................................422, 432
continued next page
viii
Subject Index
Step .................................................... 438
Temperature ..............349, 420, 421, 430
Accessories .................................. 437
Agricultural .................................... 433
Changeover .................................. 428
Pneumatic ..................................... 511
Proportional .......................... 434–435
Refrigeration ................................. 417
Remote, Electronic ............... 419, 423
Solid State .................................... 425
Thermostat ......................................... 430
Vaccuumstat ...................................... 793
Vaporstat ............................................ 792
Variable Air Volume (VAV) ................. 291
Cross Reference
Ball Valves ......................................... 627
Chronotherm IV and Chronotherm III . 132
Electronic Programmable Thermostat 135
Globe Valves .............................. 469–472
Modutrol IV Motor .............................. 399
MP909 ................................................ 542
Pneumatic .................................. 571–596
Power Box .......................................... 230
Pressure Regulating Valves ............... 622
R8845U Replacement .......................... 94
RA889A Replacement ......................... 97
S8610 ................................................... 63
S8910 ............................................. 70–73
Solid State Power Supply .................. 230
Thermostatic Radiator Valves
T100 Family .................................. 635
T104 Family .................................. 640
V5011 ................................................. 447
V5013 ................................................. 449
VP512 ................................................ 559
D
Damper
Automatic ........................................... 173
Ceiling Diffuser ................................... 183
Commercial Zone ............................... 412
Manual ............................................... 182
Moduflow ............................................ 277
Modulating ......................................... 177
Motor .......................................... 409, 410
Multi-position Fresh Air ...................... 183
Round ........................................ 173, 177
Round Diffuser ................................... 183
Square to Round ................ 174, 184, 186
Static Pressure Regulating ................ 176
Trol-A-Temp ............................... 172–186
Variable Air Volume ........................... 186
Vent Damper ........................................ 78
Damper Accessories ............................... 280
Damper Actuator ..................................... 411
for Economizers ................................. 411
Damper Actuator Torque Ratings, Pneumatic
537
Damper Linkages ............................ 178, 279
DAMPERS ....................................... 277–280
Definitions and Abbreviations
Pneumatic .......................................... 597
DEFROST CONTROLLERS ..................... 14
Dew Point Controller ............................... 416
“DialSet” Pressure Regulating Valves 615, 619
Dimmer
Electronic Ballast ....................... 351, 352
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS 281–
301
Direct-Coupled Damper Actuator ............ 367
Direct-Coupled Valve Actuator ................ 367
Direct-Coupled Valves and Damper
Accessories .......................................... 382
Distributors
7800 Series ........................................ 810
Authorized Distributors ....................... 810
Authorized Systems ........................... 810
Boiler Control System ........................ 810
Commercial Air Quality ...................... 810
Environmental Controls ...................... 810
Perfect Climate .................................. 810
SYSNet™ ........................................... 810
DOD THERMOSTATS ............................ 158
E
Economizer
Actuator Damper for ........................... 307
Control Packages ....................... 304, 311
Damper Actuator for ........................... 411
Economizer System ................................ 302
ECONOMIZERS .............................. 302–312
Elapsed Time Meters .............................. 650
Electric Furnace Sequencer ...................... 22
Electric Heat
Contactor ............................................. 20
Furnace Sequencer ............................. 22
Relay .............................................. 19–21
Thermostat
Electronic ........................................ 18
High Performance ........................... 17
Line Voltage .................................... 18
Selection Guide .............................. 15
ELECTRIC HEAT CONTROLS ........... 15–22
Electric Heat Thermostat ..................... 15–19
Chronotherm ........................................ 18
ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE AND
HUMIDITY SENSOR .................... 313–325
Energy Management Timers ................... 440
Energy Recovery Fresh Air Ventilation Systems
............................................................... 242
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS ...
326– ...................................................... 350
Excel 5000 System
Cabinets ............................................. 301
Excel 10 ............................................. 295
Excel 10 VAV ..................................... 291
Excel 10 Zone Manager ..................... 289
Excel 100 ........................................... 285
Excel 15 ..................................... 298, 299
Excel 50 ............................................. 286
Excel 500 and Excel 600 ................... 283
Excel Building Supervisor .................. 281
Excel CARE ....................................... 288
LONSPEC ............................................ 300
LONSTAT ..................................... 299, 344
LONSTATION ........................................ 300
Open Link Controller .......................... 288
Operator Terminals ............................ 287
Router ................................................ 292
Serial Interface ................................... 293
Software ............................................. 294
Ventilator Controller ........................... 295
Excel 5000 System Building Manager ..... 298
Expansion Tank ............................... 679, 681
F
Fan and Limit Controls ............................ 194
Fan Controls .................................... 194, 198
Fan Manager ........................................... 120
Fan Relay ................................................ 123
Fan Timer ................................................ 246
Electronic ........................................... 200
Fan Timer Control ................................... 200
Filters, Water . 652–653, 654, 655–658, 659,
661
FILTRATION—WATER FILTERS ... 652–662
Flame Amplifier ....................................... 714
Modules ..............................................799
FLAME AMPLIFIERS ...............................726
Flame Detector
Cadmium Sulfide ................................116
Infrared ...............................................749
Purple Peeper ............................ 747, 749
Ultraviolet ............................................753
Dynamic ........................................752
Minipeeper ............................ 750, 751
Solid State ............................ 747, 749
Flame Rectification Sensor ........................68
Flame Rectifier .........................................754
Flame Rectifier Pilot .................................745
Flame Rod and Holder .................... 744–746
Flame Safeguard
Training Material .................................813
FLAME SAFEGUARD MODUTROL IV
MOTORS ...................................... 742–743
Flame Safeguard Replacement Packages 781
FLAME SAFEGUARD SYSTEMS ... 687–701
Flame Safeguard Systems
Product Selection Matrix ............ 686–701
FLAME SENSOR ............................ 744–755
Flame Simulators .....................................803
FLOWCHECK ..........................................673
FUEL AIR RATIO CONTROL SYSTEM 733–
735
Fuel Oil Pressure Switches ......................785
Furnace Sequencer ....................................22
G
Gages
Pneumatic ...........................................564
GAS BURNER CONTROLS—COMBINATION
23
GAS BURNER CONTROLS—IGNITION
CONTROLS ...................................... 60–73
GAS BURNER CONTROLS—PILOT
ACCESSORIES ................................ 54–59
Gas Heating Valves ...................................25
Gas Pilot
Flame Rectifier ....................................754
Gas Pilot Safety System ............................54
GAS VALVES .................................. 761–777
Gas Valves
Actuator .....................765, 766, 767, 768
Butterfly ...............................................773
Combination Gas Controls ............. 28–53
Diaphragm ..........................................771
Firing Rate ..........................................760
Heating .................................................25
Industrial .................................... 756, 762
Line Voltage ..........................................33
Low Voltage ..........................................33
Millivolt ........................................... 33, 35
Pilot .....................................................774
Solenoid ..............................................775
Solenoid Shut-Off ...............................758
Vent ....................................................759
Guard Ring Probe ....................................806
H
HEATING EXPANSION TANKS ..... 679–681
Heating, Air Vents ........................... 647, 648
HEATING—ACCESSORIES ........... 649–651
HEATING—AIR VENTS .................. 645–648
HEATING—DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
REGULATORS ......................................644
HEATING—THERMOSTATIC MIXING
VALVES .................................................630
HEATING—THERMOSTATIC RADIATOR
VALVES ........................................ 631–643
HEATING—ZONE VALVES, ELECTRIC .629
Honeywell Authorized Distributors ...........810
continued next page
ix
Subject Index
Humidifier .........................................232–234
Drum ................................................... 232
Flow-through ..............................232, 233
Steam Power ...................................... 234
Humidistat ................................................ 240
Humidity Controls Selection Guide .......... 235
HUMIDITY PRODUCTS ..................232–240
Humidity Transducer ................................ 320
HYDRONIC CONTROLS ...................74–107
Hydronic Heating Controls ....................... 112
Hydronic Systems .................................... 105
Injection and Mixing Valves ................ 104
Valve and Actuator ............................... 99
I
I/O Device ................................................ 295
Igniter-Sensor ............................................ 69
Ignition System Cables .............................. 69
IGNITION TRANSFORMERS .................. 778
Ignition Transformers ............................... 778
Ignitor
Solid State, Oil .................................... 115
Indicator
Digital Temperature ............................ 275
Filter Flag ........................................... 226
INDOOR AIR QUALITY ........................... 202
Infrared
Flame Detector ................................... 749
Remote Receiver ................................ 269
Remote Transmitter ............................ 269
Ingition Modules
Direct Spark ....................................66, 67
Hot Surface .......................................... 65
Universal Hot Surface .......................... 64
INTEGRATED GAS VALVE TRAIN
COMPONENTS ............................756–760
L
Light Commercial Building Solution ......... 297
Building Manager ............................... 298
Command Display .............................. 299
Excel LONSPEC ................................... 300
Excel LONSTATION .............................. 300
Lighting
Ceiling Sensor .................................... 352
Control Unit ........................................ 353
Control Units ....................................... 353
Electronic Ballast ........................351, 352
Electronic Ballast Dimmer .................. 351
Occupancy Sensor ............................. 353
Photocell
Cadmium Sulfide ........................... 354
Controller ...................................... 354
LIGHTING CONTROLS ...................351–354
LIME REMOVER ..................................... 683
Lime Remover ......................................... 683
Limit Controller ......................................... 421
Limit Controls ........................................... 194
LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE COMMERCIAL
THERMOSTATS ...........................355–366
Linkage ............................................406, 740
Modutrol IV Motor ............................... 406
LonSpec ................................................... 300
LONSTAT ...........................................299, 344
LonStation ................................................ 300
M
Media Air Cleaner .................................... 247
Meter
Air Quality ........................................... 268
Elapsed Time ..................................... 650
Millivolt Gas Valves .................................... 35
MIXING VALVES .............................664–669
Mixing Valves ........................................... 664
Modernization ..................................779, 782
MODERNIZATON AND REPLACEMENT .....
779– ....................................................... 782
Module
7800 SERIES
Components .................................. 718
7800 SERIES Relay ...................705–713
Boiler Controller .................................. 725
Digital Wall ......................................... 317
Economizer ................................303, 304
Economizers
Interface ........................................ 308
Interface ............................................. 402
Network Interface ControlBus ....731–732
Remote Sensor and Override ............. 348
RS-232 to RS-485 Converter ............. 735
Setback/Setup .................................... 330
Wall .................................................... 318
Modutrol IV Motor ................... 385, 390–398
Cross Reference ................................ 399
Linkage ............................................... 740
Order Number Guide .......................... 389
Parts and Accessories ........................ 403
Resistor Board .................................... 403
Selection Chart ................................... 387
Monitor
Air Quality ........................................... 268
Electronic Air Cleaner ......................... 227
Flame Quality ..................................... 114
Heating Equipment ............................. 227
Solid State Performance Indicator ...... 227
Motor
Damper .......................................409, 410
Heat Actuated ............................... 410
Firing Rate .......................................... 727
Foot-Mounted ..................................... 385
Interface Modules ............................... 402
Modutrol IV .................................385, 742
Special Purpose .........................409–412
Zone ................................................... 410
Motors and Actuators
Parts and Accessories ................413–414
MOTORS AND ACTUATORS—DIRECTCOUPLED .....................................367–384
MOTORS AND ACTUATORS—FOOTMOUNTED ....................................385–408
MOTORS AND ACTUATORS—PARTS AND
ACCESSORIES ............................413–414
MOTORS AND ACTUATORS—SPECIAL
PURPOSE .....................................409–412
MULTIPLE ZONE VALVES .............670–671
N
NEMA Standard ....................................... 188
Network Interface Unit ............................. 731
O
OIL BURNER CONTROLS ..............108–118
Oil Burner Controls ..........................109, 111
Order Number Guide ............................... 817
Butterfly Valves .................................. 488
DP Series Contactors ............................. 4
Modutrol IV Motor ............................... 389
Outdoor Temperature Compensator 75–77, 92
P
Panel
Logic ................................................... 328
Status ................................................. 329
Part Number
Pneumatic ..................................600–611
Parts and Accessories
Auxiliary Equipment ............................ 276
Combination Gas Controls ................... 44
Dampers ............................................. 280
Filters, Water ...................................... 655
Motors and Actuators .................413–414
Pressure Regulating Valves 615, 617, 621
Remote Temperature Controllers ....... 436
Thermostatic Radiator Valves ....636, 643
V5011 and V5013 ............................... 464
Perfect Climate Comfort Center ............... 128
PERFECT CLIMATE COMFORT CENTER
CONTROL SYSTEM .....................128–130
Perfect Climate Comfort System ................. 2
Perfect Window Fresh Air Ventilation Systems
241
Photocell ..................................354, 746, 748
Pilot
Flame Rectifier ...........................745, 754
Miniature Rectification ........................ 755
Pilot Burner ..........................................57–59
Pilot Burner Orifices ................................... 59
Pilot Module
Intermittent ........................................... 62
Intermittent Pilot ................................... 60
Universal Intermittent ........................... 61
Plumbing and Heating Equipment ...613–683
PLUMBING—BALL VALVES ...........623–627
PLUMBING—PRESSURE REDUCING
VALVES ........................................613–622
PLUMBING—Y-STRAINERS ..........628–629
Pneumatic
Accessories
Cabinet .......................................... 566
Gages ........................................... 564
Installation Materials .............567–570
Accessories and Fittings .................... 506
Aquastat Pressuretrol ......................... 530
Combination Valve and Actuator Selection
Guide ....................................... 551
Damper Actuator ........................538–546
Damper Actuator Parts and Accessories .
547
Damper Actuator Torque Ratings ....... 537
Definitions and Abbreviations .....597–599
Humidistat .......................................... 493
Cover ............................................ 504
Indication and Receiver Gages .......... 564
Installation Materials ........................... 567
Load Analyzer .................................... 524
Part Number Reference .............600–611
Pneumatic/Electric Switches ......531–533
Potentiometer ..................................... 525
Pressure Controller ............................ 512
Pressure Regulator ....................512, 514
Pressuretrol ........................................ 513
Relay
Averaging ...................................... 527
Capacity ........................................ 526
Reversing ...................................... 527
Snap-Acting .................................. 522
Switching ....................................... 523
Selector Relay .................................... 522
Sensor
Electronic ...................................... 518
Humidity ........................................ 517
Pressure ........................................ 519
Temperature .................518, 519, 520
Switches
Diverting ........................................ 534
Thermostat
Cover ............................................ 504
Easy-to-See Cover ........................ 505
Thermostats ...............................493–503
Accessories ...........................506–507
Transducer ......................................... 529
continued next page
x
Subject Index
Valve .......................................... 552–558
Air ................................................. 553
Radiator ........................................ 555
Terminal Unit ................................ 558
Water .................................... 554, 557
High Pressure ......................... 556
Valve Actuator Accessories ............... 551
Valve Actuators .......................... 548–551
PNEUMATIC ACCESSORIES ........ 564–570
PNEUMATIC AIR SUPPLIES .......... 560–563
Pneumatic Control Systems, Air Supply .. 560
PNEUMATIC CONTROLLERS ....... 508–516
PNEUMATIC CROSS REFERENCE 571–596
PNEUMATIC DAMPER ACTUATOR 537–547
PNEUMATIC DEFINITIONS AND
ABBREVIATIONS ......................... 597–599
PNEUMATIC RELAYS .................... 521–529
PNEUMATIC SENSORS ................. 517–520
PNEUMATIC SWITCHES ............... 530–536
PNEUMATIC THERMOSTATS/HUMIDISTATS
....................................................... 493–507
Pneumatic Valve Actuator Parts and
Accessories .......................................... 551
PNEUMATIC VALVES/ACTUATORS ... 548–
559
Potentiometer .................................. 405–406
Auxiliary ............................................. 405
Manual ............................... 274, 405, 406
PRESSURE CONTROL/LIMITS ..... 783–795
PRESSURE CONTROLLERS ................. 415
Pressure Regulating Valves ............ 613–622
Pressure Regulator ................................. 512
Pressure Regulators
Pneumatic .......................................... 514
Pressure Regulators, Differential ............ 644
Pressure Switches ........................... 783, 785
Pressuretrol
Pneumatic .................................. 513, 530
Pressuretrol Controller .................... 789, 794
Proportional ........................................ 788
Pressuretrol Limit Controller ............ 791, 793
PRIMARY AND RELAY CONTROLS 796–799
PROGRAMMERS ........................... 800–802
Programming Controls ............................ 801
Proportional Temperature Controllers ... 434–
435
Protectorelay ........................... 109, 111, 112
Protectorelay Control ....................... 117, 797
R
Receiver
Infrared ............................................... 269
REFRIGERATION ........................... 416–418
Refrigeration Controller ........................... 431
Relay ....................................................... 740
Electric Heat ................................... 19–21
Fan ..................................................... 123
General Purpose ................................ 119
Heavy Duty .......................................... 92
Heavy Duty Switching ........................ 119
Hydronic Switching .............................. 97
Plate-Mounted Receptacle ................. 121
Pneumatic .................................. 521–528
Selector
Pneumatic ..................................... 522
Switching .............................................. 96
Universal Switching .............................. 93
RELAYS AND CONTROL CENTERS ... 121–
123
Remote Bulb Temperature Controller ..... 511
REMOTE TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
419–....................................................... 437
Remote Temperature Controllers
Accessories ........................................ 437
Replacement Parts ............................ 436
Replacement Parts
Contactors ...................................... 11, 12
Residential Air Cleaner
Electronic ................................... 206–213
Media ......................................... 217–223
Parts .. 208, 212, 216, 219, 220, 222, 223
Return Grille ............................... 213–217
RESIDENTIAL AIR CLEANERS ..... 204–225
RESIDENTIAL AIR CLEANERS—
ACCESSORIES ............................ 226–231
Retrofit
Intermittent Pilot Gas Burner Ignition
Systems .................................... 64
Return Air Controller ........................ 422, 432
S
Selection Chart
Direct-Coupled Damper Actuator ....... 368
Direct-Coupled Valve Actuator ........... 370
Industrial Gas Valves ......................... 761
Modutrol IV Foot-Mounted Actuators . 387
T7300 System .................................... 345
Selection Guide
BCS 7700 ................................... 721–723
Combination Gas Controls ................... 25
Direct-Coupled Actuators ................... 367
Electric Heat Thermostat ..................... 15
Flame Safeguard Controls ................. 737
Humidity Controls ............................... 235
Pneumatic Valves and Actuators ....... 551
Remote Temperature Controllers ...... 419
Thermostat ......................................... 125
Selection Matrix
Flame Safeguard Systems ......... 686–701
Sensor
Air Temperature ................................. 307
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) ................ 267, 311
Differential Pressure .......................... 322
Discharge ........................................... 130
Discharge Air Temperature ................ 314
Duct .................................................... 296
Electronic ........................................... 316
Electronic Temperature ...................... 313
Flame Rectification .............................. 68
Humidity
Duct .............................................. 321
Pneumatic ..................................... 517
Solid State .................................... 319
Humidity and Temperature ................ 321
Duct .............................................. 321
Humidity Transducer .......................... 320
Immersion .......................................... 518
Occupancy ......................................... 353
Outdoor ...................................... 130, 235
Pressure ............................................. 322
Pneumatic ..................................... 519
Solid State ............................ 728–729
Recessed Ceiling ............................... 352
Remote and Override Module ............ 348
Remote Indoor ................................... 130
Return Air Temperature ..................... 315
System Compatibility ......................... 323
Temperature ...................................... 317
Averaging ..................................... 314
Pneumatic ..................... 518–519, 520
Solid State .................................... 305
Wall Mount .................................... 315
Ultrasonic ........................................... 353
Velocity .............................................. 508
ZoneMAX ........................................... 170
Service Tool ............................................ 804
Setpoint Panels ..........................................98
SmartValve System ....................................60
Software
Combustion System Manager ............732
Excel CARE ........................................288
Excel E-Vision .....................................294
Fuel Air Ratio Control System Configuration
..................................................735
LONSPEC .............................................300
LONSTATION .........................................300
Spark Generators .....................................778
Spark Igniter ...............................................68
STEP CONTROLLERS ................... 438–439
Strainers .......................................... 628–629
Subbase
Wiring ..................................................714
Subbase, Wiring
Fuel Air Ratio Controller .....................733
Switches
Air Pressure ........................................785
Air Switch ............................................199
Auxiliary ..............................................408
Differential Pressure
Pneumatic .....................................536
Fuel Oil Pressure Switches .................785
Gas/Air Pressure ................................783
Manual ................................................274
Pneumatic .................................. 530–536
Diverting ........................................534
Pneumatic/Electric ..................... 531–533
Pressure .............................................785
Sail ..................................... 226, 273, 741
Selector ...............................................269
Start-Stop Station ...............................741
System
Air Treatment ......................................203
Economizer .........................................302
Sensor Compatibility ...........................323
T
Tanks
Domestic water system .......................681
Hydro-Pneumatic ................................679
Temperature Controller ........... 420, 421, 430
Accessories ........................................437
Agricultural ..........................................433
Changeover ........................................428
Proportional ............................... 434–435
Refrigeration .............................. 417, 418
Remote ...............................................430
Solid State .....................................425
Remote, Electronic .................... 419, 423
Selection Guide ..................................419
TEST EQUIPMENT ......................... 804–805
Test Meter ................................................805
Tester .......................................................803
Cad Cell ..............................................118
Flame Safeguard Programmer ...........804
Thermocouple .......................................56
The Source .................................................23
THERMAL EXPANSION TANKS .... 681–683
Thermistor ................................................157
Thermocouples ........................... 54–56, 649
THERMOMETER .....................................673
Thermometer ............................................673
Thermopile Generators, Replacement .......56
Thermostat
Accessories
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats ...............................366
Advances Powerstealing Circuitry ......124
Chronotherm ........................ 18, 141, 142
Chronotherm IV ..................................131
continued next page
xi
Subject Index
Double Pole Bulb ................................ 179
Electric Heat ...................................15–19
Electronic ........................................ 18
High Performance ........................... 17
Electronic Fan Coil ............................. 356
Low Voltage .................................. 357
Electronic Modulating Control ............. 363
Electronic Programmable Cross Reference
135
Electronic Thermostat and Transmitter 335
Fan Coil .............................................. 355
Floating Control Room ....................... 363
Guards ........................................164–169
Commercial ................................... 169
Locking Guards .....................167, 168
Heat Pump 131, 134, 137, 152, 153, 155,
159
Heavy Duty Line Voltage .................... 358
Light Duty Line Voltage ...................... 357
Line Voltage ....................................... 432
Electronic ........................................ 18
Low Voltage ....................... 158, 650, 651
Milk-Trol .............................................. 418
Multistage .......... 139, 152, 153, 155, 360
New Construction ............................... 160
Non-Programmable
Commercial ................................... 348
Outdoor .............................................. 275
Parts and Accessories ................162–163
Powerpile ............................................ 148
Programmable
Commercial .................. 338, 339, 344
Proportional ........................................ 364
Round .........................................144, 159
Round, Programmable ....................... 136
Selection Guide .................................. 125
Single Stage ...............................650, 651
Subbase ............ 142, 146, 154, 329, 358
Commercial .......... 140, 339, 344, 348
Switching ....................................... 360
Thermostat and Transmitter ..................... 328
THERMOSTAT GUARDS ................166–169
Thermostat Simulator .............................. 330
THERMOSTAT—EASY-TO-SEE ............ 159
THERMOSTAT—ELECTRONIC NONPROGRAMMABLE .......................137–140
THERMOSTAT—ELECTRONIC
PROGRAMMABLE .......................131–136
Thermostatic Radiator Valves
High Capacity .............................637–641
Mixing ................................................. 630
One-Pipe Steam ................................. 641
Standard Capacity ......................631–635
THERMOSTAT—OTHER ELECTRONIC 160–
161
THERMOSTATS—ELECTROMECHANICAL
PROGRAMMABLE .......................141–143
THERMOSTATS—ELETROMECHANICAL
NON-PROGRAMMABLE ..............144–157
TIMERS ...........................................440–441
Timers
Electronic Programmable ................... 441
Energy Management .......................... 440
TP970/HP970 Series Accessories and Fittings
506
xii
Training Material ...................................... 811
Books ................................................. 812
Demonstrators .................................... 814
Electronic Classroom ......................... 813
Flame Safeguard Textbook ................ 813
Reference Manual .............................. 814
Video Tapes ....................................... 811
Transducer
Electronic-Pneumatic ......................... 529
Humidity ............................................. 320
Transformer ............................................. 180
Circuit Breaker .................................... 193
General Purpose ................................ 192
Ignition ................................................ 778
Internal ............................................... 403
Standard .....................................189, 190
Universal ............................................ 188
TRANSFORMERS ...........................188–193
Transformers, General Purpose .............. 649
Transmitter
Infrared ............................................... 269
TRIDICATOR ........................................... 673
Tridicator .................................................. 673
TROL-A-TEMP ZONING SYSTEM ..170–187
U
Ultraviolet Flame Detector ...... 747, 749, 753
Dynamic ............................................. 752
Minipeeper ..................................750, 751
Upgrade Kit, F25A to F50E ...................... 229
V
Vacuumstat Controller ............................. 793
Valves
2-Way Flanged ...........................444–447
2-Way Globe ..............................452–454
3-Way ................................................. 455
3-Way Flanged ...........................447–449
3-Way Globe ...................................... 456
Accessories
Combination Gas Controls .............. 44
Accessories for V5011, V5013 ........... 464
Ball ............................ 623–624, 625–626
Ball Valve Assemblies
2-Way ....................................478–479
3-Way ....................................479–480
Ball Valve/Actuator Assemblies
2-Way ....................................480–483
3-Way ....................................480–483
Butterfly ............................. 484–489, 773
Check .........................................668, 673
Combination Gas Controls .............28–53
Diaphragm Gas Valve ........................ 771
Diaphragm Gas Valves ...................... 776
Fan Coil
Valves and Actuators .................... 489
Gas
Diaphragm .................................... 776
Pilot ............................................... 774
Solenoid ........................................ 775
Gas Heating ......................................... 25
Gas Valves .................................759, 760
Combination Gas Controls ........28–53
Globe
Double-Seated .............................. 472
Hydronic Valves and Actuators .......... 483
Industrial Gas Valves .................761–777
Injection and Mixing ............................ 104
Line Voltage
Gas ................................................. 33
Linear ................................................. 476
Low Voltage ........................................ 101
Gas ................................................. 33
Magnetic ............................................. 117
Millivolt
Gas ...........................................33, 35
Mixing ................................................. 667
Mixing and Diverting ........................... 664
Mixing or Diverting .............................. 668
Pneumatic ..................................552–559
Pressure Reducing ............................. 563
Pressure Regulating ...................613–622
Rebuilt Kits .................................457–463
Single-Seated ..................................... 473
Thermostatic Mixing ........................... 630
Thermostatic Radiator 474–476, 631–635,
637– ......................................... 641
Zone ...........................................101, 670
Line Voltage .................................. 449
Motorized ...................................... 671
Vaporstat Controller ................................. 792
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES .442–443
Vent Damper .............................................. 78
Ventilation
Energy Recovery ................................ 242
Fresh Air ............................................. 241
VENTILATION SYSTEMS ...............241–246
VENTILATION SYSTEMS—PARTS AND
ACCESSORIES ............................244–245
Versaguard Thermostat Guards .............. 166
Volume Air Volume (VAV) System .......... 291
W
WARM AIR CONTROLS .................194–200
WATER AND STEAM VALVES .......444–491
Water Filters ..652–653, 654, 655–658, 659,
661
Winter Watchman .................................... 227
Z
Zone Adder .............................................. 334
Zone Control
Builder Paks ....................................... 105
Multizone Component Selection ......... 331
Zone Damper
Actuator .............................................. 411
Commercial ........................................ 412
Zone Panel ......................................170–172
Hydronic ............................................... 95
Hydronic Circulator ............................... 95
System Kits ........................................ 171
Zone System
Electronic Single Zone Component
Selection .................................. 326
Zone Valve .......................................629, 670
Low Voltage ........................................ 101
Motorized ............................................ 671
ZONE VALVES ................................671–672
Zoning
Accessories ................................178–181
Motor .................................................. 410
Home Control and Systems
The products found in this section are primarily for use in residential and small building applications. Included
are controls for various types of systems - gas, warm air, hydronic, electric heat, zoning and much more.
Perfect Climate Contractor Program .......................................................................................................................... 2
Contactors.................................................................................................................................................................. 4
Defrost Controller ..................................................................................................................................................... 14
Electric Heat Controls .............................................................................................................................................. 15
Gas Burner Controls—Combination......................................................................................................................... 23
Gas Burner Controls—Pilot Accessories ................................................................................................................. 54
Home Controls and Systems
Gas Burner Controls—Ignition Controls ................................................................................................................... 60
Hydronic Controls..................................................................................................................................................... 74
Oil Burner Controls................................................................................................................................................. 108
Relays and Control Centers ................................................................................................................................... 119
Thermostats ........................................................................................................................................................... 124
Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System ................................................................................................ 128
Thermostats—Electronic Programmable ............................................................................................................... 131
Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable ....................................................................................................... 137
Thermostats—Electromechanical Programmable.................................................................................................. 141
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable .......................................................................................... 144
DoD Thermostats ................................................................................................................................................... 158
Thermostats—Easy-to-See.................................................................................................................................... 159
Thermostats—Other Electronic .............................................................................................................................. 160
Thermostats—Parts and Accessories .................................................................................................................... 162
Thermostat Guards ................................................................................................................................................ 164
Trol-A-Temp Zoning Systems ................................................................................................................................ 170
Transformers .......................................................................................................................................................... 188
Warm Air Controls .................................................................................................................................................. 194
1
Electric Heat Controls
Electric Heat Thermostat Selection Guide
Honeywell electric heating thermostats provide comfort and energy
savings in electric resistance baseboard and fan-forced heater applications. With Honeywell's advances in electric heat control technology,
your customers can enjoy more precise temperature control and reliability. Whether your customer wants economical long-lasting control,
super-sensitive high performance, or attractive styling with rugged construction—there's a Honeywell electric heat thermostat that's right for the
application.
Refer to the diagrams that follow the selection matrix for typical system
hookups.
ELECTRIC HEAT THERMOSTATS
Programmable
Non-programmable
Better
Well suited for upgrades
and high-end new
construction
Deluxe
Classic Style
T498A,B
• Bimetal
• Electric baseboard
Best
Best for upgrades and
high-end new
construction
Deluxe for upgrades
and high-end new
construction
Deluxe
Contemporary Style
T4800A
T4700A,B
• Electronic
• CoolSwitch™
• Electric baseboard
and fan-forced
heaters
Euro-Style
T410A,B
• Bimetal
• Electric baseboard
Home Controls and Systems
Good
Ideal for
new construction
• Electronic
• CoolSwitch™
• Electric baseboard
and fan-forced
heaters
Euro-Style
T4398A,B
• Dual diaphragm
• Electric baseboard
and fan-forced
heaters
M16705
continued next page
15
Electric Heat Controls
Electric Heat Thermostat Selection Guide continued
Typical hookup for spst switching models.
ELECTRIC
HEATER
Typical hookup for dpst switching models.
WIRE
CONNECTORS
BLACK
2
L2
1
L1
4
BLACK
BLACK
ELECTRIC HEAT
THERMOSTAT
BLACK
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. BE SURE L1 IS CONNECTED TO HIGH
VOLTAGE (HOT) SIDE OF THE LINE.
2
USE SPECIAL SERVICE CO/ALR WIRE CONNECTORS WHEN CONNECTING WITH ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS TO AVOID A POTENTIAL
FIRE HAZARD.
3
BREAKS WITH TEMPERATURE SETTING DIAL IN EXTREME COUNTERCLOCKWISE POSITION; OTHERWISE THERMALLY ACTUATED.
BREAKS ON TEMPERATURE RISE, MAKES ON TEMPERATURE FALL.
4
USE A SEPARATE LIMIT CONTROL IN THE APPLIANCE.
1
L2
T1
L1
(HOT)
WIRE
CONNECTORS
1
L2
T2
4
5
1
2
RED
L1
ELECTRIC
HEATER
L1
(HOT)
3
T1
3
RED
ELECTRIC HEAT
THERMOSTAT
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. BE SURE L1 IS CONNECTED TO HIGH
VOLTAGE (HOT) SIDE OF THE LINE.
2 USE SPECIAL SERVICE CO/ALR WIRE CONNECTORS WHEN CONNECTING WITH ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS TO AVOID A POTENTIAL
FIRE HAZARD.
3 BREAKS WITH TEMPERATURE SETTING DIAL IN EXTREME COUNTERCLOCKWISE POSITION; OTHERWISE THERMALLY ACTUATED.
BREAKS ON TEMPERATURE RISE, MAKES ON TEMPERATURE FALL.
M8244A
4 BREAKS WITH TEMPERATURE SETTING DIAL IN "OFF" POSITION.
IN 3-PHASE SYSTEM, SWITCH MUST BREAK NEUTRAL TO HEATER,
NOT SYSTEM NEUTRAL.
5 USE A SEPARATE LIMIT CONTROL IN THE HEATING APPLIANCE.
M8243A
T410 Electric Heat Thermostats
Economy thermostats that provide reliable line voltage control of
resistive rated electric heating equipment. Snap-action switch
makes heating circuit on temperature fall.
• Economical.
• Replace virtually any two-wire (T410A) or four-wire (T410B) line
voltage wall-mounted electric heating thermostat.
• Easy to install; 6 in. (150 mm) color-coded leads.
• Include long-lasting Micro Switch™ mechanism.
• Rugged, plastic mounting base and one-piece cover with vents.
• Ideally suited to new construction applications.
Temperature Ratings,
Setpoint Range
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: up to 5 kW at 277V.
Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Certified.
CSA Performance Certified: at 16A.a
a CSA 273.4A Electric Heat Thermostat Performance Certification
requires the thermostat to cycle at least 3 cph at 50% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Noninductive Resistive: 22A at 120/208/240 Vac; 19A at 277 Vac.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS:
Terminals: 6 in. (150 mm) copper leadwires, suitable for connecting
to aluminum wiring if approved CO/ALR solderless connectors
are used.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 40 F to 80 F (5 C to 27 C).
Differential: 3 F (2 C).
ELEMENT TYPE: Bimetal, snap-acting switch.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/2 in. (115 mm) high, 2-3/4 in.
(70 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) deep.
MOUNTING: Mounts directly on vertical 2 x 4 in. outlet box (or on
4 x 4 in. outlet box).
ACCESSORIES: 272804A Range Stop and Locking Screws Assembly.
Includes locking cover screws and range stops—two plastic pins
to insert inside cover for field-selection of minimum and maximum
temperature settings.
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
Switching
Action
Element
Type
T410A1013
40 to 80
5 to 27
Spst
Bimetal, snap- Contoured cover in —
acting switch contemporary
Positive off; makes double line break with
white.
setting dial at OFF position.
T410B1004
Dpst
Finish
NOTE: T410A, B does not include thermometer, range stops or locking cover. See Accessories.
16
Includes
Electric Heat Controls
T498 Electric Heat Thermostats
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Resistive: 22A at 120/208 / 240 Vac; 19A at 277 Vac.
CSA Performance Ratings:
T498A: 16A resistive at 120, 208, 240 and 277V.
T498B: 14A resistive at 120, 208, 240 and 277V.
NOTE: To maintain two cycles per hour, a minimum load of 8 amps is
required.
Provide line voltage control of electric heating systems.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Certified.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 40 F to 80 F (5 C to 27 C).
Differential: 3 F (2 C).
l SUPER TRADELINE model.
Temperature Ratings,
Setpoint Range
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
Switching
Action
Includes
T498A1778
40 to 80
5 to 27
Spst
Range stops, locking cover and extra knob decal for recalibration.
Dpst
Thermometer, range stops, locking cover and extra knob decal for recalibration.
T498A1810
—
lT498B1512
T498B1553
Positive Off; makes double line break with setting dial at OFF position.
T4398 High Performance Electric Heat Thermostats
Provide precise line voltage control of resistive-rated electric heating
equipment.
• For control of both resistive-rated fan-forced and baseboard electric
heaters.
• Extremely sensitive to temperature changes.
• Replace virtually all standard wall-mounted line voltage thermostats.
• Color-coded leads allow easy installation.
• Include long-lasting Micro Switch™ mechanism.
• Rugged, plastic mounting base.
• Cover thermometer indicates room temperature.
• Well suited for upgrades and high-end new construction.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Listed.
CSA Performance Certified at 20A.a
a
CSA 273.4A Electric Heat Thermostat Performance Certification
requires the thermostat to cycle at least 3 cph at 50% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Noninductive Resistive: 22A at 120/208/240 Vac; 19A at 277 Vac.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 50 F to 80 F (10 C to 27 C).
Differential: 2 F (1 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/2 in. (115 mm) high, 2-7/8 in.
(73 mm) wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep.
ELEMENT TYPE: Vapor-filled dual diaphragm.
MOUNTING: Mounts directly on vertical 2 x 4 in. outlet box, or on 4 x 4 in.
outlet box.
ACCESSORIES: 272804A Range Stop and Locking Screws. Includes
locking cover screws and range stops—two plastic pins to insert
inside cover for field-selection of minimum and maximum
temperature settings.
*TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings,
Setpoint Range
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
Switching Electrical
Action
Connections
*T4398A1021
50 to 80
10 to 27
Spst
*T4398B1029
Dpst
6 in. (150 mm)
leadwires.
Finish
Includes
Contoured
Thermometer, range stops, locking cover.
cover in
Thermometer, range stops, locking cover. Makes
contemporary
double line break with setting dial at OFF position.
white.
17
Home Controls and Systems
• Easy to install; color-coded leads.
• Include thermometer.
• Include long-lasting Micro Switch™ mechanism; makes on temperature
fall.
• Rugged, plastic mounting base.
• Mount on standard 2 x 4 in. outlet box or 4 x 4 in. junction box.
• Select models include extra knob decal for recalibration, if necessary.
ELEMENT TYPE: Bimetal.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-9/16 in. (116 mm) high, 2-7/8 in.
(73 mm) wide, 1-15/16 in. (33 mm) deep above mounting plate, 15/
16 in. (24 mm) deep below mounting plate.
MOUNTING: Mounts directly on 2 x 4 in. outlet box.
FINISH: Classic styling, brush gold finish
ACCESSORIES:
272804A Range Stop and Locking Screws. Includes locking cover
screws and range stops—two plastic pins to insert inside cover for
field-selection of minimum and maximum temperature settings. For
use with new style T498A,B models (manufactured after
November, 1993—date coded after 9345).
272823 Blind Locking Cover and Range Stop Assembly. For use with
new style T498A,B models only (manufactured after
November, 1993—date coded after 9345).
Electric Heat Controls
New!
T4700 Chronotherm™ Electronic Programmable Line Voltage
Thermostat
Provides line voltage electronic programmable temperature control
of resistance-rated heating systems. Depending on local climate,
night and day setback of space temperature can save up to 28% of
the energy used to heat a controlled zone. According to the Electric
Power Research Institute, precision temperature control also offers
up to 12% energy saving during comfort periods compared with
conventional bi-metallic electric heating thermostats.
• Patented CoolSwitch™ design offers exceptionally long service life.
• Full 7-day independent programming or selectable 5-1-1
programming; allows different schedules and temperature setpoints to
match the homeowner’s flexible schedule.
• Easy to Use Programming and Copy feature.
• Digital temperature sensing and control for energy efficient precision
operation.
• Liquid Crystal Display.
• Decorated door hides programming keys.
• Temporary and permanent temperature overrides.
• Suitable for electronic heaters such as baseboard and noninductiverated fan-forced heaters.
• Directly replaces any two-wire (spst), 240 Vac resistive-rated line
voltage electromechanical or electronic thermostat from 500W
to 3800W.
• Temperature setpoints (programs) are permanently held in memory
(no batteries used) and retained during power outages for increased
convenience.
APPROVALS: CSA Certified LR1322, UL listed.
Temperature Ratings
Setpoint Range
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-5/16 in (84 mm) wide, 5-1/16 in.
(127 mm) high, 1-5/8 in. (42 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: -20 F to +104 F (-30 C to +40 C), 5 to 95% RH,
non-condensing.
Setpoint Range: 45 F to 80 F (7 C to 27 C).
Factory set: 61 F (16 C). Control temperature on start-up and in
HOLD mode until a program is entered.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS, NON-INDUCTIVE: 16A (3800W) maximum,
2A (500W) minimum @ 240V, 60 Hz.
SWITCHING:Patented CoolSwitch™ thyristor commutator with relay
switching.
WIRING CONNECTIONS: 6 in. (150 mm) non-polarized stranded
copper leadwires, suitable for connection to aluminum wiring if
approved special service CO/ALR connectors are used.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS:
Precision: ±1 F (± 0.5 C) temperature swing.
Features electronic anticipation.
Accuracy: ±2 F (±1 C) maximum droop with 3800W load.
Conforms to NEMA Standard DC3 for scale accuracy.
CSA Performance Certification @ 16A, 240 Vac.
SENSING ELEMENT: Electronic thermistor.
PROGRAMMING:
Program selections with Up (+) and Down (–) keys.
User-selectable temporary and permanent override modes.
Time-of-Day, 12 hours am/pm format.
Temperature scale, selectable degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius.
LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY:
Room temperature: 35 F to 95 F (3 C to 35 C).
Setpoint temperature: displayed when (+) or (-) keys pressed.
Degree symbol (°) flashes when heat is on.
MEMORY BACKUP:Programs: E2PROM retains programs indefinitely.
Power loss clock time retention up to 8 hours continuous.
MOUNTING:Direct mounting on vertically-oriented, single-gang NEMA
2 x 3 in. flush-mount or 2 x 4 in. surface-mount electrical box, or
on 4 x 4 in. box with mud ring.
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
Switching
Action
Sensing Element Type
T4700A1016
45 to 80
7 to 27
spst
T4700B1014
Electronic Thermistor
dpst
Electrical Connections
Finish
Includes
6 in. (150 mm) Non-polarized
leadwires
White
Digital LDC
Display
T4800 Precision Electronic Electric Heat Thermostats
•
•
•
•
•
•
Electronic non-programmable thermostats that provide precise,
accurate control of resistive-rated electric heating equipment.
• Patented CoolSwitch™ technology increases thermostat life.
Solid state electronic thermistor sensing element.
Senses temperature changes ±1 F.
LED indicator light on cover.
Two-wire design with non-polarized lead wires for easy installation.
Best for high-end new construction or upgrades.
Developed with assistance from the Electric Power Research Institute
(EPRI), representing the electric power industry of the U.S.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Certified.
CSA Performance Certified at 16A.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Noninductive Resistive: 16A at 240 Vac, 60 Hz, 2.0A minimum.
continued next page
18
Electric Heat Controls
T4800 continued
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-1/8 in. (80 mm) wide, 4-3/4 in.
(120 mm) high, 2-5/8 in. (68 mm) deep.
MOUNTING: Mounts directly on vertical 2 x 4 in. outlet box.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 40 F to 90 F (8 C to 25 C).
Differential: 1 F (0.5 C).
ELEMENT TYPE: Thermistor.
*TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings,
Setpoint Range
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
Switching Electrical
Action
Connections
*T4800A1015
40 to 80
5 to 25
Spst
6 in. (150 mm)
leadwires
Finish
Includes
Voltage
Contoured
white
LED indicator. Light indicates when heat
comes on.
240V
R841 Electric Heating Relays
R841C internal schematic and connection diagram for one relay.
JUNCTION BOX
Home Controls and Systems
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
R841D
BLUE
RED
R841C
BLACK
LOAD
RED
Use with two-wire, 24 Vac thermostat to control electric heating
equipment such as baseboard, ceiling cable and duct heaters.
WHITE
Operate with each cycle of the thermostat (4 to 6 cycles per hour).
Each relay switches up to a 5,000W load.
Contacts make and break in about 75 seconds.
Mount in any position.
Include 1/2 in. (13 mm) male conduit bushing.
RESISTANCE
HEATER
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Certified.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
Contacts:
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
M16620
R841D internal schematic and connection diagram for one relay.
JUNCTION BOX
120 Vac
208/240/277 Vac
Full Load
14
7
Locked Rotor
84
42
L2
1
L1
(HOT)
LOAD
Resistive: 22A at 120/208/240 Vac; 19A at 277 Vac.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient Range: -20 F to +150 F (-29 C to +66 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:3-7/8 in. (98 mm) heighta, 2-13/16 in.
(71 mm) width and 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) depth
a Height includes bracket.
REMOTE 24 V
TRANSFORMER
RED
1
BLACK
•
•
•
•
•
2-WIRE
LOW VOLTAGE
THERMOSTAT
R841C
R841D
RED
WHITE
2-WIRE
LOW VOLTAGE
THERMOSTAT
DROPPING
RESISTOR
RESISTANCE
HEATER
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
M16621
*TRADELINE models.
Electrical Connections
Electrical Ratings
Anticipator
Setting
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Voltage
*R841C1201
Controls one load. With
integral transformer.
208V, 60 Hz 0.2A
*R841C1227
*R841D1044
Controls one load. Requires
remote 24 Vac transformer.
Line, Leadwire Length
Low, Leadwire Length
Switching
Action
in.
mm
in.
mm
Spst
457
7-1/2
191
18
240V, 60 Hz
24V, 60 Hz
19
Electric Heat Controls
R8229 Electric Heat Relay; R8246 Electric Heat Contactor
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient Range: -40 F to +165 F (-40 C to +74 C).
SWITCHING ACTION: dpst.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
R8229A
Height
Width
Depth
Model
Number
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
R8229A
2-3/16
56
2-3/32
53
2-1/4
57
R8246A
2-3/16
56
3-5/16
84
2-3/16
56
mm
R8246A
Dimensions of relay and contactor base in in. (mm in brackets).
Provide conventional on-off control of heating elements and fan in
an electric furnace.
1-5/8 (41)
• Designed for quiet operation.
• R8246A and R8229A replace over 50 Honeywell and competitive
electric heat primaries, including the Honeywell R8330 Electric
Furnace Sequencer.
• Use on furnaces with line voltage or pilot duty limit.
• Simple ON-OFF switching—readily understood and easily serviced—
eliminates cold drafts on system start up.
1/4 (6) (2)
3/16 (5) (2)
NOTE: R8229E and R8242E normally closed relays for use in load control systems are also available. See index for page number of
R8229E and R8242E specifications and ordering information.
1-17/32
(39)
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized.
Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 24 Vac.
Current Draw: 0.23A.
COIL RATINGS:
Pickup Voltage: 14 Vac with base mounted vertically (instantly
applied voltage simulating thermostat operation).
Inrush: 5.5 VA.
Sealed: 5.5 VA.
Dropout Voltage: 6 Vac.
5/16 (8)
M16622
7/32 (6)
R8229A Contact Ratings Per Pole:
Second Polea
Combined Inductivea and Resistive
Inductive
Inductive Only
Voltage
First Pole Resistive
Only Amperes
Maxb Load
AFL
ALR
AFL
ALR
120,208,240,277
25.0
26.0
6.4
18.0
7.0
35.0
480
12.5
13.6
3.2
9.0
3.5
17.5
600
10.0
10.4
2.56
7.2
2.8
14.0
a
b
A combined resistive and inductive load can be connected to either pole of the relay. Do not connect an inductive load to both poles.
Either contact of the R8229 is rated for a 5 kW resistive load, in combination with the motor load as shown in the table.
R8246A Contact Ratings Per Pole:
Second Polea
Combined
Inductivea
and Resistive
Inductive Only
Inductive
Voltage
First Pole Resistive
Only Amperes
Maxb Load
AFL
ALR
AFL
ALR
120,208,240,277
48.0
48.0
7.0
42.0
12.0
72.0
480
24.0
24.0
3.5
21.0
6.0
36.0
600
19.2
18.5
2.8
16.8
4.8
28.8
a
b
A combined resistive and inductive load can be connected to either pole of the relay and contactor. Do not connect an inductive load to both poles.
Either contact of the R8246 is rated for a 10 kW resistive load, in combination with the motor load as shown in the table.
continued next page
20
Electric Heat Controls
R8229; R8246 continued
One- or two-element wiring with R8229A relay.
Three- or four-element wiring with one R8246A contactor, singlestage thermostat only.
ONE OR TWO ELEMENTS
THREE OR FOUR ELEMENTS
R
W
LOW VOLT
THERMOSTAT
2
R
R
W
R
W
LOW VOLT
THERMOSTAT
FURNACE LOW
VOLT TERMINAL
BOARD
W
FURNACE LOW
VOLT TERMINAL
BOARD
2
1
L1
(HOT)
1
R8229
L2
4
1
6
3
L1
(HOT)
R8246
L2
TRANSFORMER
L2
L1
T2
T1
TRANSFORMER
CIRCULATOR
OR FAN MOTOR
RELAY
1
2
SET ANTICIPATOR TO 0.23 AMP.
CONTACTOR
Temperature Ratings,
Maximum
ORDER NUMBER
Application
R8229A1005
Electric Heat Relay
Switches up to two 5 kW electric
165
heat elements, plus 6.4A fan motor
at 240 Vac. Several can be used
together to control more than two
heating elements. Replace
sequencer controls which are no
longer required by industry
standards.
a
b
Switches up to four 5 kW electric
heat elements, plus 7.0A fan motor
at 240 Vac. Several can be used
together to control more than four
heating elements. Replace
sequencer controls which are no
longer required by industry
standards.
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
SET ANTICIPATOR TO 0.23 AMP.
3
FOR FOUR ELEMENT WIRING.
M16618
lSUPER TRADELINE models.
lR8246A1038
Electric Heat
Contactor
CIRCULATOR
OR FAN MOTOR
L2
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
lR8229A1021
Electric Heat Relay
3
L1
1
L2
F
C
74
Electrical
Connections
Mounting
Male 1/4 in. (6 mm) Two screws
(up to No. 10
quick-connects.b
size) through
holes in
base, or one
screw and a
shear-formed
tab in panel.
Male 1/4 in. (6 mm)
quick-connectsb
plus terminal clamp
screws.
M16619
Includes
—
Universal mounting plate
with mounting screws, two
12 in. (305 mm) coil leads,a
two wire nuts, six 1/4 in. (6
mm) female quick-connects.
Universal mounting plate
with mounting screws, two
12 in. (305 mm) coil leads,a
two wire nuts, six 1/4 in. (6
mm) female quick-connects.
1/4 in. (6 mm) quick-connect on one end; stripped on opposite end.
Select female quick-connects with care. The use of a premium grade quick-connect, such as the AMP Premier Faston “250” series, or equivalent,
is recommended.
21
Home Controls and Systems
L1
1
Electric Heat Controls
R8330 Electric Furnace Sequencer
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Contacts (F1, F2):
Fan:
Inductive Contact Ratings
Vac
ALR
7.2
43.2
120, 208, 240b
6.9
41.4
277
4.9
29.4
120
One control switches a fan and up to three elements on and off in
sequence.
• Isolated fan switch has positive interlock to assure fan is on when the
element is on, and fan is off when the last element is off.
• Replaces any of the ten models in our line and many competitive
devices.
• Combination rating on the first element switch allows replacing devices
having fan and first element controlled by the same switch without
rewiring furnace.
• Auxiliary switch controls a second R8330 in applications with more than
three elements.
• Cycles ON within two minutes, OFF within four minutes.
• Ten-second minimum delay between stages (make sequence and break
sequence).
• Timings meet EEI-NEMA and ARI 280 standards.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Certified.
AFL
a
a
1/3 hp.
3/4 hp.
Anticipator Setting: 0.4A (constant).
Voltage: 24 Vac, 0.4A.
Pilot Duty Rating: 62.5 VA at 24 Vac; special models available with
pilot duty rating of 3.5-62.5 VA on fan contacts at 24 Vac.
Auxiliary Switch: 3.6 AFL; 21.6 ALR at 240 Vac; 5A resistive at
24, 120, 208, and 240 Vac; 35 VA pilot duty at 24 Vac.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: -20 F to +150 F (-29 C to +66 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-1/6 (78 mm) high, 4-13/16 (122 mm)
wide, 2-11/32 (60 mm) deep.
b
Internal schematic of R8330D furnace sequencer.
AUXILIARY SWITCH
HTR
F1
3
5
7
F2
4
6
8
M7841
LOAD:
Combined Resistive and Inductive Contact Ratings (3-4 Only)
Resistive Contact Ratings
(3-4, 5-6, and 7-8)
Resistive
Inductive
Vac
A
kW
A
kW
AFL
ALR
208
25.0
5.2
20.8
4.3
5.5
15.0
240
25.0
6.0
20.8
5.0
5.5
15.0
277
21.7
6.0
18.0
5.0
3.6
8.6
*TRADELINE model.
ORDER NUMBER
Stages
Switches
Includes
*R8330D1039
3
4
Mounting hardware, terminal adapter, replacement quick-connects, jumper leadwires.
22
Thermostats
Honeywell—The Leader in Thermostats
Honeywell has a tradition of leadership in temperature controls for
the home. The Honeywell name means reliable performance,
comfort, and convenience with energy savings. Customers are
confident that they are getting the very best in temperature control
when they see the Honeywell name.
The most recognizable temperature control is Honeywell’s T87 The
Round® Thermostat. The T87 Thermostat has been keeping homes comfortable for over 40 years. Its reliable performance, classic styling, and
convenience make it the industry standard.
Continuing in the tradition of being a leader in temperature controls,
Honeywell offers the most complete line of thermostats while introducing
innovative new products for virtually every application: conventional single-stage, multistage and heat pump systems.
Over 100 years of Honeywell engineering expertise has gone into the
making of our newest thermostats. The T8600 Chronotherm® IV Thermostat is the winning choice for programmable thermostats with 7-day programming flexibility, display backlighting, outdoor temperature sensing
and versatile replacement capability—just five models can replace 36
existing thermostats. The T8500 Deluxe Electronic Thermostats offer all of
the same conveniences as the Chronotherm® IV Thermostat—display
backlighting, outdoor temperature sensing and replacement versatility—
but are not programmable. The simplicity of the T8400 Electronic Thermostat, with its large digital display and attractive case, are already making it
a favorite choice.
Advanced Powerstealing Circuitry
“Powerstealing” thermostats have become increasingly popular
with contractors as a thermostat which is easy and economical to
install. Honeywell’s new thermostats with Advanced Powerstealing
are now available in both programmable (T8000, T8700, T8600) and
non-programmable (T8400) thermostat families.
“Powerstealing” electronic thermostats draw energy for operation
from the heating and cooling equipment. They have several
advantages over battery-powered or hardwired thermostats, while
being compatible with virtually all heating and cooling systems.
Unlike battery-powered thermostats, Honeywell’s new
powerstealing thermostats do not require batteries to operate and
still provide program backup with electronic memory. Hardwired
electronic thermostats draw a consistent source of power directly
from the system transformer. Because they rely directly on the
heating and cooling equipment for energy, these thermostats require
an extra wire to supply 24 Vac to the thermostat. This is fairly simple
to do in new construction applications, but relatively difficult in
retrofit situations. Powerstealing models can be installed without
costly extra wiring and are a good choice for most home heating and
cooling systems.
124
Powerstealing thermostats continuously draw a small amount of
current from the heating or cooling system to operate. When the
thermostat is not calling for heat or cool, the thermostat “steals”
enough power to operate by allowing a small amount of current to
flow through it into the relay coil. While older powerstealing
thermostats require 10 mA to 20 mA to function, the advanced power
stealing of Honeywell's thermostats require a mere 0.1 mA to 10 mA
to operate. When the thermostat is calling for heat or cool, the
advanced power stealing of the new thermostats require only 2.5 mA
to 25 mA to operate compared to older powerstealing thermostats
that required 70 mA to 120 mA for proper operation.
Although powerstealing thermostats are compatible with most
home heating and cooling systems, they aren’t appropriate for some
applications, including millivolt systems, line voltage systems, Taco
Zone Valves and other systems that open the load circuit for more
than 0.5 seconds during an “ON” cycle. In most cases, though,
Honeywell has a powerstealing thermostat just right for your
applications. And with the part number 4074EYC, your Taco Zone
Valve compatibility problems can be easily solved.
Thermostats
Thermostat Selection Guide
The following Thermostat Selection Guide has been provided to help you quickly determine the most appropriate thermostat for your
particular application.
RESIDENTIAL SINGLE STAGE NON-PROGRAMMABLE
ELECTRONIC
ELECTRO-MECHANICAL
MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
ECONOMY
SNAP-ACTION
T810C,D
1 HEAT/NO
COOL OR
1 COOL/
NO HEAT
STANDARD
MERCURY BULB
T8034C
1 HEAT
1 COOL
DELUXE
MERCURY BULB
T87F/Q539
1 HEAT
1 COOL
STANDARD
MERCURY BULB
T834C
1 HEAT
1 COOL
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
Home Controls and Systems
DELUXE
MERCURY BULB
T87F
1 HEAT OR
1 COOL
STANDARD
MERCURY BULB
T822C,D
1 HEAT/NO
COOL OR
1 COOL/
NO HEAT
MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
DELUXE ELECTRONIC
T8501D
T8500D
HARDWIRED
POWER
1 HEAT
STEALING
1 COOL
1 HEAT
1 COOL
STANDARD ELECTRONIC
T8401C
T8400C
HARDWIRED
POWER
1 HEAT
STEALING
1 COOL
1 HEAT
1 COOL
M13112
continued next page
125
Thermostats
Thermostat Selection Guide continued
RESIDENTIAL SINGLE STAGE PROGRAMMABLE
ELECTRONIC
ELECTRO-MECHANICAL
MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
2 PERIOD
PROGRAMMING
CLOCK
MERCURY BULB
T8090/T8095
1 HEAT OR
1 COOL
DELUXE ELECTRONIC
T8600D
T8601D
T8602D
POWER
HARDWIRED BATTERY
STEALING
1 HEAT
POWERED
1 HEAT
1 COOL
1 HEAT
1 COOL
1 COOL
MERCURY BULB
T8090/T8095
Q682A,B
1 HEAT
1 COOL
ALSO SEE Y8095
5-2
PROGRAMMING
CLOCK TIMER
ROUND
ELECTRONIC
T8700C
1 HEAT
1 COOL
MERCURY BULB
T8190/T8195
Q682A,B
1 HEAT
1 COOL
ALSO SEE Y8195
MERCURY BULB
T8190/T8195
1 HEAT OR
1 COOL
7 DAY PROGRAMMING
AUTOMATIC /MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
STANDARD ELECTRONIC
T8001C
T8000C
HARDWIRED
POWER
1 HEAT
STEALING
1 COOL
1 HEAT
1 COOL
ECONOMY ELECTRONIC
T8112C
BATTERY
POWERED
1 HEAT
1 COOL
T8112D
BATTERY
POWERED
1 HEAT
1 COOL
M13111
RESIDENTIAL HEAT PUMP
PROGRAMMABLE
NON-PROGRAMMABLE
ELECTROMECHANICAL
MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
AUTOMATIC
OR MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
ELECTRONIC
MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
DELUXE
MERCURY BULB
Y594R,G
2 HEAT
1 COOL
STANDARD
MERCURY BULB
T841A,B
2 HEAT
1 COOL
AUTOMATIC/
MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
ELECTRONIC
5-2 PROGRAMMING
MANUAL CHANGEOVER
DELUXE
ELECTRONIC
T8511G
HARDWIRED
2 HEAT
1 COOL
STANDARD
ELECTRONIC
T8411R
HARDWIRED
2 HEAT
1 COOL
7 DAY PROGRAMMING
AUTOMATIC/ MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
DELUXE
ELECTRONIC
T8611G
HARDWIRED
2 HEAT
1 COOL
STANDARD
ELECTRONIC
T8011R
HARDWIRED
2 HEAT
1 COOL
M13110
continued next page
126
Thermostats
Thermostat Selection Guide continued
RESIDENTIAL MULTI-STAGE
PROGRAMMABLE
NON-PROGRAMMABLE
ELECTROMECHANICAL
AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
ELECTRONIC
ELECTRONIC
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
7 DAY PROGRAMMING
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
Home Controls and Systems
DELUXE
MERCURY BULB
Y594D
2 HEAT
2 COOL
DELUXE
ELECTRONIC
T8624D
2 HEAT
2 COOL
DELUXE
ELECTRONIC
T8524D
2 HEAT
2 COOL
M13108
COMMERCIAL
NON-PROGRAMMABLE
ELECTRONIC
ELECTROMECHANICAL
ELECTRONIC
AUTOMATIC
OR MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
DELUXE
MERCURY BULB
T874/Q674
UP TO 3 HEAT
2 COOL
PROGRAMMABLE
7 DAY
PROGRAMMING
AUTOMATIC
OR MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
7 DAY
PROGRAMMING
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
DELUXE ELECTRONIC
T7300D T7300E
T7300F
CONVEN- HEAT
HEAT PUMP/
TIONAL
PUMP CONVENTIONAL
DELUXE ELECTRONIC
T7100F
T7100D T7100E
CONVEN- HEAT
HEAT PUMP/
TIONAL
PUMP CONVENTIONAL
SUBBASE
Q7100C
Q7100A
CONVENTIONAL HEAT PUMP
3 HEAT
2 HEAT
2 COOL
2 COOL
7 DAY
PROGRAMMING
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL
CHANGEOVER
STANDARD
ELECTRONIC
T8621A,C,D
2 HEAT
2 COOL
STANDARD ELECTRONIC
T7200D
T7200E
CONVENTIONAL HEAT PUMP
1 HEAT
1 HEAT
1 COOL
1 COOL
SUBBASE
Q7300C,D
Q7300A,G,L
CONVENTIONAL HEAT PUMP
3 HEAT
3 HEAT
2 COOL
3 COOL
M13109
127
Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System
Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System—
the comfort breakthrough of the century
The Honeywell Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System is
the first and only home comfort control that puts it all together.
Finally, one comfort center controls temperature, indoor air quality,
ventilation, humidity and zoning.
BREAKTHROUGH SALES
Your customers have never been offered a comfort center like this one.
And they will quickly understand why one comfort center control is better
than several controls. In other words, you have limitless sales opportunities by being the first to offer the latest comfort control technology to your
customers. Not only will your customers be more satisfied with their
HVAC equipment, but you'll increase your sales of accessory products
or upgrades to complement this new technology.
Model Number
PC8900 CONTROL PANEL
The PC8900 Control Panel simplifies temperature, indoor air quality,
ventilation, humidity and zoning control—giving homeowners a new
comfort ideal soon to be the norm. The backlit display on this easy-touse panel provides messages that are relayed in clear phrases and in a
size that is easy on the eyes.
The control panel may be installed in any convenient location. Unlike
other thermostats that need to be centrally located for accurate temperature control, the PC8900 is not dependent on floor plan for its temperature control. Simply install one or more optional remote temperature
sensors and connect them to the Comfort Center.
W8900 REMOTE MODULE
The W8900 is compatible with almost any type of HVAC equipment.
Located near the HVAC equipment, the W8900 allows easy installation
of the Comfort Center and accessories with the wires all in one location.
There are models available for a variety of applications—conventional,
heat pump, or conventional with reheat. All models are field-configurable.
PERFECT CLIMATE COMFORT CENTER™ CONTROL SYSTEM
The Comfort Center provides 24 Vac energy saving control for a heating and cooling system, while providing reliable and precise temperature, ventilation and humidity control.Depending on your application,
your system components and accessories can include the following:
Name
System Components
PC8900A
Control Panel
W8900A
Remote Module for conventional systems; model available with O and B terminals for zoning.
W8900B
Remote Module for heat pump systems.
W8900C
Remote Module for conventional systems with reheat.
Accessories
C7089A
Outdoor Sensor; used to measure outdoor temperature.
C7100A
Discharge Sensor; used to sense temperature in discharge or return air.
C7189A
Remote Sensor; used for remote sensor applications.
205224A
Wall Cover Plate; used when PC8900 cannot cover wall marks from old thermostat.
202689A
Mounting Plate Accessory; used when C7189A cannot cover wall marks from old thermostat.
PC8900 Control Panel
• Requires only four wires for installation.
• All system accessories wire to W8900 Remote Module.
• Keyboard lockout (field-configurable) protection available.
Control panel for the Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control
System. Mounts in the living space and accurately measures and
controls room temperature and humidity. Use with the W8900
Remote Module.
CONSUMER BENEFITS
• Automated, all-in-one comfort control.
• Large, continuously lit liquid crystal display (LCD).
• Seven-day (auto copy) programming.
• Simultaneous display of heat and cool setpoints.
• No batteries required; indefinite program retention.
• Circulation fan setting improves indoor air quality.
INSTALLER BENEFITS
• Compatible with 99 percent of residential heating and cooling
equipment.
The PC8900 Control Panel can be configured in the field for:
• Automatic or manual changeover.
• F or C display
• 12- or 24-hour clock.
• Adaptive Intelligent Recovery™ or conventional recovery.
• Humidity control in heating or cooling; frost control optional with
outdoor sensor.
• Outdoor, remote, and discharge temperature sensor available.
• Fan overrun in cooling.
• Ventilation control.
APPROVALS:
Federal Communications Commission Class B.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association DC-3.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C).
Setpoint Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C).
continued next page
128
Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System
PC8900 continued
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
Operating Range: 5 to 90% RH, noncondensing.
Setting Range: Cooling: 40 to 80% RH.
Heating: 10 to 80% RH.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
6-3/8 in. (162 mm) wide, 4 in. (102 mm) high, 1-5/8 in. (41 mm) deep.
MOUNTING:
Without remote sensor: mounts directly on the wall, in living space,
using mounting screws and anchors provided.
With remote sensor: mounts directly on the wall, in a closet or other
convenient location, using mounting screws and anchors
provided.
Available only through Honeywell Perfect Climate Authorized Distributors.
*TRADELINE model.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Display, LED
*PC8900A1007
Perfect Climate Comfort Center
Control System Control Panel.
SYSTEM LED lights when heating or cooling equipment Terminals 1, 2, 3, 4 on PC8900
connect to W8900.
is running; CHECK LED lights to alert homeowner to
HVAC maintenance or service needs.
Electrical Connections
W8900 Remote Modules
•
•
•
•
Provide humidity and ventilation control output.
Compatible with most 24 Vac systems.
Mount directly on the wall, near the HVAC equipment or cold air return.
Select models provide humidity control with fan.
APPROVALS:
Federal Communications Commission Class B.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association DC-3.
Available only through Honeywell Perfect Climate Authorized Distributors.
*TRADELINE models.
Stages
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Heating
Cooling
*W8900A1004
Conventional 24 Vac systems.
2
2
*W8900A1012
Conventional 24 Vac zoning systems, with O and B terminals.
2
1
*W8900B1002
24 Vac heat pump systems.
3
2
*W8900C1000
24 Vac systems with cooling humidity reheat algorithm.
2
2
129
Home Controls and Systems
Mount near the equipment; the PC8900 heating, cooling, ventilation
and dehumidification equipment and all additional sensors are
wired to the W8900.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Input:
20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Heat Pump Failure Input (L Terminal on W8900B Models):
24 Vac load, 50/60 Hz, 0.3 VA load.
CO2 Monitor Input (CO2 Terminal on all W8900 Models):
24 Vac load, 50/60 Hz, 0.3 VA load.
Output:
Humidity Control Output Relay: 50 VA at 24 Vac.
Ventilation, W1, W2, Y1, Y2, E, G, O, B, AUX, Y1/W1:
1.5A running, 3.5A inrush at 200,000 cycles (30 Vac).
1.5A running, 7.5A inrush at 100,000 cycles (30 Vac).
Run: 40% power factor minimum.
Inrush: 50% power factor minimum.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5 to 90% RH, noncondensing.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-3/8 in. (163 mm) wide, 8-3/4 in.
(222 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) deep.
MOUNTING:
Mounts directly on the wall, near HVAC equipment or cold air return,
using the mounting screws and anchors provided.
Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System
C7089 Outdoor Sensor
• May be located up to 200 feet away from W8900 Remote Module.
• Positive temperature coefficient thermistor sensor.
• Factory calibrated; no field calibration required.
Senses the outdoor temperature for display on the PC8900 Control
Panel at the touch of a key.
•
•
•
•
Convenience feature for homeowners.
Encapsulated to protect against water and contaminants.
Mounting clip allows easy sensor positioning on siding or soffit.
Includes 60 in. leadwires.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: -40 F to +128 F (-40 C to +53 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5 to 95% RH, noncondensing.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) x 3/8 in. (10 mm) with
60 in. (1524 mm) leadwires.
MOUNTING:
Mounts outside of living space using locally obtained mounting
hardware.
Available only through Honeywell Perfect Climate Authorized Distributors.
*TRADELINE model.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Use With
*C7089A1002
Outdoor sensor used to measure outdoor temperature.
PC8900 Control Panel/W8900 Remote Module
*C7089B1000
Chronotherm IV and T8500 family thermostats
C7100 Discharge Sensor
Used to sense temperature in discharge duct.
• Use to troubleshoot system operation.
• Platinum positive temperature coefficient sensor.
• Factory calibrated; no settings or field calibration required.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. (6 mm) male quick-connect
terminals.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 40 F to 150 F (4 C to 66 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 1-13/16 in. (46 mm) square.
Element Insertion Length: 13-1/4 in. (336 mm).
HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5 to 90% RH, noncondensing.
MOUNTING: Mounts in discharge air duct, near air exchanger in a 2 x
4 in. outlet box or on a flat duct or plenum surface. The temperature
sensor probe passes through a 7/8 in. knockout in the 2 x 4 in.
outlet box.
*TRADELINE model.
Order Number
Description
*C7100A1015
Discharge sensor used to sense temperature in discharge duct. 3,484 ohms at 77 F (25 C)
Sensor, Resistance
Use With
W7100, W8900
C7189 Remote Indoor Sensor
• Negative temperature coefficient thermistor sensing element.
• Easy to install and use.
• Factory calibrated; no field calibration required.
Use with PC8900 Control Panel/W8900 Remote Module in remote
sensor applications.
• May be used for temperature averaging between PC8900 Control Panel
and C7189A Sensor for improved comfort.
• Capable of remote temperature sensing and control (with PC8900
Control Panel).
• Mounts in the living space up to 200 feet away from W8900 Remote
Module.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C).
Setpoint Range: 40 F to 95 F (4 C to 35 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
95% RH, noncondensing.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 2-3/4 in. (70 mm) wide, 4-5/8 in.
(117 mm) high, 1-1/8 in. (29 mm) deep.
MOUNTING: Mounts directly on the wall using mounting screws and
anchors provided.
ACCESSORIES:
202689A Mounting Plate Accessory; used when C7189A cannot cover
wall marks from old thermostat.
* TRADELINE model.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Finish
*C7189A1001
Remote indoor sensor for remote sensing applications.
Premier White
130
Thermostats—Electronic Programmable
T8600; T8601; T8602; T8624 Chronotherm® IV Deluxe
Programmable Thermostats; T8611 Chronotherm® IV Deluxe
Programmable Heat Pump Thermostats
Provide electronic control of 24 Vac single-stage or multistage
heating and cooling systems, including heat pump systems.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz; 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Load Ratings: 6 VA maximum at 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Output Relay:
Fan: 0.5A Running, 2.5A Inrush.
Heat: 1.5A Running, 3.5A Inrush.
Cool: 1.5A Running, 7.5A Inrush.
BATTERIES: T8602 models require batteries.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C).
Outdoor: -40 F to +120 F (-40 C to +49 C).
Accuracy: ±1 F (±0.5 C).
Setpoint Range:
Heating: 40 F to 90 F (4.5 C to 32 C).
Cooling: 45 F to 99 F (7 C to 37 C).
Deadband: 3 F (1.5 C) minimum.
TIMING:
Minimum Off (Heat and Cool): factory setting 5 minutes; option 0 to
5 minutes.
Clock Accuracy: ±1 minute per month.
HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5% to 90% RH, noncondensing.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-1/16 in. (154 m) wide, 3-3/4 in.
(95 mm) high, 1-9/16 in. (40 mm) deep.
MOUNTING: Thermostat mounts on a wallplate. Wallplate mounts
horizontally on wall or outlet box with two no. 6 x 32 screws
(included).
ACCESSORIES:
C7089B Outdoor Temperature Sensors (69-1020).
Universal Versaguard™ Thermostat guards.
continued next page
131
Home Controls and Systems
• Full seven-day program capability; different schedules and
temperature setpoints may be selected for everyday to match the
homeowner’s flexible schedule.
• Copy key makes programming easier and faster for the installer and
homeowner.
• Daylight Saving Time (DST) key for quick change in and out of Daylight
Saving Time.
• Models available with programmable fan operation for added
homeowner comfort.
• Easy temporary temperature setpoint changes for current period,
vacation hold (1 to 255 days) or indefinite hold adds to the homeowner
comfort and energy savings.
• Frequently used keys are located by the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
for quick and easy access to information.
• Attractive styling complements any decor to the homeowner’s delight.
• Back lighting the large display makes the LCD very easy to read.
• Models available with C7089B1000 outdoor temperature sensor
capability for homeowner convenience. The sensor is also more
accurate than a thermometer.
• Configurable features allows one model to be used to replace many
different models (less inventory, no longer need to carry separate
models to get these features).
—°F or °C temperature display;
— Automatic or manual changeover;
— Electric or conventional heat fan operation;
— Adjustable heating cycle rate.
• Minimum off time for cooling compressors and heat pumps protects
the equipment and extends the equipment life.
• Easy installation, setup and system test saves installer time and
increases productivity.
• System test simplifies troubleshooting and saves time by overriding
the time delays.
• Adaptive Intelligent Recovery™ control brings the room temperature to
temperature setpoint at the programmed time, maximizing comfort and
energy savings.
• Setpoints are permanently held in memory (no batteries used) and
retained during power outages for increased installer and homeowner
convenience.
• Powerstealing, hardwired and battery powered models available for
virtually all equipment and application needs.
• Universal Versaguard™ Thermostat guards available for added
security.
• Adjustable range stops.
Thermostats—Electronic Programmable
T8600; T8601; T8602; T8624; T8611 continued
*TRADELINE models.
ORDER NUMBER
T8600D2028
Power
Application Program Changeover Method
Gas, oil or
electric
24 Vac
Systems
T8600D2069
7 day
Automatic/
manual
selectable
Powerstealing
T8601D2019
Hardwired
T8602D2000
Battery
Powered
T8602D2018
*T8611G2002
Heat Pump
Switch
Positions
Stages
Heating Cooling System Fan
1
1
Hardwired 2
T8611G2028
*T8611M2025
3
*T8624D2004
Multi-Stage
Heat-Cool
2
2
Terminal Designations
Finish
Y,W,G,R,RC,OT,OT, O,B
HEAT- ONOFFAUTO
Y,W,G,R,R
C,OT,OT, O,B
COOLAUTO
Y,W,G,R,C,OT,OT,O,B
Taupe
EM.
HTHEATOFFAUTOCOOL
HEATOFFCOOLAUTO
T8624D2012
Premier
White
Premier
White
Y,W,G,R,RC,O,B,OT,OT
Taupe
Y,W,G,R,RC,O,B,OT,OT
Premier
White
Y1,W1,W2,G,E,L,R,C,O/B,
OT, OT,X1, X2
Taupe
Y1,W1,W2,G,E,L,R,C,O/B,
OT, OT,X1,X2
Premier
White
R,C,Y1,Y2,W3,E,O/B,G,
L,X1, X2, OT,OT
Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,R,RC,C,
O,B,OT,OT
Taupe
Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,R,RC,C,
O,B,OT,OT
Premier
White
Chronotherm® III, IV Thermostat Replacement Guide/
Cross Reference
Difference between Chronotherm® III and Chronotherm® IV Thermostats.
Feature/Function
Chronotherm® III Thermostat Family
Chronotherm® IV Thermostat Family
Programming
5-1-1 day programming
7-day programming
Changeover
Automatic or manual changeover models available
Automatic/manual changeover selectable
Installer Configuration
Field settings made via screws on the back of the thermostat
Field settings made through the keyboard
System switching
Mechanical switch
Keyboard entry
Beige or Premier White color
Taupe or Premier White color
Fan switching
Device color
Cross Reference information for Chronotherm® III, Chronotherm® IV Thermostats.
Model Number Description
TRADELINE
Replacement Comments
T8600A
One-stage heat conventional thermostat; system powered; system switch—none; fan switch—none.
T8600A1000
Honeywell logo.
T8600B
One-stage heat and one-stage cool conventional thermostat; system powered.
T8600B1008
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo;
system switch—HEAT-OFF; fan switch—
none.
T8600B1016
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo;
system switch—none; fan switch—ON-AUTO.
T8600D2028
T8600D2028
Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; system selection
Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; dual fuel.
Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; system selection
Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; fan selection On-Auto; dual fuel; no positive
off.
Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; system selection
Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; dual fuel.
continued next page
132
Thermostats—Electronic Programmable
Chronotherm® III, IV Thermostat Replacement Guide/Cross Reference continued
Cross Reference information for Chronotherm® III, Chronotherm® IV Thermostats.
Model Number Description
TRADELINE
Replacement Comments
T8600C
One-stage heat and one-stage cool thermostat; system powered; system switch—HEAT-OFF-COOL; fan switch—
ON-AUTO.
T8600C1014
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo;
conventional.
T8600C1162
SUPER TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell
logo; dual fuel fan control; O and B terminals.
Jumper R to RC.
T8600C1212
SUPER TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell
logo; dual fuel fan control; O and B terminals.
Jumper R to RC; taupe color.
T8600D
One-stage heat and one-stage cool conventional thermostat; system powered; automatic changeover; system switch—
HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO; fan switch—ON-AUTO.
T8600D1004
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo.
T8600D1111
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo;
Premier White color.
T8601B
One-stage conventional heat with fan thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer.
T8601B1007
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo;
T8601D2019
system switch—none; fan switch—ON-AUTO.
T8601C
One-stage heat and one-stage cool conventional thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer; system switch—
HEAT-OFF-COOL; fan switch—ON-AUTO; O and B terminals.
T8600D2028
T8600D2028
Separate O & B terminals; dual fuel.
Separate O & B terminals; dual fuel.
Separate O & B terminals; dual fuel; taupe color.
T8601C1003
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo.
T8601C1021
New Construction thermostat.
Jumper R to RC; Premier White color.
T8601C1047
New Construction thermostat; Premier White
color.
Jumper R to RC.
T8601D
One-stage heat and one-stage cool conventional thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer; automatic
changeover; system switch—HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO; fan switch—ON-AUTO.
T8601D1029
New Construction thermostat.
T8601D1052
New Construction thermostat; Premier White
color.
T8602A
One-stage heat conventional thermostat; battery powered; system switch—none; fan switch—none.
T8602A1008
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo.
T8602B
One-stage heat conventional with fan thermostat; battery powered; system switch—none; fan switch— ON-AUTO.
T8602B1006
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo.
T8602B1014
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo;
Premier White color.
T8602C
One-stage heat and one-stage cool thermostat; battery powered; system switch—HEAT-OFF-COOL; fan switch—
ON-AUTO.
T8602C1004
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo.
T8602C1046
SUPER TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell
logo; dual fuel fan control; O and B terminals.
T8602C1095
SUPER TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell
logo; Premier White color; dual fuel fan
control; O and B terminals.
T8611G
Two-stage heat and one-stage cool heat pump thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer; automatic
changeover; system switch—EM HEAT-HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO; fan switch—ON-AUTO; O/B or O and B terminals.
T8611G1004
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo.
T8601D2019
Jumper R to RC; Premier White color.
Separate O & B terminals; configure changeover in Installer Setup
12; jumper R to RC; Premier White color.
Separate O & B terminals; configure changeover in Installer Setup
12; jumper R to RC.
T8602D2000
T8602D2000
Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; separate O & B
terminals; system selection Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; fan selection
Auto-On.
Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; separate O & B
terminals; system selection Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; fan selection
Auto-On; jumper R to RC for fan operation.
Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; separate O & B
terminals; system selection Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; fan selection
Auto-On; jumper R to RC for fan operation; taupe color.
T8602D2000
Separate O & B terminals; jumper R to RC.
Taupe color.
T8611G2002
Configure changeover in Installer Setup 12 and O/B terminal in 29;
jumper Y1 to W1.
continued next page
133
Home Controls and Systems
T8601D2019
Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; system selection
Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; jumper R to RC for fan control; Premier White
color.
Thermostats—Electronic Programmable
Chronotherm® III, IV Thermostat Replacement Guide/Cross Reference continued
Cross Reference information for Chronotherm® III, Chronotherm® IV Thermostats.
TRADELINE
Replacement Comments
Model Number Description
T8611R
Two-stage heat and one-stage cool heat pump thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer; system switch—
EM HEAT-HEAT-OFF-COOL; fan switch—ON-AUTO; O/B or O and B terminals.
T8611R1000
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo.
T8611R1018
York; part no. 025-27655.
T8611G2002
Wiring differences (old=new): B=C, H=B, X=L; configure O/B
terminal in Installer Setup 29.
T8611R1133
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo.
Wiring differences (old=new): B=C, H=B, X=L; configure O/B
terminal in Installer Setup 29.
T8611R1141
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo;
Premier White color.
Configure O/B terminal in Installer Setup 29; no P terminal; taupe
color.
T8611R1158
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo;
Premier White color.
Wiring differences (old=new): B=C, H=B, X=L; configure O/B
terminal in Installer Setup 29; taupe color.
T8624D
Two-stage heat and two-stage cool conventional thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer; automatic
changeover; system switch—HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO; fan switch—ON-AUTO; O and B terminals.
T8624D1006
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo.
T8624D1030
TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo;
Premier White color.
T8624D2004
Configure O/B terminal in Installer Setup 29; no P terminal.
Configure changeover to auto in Installer Setup 12.
Configure changeover to auto in Installer Setup 12; taupe color.
T8000; T8001 Programmable Thermostats; T8011
Programmable Heat Pump Thermostats
Replaces T8131/T8132 Thermostats.
• T8000C, T8001C have a selectable heat cycle rate of 1, 3, 6, 9 or
12 cph.
• T8011R has a selectable second stage heating cycle rate of 1, 3, 6, or
9 cph and a first stage heating cycle rate of 3 cph.
T8000/
T8011
Provides 24 Vac control of heating and cooling systems, including
heat pump systems, with manual changeover from heat to cool.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Attractive styling complements any decor.
Preprogrammed for your convenience.
Program up to four time periods and temperature setpoints.
Programs and setpoints are permanently held in memory in the event
of a power failure.
Indefinite setpoint temperature hold for added comfort and energy
savings.
Ease-of-use means fewer homeowner questions and increased
homeowner satisfaction.
Large temperature display for quick easy readability.
Conveniently sized thermostat (5-1/2 x 3-1/2) with optional decorator
cover plates (7-3/8 x 5-3/4) make it easy to install in a variety of
locations.
Keys are located by the display for easy access.
FAN and SYSTEM switches are located on the lower edge to eliminate
accidental setting changes.
Easy installation, setup and system checkout saves time and
increases installer productivity.
Degree F or C temperature display for added model flexibility.
Cooling cycle rate is fixed (3 cph), the standard setting for
compressors, for speedy installation.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Current Draw:
T8000, T8001: Heating: .02 to 1.5A running, 3.5A inrush.
Cooling: .02 to 1.5A running; 7.5A inrush.
Fan: .02 to 0.5A running; 2.5A inrush.
T8011: First Stage Heating: .02 to 1.5A running; 7.5A inrush.
Second Stage Heating: .02 to 1.5A running; 3.5A inrush.
Cooling: .02A to 1.5A running, 7.5A inrush.
Fan: .02 to 0.5A running, 2.5A inrush.
Cycle Rates (at 50% Load):
T8000, T8001: Heating: Selectable at 1, 3, 6, 9 or 12 cph.
Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph.
T8011: First Stage Heating: Fixed at 3 cph.
Second Stage Heating: Selectable at 1, 3, 6, or 9 cph.
Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 40 F to 99 F (4 C to 37 C).
Ambient Range: 30 F to 110 F (-1 C to +43 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
5% to 90% RH, non-condensing.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) wide x 3-1/2 in.
(89 mm) high x 1-3/16 in. (55 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
209649A Decorator Cover Plate, for covering wall marks. Taupe.
209650A Decorator Cover Plate, for covering wall marks. Premier
White.
continued next page
134
Thermostats—Electronic Programmable
T8000; T8001 continued
*TRADELINE models.
Stages
Switch Positions
Terminal
Designations
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Power Method
Heating
Cooling System
Fan
*T8000C1002
Heat-Cool
Power-stealing
1
1
ON-AUTO
Heat Pump
Hardwired
2
COOL-OFFHEAT-EM. HT.
R,C,G,W1,W2,
Y,O,B,E,L
1
COOL-OFFHEAT
R,C,W,Y,G,O,B Premier White
COOL-OFFHEAT
*T8000C1010
*T8011R1006
*T8011R1014
*T8001C1001
Gas, Oil or
Electric
Systems
*T8001C1019a
a
Finish
R, RC, G, W, Y, Premier White
O, B
Taupe
Premier White
Taupe
Dealer logo pocket.
Model Number Description
Replacement Replacement Description
Replacement Remarks
T8131C
1 Heat/1 Cool Conventional Systems Hardwired Battery Back-up
T8131C1004
Honeywell Taupe
T8001C1001
1 Heat/1 Cool Hardwired
Premier White
Hardwired model available in Premier
White only. Batteries not required.
T8131C1012
Honeywell Premier White
T8001C1001
1 Heat/1 Cool Hardwired
Premier White
Batteries not required.
T8132C
1 Heat/ 1 Cool Conventional Systems Battery Operated
T8132C1003
Honeywell Taupe
T8000C1010
1 Heat/1 Cool Powerstealing
Taupe
Batteries not required.
T8132C1011
Honeywell Premier White
T8000C1002
1 Heat/1 Cool Powerstealing
Premier White
Batteries not required.
T8112C Electronic Programmable Thermostat
• Adjustable heating cycle rate (3, 6 or 9 cph).
• Selectable Fan Operation switch for electric heat systems.
• Program before or after mounting on the wall.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 15 to 30 Vac.
Current Draw:
Thermostat provides electronic programmable control for 24 Vac
heating and cooling systems.
CONSUMER BENEFITS:
• Easy to program for energy savings and comfort.
• Separate schedules for weekdays and weekends (5-2 Programming).
• Program up to four time and temperature settings per weekday
schedule.
• LCD continuously displays time and day, current program period and
room temperature.
• Temporarily override the current program with Warmer/Cooler keys.
• Hold Temp key to override the current program indefinitely.
Running
Inrush
Heating
0.03 to 1.2A
3.5A
Cooling
0.03 to 1.2A
7.5A
CYCLES PER HOUR:
Heating: Field-selectable to 3,6,9 cph.
Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C).
Operating Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 7 in. (178 mm) wide, 4 in. (102 mm)
high, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See index for
specific page number.
INSTALLER BENEFITS:
• Battery powered for increased compatibility.
• Two AA alkaline batteries included.
• bAt Lo is displayed when battery power is low.
Stages
Switch Positions
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Power Method
Heating Cooling System
Fan
Terminal
Designations
T8112C1007
Gas, oil, or electric 24V
systems with option of
independent or thermostat
controlled fan in heat.
Powered by two
AA alkaline
batteries
(included).
1
AUTO-ON
G, Y, W, RC, R Taupe
T8112C1023
1
COOLOFF-HEAT
Finish
Premier
White
135
Home Controls and Systems
T8131; T8132 Electronic Programmable Thermostat
Replacement Guide/Cross Reference
Thermostats—Electronic Programmable
T8112D Electronic Programmable Thermostat
•
•
•
•
•
Provides electronic programmable control for 24 Vac heating and
cooling systems.
CONSUMER BENEFITS:
• Includes keyboard door.
• Easy to program for energy savings and comfort.
• Separate schedules for weekdays and weekends (5-2 Programming).
• Program up to four time and temperature settings per weekday
schedule.
• LCD continuously displays time and day, current program period and
room temperature.
• Temporarily override the current program with Warmer/Cooler keys.
• Hold Temp key to override the current program indefinitely.
INSTALLER BENEFITS:
• Battery powered for increased compatibility.
• Two AA alkaline batteries included.
bAt Lo is displayed when battery power is low.
Adjustable heating cycle rate (3, 6 or 9 cph).
Selectable Fan Operation switch for electric heat systems.
Degree F or C temperature display.
Program before or after mounting on the wall.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 15 to 30 Vac.
Current Draw:
Heating: .03 to 1.2A running, 3.5A inrush.
Cooling: .03 to 1.2A running, 7.5A inrush.
Cycles Per hour:
Heating: Selectable at 3, 6, 9 cph.
Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C).
Operating Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 7 in. (178 mm) wide, 4 in. (102 mm)
high, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See index for
specific page number.
*TRADELINE models.
Stages
Switch Positions
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Power Method
Heating Cooling System Fan
Terminal
Designations
*T8112D1005
24V gas, oil or electric 24V
systems with independent or
thermostat controlled fan in heat.
Powered by two AA
alkaline batteries
(included).
1
G, Y, W, RC, R
*T8112D1013
1
COOLOFFHEAT
AUTOON
Finish
Premier
White
Taupe
T8700 Electronic Round™ Programmable Thermostat
Provides single-stage, programmable temperature control for 24V
heating-cooling systems with manual changeover from heat to cool.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Attractive styling complements any decor.
Ease-of-use means fewer questions.
Large display for quick and easy readability.
Keys located near display for easy access.
Fan and system switches located on the top edge to eliminate
accidental setting changes.
Easy installation and setup saves installer time.
Two-period programming for energy savings and comfort.
Manual changeover from heat to cool eliminates unexpected system
operation.
Degree F or C temperature display for added model flexibility.
Selectable heating cycle rate (1, 3, 6 or 9 cph) for a variety of
applications.
• Cooling cycle rate fixed at 3 cph (the standard setting for compressors)
for speedy installation.
• Setpoints permanently held in memory (no batteries needed) and
retained during power outages.
• Powerstealing for all equipment and application needs including gas,
oil, and electric forced air; condensing gas furnaces; hydronic heat;
and gravity and radiant heat systems.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Heating: .02 to 1.2A running; 5A inrush.
Cooling: .02 to 1.2A running; 6.0A inrush.
Fan: .02 to 0.5A running; 2.5A inrush.
Power Consumption: 24 Vac nominal, 18 to 30 Vac, 60 Hz.
Current Draw: 2.5 mA
Cycles Per Hour: At 50% Load:
Heating: Selectable at 1, 3, 6 or 9 cph.
Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 40 F to 99 F (4 C to 37 C).
Operating Range: 30 F to 110 F (-4 C to +43 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
5% to 90% RH, noncondensing.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) wide x 1-1/2 in.
(38 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES: 202687A Premiere white cover plate assembly.
Terminal
Power Method Designations Finish
ORDER NUMBER
Application
T8700C1005
Gas, oil, or electric 24V systems with independent
or thermostat controlled fan in heat.
T8700B1007a
Gas, oil, or hydronic heat only.
R, W
T8700B1015
Gas, oil or electric, warm air heat only
R, W, G
a
No fan switch.
136
Powerstealing
R, G, Y, W
Includes
Premier Decorator cover plate and
White
resistor for use with Taco
zone valves.
Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable
T8400; T8401 Electronic Thermostats; T8411 Electronic Heat
Pump Thermostat
T8400/T8401
T8411
Electronic Thermostats provide temperature control for 24V
heating-cooling systems, including heat pump systems, with
manual changeover from heat to cool.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Attractive styling complements any decor.
Ease-of-use means fewer questions and increased satisfaction.
Large display for quick easy readability.
Keys are located by the display for easy access.
Fan and system switches are located on the lower edge to eliminate
accidental setting changes.
Easy installation, setup and self-test saves installer time.
Manual changeover from heat to cool eliminates unexpected system
operation.
Degree F or C temperature display for added model flexibility.
Selectable heating cycle rate for a variety of applications.
Cooling cycle rate is fixed (3 cph), the standard setting for
compressors, for speedy installation.
Setpoints are permanently held in memory (no batteries used) and
retained during power outages.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
T8400C:
Heating: .02 to 1.2A running; 3.5A inrush.
Cooling: .02 to 1.2A running; 7.5A inrush.
Fan: .02 to 0.5A running; 2.5A inrush.
T8401C:
Heating: .02 to 1.5A running; 3.5A inrush.
Cooling: .02 to 1.5A running; 7.5A inrush.
Fan: .02 to 0.5A running; 2.5A inrush.
T8411R:
First stage Heating: .02 to 1.5A running, 7.5A inrush.
Second Stage Heating: .02 to 1.5A running; 3.5A inrush.
Cooling: .02 to 1.5A running; 7.5A inrush.
Fan: .02 to 0.5A running; 2.5A inrush.
continued next page
137
Home Controls and Systems
•
•
•
•
•
POWER CONSUMPTION:
T8400C: 24 Vac nominal, 18 to 30 Vac, 50 or 60 Hz.
T8401C: 24 Vac nominal, 18 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
T8411R: 24 Vac nominal, 18 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
CYCLES PER HOUR: AT 50% LOAD:
T8400C, T8401C:
Heating: Selectable at 1, 3, 6 or 9 cph.
Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph.
T8411R:
First Stage Heating: Fixed at 3 cph.
Second Stage Heating: Selectable at 3, 6 or 9 cph.
Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 40 F to 99 F (4 C to 37 C).
Ambient Range:
T8400C, T8401C: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C).
T8411R: 30 F to 110 F (-1 C to +43 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
5% to 90% RH, non-condensing.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
T8400C, T8401C: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide x 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) high,
1-3/16 in. (55 mm) deep.
T8411R: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) wide x 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) high x 1-3/16 in.
(55 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
T8400C, T8401C:
209632 Bracket Used to mount cover plate to 2 in. x 4 in. vertical
or horizontal outlet box.
209634A Cover Plate 3-7/8 in. (98 mm) x 3-7/8 in. (98 mm).
Taupe.
209634B Cover Plate 3-7/8 in. (98 mm) x 3-7/8 in. (98 mm).
Premier White.
209635A Cover Plate 5-3/4 in. (146 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm).
Taupe.
209635B Cover Plate 5-3/4 in. (146 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm).
Premier White.
T8411R:
209649A Universal Cover Plate 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) x 5-3/4 in.
(146 mm). Taupe.
209650A Universal Cover Plate 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) x 5-3/4 in.
(146 mm). Premier White.
209652A Universal Cover Plate 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) x 5-3/4 in.
(146 mm). Beige.
209653A Universal Cover Plate 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) x 5-3/4 in.
(146 mm). Gray.
Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable
T8400; T8401; T8411 continued
*TRADELINE models.
lSUPER TRADELINE models.
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Power
Method
*T8400C1008a
24V gas, oil
systems
Powerstealing
Stages
Switch Positions
Heating Cooling System Fan
Terminal
Designations Finish
1
W,Y,G,R
1
lT8400C1016a
COOLOFFHEAT
ONAUTO
Wallplate for wiring and mounting
thermostat.
Taupe
Wallplate for wiring and mounting
thermostat and two decorator
cover plates (3-7/8 in. x 3-7/8 in.
and 5-3/4 in. x 5-3/4 in.) for
covering wall marks.
Premier Wallplate for wiring and mounting
White
thermostat.
T8400C1024a
T8400C1032
Includes
Taupe
24V electric
heat systems
Taupe
24V gas, oil
systems
Premier Wallplate for wiring and mounting
White
thermostat and two decorator
cover plates (3-7/8 in. x 3-7/8 in.
and 5-3/4 in. x 5-3/4 in.) for
covering wall marks.
*T8400C1057
24V electric
heat systems
Premier Wallplate for wiring and mounting
White
thermostat.
T8400C1099a
24V gas, oil
and electric
(fuel switch)
and single
stage heat
pump
*T8401C1007a
24V gas, oil
systems
lT8400C1040
a
R,Rc,W,Y,G,
O,B
Hard-wired
W,Y,G,R,C
T8401C1064
T8411R1002
24V electric
heat systems
Heat Pump
Gas, oil,
Powerwarm air heat stealing
only
T8400B1018
Gas, oil,
hydronic heat
only
a
Dealer logo pocket.
138
Wallplate for wiring and mounting
thermostat.
Taupe
Premier
White
HEATOFFCOOL
2
COOLOFFHEATEM. HT.
T8411R1028
T8400B1000
Taupe
Premier
White
T8401C1015
*T8401C1023
4074EZS resister (for Taco zone
valves, ST9120, R8184G
applications).
1
0
HEATOFF
W1,W2,Y,G,
R,C,L,E,O,B
Taupe
ONAUTO
R,W,G
Premier
White
NONE
R,W
Premier
White
4074EZS resistor (for Taco zone
valves, ST9120, R8184G
applications.)
Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable
T8501; T8511 Deluxe Electronic Thermostats; T8524
Multistage Electronic Thermostats
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 18 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Load Ratings: Maximum amps at 18 to 30 Vac.
Deluxe Electronic Thermostats provide electronic control of 18 to 30
Vac single stage or multistage heating and cooling systems,
including heat pump systems.
* TRADELINE models.
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Heat-Cool
3.5 at 200,000 cycles
Cool
0.02 to 1.5
7.5 at 100,000 cycles
Fan, Reversing Valve,
Emergency Heat
0.02 to 0.5
2.5 at 200,000 cycles
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 40 F to 99 F (4 C to 37 C) depending on model and if
in heating or cooling.
Display Range:
Controlled: 30 F to 110 F (-1 C to +43 C).
Outdoor: -40 F to +120 F (-40 C to +49 C).
Deadband (auto changeover): 3 F (2 C) minimum.
Operating Range: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5% to 90% RH, noncondensing.
TIMING: Off Time, Minimum (Cooling and Heat Pumps): 5 min. 0.5.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/4 in (133 mm) wide, 3-3/16 in.
(97 mm) high, 1-9/16 in. (40 mm) deep.
DISPLAY:
Updates: every minute.
Outdoor: displayed on demand and updated every ten min.
MOUNTING: Mounts horizontally on wallplate to the wall or a 2 in. x 4 in.
outlet box.
ACCESSORIES: C7089B1000 Outdoor Sensor.
*T8511G1021
Heat Pump
Stages
lT8511M1002
Heating
Cooling System
Fan
Terminal Designations Finish
Hardwired
1
1
ON-AUTO
R,C,Y,W,G,O,B,OT,OT
Premier
White
R,C,Y1,W1,W2,O/B,G,
E,L,OT,OT
Taupe
2
3
Heat-Cool
Switch Positions
Power
Method
2
HEAT-OFF-COOLAUTO
EM. HT.-HEAT- OFFAUTO-COOL
*T8511G1047
*T8524D1015
Inrush (A)
0.02 to 1.5
lSUPER TRADELINE models.
*T8501D1046
*T8524D1007
Running (A)
Heat
R,C,Y1,Y2,W3,O/B,G,E,
X1,L,OT,OT
2
HEAT-OFF-COOLAUTO
Premier
White
R,RC,C,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G, Taupe
O,B,OT,OT
Premier
White
139
Home Controls and Systems
• Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) is backlit and easy to read.
• Most frequently used keys are located by the LCD for quick and easy
access to information.
• Models available with outdoor temperature sensor capability. The sensor
is more accurate than a thermometer.
• Configurable features allows one model to be used to replace many
different models.
• Degree F or C temperature display.
• Automatic or manual changeover.
• Electric or conventional heat fan operation.
• Adjustable heating cycle rate.
• Adjustable range stops.
• Minimum off time for cooling compressors and heat pumps protects and
extends the life of the equipment.
• Easy installation, setup and self-test saves installer setup time.
• System test simplifies troubleshooting and saves time by overriding the
time delays.
• Setpoints are permanently held in memory (no batteries used) and
retained during power outages.
Relay
Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable
T7100D,E/Q7100A,C Electronic Non-Programmable
Thermostats and Subbases for Commercial Applications
T7100
• Two-piece design and large wiring terminals speed installation.
• Field configurable:
—Degree F or C temperature display.
—Override setting for off-hours use of the building.
• Adjustable 0-15 degree offset capability based on remote clock or
occupancy sensor input.
• Precise 1 degree F temperature control for improved comfort.
• Models available with manual or auto changeover.
• Taupe color.
Q7100
Commercial non-programmable thermostats and subbases for
conventional single-stage and multistage equipment and heat
pumps.
NOTE: See ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS section, page 348,
for the T7100F Electronic Non-Programmable Thermostat which
provides capability for optional remote temperature sensors
• EEPROM memory chip stores all settings in the event of a power
outage.
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Description
T7100D1001
Conventional
Automatic or manual changeover.
T7100E1008
Heat pump
ORDER NUMBER
Heating Cooling Terminal Designations
Q7100A1010
2
Use With
Q7100A
Q7100C
Stages
Q7100C1008
Q7100C1073
140
3
2
RC,RH,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B, X,D,D,T,T
Includes
Inputs for remote clock or occupancy sensor. O and B
terminals.
R,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B,E, X,X1,X2,X3,X4,D,D,T,T Inputs for remote clock or occupancy sensor. O and B
terminals. One check LED and one configurable LED.
R,Y1,Y2,W3,G,O,B,E,X, X1,X3,X4,D,D,T,T
Thermostats—Electromechanical Programmable
T8090; T8190 Chronotherm® Thermostats
•
•
•
T8090
T8190
•
Low voltage setback thermostats combine energy saving
temperature control with a self-starting 24 Vac clock/timer. Direct
replacement for T8082A, T8085A and T8182A.
CONSUMER BENEFITS
Proven reliability and performance provide comfort with energy
savings:
Easy-to-use programming:
• Thermostat is easily programmed by placing color-coded pins in clock
program dial.
• Program pins, program indicator, and temperature setting levers are
color-coded for easy recognition.
• Program advance button allows you to temporarily override current
program without reprogramming.
• Program status indicator on cover of clock models shows whether
system is in comfort or energy savings mode.
INSTALLER BENEFITS
The choice for professional technicians:
• Universal replacement for any installation, except millivoltage. When
used with a Super Tradeline Q682B Subbase, these thermostats can be
wired for system power, 24 volt or battery only; powering method is field
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Consumption:
System: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz.
Clock: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz.
Switch Ratings:
Max. Current at 24 Vac
Operating Mode
Running
Inrush
Heating
1.5A
3.5A
Cooling
7.5A
Heat Anticipator: 0.1 to 1.2A, adjustable.
Cool Anticipator: fixed voltage type.
SWITCHING ACTION: Each coiled bimetal element operates each sealed
mercury switch; spdt.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: (mounted on wallplate): 6-3/4 in.
(171 mm) wide, 3-9/16 in. (91 mm) high, 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) deep (23/32 in. (53 mm) deep with Q682 Subbase).
ACCESSORIES:
See Parts and Accessories at end of this section.
TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See Index for
specific page number.
lSUPER TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings
Scale Range
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
Replaces Includes
Finish
T8090A1007b
42 to 88
6 to 31
T8082A,
T8085A
191108AJ Wallplate, two outlet box mounting screws,
and three wall screws.
Beige
191108AJ Wallplate, two outlet box mounting screws,
and three wall screws; and jumper for steam systems.
Beige
lT8090A1023a
lT8090A1056b
T8190A1006b
a
b
T8182A
Premier White
Terminal
Designations
R, W, C, C, Y
(unmarked)
191108AJ Wallplate, two outlet box mounting screws,
and three wall screws.
Use with Q682B1219 Subbase for system and fan switching; order separately.
Use with Q682A,B,D Subbases for system and fan switching; order separately.
141
Home Controls and Systems
• Energy savings with winter setback and summer setup.
• Multiple setback or setup periods can be programmed, providing three
or more temperature changes per day.
selectable. Use as a replacement for a T8082A or T8085A Thermostat
on an existing Q682 Subbase. Clock/timer will automatically be wired
the way the original thermostat was without rewiring the subbase.
Models date coded after 9427 can be field-calibrated.
T8090A1056 available with jumper for steam applications.
Terminal barriers on wallplate and subbase permit straight-in or
conventional wraparound wiring connections.
Add Q682 Subbase for system and fan switching in heating-cooling
systems.
Thermostats—Electromechanical Programmable
T8095; TS8095 Chronotherm® Thermostats
• T8095A1002 date coded after 9427 can be field-calibrated.
• Terminal barriers on wallplate and subbase permit straight-in or
conventional wraparound wiring connections.
• Add Q682B,D Subbase for system and fan switching in heating-cooling
systems.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
System: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz.
Clock: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz.
Switch Ratings: T8095A:
Low voltage thermostats combine energy saving temperature
control with a self-starting 24 Vac clock. Direct replacement for
T8085A; TS8085A.
Max. Current at 24 Vac
CONSUMER BENEFITS
Proven reliability and performance provide comfort with energy
savings:
Operating Mode
Running
Heating
1.5A
• Energy savings with winter setback and summer setup.
• Multiple setback or setup periods can be programmed, providing three
or more temperature changes per day.
Cooling
INSTALLER BENEFITS
Easy-to-use programming:
• Thermostat is easily programmed by placing color-coded pins in clock
program dial.
• Program pins, program indicator, and temperature setting levers are
color-coded for easy recognition.
• Program advance button allows you to temporarily override current
program without reprogramming.
• Program status indicator on cover shows whether system is in comfort or
energy savings mode.
The choice for professional technicians:
• Clock is powered by 24 Vac transformer with battery backup (batteries
not included).
• TS8095A1010 includes jumper for steam applications; clip jumper for
other applications.
Inrush
3.5A
7.5A
Heat Anticipator: 0.1 to 1.2A, adjustable.
Cool Anticipator: fixed voltage type.
TS8095A: 0.1A at 750 mVdc.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 42 F to 88 F (6 C to 31 C).
SWITCHING ACTION: Each coiled bimetal element operates each sealed
mercury switch; spdt (T8095), spst (TS8095).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: (mounted on wallplate): 6-3/4 in.
(171 mm) wide, 3-9/16 in. (91 mm) high, 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) deep (23/32 in. (53 mm) deep with Q682 Subbase).
ACCESSORIES:
See Parts and Accessories at end of this section.
TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See Index for
specific page number.
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Replaces
Includes
Finish
Terminal Designations
TS8095A1010a
For 750 mV heatingonly systems.
TS8085A1003
191108AC Wallplate, two outlet box
mounting screws, and three wall screws;
and jumper for steam applications.
Beige
R, W, C, C, Y (unmarked)
a
Cannot be field-calibrated.
Q682 Thermostat Subbases
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Contacts:
Q682B,D: 2.5A running, 7.5A inrush at 27 Vac;
Q682A: 1.5A running, 7.5A inrush at 27 Vac.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4 in (102 mm) high, 6-3/4 in.
(172 mm) wide, 7/8 in. (22 mm) deep.
Provide system and fan switching and mounting base for T8090,
T8095, TS8095 and T8190 Chronotherm thermostats in heatingcooling systems.
• Mount directly on wall or on horizontal outlet box.
*TRADELINE models. lSUPER TRADELINE models.
Switch Positions
ORDER NUMBER
Application
System Fan
Use With
*Q682B1011
With RC-RH terminals for isolated heatingcooling circuits.
HEATOFFCOOL
Use with T8095A for 24V powered
clock. Use with T8090A or T8190A
for battery, system, or transformer
powered clock.
lQ682B1201
lQ682B1219a
a
With RC-RH terminals for isolated heatingcooling circuits, and O and B terminals.
Gray color for use with T8090A1023 Premier White Thermostat.
142
ONAUTO
Terminal
Designations
C,C,RH,RC,G,W,Y
C, C, RC, RH,B, O,
G, W, Y
Thermostats—Electromechanical Programmable
Y8095; Y8195 Chronotherm® New Construction Packs
INSTALLER BENEFITS
The choice for professional technicians:
Y8095A
• Clock/timer is powered by 24 Vac transformer with battery backup;
batteries not included.
• Subbase terminal barriers permit straight-in or conventional wraparound
wiring connections.
Y8195A,B
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Consumption:
System: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz.
Clock: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz.
Switch Ratings:
Combine low voltage Chronotherm thermostat with switching
subbase for new construction. Y8095A directly replaces
Y8085A1009; Y8195A directly replaces Y8185A.
CONSUMER BENEFITS
Proven reliability and performance provide comfort with energy
savings:
Max. Current at 24 Vac
• Energy savings with winter setback and summer setup.
• Multiple setback or setup periods can be programmed, providing three
or more temperature changes per day.
Operating Mode
Running
Heating
1.5A
Y8095A1007
New construction clock
T8095A1010a
thermostat subbase package. For
24V heating-cooling system.
Y8195B1004
New construction timer
T8195A1001
thermostat subbase package. For
24V heating-cooling system.
a
Thermostat
Switch Positions,
Subbase
Terminal
Designations
Subbase
System
Fan
Finish
Q682B1169
HEATOFFCOOL
ONAUTO
Premier White C, R, B, O, G, W, Y
thermostat with
gray subbase.
Thermostat models date coded after 9427 can be field-calibrated.
143
Home Controls and Systems
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 42 F to 88 F (6 C to 31 C).
SWITCHING ACTION: Each coiled bimetal element operates each sealed
mercury switch; 1 spdt.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-3/4 in. (171 mm) wide, 3-9/16 in.
(91 mm) high, 2-3/32 in. (53 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
See Parts and Accessories at end of this section.
TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See Index for
specific page number.
Includes
Application
7.5A
Heat Anticipator: 0.1 to 1.2A, adjustable.
Cool Anticipator: fixed voltage type.
• Thermostat is easily programmed by placing color-coded pins in clock
program dial.
• Program pins, program indicator, and temperature setting levers are
color-coded for easy recognition.
• Program advance button allows you to temporarily override current
program without reprogramming.
• Program status indicator on cover shows whether system is in comfort or
energy savings mode.
ORDER NUMBER
3.5A
Cooling
Easy-to-use programming:
Inrush
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
T87F Thermostat—The Round®
Provides temperature control for 24 to 27 Vac residential heating,
cooling or heating-cooling systems.
• Available with two- or three-wire wallplate for heating-only, coolingonly, or heating-cooling systems with remote switching.
• Adjustable heat anticipator for comfortable temperature control.
• Use Q539 Subbase in heating and cooling systems requiring system
and fan switching at the thermostat location.
• Knurled dial provides easy set point adjustment.
• Separate temperature setting and thermometer scale on thermostat
face.
• Honeywell offers other T87F models to meet specific needs and
applications.
— The Easy-To-See T87F Thermostat with enlarged scale and
raised designations.
— TS86A Powerpile® Thermostat for use on millivolt systems. (See
Index for specific page numbers.)
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Switch Ratings: Mercury, at 30 Vac.
Circuit
Full Load
Heating
1.5A
Cooling
Locked Rotor
Resistance
3.5A
2.0A
7.5A
ANTICIPATOR SETTINGS:
Heating: 0.1A to 1.2A.
Cooling: 0A to 1.5A, 24 to 27 Vac.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Diameter
Depth
in.
mm
in.
T87F
3-1/4
83
1-1/2
38
T87F with 137421 Wallplate
or Q539 Subbase
3-11/16
94
1-3/4
45
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
114855-00029 Gold Thermostat Cover.
ACCESSORIES:
104456B Gold Wallplate Assembly, two terminals (heating-only
models). Includes terminal screws.
104994A Calibration Wrench.
129044A Gold Adapter Kit includes 6 in. cover ring, adapter ring and
screws for mounting T87F/Q539 on outlet box or to cover
mounting marks from old thermostat.
137421A Gold Wallplate Assembly for heating and cooling systems.
For T87F without positive OFF. Includes spdt heating-only (series
20) alternate terminal markings and cooling (also series 20)
anticipator; 2000 ohm resistor; three-wire.
137421B Gold Wallplate Assembly for heating and cooling systems.
For T87F with positive OFF; 3300 ohm resistor.
137421R Premier White Wallplate Assembly for heating and cooling
systems; three-wire.
198170A Designer Beige Wallplate Assembly, three terminals.
Includes 6 in. (152 mm) decorator ring.
198172 Designer Beige Thermostat Cover Ring.
202687A Premier White Adapter Kit (same as 129044A except
Premier White color). Includes 6 in. cover ring, adapter ring and
screws for mounting T87F/Q539 on outlet box or to cover
mounting marks from old thermostat.
221886A Easy-To-Use™ Clear Ring. Durable plastic ring snaps on to
T87F3467 dial to allow those with limited hand strength or
movement impairments to easily operate thermostat. For use on
T87F3467s with date code after 9244.
TG503A1000 Metal Thermostat Guard. Includes locking cover,
backplate, and bracket for mounting on a standard size outlet
box. Also includes 104456B Two-terminal Wallplate. Not for use
with T87F mounted on 137421 Wallplate or Q539 Thermostat
Subbase.
TG587F1008 Custom Thermostat Guard with window.
TG587F1016 Custom Thermostat Guard without window.
Additional thermostat guards available; see Index for page numbers.
For additional accessories, see Parts and Accessories at the end of
this section.
mm
SWITCHING ACTION: Spdt mercury switch.
continued next page
144
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
T87F continued
*TRADELINE models.
lSUPER TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings
Scale Rangeb
F
C
Terminal
Designations
Finish
Includes
Comments
T87F1826
60 to 90
16 to 32
R, W
Gold
Locking cover and locking dial.
Adjustable temperature range
stops.
lT87F1859a
40 to 90
4 to 32
R (5), W (4), Y (6)
6 in. (152 mm) cover ring part no.
129044A, 137421A 3-terminal
Wallplate.
Replaces heating, cooling, and
heating-cooling models (use
Q539 for heating-cooling).
Alternate series 20 terminal
markings on 137421A Wallplate.
*T87F1867
50 to 90
10 to 32
6 in. (152 mm) cover ring part no.
129044A, 137421B 3-terminal
Wallplate.
With positive OFF (Series 20).
T87F2360
45 to 75
7 to 24
R, W
104456B Wallplate.
Fixed temperature range stops at
45 F and 75 F.
*T87F2782
35 to 65
2 to 18
R (5), W (4), Y (6)
Locking cover and locking dial.
Adjustable temperature range
Allenhead screws and wrench
stops.
included for locking cover. 137421A
3-terminal Wallplate.
*T87F2790
45 to 75
7 to 24
T87F2816
38 to 72
3 to 22
T87F2873
40 to 90
4 to 32
R, W
*T87F3467
R (5), W (4), Y (6)
*T87F3855
R, W
*T87F4002
lT87F4010
*T87F5199
a
b
Premier
White
Locking cover and locking dial.
Field adjustable temperature
range stops; stop factory-set at
68 F (20 C).
Locking cover and locking dial. No
thermometer. Wallplate and screws
included.
Heating only. Meets DoD
Specifications.
104456B Wallplate
Concealed 2-terminal heating
only wallplate.
137421A Wallplate and switch
position labels.
Enlarged scale and raised
designations; Easy-To-See
model.
104456B Wallplate. Same as
T87F2873 except Premier White.
Concealed 2-terminal heating
only wallplate.
Designer 104456B Wallplate.
Beige
Use with Q539A4000 for heatingcooling.
None; use Q539.
6 in. (152 mm) cover ring part no.
129044A.
Replaces heating, cooling, and
heating-cooling models (use
Q539 for heating-cooling).
Alternate series 20 terminal
markings on 137421A Wallplate.
R (5), W (4), Y (6) Premier
White
137421R Wallplate and switch
position labels.
Enlarged scale and raised
designations; Easy-To-See
model.
Use T87F1859 as a replacement for former TRADELINE model T26A1433 and T87C1252.
Temperature scale in Fahrenheit on thermostat.
145
Home Controls and Systems
ORDER NUMBER
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
Q539 Thermostat Subbases
Provide system and fan switching, and mounting for T87F
Thermostats.
• Include cooling anticipator and letter-coded screw terminals for
electrical connections.
• Wide range of switching functions fits most heating, cooling or heatingcooling applications.
• Mount directly on wall or on an outlet box using optional 6 in. (152 mm)
cover ring or adapter plate assembly.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 2A at 24 Vac.
Voltage: Special Indicator Light Models: 28 Vac.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: (with T87F): 3-11/16 in. (94 mm)
diameter, 1-3/4 in. (45 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
129044A Gold Adapter Kit includes 6 in. cover ring, adapter ring and
screws for mounting T87F/Q539 on outlet box or to cover
mounting marks from old thermostat.
135734A Indicator Light Assembly. Field addable. Includes light bulb
with 2-3/4 in. (70 mm) leadwires with spade terminals, black
retainer plate, two self-tapping screws, and four lenses. Q539
lenses indicate FILTER or CHECK for pre-1990 models only.
198170A Designer Beige Adapter Kit (same as 129044A except
Designer Beige color).
202687A Premier White Adapter Kit (same as 129044A except
Premier White color). Includes 6 in. cover ring, adapter ring and
screws for mounting T87F/Q539 on outlet box or to cover
mounting marks from old thermostat.
For additional accessories, see Parts and Accessories at the end of
this section.
Typical hookup and internal schematic for Q539/T87F in heating-cooling application using common power supply.
Q539A/T87F
N
ON
OF
F
T87F
INDICATOR
LED
CO
TO
OL
AU
B
G
ADJUSTABLE
HEAT
ANTICIPATOR
Y1
W1
FAN
OFF
ON
AUTO
HEAT
COOL HEAT OFF COOL
O
Y
R
2
W
X
X
3
O
B
HEATING
DAMPER
MOTOR
(IF USED)
FAN
RELAY
TEMP.
FALL
R1
COOLING
DAMPER
MOTOR
(IF USED)
FIXED COOL
ANTICIPATOR
FA
T
A
HE
HEATING
RELAY OR
VALVE
SWITCH
SWITCH
W
Y
G
R
HEATING
RELAY OR
VALVE
COOLING
DAMPER
MOTOR
(IF USED)
COOLING
CONTACTOR
FAN
RELAY
COOLING
CONTACTOR
HEATING
DAMPER
MOTOR
(IF USED)
1
1
M310B
1
POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD
PROTECTION AS REQUIRED.
2
NO. 4 TERMINAL IS SAME AS B TERMINAL.
3
X TERMINAL USED ON Q539 MODELS WITH FACTORY-INSTALLED
INDICATOR LED.
continued next page
146
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
Q539 continued
Terminal
Connection
R
Transformer.
RH
Heating transformer with isolated heat-cool circuits.
RC
Cooling transformer with isolated heat-cool circuits.
W
Heating relay or valve coil.
Y
Cooling contactor coil.
B(4)
Heating damper (if used). Circuit only completed between R and B with system switch in heat position; “4” terminal is the same as
Honeywell “B” terminal.
O
Cooling damper (if used). Circuit only completed between R and O with system switch in cool position.
Fan relay coil.
X
Clogged filter or lockout switch. Available only on subbases with indicator light.
P
Heat pump contactor coil.
Z
Q539H—low voltage fan switch for control of fan relay in AUTO position for both heating and cooling control.
R1, W1 and Y1, are not marked on thermostat subbase. They are mounting posts and electrical connections for the thermostat.
*TRADELINE models.
Switch Positions
Terminal
Designations
ORDER NUMBER
Fan
*Q539A1014
ON-AUTO COOL-OFF-HEAT R,W,Y,B,G,O
System
Finish
Comments
Gold
For conventional single transformer heating-cooling systems.
Replaces Q539C1020.
*Q539A1147
RC,W,Y,G,RH
Independent heat-cool circuits.
Q539A1196
R,W,Y,G
Isolated fan circuit.
*Q539A1451
R,W,Y,G,RH
*Q539A1469
R,W,Y,B,G,O
For conventional single transformer heating-cooling systems.
Same as Q539A1014, except Premier White.
*Q539A4000
RC,W,Y,G,RH
*Q539A4026
R,W,Y,B,G,O
Designer Independent heat-cool circuits.
Beige
For conventional single transformer heating-cooling systems.
Q539B1005
NONE
*Q539C1020
ON-AUTO COOL-OFF
COOL-OFF-HEAT R,W,Y,O,B
Premier
White
Gold
R,Y,G,O
Independent heat-cool circuits. Same as Q539A1147, except
Premier White.
Internal system fan control.
Use on cooling only systems.
Q539G1000
HEAT-OFF
R,W,B,G,1
For summer fan operation; without fan control.
Q539H1009
NONE
R,W,Y,G,Z
With extra terminal for low volt fan control in AUTO position.
Q539J1006
AUTO-ON COOL-OFF-HEAT R,W,Y,B,G,O,P
Automatic fan on both heating and cooling. For heat pump and
electric heat.
Q539J1022
Q539J1154
Automatic fan on both heating and cooling. For heat pump and
electric heat. For use in W884 Comfort Center.
Premier
White
Automatic fan on both heating and cooling. For heat pump and
electric heat. Same as Q539J1006, except Premier White.
147
Home Controls and Systems
G
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
TS86A Powerpile® Thermostat
ACCESSORIES:
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section.
Thermostat Guards: See Index for page numbers.
Typical Powerpile millivolt system using TRADELINE TS86A with a
TRADELINE wallplate.
POWERPILE
PILOT
GENERATOR
TS86A POWERPILE
THERMOSTAT
R
For control of automatic, self-powered gas heating systems. Use
only with a millivoltage pilot generator.
Y 2
W
POWERPILE
GAS VALVE
• Includes heating-only wallplate and cover ring for covering old
thermostat mounting marks.
• Mounts using captive mounting screws included with thermostat.
PP
TH
PP
TH
HIGH LIMIT
CONTROL
1
ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Switch Ratings: 0.1A at 750 mV.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Fixed Differential: 0.5 F (0.3 C).
SWITCHING ACTION: Dustproof mercury switch—spdt (TS86A1389),
spst (TS86A1371 and TS86A1421).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-1/4 in. (83 mm) diameter, 1-1/2 in. (38
mm) deep.
REPLACEMENT PARTS: 114855 Cover Ring.
1
CIRCLED WIRING MUST BE APPROVED SAFETY-CIRCUIT WIRING.
2
USE R AND W TERMINALS FOR A 750 mV SYSTEM; USE R AND Y
TERMINALS FOR A 250 OR 500 mV SYSTEM.
M3832
*TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings
Scale Range
ORDER NUMBER
Application
F
C
Terminal
Designations Finish
Includes
*TS86A1371
250/500, or 750 mV
40 to 90
4 to 32
R, W, Y
Heat Anticipator (750 mV only).
*TS86A1389
50 to 90
10 to 32
Positive OFF and Heat Anticipator (750 mV only).
*TS86A1421a
40 to 90
4 to 32
Heat Anticipator (750 mV only).
a
Gold
Includes enlarged scale and raised designations, and detents every two degrees to facilitate accuracy in setting thermostat.
T810; TS810 Heating or Cooling Thermostats
• Temperature setting and thermometer scale on cover.
• Lever on side (T810, TS810A) or bottom (TS810B) of thermostat for
temperature adjustment.
• Mount using 2 screws through base to wall or outlet box.
TS810B
T810B
T810D
Provide spst control of 24 Vac residential heating, cooling or millivolt
heating systems.
• Coiled bimetal element operates snap-acting switch.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
T810C,D: 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) high, 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) wide,
1-1/16 in. (27 mm) deep;
T810B, TS810B: 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) wide,
1-1/16 in. (27 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section.
Thermostat Guards: See Index for specific page numbers.
*TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings
Scale Range
ORDER NUMBER
Application
*T810B1039
Provides 12 Vdc Control. 50 to 80
10 to 27
T810C1004
Provides cooling-only
control in low voltage
systems.
55 to 95
13 to 35
T810D1003
Provides heating-only
control in low voltage
systems.
45 to 85
7 to 29
T810D1011
F
C
Terminal
Designations
Two blank screw
terminals
148
Finish Includes
Vertical
Gray
Positive OFF
—
Horizontal
Beige
—
0.32A to 1.2A
adj. at 30 Vac
0.18A to 0.8A
adj. at 30 Vac
Provides millivolt heating 50 to 80
only.
Mounting
0.1A to 12 Vdc
0.18A to 0.8A
adj. at 30 Vac
T810D1136
TS810B1007
Electrical
Ratings,
Anticipator
Setting
10 to 27
0.1A at 0.75 Vdc
with heater, 0.1A at
0.25 or 0.50 Vdc
without heater
Vertical
Positive OFF
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
T822; TS822 Thermostats
• Straight-in wiring capability.
• Mount directly on the wall or on vertical outlet box.
Provide 24 Vac control of heating, cooling or millivolt heating
systems.
• Vented cover for improved temperature sensing.
• Coiled bimetal element operates mercury switch.
• Setting lever and thermometer scale on thermostat face.
APPROVALS:
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-1.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
T822C: 1.0A running, 5.0A inrush at 25 Vac.
T822D: 0.18 to 1.0A at 30 Vac/Vdc (0.3 to 1.2A available).
TS822A: 0.1A at 750 mV (with heat anticipator) or 250 mV or 500 mV
(without heat anticipator).
SWITCHING ACTION: Dustproof, spst mercury switch.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) high, 2-7/8 in.
(73 mm) wide, 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
Thermostat Guards: See Index for page numbers.
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section.
*TRADELINE models.
Home Controls and Systems
Temperature Ratings
Scale Range
ORDER NUMBER
Application
T822C1090
For low voltage
55 to 95
control of cooling
systems.
*T822D1024
For low voltage
control of heating
systems.
*T822D1032c
F
C
Electrical Ratings
Terminal
Designations Anticipator Setting Finish
13 to 35
R, Y
Fixed
R, W
0.18 to 1.0A, adj.
T822D1255
Cooling anticipation
provided by fixed carbon
heater.
—
0.32 to 1.2A, adj.
*T822D1685
35 to 65
*T822D1693
45 to 75
T822D1719
*T822D2550
T822G1005
For heating-only,
cooling-only, or
zone valve
applications.
*TS822A1039c
For 250/500 or
750 mV heating
systems.
TS822A1161
Beige with
brushed gold
faceplate
Comments
2 to 18
0.18 to 1.0A, adj.
With range stops.
7 to 24
With range stops. High
range stop factory-set at
68 F (20 C).
38 to 72
3 to 22
No thermometer. Meets
DoD Specifications; fixed
range stops at 45 F and
72 F.
55 to 95
13 to 35
a
R, W, Yb
Fixed
38 to 72
3 to 22
Premier White
Same as T822D1024 except
Premier White.
Beige with
brushed gold
faceplate
Includes fixed carbon heater
for cooling anticipation,
Series 20.
—
No thermometer. Meets
DoD Specifications.
a
68 F marked on scale.
Connect system wires to R and Y terminals for 250/500 mV heating. Connect system wires to R and W for 750 mV heating.
c Includes Positive OFF.
b
149
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
T827A Triple-Rated Heating Thermostat
• Mount using two screws through base to wall or outlet box.
• Positive OFF switch.
• Large numbers on faceplate for easy adjustment.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
0.1A at 12 Vdc.
0.1A at 24 Vac.
0.1A at 250, 500, 750 mV.
Heat Anticipator: Provided by bimetal.
Provides control of 0.1A circuits in millivolt age, 12 Vdc, and 24 Vac
heating systems.
• Replaces ITT General Controls T80, Honeywell TS810B1007 and
several other thermostats.
• Coiled bimetal element operates snap-acting switch.
• Gold-plated switching contacts increase shelf and operating life.
• Temperature setting and thermometer scale on cover.
• Temperature setting lever on bottom of thermostat cover scale.
NOTE: Most 24 Vac systems require a higher Amp rating, apply only after
careful evaluation of the system. See the T827B Heating Thermostat for use with most 24 Vac systems.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (117 mm) high, 2-7/8 in.
(73 mm) wide, 1-1/16 in. (27 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
Thermostat Guards: See Index for page numbers.
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section.
lSUPER TRADELINE model.
Temperature Ratings
Scale Rangea
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
Terminal
Designations 12 Vdc
lT827A1000
50 to 80
10 to 27
Blank screws
a
Electrical Ratings
0.1A
24 Vac
Switching
250/500/750 mV Action
Finish
0.1A
0.1A
Spst
Beige with brushed
gold faceplate.
Temperature scale in Fahrenheit on thermometer.
T827B Heating Thermostat
•
•
•
•
•
Provides spst control of 24 Vac residential heating systems.
Temperature Ratings
Scale Range
Coiled bimetal element operates snap-acting switch.
Temperature setting and thermometer scale on cover.
Temperature setting lever on bottom of thermostat cover scale.
Mount using two screws through base to wall or outlet box.
Large numbers on faceplate for easy adjustment.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (117 mm) high, 2-7/8 in.
(73 mm) wide, 1-1/16 in. (27 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section.
Thermostat Guards. See Index for specific page number.
Electrical
Ratings
ORDER NUMBER
Application
F
C
Anticipator
Setting
T827B1009
Provides heating-only
control in low voltage
(24 Vac) systems.
50 to 80
10 to 27
0.18 to 0.8A No
150
Positive Off
Terminal
Designations
Finish
Two blank screw Beige with
terminals
brushed gold
faceplate
Mounting
Vertical
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
T834; T8034 Thermostats
T834C
T8034C
For low voltage control of single-stage heating, cooling or heatingcooling systems.
• Integral switches control system and fan switching.
• T834Cs have vented cover for improved temperature sensing.
• Mount directly on wall or on vertical outlet box (T834C, T834G) or
horizontal outlet box (T8034C) using mounting plate to prevent electrical
shorts.
• Include new probe holes to aid checkout and service work.
*TRADELINE models.
Width
Height
Depth
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
T834C
2-7/8
73
4-3/4
121
1-5/16
33
T8034C
4-3/4
121
2-7/8
73
ACCESSORIES:
200581A Wallplate for T8034C; covers mounting marks left by old
thermostats.
Thermostat Guards: See Index for specific page numbers. See Parts
and Accessories at the end of this section.
lSUPER TRADELINE models.
Switch Positions
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Fan
*T834C1137
For standard heating-cooling systems.
ONAUTO
lT834C2473
lT834C2499
Triple fuel rated with O and B terminals, optional fan in heating and AUTOcooling or fan on in cooling only —conventional heating (jumper 1-Y), ON
electric heat or single stage heat pump (jumper 1-2). New wider heat
anticipator range of 0.15 to 1.2A.
HEATOFFCOOL
R,G,W,Y
R,G,Y,W,1,2,
O,B
Vertical
Classic
beige
Taupe
Premier
White
*T8034C1085
For two transformer systems; jumper RH and RC for single
transformer systems.
T8034C1341
Three-wire thermostat for heating-cooling applications. No
thermometer; 0.18 to 1.0A heat anticipator range.
R,G,W,Y,1,2
Premier
White
Triple fuel rated with O and B terminals, optional fan in heating and AUTOcooling or fan on in cooling only —conventional heating (jumper 1-Y), ON
electric heat or single stage heat pump (jumper 1-2). New wider heat
anticipator range of 0.15 to 1.2A.
R,G,Y,W,1,2,
O,B
Taupe
lT8034C1424
lT8034C1481
a
ONAUTO
Terminal
System Designations Mounting Finish
RC,RH,G,W,Y Horizontal Classic
beige
Premier
White
Includes wallplate for covering mounting marks left by old thermostat.
151
Home Controls and Systems
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Heating: 0.18 to 1.0A at 30 Vac maximum.
Cooling: 1.5A running, 7.5A inrush at 25 Vac.
Anticipator Setting:
Heating: (all models except T834C2309 and T8034C1275) —adj.
0.18 to 1.0A; T834C2309, T8034C1275—adj. 0.3 to 1.2A.
Cooling: fixed, 24 to 30 Vac.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Scale Range:
T834C; T8034C: 55 F to 95 F (13 C to 35 C).
T834G: Warmer, Cooler 1-2-3-4-5.
SWITCHING ACTION:
R to W on temperature fall for heating.
R to Y on temperature rise for cooling.
Dustproof, spdt mercury switch.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
T841 Multistage and Heat Pump Thermostats
Provide low voltage (24 Vac) control of two-stage heating and onestage cooling in heat pump systems, using manual changeover.
• Coiled bimetal element operate dust-free mercury switches.
• Heat anticipators are adjustable or fixed; cooling anticipator is fixed.
• Mount directly on wall or horizontal outlet box; no separate subbase
necessary.
• T841E model available for two-stage gas valves.
*TRADELINE models.
lSUPER TRADELINE model.
ORDER NUMBER
Display,
Application LED
T841A1217
Heat Pump
Manual Cool Stage 2
or Heat
0 to 1.5A,
fixed
*T841A1498
EM.HT.
*T841A1506
T841A1563
Multistage None
Heat Pumps
T841A1613
Heat Pump
T841A1696
EASY-TO-SEE™
Manual Cool Stage 2
or Heat
1.2A, fixed
Stage 2
0.1 to 1.2A,
adj.
EM.HT.,
AUX.HT.
Stage 2,
fixed
None
T841E1007
Multistage
—for twostage gas
valves.
HI, LOW
CHECK LED indicates compressor malfunction.
EM.HT. LED also indicates compressor malfunction.
c
Low speed LED goes off when high speed comes on.
152
Comments
For use where E and W2
may be jumpered.
No Auto
Fan in
EM. HT.
Auto
Fan in
EM.HT.
W3,G,R,W2,
E,B,X,Y,O
Direct replacement for York
Premier model no. 2TH11703324
White (T841A1274).
For controlling two-stage
heating and one stage
cooling applications. No
thermometer.
Same as T841A1050,
except Premier White.
Taupe
O,L,G,R,E,X,
W2,B,W1,Y
W3,O,G,R,E,
Stage 2
0.1 to 1.2A, X, W2,B,Y
adj.
Multistage
Heat Pump
Heat Pump
b
G,R,W2,E,L,
B,X,Y,O
Manual Cool Stage 2
G,R,W,H,B,X,
0.2 to 1.2A, O,Y
fixed.
None
T841B1000
a
Electrical
Switch Positions
Ratings,
Anticipator Terminal
Changeover Setting
Designations System Fan
Finish
W3,R,L,X,W2, EM.HT.- Auto
Classic For use where E and W2
EM.HT.,b Manual Cool Stage 2
0.1 to 1.2A, G,O,E,Y,B
HEAT- Fan in
Beige may be jumpered. Fixed
AUX.HT.
adj.
OFFEM. HT.
anticipators powered
COOL
through O terminal.
* T841A1308
lT841A1712
lT841A1738
ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 24 to 27 Vac.
Anticipator Setting:
First stage heating and cooling: 0 to 1.5A, fixed.
Second stage heating: 0 to 1.5A, fixed; 0.1 to 1.2A, adjustable.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Scale Range: 45 F to 85 F (7 C to 29 C).
Differential: Between heating stages: 1 F (0.6 C).
SWITCH POSITIONS:
Fan: AUTO-ON.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) high, 5-1/4 in.
(133 mm) wide, 2-1/16 in. (52 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section.
Thermostat Guards: See Index for page numbers.
W 1,W 2,B,
G,R,X,Y 1,O
Stage 1
R,G,B,W1,
0.1 to 1.2A, W2,Y
adj.
Stage 2
0 to 1.5A,
fixed
For two-stage heating and
one-stage cooling. Large
raised markings. Audible
click at each 2 degree
setpoint change.
For two-stage heating and
one-stage cooling
Premier
applications.
White
HEATOFFCOOL
Classic For “No Emergency Heat”
Beige applications.
Premier For use on two-stage gas
White valve/one-stage cooling
applications.
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
T874 Multistage and Heat Pump Thermostats
Provide 24 Vac control of multistage heating, cooling, and heatingcooling systems including heat pump systems.
• Require Q674 Thermostat Subbase to provide wiring terminals,
mounting base, and system and fan switching.
• Coiled bimetal elements operate dust-free mercury switches.
• External levers and scale for temperature setting on top of thermostat
case.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 24 to 27 Vac.
lSUPER TRADELINE models.
Home Controls and Systems
*TRADELINE models.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Scale Range: 42 F to 88 F (6 C to 31 C).
Differential: 4 F (2 C) minimum between heating and cooling.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: (including Q674 Subbase): 3-9/16 in. (91
mm) high, 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) wide, 2-3/16 in. (56 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
194559R Tamper-resistant Cover and Locking Lever Assembly with
thermometer. Includes cover, screws, Allen wrench for locking
cover, and two self-tapping insulated screws.
194559S Tamper-resistant Cover and Locking Lever Assembly without
thermometer. Includes cover, screws, Allen wrench for locking
cover, and two self-tapping insulated screws.
4074ECK Locking Lever Stops.
C815A1005 Outdoor Thermistor.
TG504A1025 or TG504A1033 Key Lock Cover with internal
thermometer. See page 167.
Thermostat Guards. See Index for page numbers.
Electrical Ratings, Anticipator Setting
Stages
Heating (adj)
ORDER NUMBER
Heating Cooling Other
Stage 1
T874A1010
1
0.1 to 1.2 A —
1
—
Stage 2
Cooling (fixed)
Stage 1
Stage 2
0 to 1.5 A —
*T874A1036
Includes locking cover with thermometer,
field-adjustable range stops and fieldadjustable locking levers.
T874A1176
0 to 1.0 A
*T874B1019
2
2
lT874D1165
—
*T874F1015
2
T874R1152b,c
0.1 to 1.2 A 0 to 1.2 A 0 to 1.0 A Includes locking cover with thermometer,
field-adjustable range stops and fieldadjustable locking levers.
—
—
1
Meets DoD Specifications. Includes locking
cover without thermometer, non-adjustable
DoD range stop (limits max. heat to 72 F,
limits min. cool to 78 F) and field-adjustable
locking levers.
0 to 1.2 A 0 to 1.0 A Includes locking cover with thermometer
and field-adjustable locking levers.
0 to 1.5 A —
1
2
*T874E1016
T874N1016b
Includes locking cover with thermometer,
non-adjustable range stop (limits max. heat
to 72 F, limits min. cool to 78 F) and fieldadjustable locking levers.
Includes locking cover with thermometer
and field-adjustable locking levers.
lT874A1150
*T874C1018
Comments
—
0.1 to 1.2 A 0.1 to 1.2 A —
1a
—
0 to 1.0A
Fixed
0 to 1.0A
Fixed
—
Includes locking cover with thermometer
and field-adjustable locking levers.
0 to 1.5 A
Use with Q674F1220 only.
0 to 1.2 A
Use with Q674L1207 only.
a
Changeover operates in heating mode.
Heat pump thermostat. For replacement of other customer special heat pump thermostats and subbases contact your Honeywell Sales Representative
and/or consult the T874/Q674 specification sheet, Honeywell form 60-2485 for replacement information and internal circuitry of specific models. In
addition, you may want to refer to the Heat Pump Thermostat Cross Reference Guide, Honeywell form 70-6627.
c
Available in Y594 pack. See model number index for specific page number.
b
153
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
Q674 Thermostat Subbases
• Adapter plate is available for mounting on vertical outlet box (see Parts
and Accessories at the end of this section).
• Subbases available without LED (light emitting diode) or with one LED.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Contacts: 2.5A at 30 Vac (7.5A inrush).
Display, LED: 30 Vac (optional).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-9/16 in. (91 mm) high, 5-5/8 in.
(143 mm) wide, 5/16 in. (8 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section.
Thermostat Guards: See Index for page numbers.
Provide wiring terminals, mounting base, and system and fan
switching for T874 Multistage Thermostats.
• Mount on wall or horizontal outlet box.
*TRADELINE models.
Switch Positions
System
Fan
Display,
LED
Use With
Terminal Designations
Comments
*Q674A1019
HEAT-AUTOCOOL
AUTO-ON
—
RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G
—
*Q674B1034
HEAT-OFFCOOL
ORDER
NUMBERa
d
Q674B1018
T874A-D
RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B
Q674B1075c
Q674B1216
T874W1015
only
*Q674C1058
OFF-AUTO
*Q674D1040
None
None
*Q674E1049
OFF-HEATAUTO-COOL
AUTO-ON
Q674F1022
EM.HT.-HEATOFF-AUTOCOOL
Q674F1212
T874A-F
OFF- AUTO
Q674J1043
EM.HT.-AUTO- AUTO-ON
OFF
Q674L1207
EM.HT.-HEATOFF-COOL
a
For Electric Heat Applications
R,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,W3,G,O,B,T
Use with C815A1004 for
Outdoor Reset.
RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B
—
RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2
T874A-D
RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,Bb
1
T874C,D
R,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B,E,X1,X2b Includes field selectable
inserts for LED
2
T874G1246
only.
R,Y,W2,W3,G,O,E,L,X
T874N1016
only.
R,W1,W2,G,L,C,K,X
T874A-F
RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,O,B
T874G1204
R,Y,W,G,O,B,F,T,X2
Replaces GE AY28X077 and
AY28X138.
T874R1152
only.
R,Y,W2,W3,G,O,B,E,L,X
—
Q674F1220
*Q674G1070
R,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B
None
2
—
You may also want to contact your Honeywell Sales Representative and/or consult the T874/Q674 specification sheet, Honeywell form 60-2485, for
replacement information and internal circuitry of specific models.
b O and B terminals are continuously energized in the AUTO mode.
c Auto fan on both heat and cool. For electric heat applications.
d
With isolated fan.
154
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
Y594 Combination Packs for Heat Pump and Other Multistage
Applications
Combine appropriate T874 Multistage Thermostat and Q674
Subbase for specific applications.
See table below for ordering information.
* TRADELINE models.
lSUPER TRADELINE models.
ORDER NUMBER Includes
Display,
LED
Electrical
Ratings,
System
AUTO
Change- Anticipator Terminal
Switch
Fan in
over
Setting
Designations Positions EM.HT Finish
T874D1942 None
Thermostat,
Q674E1403
Subbase
Y594G1161
T874G1204 AUX. HT., Auto,
Thermostat, EM. HT. Cool
Q674J1043
Subbase
Stages 1
and 2
0 to 1.0A
Fixed
*Y594G1252
T874G1246
Thermostat,
Q674F1212
Subbase
Stage 1
R,Y,W2,W3,G,
0 to 1.0A
O,E,L,X
Fixed
Stage 2
0.1 to 1.2A
Adjustable
T874G1642 AUX. HT., Auto,
Thermostat, EM. HT. Cool or
Q674F1444 CHECK Heat
Subbase
Stage 1
and 2
0 to 1.0A
Fixed
lY594G1419
lY594G1476
—
R,Y,W,G,O,B, EM. HT.AUTOF,T,X2
OFF
R,Y1,W1,W2,
W3,G,O,B,E,
X,X1,X2
N/A
Yes
OFFEM. HT.HEATAUTOCOOL-
For heat pump applications.
Includes locking cover with
thermometer, field-adjustable
range stops and fieldadjustable locking levers.
T874G1865 EM.HT.
Thermostat,
Q674J1209
Subbase
Stage 1
O,G,R,W,X,B, EM.HT.0 to 1.0A
Y
AUTOFixed
OFF
Stage 2
0.1 to 1.2A
Adjustable
Y594G1633
T874G1972 AUX. HT., Auto,
Thermostat, EM. HT. Cool or
Q674F1584
Heat
Subbase
R,Y,W2,G,O,
B,E,L,X
OFFEM. HT.HEATAUTOCOOL
*Y594G1674
T874G2004 SUPL.
Thermostat, HT.
Q674J1274
Subbase
R,Y,G,W2,L,
C,E,O
SUPL.
HT.ON-OFF
Y594H1012
T874H1062 MALThermostat, FUNCQ674C1249 TION
Subbase
R,Y,G,O,B,L,
X
OFFAUTO
Stage
0 to 1.0A
Fixed
For heat pump applications.
With outdoor reset; replaces
GE AY28X077 and AY28X138;
no heat anticipation in stage 2.
For heat pump applications.
*Y594G1567
Auto,
Cool
For conventional multistage
heating-cooling applications.
Will replace York
2TH04701024. May also
replace York 6TH04701524 or
2TH04701524, depending on
subbase used.
OFFCOOLAUTOHEATEM. HT.
T874G1741
Thermostat,
Q674F1477
Subbase
Auto,
Cool
Classic
beige
with
brushed
gold
faceplate.
No
Premier
White
Same as Y594G1419, except
Premier White.
Classic
beige
with
brushed
gold
faceplate.
For heat pump applications.
Replaces York 2TH11702424
(Y594G1013—T874G1170/
Q674J1027) and
6TH11702424 (Y594G1229—
T874G1428/Q674J1027).
Replaces Coleman/Evcon
Y594G1377.
Replaces Carrier
99TZ90040106—HH07AT171/
HH93AZ173A (Y507J1035—
T874G1055/Q674J1035).
N/A
Use on single-stage heat
pump applications. Replaces
T874H1005/Q674C1041.
continued next page
155
Home Controls and Systems
Stages 1
RH,W1,W2,G, OFFHEATand 2
Y2,Y1,RC
AUTO0.1 to 1.2A
COOL
*Y594D1347
Comments
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
Y594 continued
* TRADELINE models.
lSUPER TRADELINE models.
ORDER NUMBER Includes
Display,
LED
Electrical
Ratings,
System
AUTO
Change- Anticipator Terminal
Switch
Fan in
over
Setting
Designations Positions EM.HT Finish
Y594R1243
T874R1152 AUX. HT., Manual
Thermostat, EM. HT. Cool
Q674L1207
Subbase
Stage 1
R,Y,W2,W3,G,
0 to 1.0A
O,B,E,L,X
Fixed
Stage 2
0.1 to 1.2A
Adjustable
Y594R1292
T874R1467
Thermostat,
Q674L1512
Subbase
Stages 1
and 2
0 to 1.0A
Fixed
*Y594R1300
EM. HT.HEATOFFCOOL
Yes
Comments
Classic
For heat pump applications.
beige
with
brushed
gold
faceplate.
R,Y,W,G,O,B,
X
For heat pump applications.
Replaces T874R1137/
Q674L1132.
T874R1475
Thermostat,
Q674L1520
Subbase
R,Y,W2,G,O,
B,E,L,X
For heat pump applications.
T874R1616 AUX. HT., Manual
Thermostat, EM. HT. Cool or
Q674L1587 CHECK Heat
Subbase
R,Y,W1,W2,
W3,G,O,B,E,
L,X,X2
For heat pump applications.
Includes locking cover with
thermometer. Field-adjustable
range stops and fieldadjustable locking levers.
Removable jumper between W
and Y.
*Y594R1615
T874R1822
Thermostat,
Q674L1710
Subbase
R,Y,W2,W3,G,
O,B,E,L,X
For heat pump applications.
Replaces Y594R1326.
*Y594R1664
T874R1871 EM.HT.
Thermostat,
Q674L1736
Subbase
*Y594R1672
T874R1889
Thermostat,
Q674L1736
Subbase
and
C815A1054
Outdoor
Thermistor
*Y594R1680
T874R1897 AUX.HT., Manual
Thermostat, EM.HT., Heat or
Q674L1751 CHECK Cool
Subbase
R,Y,W2,W3,G,
O,B,E,L,X
*Y594R1706
T874R1913 EM.HT.
Thermostat,
Q674L1777
Subbase
Manual
Cool
O,G,R,W,H,B,
T,X,Y
Y594R1763
T874R1954 AUX.HT., Manual
cool
Thermostat, EM.HT.
Q674L1827
Subbase
R,Y,W,G,O,B,
T,F,X2
Y594R1797
T874R1988
Thermostat,
Q674L1868
Subbase
R,Y,G,W2,O,
B,E,L,X
lY594R1425
156
Manual
Cool
Stage1
O,G,R,W,H,X,
0 to 1.5A
B,T,Y
Fixed
Stage 2
0.1 to 1.2A
Adjustable
For heat pump applications.
Replaces York 2TH11702224
(Y594R1011—T874R1046/
Q674L1272).
For heat pump applications.
Replaces York 2TH11702324
(Y594R1151—T874R1251/
Q674L1272/C815A1039) and
6TH11702224 (Y594R1193—
T874R1327/ Q674L1272).
Premier
White
For heat pump applications.
Same as Y594R1615, except
Premier White. Also replaces
Y594R1326.
For heat pump applications.
Same as Y594R1664, except
Premier White. Also replaces
York 2TH11702224
(Y594R1011—T874R1046/
Q674L1272).
No
Classic
beige
with
brushed
gold
faceplate.
For heat pump applications.
Replaces GE AY28X078 and
AY28X139, and Y594R1136.
Replaces Coleman/Evcon
Y594R1235.
Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable
C815 Outdoor Thermistor
Outdoor thermistor for use with T874 Multistage Thermostats or
Y594 Thermostat/Subbase Combination Packs with provision for
outdoor reset.
• Resets T874 control point, based on outdoor temperature.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 24 to 30 Vac.
Resistance: 400 ohms.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient Range: -45 F to +113 F (-43 C to +45 C).
THERMISTOR RESISTANCE (ohms)
C815A thermistor resistance chart.
C815A THERMISTOR RESISTANCE
R = 400 ohms ± 10% AT 77°F (25°C)
-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
TEMPERATURE OF THERMISTOR (°F)
ORDER NUMBER
Electrical Connections
C815A1005
Two 6 in. (152 mm) black lead wires.
120
Home Controls and Systems
4600
4400
4200
4000
3800
3600
3400
3200
3000
2800
2600
2400
2200
2000
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
140
M1590A
157
DoD Thermostats
Low Voltage Thermostats Meeting Department of Defense
Specifications
T87
T874
T822; TS822
(Department of Defense (DoD) Manual 4270.1-M) See
SPECIFICATIONS and order table below for heating, cooling, and
heating-cooling thermostats meeting DoD standards.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Anticipator Setting
Model Number
Electrical Ratings
Heating
Cooling
T87
1.5A at 30 Vac.
Adj. 0.1A to 1.2A.
Fixed 0A to 1.5A, Spdt
24 to 30 Vac.
Switching Action Dimensions, Approximate
T822
1.5A at 30 Vac.
Adj. 0.18A to 0.80A. —
TS822
0.1A at 750 mV.
Fixed resistor.
—
Spst
T874
Heating—1.2A at 30 Vac
at each stage.
Cooling—1.5A at 30 Vdc.
Adj. 0.1A to 1.2A
each stage.
Fixed 0A to 1.0A, Spst
24 to 30 Vac.
3-1/4 in. (83 mm) dia., 1-1/2 in.
(38 mm) deep.
4-3/4 in. (121 mm) high, 2-7/8 in.
(73 mm) wide, 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) deep.
3-9/16 in. (91 mm) high, 5-5/8 in.
(143 mm) wide, 2-3/16 in. (56 mm)
deep, without subbase.
Temperature Ratings, Terminal
Setpoint Range
Designations
Includes
Heating only.
38 F to 72 F
(3 C to 22 C)
R,W
Wallplate, screws and No thermometer.
locking cover.
T822D1719
Heating only.
38 F to 72 F
(3 C to 22 C)
R,W
Two screws.
No thermometer. For wall or
vertical outlet box mounting.
TS822A1161
Heating only, 250, 500, 38 F to 72 F
or 750 mV applications. (3 C to 22 C)
R,W,Y
Two screws.
No thermometer. For wall or
vertical outlet box mounting.
T874A1176
1-stage heating.
1-stage cooling.
None. Use
Locking cover.
Q674 Subbase
ORDER NUMBER
Application
T87F2816
158
Heating: 40 F to 72 F
(4 C to 22 C)
Cooling: 78 F to 90 F
(26 C to 32 C
Comments
No thermometer. Separate levers
for heating and cooling setpoint
control. Non-adjustable range
stops set at 72 F (22 C) max. heat,
78 F (26 C) min. cool.
Thermostats—Easy-to-See
Easy-To-See™ T87F; TS86A Thermostats
• Use Q539 Subbase in systems requiring system and fan switching at the
thermostat location.
• Separate temperature setting and thermometer scale on thermostat
face.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Switch Ratings: T87F at 30 Vac.
Enlarged scale and raised designations provide reading and setting
ease for 24 to 27 Vac residential heating, cooling or heating-cooling
systems (T87F), or self-powered gas heating systems (TS86A).
Full Load
Locked Rotor
Resistance
Heating
1.5A
3.5A
2.0A
Cooling
1.5A
7.5A
2.0A
TS86A: 0.1A at 750 mV.
Anticipator Setting: 0.1A to 1.2A.
SWITCHING ACTION: Dustproof, spdt mercury switch.
ACCESSORIES:
221886A Easy-to-Use™ Clear Ring. Durable plastic ring snaps on to
T87F3467 dial to allow those with limited hand strength or
movement impairments to easily operate thermostat. Fits
T87F3467s with date code after 9244.
See T87F Accessories.
Thermostat Guards: See Index for specific page numbers.
*TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings
Scale Rangea
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
Terminal
Designations
Finish
Includes
*T87F3467
40 to 90
4 to 32
R (5), W (4), Y (6)
Gold
137421A Wallplate and switch position
labels for use with Q539 Subbase and
6 in. cover ring.
*T87F5199
Premier White
*TS86A1421
a
R, W, Y
Gold
Temperature scale in Fahrenheit on thermometer.
Easy-To-See™ T841A Heat Pump Thermostat
• Enlarged, raised numbers make temperature setting easy by touch or
sight.
• Audible click is heard and indent is felt every two degrees as the
temperature setpoint lever is moved.
• Temperature setpoint lever lets you choose temperature settings from
46 F to 84 F (8 C to 29 C).
• Enlarged, raised letters aid in setting system switch and fan settings.
Provides 24 Vac control of two-stage heating and one-stage cooling
in heat pump systems.
Electrical
Ratings,
Display, Change- Anticipator Terminal
LED
over
Setting
Designations
ORDER NUMBER
Application
T841A1696
For two-stage
EM.HT., Manual
heating and one- AUX.HT. Cool or
stage cooling
Heat
heat pump
applications.
Stage 2
fixed
Switch Positions
System
Fan
Finish
O,L,G,R, E,X,W EM.HT. Auto Fan in Taupe
2, B,W 1,Y
HEAT- OFF- EM.HT.
COOL
Comments
Large raised
markings. Audible
click at each 2
degree setpoint
change.
159
Home Controls and Systems
• Raised and enlarged 5, 6, 7, 8 on dial represent 50 F, 60 F, 70 F and
80 F.
• “Click” and detent every two degrees facilitate accuracy in setting
thermostat.
• Two- or three-wire wallplate for heating-only, cooling-only, or heatingcooling systems with remote switching.
• Adjustable heat anticipator for comfortable temperature control.
Circuit
Thermostats—Other Electronic
T8131 Programmable New Construction Thermostat
Obsolete as of December, 2000. See T8000 cross reference section, page 135 for replacement thermostats.
• Selectable Fan Operation switch for electric heat systems.
• Program before or after mounting on the wall.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 15 to 30 Vac.
Current Draw:
Economical electronic thermostat for 24 Vac single-stage heating
and cooling systems.
CONSUMER BENEFITS
• Easy to program for energy savings and comfort.
• Separate schedules for weekdays and weekends (5-2 Programming).
• Program up to four time and temperature settings per weekday
schedule.
• Usage key tracks energy usage.
• LCD continuously displays time and day, current program period and
room temperature.
• Warmer/Cooler keys which are accessible through the cover, to
temporarily override current program.
• Hold Temp key to override the current program indefinitely.
Running
Inrush
Heating
0.03 to 1.2A
3.5A
Cooling
0.03 to 1.2A
7.5A
Cycles Per Hour Adjustment:
Heating: Field-selectable to 3,6,9 cph.
Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph.
INSTALLER BENEFITS
• Powered directly by system transformer (requires common connection).
• Battery back-up (maintains clock and program settings during a power
outage).
• Two AA alkaline batteries included.
• bAt Lo is displayed when battery power is low.
• LED power indicator (indicates 24 Vac is present at R and C terminals).
• Adjustable heating cycle rate (3, 6 or 9 cph).
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C).
Operating Range: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 7 in. (178 mm) wide, 4 in. (102 mm) high,
1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep.
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
206658AA Replacement Flip-up Door—Premier White.
203255AA Replacement Flip-up Door—taupe.
206391AA Replacement Battery Door—Premier White.
206273A Replacement Battery Door—taupe.
ACCESSORIES:
205224A Premier White Wall Cover Plate. Covers marks left by old
thermostat.
TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See index for
specific page number.
Stages
ORDER NUMBER
Application
T8131C1012
Gas, oil, or electric 24V systems with option of
1
independent or thermostat controlled fan in heat.
160
Switch Positions
Heating Cooling System
1
Fan
Terminal
Designations Finish
COOLAUTO-ON C, R, W, Y, G
OFF- HEAT
Premier White
Thermostats—Other Electronic
T8132 Programmable Thermostat
Obsolete as of December, 2000. See T8000 cross reference section, page 135 for replacement thermostats.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 15 to 30 Vac.
Current Draw:
Economical electronic thermostat for 24 Vac single-stage heating
and cooling systems.
Running
Inrush
Heating
0.03 to 1.2A
3.5A
Cooling
0.03 to 1.2A
7.5A
Cycles Per Hour:
Heating: Field-selectable to 3,6,9 cph.
Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C).
Operating Range: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 7 in. (178 mm) wide, 4 in. (102 mm) high,
1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep.
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
206658AA Replacement Flip-up Door—Premier White.
203255AA Replacement Flip-up Door—taupe.
206391AA Replacement Battery Door—Premier White.
206273AA Replacement Battery Door—taupe.
ACCESSORIES:
205224A Premier White Wall Cover Plate. Covers marks left by old
thermostat.
TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See index for
specific page number.
INSTALLER BENEFITS
• Battery powered for increased compatibility.
• Two AA alkaline batteries included.
• bAt Lo displayed when battery power is low.
• Adjustable heating cycle rate (3, 6 or 9 cph).
• Selectable Fan Operation switch for electric heat systems.
• Program before or after mounting on the wall.
Stages
ORDER NUMBER
Application
T8132C1011
Gas, oil, or electric 24V systems with option of 1
independent or thermostat controlled fan in heat.
Switch Positions
Heating Cooling System
1
Fan
Terminal
Designations Finish
COOLAUTO-ON RC, R, W, Y, G Premier White
OFF- HEAT
161
Home Controls and Systems
CONSUMER BENEFITS
• Easy to program for energy savings and comfort.
• Separate schedules for weekdays and weekends (5-2 Programming).
• Program up to four time and temperature settings per weekday
schedule.
• Usage key tracks energy usage.
• LCD continuously displays time and day, current program period and
room temperature.
• Warmer/Cooler keys which are accessible through the cover, to
temporarily override current program.
• Hold Temp key to override the current program indefinitely.
Thermostats—Parts and Accessories
Parts and Accessories
Description
Use With
ORDER NUMBER
Batteries:
Battery quick-charge kit.
T8082, T8182
192075A
Replacement battery pack, 2.2V. Replaces 191127 and 191127A. See 220985B.
T8082, T8182
191127B
Battery replacement kit. Includes battery, holder, leads, connectors and
rechargeable Ni-Cad AAA battery. Replaces 193933, 193933A, and 195044
Batteries and Connectors.
T8082, T8182
220985B
Cover Assemblies:
Cover Assembly, replacement cover, beige.
Beige T8190, T8195
202808B
Cover Assembly, replacement cover, Premier White.
Premier White T8195
202469C
Cover Assembly, replacement cover, beige.
Beige T8090, T8095
202808A
Cover Assembly, replacement cover
Premier White T8090, T8095
202469B
Cover Assembly, replacement cover for Chronotherm III, beige.
T8600, T8601, T8602, T8603, T8611,
T8621, T8624
220529A
Cover Door Assembly, replacement, Premier White.
T8600, T8601, T8602, T8611, T8624,
T8631
201206B
Replacement Flip-up Door, Premier White.
T8131, T8132
206658AA
Replacement Flip-up Door, taupe.
203255AA
Replacement Battery Door, Premier White.
206391AA
Replacement Battery Door, taupe.
Replacement Door for Chronotherm IV, taupe
206273AA
T8600, T8601, T8602, T8611, T8624
Replacement Door for Chronotherm IV, Premier White.
207396A
207396B
Mounting Plates (for covering marks left by old thermostat):
Mounting Plate Assembly, beige. Includes cover plate, adapter ring and screws.
Covers marks left by old thermostat. Allows mounting on vertical or horizontal
outlet box. 6-9/10 in. x 4-3/4 in. (175 mm x 121 mm).
T810, T822, T834/Q634, T841, T874/
Q674, T8090, T8095, T8190,
Chronotherm III:T8600, T8601, T8602,
T8603, T8611, T8621, T8624, TS8095
193121A
Mounting Plate Assembly, gray. Includes cover plate, adapter ring and screws.
Covers marks left by old thermostat. Allows mounting on vertical or horizontal
outlet box. 6-9/10 in. x 4-3/4 in. (175 mm x 121 mm). Use with Premier White
thermostats.
T8090, T8195, Chronotherm III:T8600,
T8601, T8602, T8611, T8621, T8624,
Y8095, Y8195, Y8224
202689A
Wall Cover Plate; Premier White. Covers marks left by old thermostat.
T8131, T8132, Chronotherm III:T8600,
T8611, T8624.
205224A
Wallplate, for millivolt applications.
TS8095A
191108AC
Wallplate, for two-wire cooling-only systems.
T8090, T8095, T8190
191108AD
Wallplate, for two-wire heating or three-wire, spdt heating. Includes Series 20
terminal identification for spdt, heating-only systems.
T8090, T8095, T8190
191108AG
Wallplates (for wiring thermostat or clock):
Wallplate, for directly powering the clock.
191108AJ
Wallplates (for covering marks left by old thermostat):
Wallplate, horizontal, beige; covers marks left by old thermostat.
T8034C beige models
200581A
Wallplate, horizontal, Premier White; covers marks left by old thermostat.
T8034C Premier White models
202895A
Decorator Cover Plate, 3-7/8 in. (98 mm) x 3-7/8 in. (98 mm); taupe.
T8400, T8401
209634A
Decorator Cover Plate, 3-7/8 in. (98 mm) x 3-7/8 in. (98 mm); Premier White.
T8400, T8401
209634B
Decorator Cover Plate, 5-3/4 in. (146 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); taupe.
T8400, T8401
209635A
Decorator Cover Plate, 5-3/4 in. (146 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); Premier White.
T8400, T8401
209635B
Decorator Cover Plates (for covering marks left by old thermostat):
continued next page
162
Thermostats—Parts and Accessories
Parts and Accessories continued
Description
Use With
ORDER NUMBER
Universal Cover Plates (Use with subbase, wallplate or mount on 2 x 4 or vertical or horizontal outlet box):
Universal Cover Plate for covering marks left by old thermostat, 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) T810, T822, T834, T841, T874, T7047,
x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); taupe.
T7110, T7147, T8000, T8001, T8011,
T8090, T8095, T8190, T8411, T8500,
Universal Cover Plate for covering marks left by old thermostat, 7-3/8 in. (188 mm)
T8501, T8502, T8503, T8511, T8513,
x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); Premier White.
T8524, Chronotherm IV:T8600, T8602,
Universal Cover Plate for covering marks left by old thermostat, 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) T8603, T8611, T8613, T8621, T8623,
x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); beige.
T8624, TS8095
209649A
Universal Cover Plate for covering marks left by old thermostat, 7-3/8 in. (188 mm)
x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); gray.
209653A
209650A
209652A
Miscellaneous Accessories:
T8400, T8401
209632
Calibration Wrench.
T87; T8090, T8095, T8190 date coded
after 9427.
104994A
Home Controls and Systems
Bracket, used to mount decorator cover plate to 2 in. x 4 in. vertical or horizontal
outlet box.
Easy-to-Use™ Clear Ring. Durable plastic ring snaps onto T87F3467 dial to allow T87F Easy-to-See Thermostats with date 221886A
those with limited hand strength or movement impairments to easily operate
code after 9244
thermostat.
Lever locking screws, No.4-40 x 1/4 in. (6 mm) self-tapping.
T8082A, T8085
131181D
Locking Cover replacement insert; beige.
TG586A
202155A
Program Pin Assembly. Includes two high temperature (red) program pins, and
two low temperature (blue) program pins.
T8082, T8085, T8182
4074DAY
Program Pin Assembly. Includes two high temperature (red) program pins, and
two low temperature (blue) program pins.
T8090, T8095, T8190, T8195, TS8095,
Y8095, Y8224
4074EPP
Program Pin Assembly. Includes two high temperature (red) program pins, and
two low temperature (blue) program pins.
T8085R with ramp recovery
4074ELL
Replacement remote temperature sensor; beige.
T8611M7040, T8621A7044,
T8621D7097
202905AA
Remote Sensor; Premier White.
T8611M7057, T8621A7069,
T8621D7147
202905CA
Shunt resistor. For use with Taco zone valves.
T8000, T8400, T8500, T8600 Series
2000, T8700 powerstealing thermostats
4074FAB
Setpoint range restriction stop.
T8082, T8085, T8182
4074EBR
Shunt resistor, 250 ohm, 10W. For low current draw compatibility.
System powered Chronotherm III only.
T8600
202394B
163
Thermostat Guards
Tamper-Proof Protection for Commercial Buildings,
Institutional Buildings and other High-Traffic Areas
Honeywell Thermostat Guards
Protect Your Investment...
HVAC Dealers and Contractors:
• In high-quality equipment
• In energy savings
• In building comfort
Honeywell Thermostat Guards offer a low-cost way to protect your bottom line. They prevent tampering, which can damage thermostats or
affect proper heating/cooling system performance.
Controlling building expenses is an important way to control your bottom line. That’s why you invest in quality equipment—and select the
most practical cycling patterns to save energy and maintain resident
comfort. Why let a tamperer control your bottom line?
Honeywell Thermostat Guards...Your Best
Choice
• Easily install in seconds.
• Lock in place, covering set point levers and system switches.
• Come equipped with heavy-duty key locks.
You can help building owners/managers control costs.
•Use a Honeywell thermostat guard with every thermostat installed in a
public area.
•Replace damaged guards.
•Look for other problems:
—Damage to thermostats
—Obstructions near thermostats
—Changes in geography
—Changes in occupancy
•Replace old or damaged thermostats.
•Upgrade standard or economy thermostats to energy saving,
programmable, or enhanced feature models.
Honeywell thermostat guards are unobtrusive and attractive, blending
into the decor. Each is designed to provide proper airflow around the
thermostat for optimum performance.
Honeywell thermostat guards are designed to work with many different
thermostats. The following Thermostat Guard Reference Table is for
your convenience when choosing the thermostat guard for your application.
Thermostat Guard Reference Table
Versaguard™ Universal
Thermostat Guards
Thermostat
Custom Key Lock®
Thermostat Guards
TG509 TG510 TG511 TG512 TG587 TG504 TG586
Honeywell
T87/Q539
Yes
Yesa
Versaguard™ Universal
Thermostat Guards
Thermostat
TG509 TG510 TG511 TG512 TG587 TG504 TG586
T92
Yes
T921
Yes
Yes
T410
Yes
T7200
T451
Yes
T7300/Q7300
Yes
Yes
T7400
Yes
T8082/Q682
Yes
Yes
T8085/Q682
Yes
Yes
T8090/Q682
Yes
T694
Yes
T8112
Yes
T810
Yes
T8131
Yes
T8132
Yes
T498
T631
Yes
T641
T651
T822
b
Yes
T834
T8195/Q682
Yesb
T841
Yes
T8400
Yes
Custom Key Lock®
Thermostat Guards
Yes
T8600
Yes
Yes
T8601
Yes
Yes
Yes
T8602
Yes
Yes
T4098
Yes
T8603
Yes
Yes
T4398
Yes
T8611
Yes
Yes
T4600
Yes
T8621
Yes
Yes
T4798
Yes
T8624
Yes
Yes
T4800
Yes
T8631
Yes
Yes
T6051A
Yes
W884
Yes
T6052
Yes
TP9600 Series Yes
T7047
Yes
TP970
Yes
TP971
Yes
TP972
Yes
TP973
Yes
TP974
Yes
T874/Q674
Yesa
T4039
T7660
T8034
T42
a
b
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Use TG512 with thermostat that has dealer logo wallplate.
Turn TG511 90 degrees to fit thermostat with dealer logo wallplate.
164
Yes
continued next page
Thermostat Guards
Thermostat Guard Reference Table continued
Thermostat
Robertshaw
TX-400
500 SERIES
300-610
300-620
300-625
300-630
300-642
Original
T12
T13
T18
T19
T23
T27
T32
T33
T34
T35
Uniline
TG509
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TG509
Versaguard™ Universal
Thermostat Guards
TG510
TG511
TG512
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2211
2212
2214
2216
2218
Thermostat
White Rodgers
1C-30
1C-31
1C-70
1D-30
1D-35
1D-36
1E-30
1E-31
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TG509
Versaguard™ Universal
Thermostat Guards
TG510
TG511
TG512
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Thermostat
1E-35
1E-36
1E-56
1F-30
1F-56
1F-57
1F-58
1F-60
1F-62
1F-70
1F-72
1F-75
1F-76
1F-80
1F-90
1F-91
1F-92
1F-93
1F-94
1F-95
1F-97
Johnson
T4002
T4100
T4506
T4756
T5002
Powers
TH192
TH193
TH194
TT184
American Stabilis
R-90
R-100
R-105
R-106
R-110
HP-1
HP-10
HP15/20/22
HP100
HP150/200/220
HP1000
HP1500/2000/3000
HP2001
SIMPLESTAT
Columbus Electric
RSH-420A
RSV-420
HPC SERIES
Seco
TA-2000 Series
TM-1000
TM-1400
a
b
TG509
Versaguard™ Universal
Thermostat Guards
TG510
TG511
TG512
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Home Controls and Systems
Thermostat
ITT General
T199
T80
T90
T91
T330 SERIES
T340 SERIES
Carrier/B.D.P.
Programmable
Non-programmable
Enerstat
DSP100—DSP700
ET-52
HC-7
HP-1
K3-WN
K4-W
MS-1N
HP-2
Slimline Family
Versaguard™ Universal
Thermostat Guards
TG510
TG511
TG512
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Use TG512 with thermostat that has dealer logo wallplate.
Turn TG511 90 degrees to fit thermostat with dealer logo wallplate.
165
Thermostat Guards
Versaguard™ Universal Thermostat Guards . . . to protect
any Commercial Thermostat
Honeywell Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards are designed to cover a wide variety of thermostats. Choose clear plastic covers to allow display of temperature and settings, or opaque covers to completely hide the unit.
One tough guard . . .
Bend it, twist it, smack it or otherwise abuse a Honeywell Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guard and it just keeps on protecting the thermostat
inside. These tough guards are designed to prevent individuals from “fiddling” with temperature settings and prevent thermostat damage in high
impact areas. All exceed specifications for the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. “pry test” (UL873 54.1B), which requires that the guard remain closed
upon a direct pull of 14 pounds in an attempt to pry off the cover. And all guards and their contents handily survive the UL87354.1C impact test,
where a 2-in. diameter steel ball is dropped on the cover applying a minimum 1 foot-pound force.
TG509; TG510; TG511; TG512 Versaguard Universal
Thermostat Guards
Enclose and protect wall thermostats against tampering, damage
and unauthorized adjustment of thermostat settings.
TG509
TG510A
• Unique double-wall construction provides extra measure of tamperresistance.
• Available in three sizes—small, medium and large—to fit almost all
thermostats.
• Used in both new and existing applications.
• Constructed of opaque polystyrene, clear acrylic, or beige painted
steel.
• Include opaque polystyrene wallplate, ring base, guard cover, tumbler
lock, two keys and optional Honeywell logo insert.
• Tamper-resistant lock; key cannot be removed without being in locked
position.
• All models mount vertically or horizontally on wall or exposed junction
box.
• Vents in guard base allow airflow for optimum thermostat performance.
TG512
TG512B
TG511D
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Inside
Height
Outside
Width
Height
Width
Depth
Model Number
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
TG509F1003
4
102
2-7/8
73
5-1/2
140
3-5/8
92
2-1/8
mm
54
TG510A1001
4-7/16
113
4-7/16
113
5-7/8
149
5-7/8
149
2-1/2
64
TG510B1009
4-7/16
113
4-7/16
113
5-7/8
149
5-7/8
149
2-1/2
64
TG510D1005
4-7/16
113
4-7/16
113
5-11/16
144
5-11/16
144
2-7/16
62
TG511A1000
5-1/16
129
6-1/16
154
6-1/2
165
7-1/2
191
2-15/16
75
TG511B1008
5-1/16
129
6-1/16
154
6-1/2
165
7-1/2
191
2-15/16
75
TG511D1004
5-1/16
129
6-1/16
154
6-3/8
162
7-3/8
187
2-7/8
73
TG512A1009
5-7/8
149
8-3/8
213
7-1/4
184
9-3/4
248
3-3/8
86
TG512B1007
5-7/8
149
8-3/8
213
7-1/4
184
9-3/4
248
3-3/8
86
TG512D1003
5-7/8
149
8-3/8
213
7-1/8
180
9-5/8
244
3-1/4
83
REPLACEMENT PARTS AND ACCESSORIES:
191990A Replacement keys.
continued next page
166
Thermostat Guards
TG509; TG510; TG511; TG512 continued
*TRADELINE models.
Materials
ORDER NUMBER
TG509F1003
Size
Mini
TG509G1001
*TG510A1001
Guard Cover
Ring Base
Wallplate
Use Witha
Smoke colored
Transparent
N/A
T7660, TP9600 Series, TP970,
TP971, TP972, TP973, TP974, Others
Opaque polystyrene
T87/Q539, TP970 family, Others
Opaque polycarbonate Opaque polycarbonate
Clear acrylic
Clear acrylic
*TG510B1009
Opaque polystyrene
Opaque polystyrene
TG510D1005
Painted metal
Opaque polystyrene
*TG511A1000
Small
Medium
*TG511B1008
TG511D1004
*TG512A1009
Large
Clear acrylic
Clear acrylic
Opaque polystyrene
Opaque polystyrene
T874/Q674, Others
Painted metal
Opaque polystyrene
Clear acrylic
Clear plastic
T8600, T8090, Others
TG512A1058b
Opaque polystyrene
Opaque polystyrene
TG512D1003
Painted metal
Opaque polystyrene
a
b
Chronotherm IV Thermostats
Opaque polystyrene
T8600, T8090, Others
Refer to table at beginning of Thermostat Guards section for other thermostat models that each thermostat guard can be used with.
Cover has a hole for access to up/down buttons on thermostat.
TG504 Key Lock® Covers for T874 Thermostats
• Rugged molded plastic cover allows good airflow for proper system
performance.
• Y594D1354 Pack available.
Includes:
— T874D2031 Multistage Thermostat (same as T874D1165 less
cover)
— Q674E1049 Switching Subbase
— TG504A1025 Custom Key Lock Cover
TG504A1033
TG504A1025
Protect T874 thermostats and Q674 subbases, and Y594
thermostat/ subbase packages against damage and hinder
tampering with thermostat settings and subbase switches.
• Easy-to-install Key Lock cover replaces thermostat cover without
removal or adjustment of thermostat.
• No screws or mounting accessories are required.
• Ideal for office areas, lobbies, stores, restaurants, clinics and other
areas where protection of T874/Q674 is needed.
This is a convenient, all-in-one package for new or replacement installations. The Custom Key Lock cover, replacing the standard T874 cover,
protects against tampering and vandalism.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 55 F to 95 F (13 C to 35 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-7/16 in. (113 mm) high, 6-1/16 in.
(154 mm) wide, 2-1/8 in. (113 mm) deep.
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
195980A Keys (2) for Key Lock cover.
4074EDS Key and Clear Lens.
*TRADELINE models.
ORDER NUMBER
Includes
*TG504A1025
Tumbler lock, one key, and internal thermometera
*TG504A1033
Tumbler lock, one key, internal and external thermometer.
a
Reads right to left.
167
Home Controls and Systems
*TG512B1007
Opaque plastic
Thermostat Guards
TG586 Locking Cover
• Replaces thermostat cover without removal or adjustment of the
thermostat.
• Allows display of subbase LEDs (light emitting diodes) on thermostat
models with subbase LEDs.
• Includes beige matte or Premier White locking cover, key and cover
inserts.
• Cover insert allows various display options.
Protects T8600, T8601, T8602, T8611, T8621, and T8631
Microelectronic Chronotherm® III Thermostats against unauthorized
adjustments of temperature settings.
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
195980A Keys (2).
202155A Replacement Insert.
*TRADELINE models.
ORDER NUMBER
Display
Use With
Finish
*TG586A1000
—Time and temperature display and programming keys covered.
—Visible time and temperature display.
—Visible time and temperature display with access to PRESENT
SETTING/WARMER/COOLER keys.
T8600, T8601, T8602, T8603,
T8611, T8621, T8624
Beige
*TG586A1026
—Time and temperature display and programming keys covered.
—Visible time and temperature display.
—Visible time and temperature display with access to PRESENT
SETTING/ WARMER/COOLER keys.
T8600, T8601, T8602, T8611,
T8621, T8624, T8631
Premier White
TG587 Thermostat Guard
• Helps maintain desired settings for energy savings and top system
performance.
• Black and satin chrome finish complements any interior decor.
• Includes cover, guard ring and two keys.
• Requires key for removal.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/32 in. (102 mm) diameter, 2 in.
(51 mm) deep.
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
4074CAS Keys (two).
190002 Wallplate, 6 in. (152 mm).
190877A Cover Replacement with window.
190877B Cover Replacement without window.
TG587F1008
(Thermostat
not included)
Protects T87F thermostats and subbases against tampering, damage
and unauthorized adjustment of settings.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Use With
TG587F1008
Key Lock cover with window.
TG587F1016
Key Lock cover without window.
T87F1800, date code after 7626a
T87F1826, date code after 7626a
T87F1859, date code after 7626
T87F1867, date code after 8230
T87F2360, date code after 8230a
T87F2782, date code after 8230
T87F2790, date code after 8230a
T87F2816, date code after 8230a
T87F2824, date code after 8230a
T87F2873, date code after 7626a
a
Thermostat must be mounted on Q539 Subbase or 137421A,B Three-terminal Wallplate.
168
Thermostat Guards
23394B, 34297A,B Thermostat Guards for Commercial and
Industrial Applications
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Model Number
High in. (mm)
Wide in. (mm)
Deep in. (mm)
23394B
8 (203)
4-7/16 (113)
3-3/8 (86)
34297A,B
4-7/8 (124)
6-5/8 (169)
3-1/16 (78)
ACCESSORIES:138541A Adapter Plate for mounting 23394B Guard on
outlet box.
34297
23394
• Protect thermostats against tampering, damage and unauthorized
adjustment of thermostat settings.
• Made of cast aluminum for durability.
Use With
23394B
T42; T92; T451; T498;
Locking Guard: cast aluminum with silver bronze finish. Guard includes mounting collar, locking
T651; T4051; T6051; T6052 screw, Allen wrench, and four mounting screws. Part 138541A, Adapter plates, (order
separately), fits guard collar for outlet box mounting.
34297A
T498; T921
34297B
Home Controls and Systems
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Nonlocking Guard: cast aluminum; for direct wall mounting over thermostat.
Nonlocking Guard: cast aluminum. Guard includes special adapter plate (part 34300) for outlet
box, and four 5/32-inch Allen screws for mounting guard to adapter plate.
169
Building Controls and Systems
The Building Control and Systems section provides electric and electronic equipment in control temperature,
humidity, lighting and air-, water-, and steam-flow in large commercial buildings such as offices, schools, and
hospitals.
Auxiliary Equipment ................................................................................................................................................ 272
Dampers ................................................................................................................................................................. 277
Direct Digital Control Systems ................................................................................................................................ 281
Economizers ........................................................................................................................................................... 302
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors ...................................................................................................... 313
Environmental Control Systems ............................................................................................................................. 326
Lighting Controls..................................................................................................................................................... 351
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats .................................................................................................... 355
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled .................................................................................................................. 367
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted.................................................................................................................... 385
Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose................................................................................................................ 409
Motors and Actuators—Parts and Accessories ...................................................................................................... 413
Pressure Controllers ............................................................................................................................................... 415
Refrigeration ........................................................................................................................................................... 416
Remote Temperature Controllers ........................................................................................................................... 419
Step Controllers ...................................................................................................................................................... 438
Timers..................................................................................................................................................................... 440
Variable Frequency Drives ..................................................................................................................................... 442
Water and Steam Valves ........................................................................................................................................ 444
270
Honeywell Business Security Systems
Running a business today is challenging enough without worrying about
risks such as fire, burglary, theft and equipment failure. Honeywell is
uniquely suited to offer building owners the most comprehensive security
in the industry. Honeywell Security Systems can safeguard people and
their property from risks. Honeywell offers a complete range of electronic
security solutions.
Automatic Fire Alarm Systems
Honeywell’s Fire Alarm Systems can detect fire early, giving employees
valuable time to escape and reduce the risk of property damage. Regardless of whether the building is occupied, a Honeywell Fire Alarm System
can automatically signal our Customer Service Center to dispatch the fire
department.
In addition, the Honeywell-designed system meets local codes and may
help reduce insurance costs.
Video Surveillance
A Honeywell Video Surveillance System is an effective method of watching buildings, protecting assets and providing personal safety. Honeywell
offers a full range of cameras, monitors and switches for all types of indoor
and outdoor applications. All components are designed to work together,
so you have a smooth, affordable path for system growth. Video Surveillance Systems can integrate with our Burglar Alarm and/or Access Control
Systems for complete, cost-effective and reliable security control.
Installation and Service
Installation and service of security will be provided by the trained security specialists from Honeywell Building Control.
We Welcome Your Leads
Earn $50 for each referral leading to a new Honeywell Building Security
Sale (including monitoring agreement). Contact your local Honeywell representative for more details or call 1-800-345-6770, extension 2040.
271
Building Controls and Systems
Burglar Alarm Systems
Honeywell’s Intelliguard burglar alarm systems offer flexible protection
against both internal and external theft. A wide range of features are available to accommodate the needs of different businesses. Features such as
English Language displays, point identification and individually controlled
security areas offer advanced security that adapts to the unique security
needs of each building and its occupants, even as those needs change.
The Honeywell Intelliguard systems offer complete protection from burglary, fire, hold-up and critical equipment failures for full cost-effective coverage.
Access Control Systems
When building owners need to control the movement of people into and
within a building, and protect people, assets, and intellectual property,
Honeywell has the solution. Honeywell Access Control Systems provide
protection without inconveniencing employees or disrupting business.
Whatever the needs, building owners receive a system tailored to their
unique business needs that is reliable and easy to operate.
Auxiliary Equipment
H915 Proportional Humidity Controller
• Used for humidifying/dehumidifying control applications of packaged air
conditioner or central fan system in hotels, offices or any other buildings.
• Desired set point can be easily locked at inside to prevent unauthorized
change of setting.
• Mounts with screws through holes in back of case.
• Do not mount controller where it may be affected by vibration.
• Not recommended for use in atmospheres of high chlorine content.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-9/16 in. (90 mm) high, 3-9/16 in.
(90 mm) wide, 1-27/32 in. (47 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 59 F to 99 F (15 C to 37 C).
Provides proportional control of motorized sprays and cooling
equipment for dehumidification.
ORDER NUMBER
Control Modes
Humidity Ratings
Humidity Ratings, Throttling Range
H915A2014
Proportional; 135 ohm pot.
30 to 80% RH
12% RH fixed (at 50% RH)
L4064 Airstat Fan Safety Cutoff Controller
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/4 in. (100 mm) high, 3 in. (76 mm)
wide, 1-5/8 in. (41 mm) deep with reset switch.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 32 F to 190 F (0 C to 88 C) maximum at
switches; 350 F (177 C) at element.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Contacts:
Manual reset fan safety cutoff switch. Provides shutdown of fan
operation whenever duct temperature rises to a point that indicates
the presence of a fire.
•
•
•
•
•
Used in all types of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems.
Mounts on system main return duct, ahead of the fresh air intake.
Controller locks out to prevent premature return of fan operation.
Must be manually reset before fan can resume operation.
Mounts using rigid bracket, swivel bracket, or surface mount.
Voltage
Full Load
24 Vac
2A
Locked Rotor
—
120 Vac
8A
48A
240 Vac
4A
24A
0.25 to 12 Vdc
0.25A
—
Limit switch also rated at 125 VA at 480 Vac.
ACCESSORIES:
129250AA Flange (rigid bracket).
32612A Swivel Bracket.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Dimensions,
Temperature Rating, Temperature Rating, Ambient
Insertion Element
Operating Range
(max)
in.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
L4064K1014
Spst switch breaks on
11-1/2
temperature rise, manual reset.
Scale in degrees Fahrenheit.
272
mm
F
C
F
292
50 to 165
10 to 74
190 at switch; 88 at switch;
Surface,
350 at element 177 at element rigid or swivel
bracket.
C
Mounting
Auxiliary Equipment
L6076 Changeover Aquastat® Controller
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Case: 2-11/16 in. (68 mm) long,
2-11/16 in. (68 mm) wide, 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) high.
SWITCHING: Spdt.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Leadwire length 24 in. (610 mm).
INCLUDES: Case and cover.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Fluid: 210 F (99 C) max.
• Compact controller connects to 5/8 in. copper tubing by removable
spring clip.
• Makes red to yellow on temperature rise to 89 F (32 C) nominal, makes
red to blue or black on temperature fall to 62 F (17 C) nominal.
L6076B switching.
TEMPERATURE
RISE
240 Vac
Full Load
4.4A
2.2A
Locked Rotor
26.4A
13.2A
RED
YELLOW
120 Vac
Building Controls and Systems
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Certified.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Contacts:
BLUE OR
BLACK
Provides summer-winter change-over of thermostat in hydronic
heating-cooling system.
M17395
Pilot Duty—125 VA.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
L6076B1023
Changeover Aquastat® controller.
S437; S637 Sail Switches
Responds to the air velocity in heating or warm air ducts.
• Micro Switch™ snap-acting switch operated by aluminum sail inserted in
air stream.
• S437 makes an electrical circuit.
• S637 makes a circuit and breaks another on increase in air velocity in
forced air duct.
• Suitable for farm crop dryers.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Certified.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Case: 2-15/16 in. (59 mm) high,
3-3/4 in. (95 mm) wide, 2 in. (51 mm) deep.
Insertion Length: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm).
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 150 F (66 C) max.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Contacts:
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
8.0A
5.1A
Locked Rotor
48.0A
30.6A
2.0A at 24 Vac.
15.0A at 6 Vdc.
7.5A at 12 Vdc.
Operating Velocity
Dimensions, Approximate, Sail
ORDER NUMBER
Switching
fpm
m/s
in.
S437A1009
Spst
1900-2250
(contacts make)
9.7-11.4
(contacts make)
1x3
25 x 76
1-1/2 x 4
38 x 102
1x3
25 x 76
S437A1025
S637A1004
Spdt
mm
273
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors
T7047Electronic Space Thermostats/Sensors
• Thermistor sensing element.
• Tamper proof T7047C models available.
• Mount on wall or 2 x 4 in. vertical outlet box with screws provided.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE (FOR MODELS WITH THERMOMETER
AND EXTERNAL SETTING LEVER): 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high,
3-5/8 in. (93 mm) wide, 1-5/16 in. (33 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
S963B1003 Remote Set Point Potentiometer, 360 ohm, for
T7047C1009.
S963B1037 Remote Set Point Potentiometer, 480 ohm, for
T7047C1025 only.
193120A Universal Wallplate for junction box mounting.
190389A Cover with Thermostat
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Sensor, Resistance a
ORDER NUMBER
Application
T7047A1029
2-wire electronic thermostat; 60-90 1420 ohms nominal 1420 ohms nominal Under cover setpoint; includes thermometer.
F (15-32 C) setpoint.
at 75 F.
at 24 C.
Exposed setpoint; includes thermometer.
T7047A1078
F
C
Remarks
T7047A1086
Under cover setpoint; less thermometer.
T7047B1019
3-wire sensor; for use with M7044, 1695 ohms nominal 1695 ohms nominal Under cover setpoint; less thermometer.
M7045. 60-90 F (15-32 C)
at 75 F.
at 24 C.
setpoint.
T7047C1009
Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with
M7044, M7045 in applications.
Remote setpoint adjustment
required. 60-90 F (15-32 C)
setpoint.
T7047C1025
Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with 1420 ohms nominal 1420 ohms nominal Use with S963B1037 for remote setpoint. Use
at 75 F.
at 24 C.
with T7067B1006 (W973 applications).
W973 single zone system,
T7300A,B, T7400B.
T7047C1082
Remote 2-wire sensor; use with
T7080 multizone circuit only.
22800 ohms
nominal at 77 F.
22800 ohms
nominal at 25 C.
Use with T7080B1017 in W7080 multizone
applications. Less thermometer. Use with
T7300A,B or T7400B.
T7047C1090
Sensor Housing only.
Less sensor.
Less sensor.
Use with 194950B Sensor supplied with
W9076A and T775.
T7047C1140
Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with 20K ohm nominal
Excel 600, 500, 100, 80.
at 77 F.
20K ohm nominal
at 25 C.
Premier White for use with Excel 80, 100, 500
and 600.
T7047C1165
Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with 1420 ohms nominal 1420 ohms nominal Use with Premier White T7300 and light gray
Premier White T7300 and light
at 75 F.
at 24 C.
Q7300.
gray Q7300.
T7047C2007
2-wire sensor. Without setpoint.
Taupe finish.
T7047G1000
Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with 710 ohms nominal
T7300.
at 75 F.
710 ohms nominal
at 24 C.
Two sensors must be used to average four
temperatures in one averaging sensor
network.
T7047G1018
Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with 710 ohms nominal
Premier White T7300 and light
at 75 F.
gray Q7300.
710 ohms nominal
at 24 C.
Premier White. Two sensors must be used to
average four temperatures in one averaging
sensor network.
T7047H1008
Platinum temp. sensor, no setting
mechanism. (PT1000)
a Resistance
316
increases as temperature falls.
Remote setpoint adjustment. Use S963B1003
Remote Setpoint Potentiometer. Less
thermometer.
1420 ohms at 75 F. 1420 Ohms at
24 C.
Use with Series 70 control systems.
1097 ohms at 77 F. 1097 ohms at 25 C. For use with Excel 500; less thermometer.
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors
T7660 Space Temperature Sensors
•
•
•
•
Use with the W7620 Single Zone and VAV Control Systems or the
W7600 Commercial Zoning System.
• Platinum sensor.
• User-friendly override, setpoint, and LED options.
• Tamper resistant.
Fahrenheit or Celsius units available.
Screw terminal connections.
Mount on wall or on 2 x 4 in. electrical box.
Removable 500 ohms LED dropping resister.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Sensing Range: 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/16 in. (81 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm)
wide, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
14001496-001 Adaptor Plate for mounting on 2 x 4 junction box.
Included with T7660D.
14002136-005 Trim Plate, beige.
14002136-004 Trim Plate, black.
14001608-001 Mounting Ring, black.
Building Controls and Systems
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Temperature
Ratings,
Setting Range Sensor, Resistance
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
F
C
T7660A1017
—
—
3484 ohms
nominal at
77 F
3484 ohms
nominal at
25 C
60 to
90
15 to
32
T7660B1015
T7660C1021
T7660D1029
Override
Bypass
Status
Indication
Remarks
—
—
Sensor only.
Override
bypass with
momentary
contact.
LED
LED and pushbutton.
Setpoint adjustment dial in Fahrenheit.
Configurable sensor, contains a T7660C1021 plus
the scale plate and switch parts required to
configure a T7660A or T7660B sensor.
New!
T7560 Digital Wall Module
• 2 models configurable to cover all applications
• Available Humidity sensor (B model)
• Intuitive and easy to operate design
The T7560 Digital Wall Module is a direct wired wall module for use
with Excel 600, 500, 100, and Excel 10 Series 2000 controllers.
Includes setpoint wheel, override buttons, and LCD display for
temperature, setpoint, fan status, and/or humidity.
Order Number
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: per UL Standard 916.
NEC Corporation Class II.
CE.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C).
Shipping Range: -40 to +140F (-40 to +60 C).
Setpoint Adjustment Range: 55 to 85 F (12 to 30 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5% to 90% noncondensing.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/8 in. (104mm) high,
3-15/16 (99mm) wide, 1-3/16 in. (30mm) deep.
Description
T7560A1018
Digital Wall module
T7560B1016
Digital Wall module with Humidity sensor
317
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors
T7750 Wall Modules
• Models available with setpoint adjustment.
• Models available with occupied/unoccupied override.
T7750A
T7750B
T7750D
T7750C
Temperature sensors for use with Excel 10 Series 1000 Controllers.
• Integral linearized 20K ohm NTC thermistor.
• Vertical Mounting.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 45 to 99 F (7 to 37 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
5 to 95% RH (non-condensing).
SENSOR:
Resistance Nominal: 8K ohm at 77 F (25 C).
Accuracy: 1.0 F (0.55 C) from 45 F (7 C) to 99 F (37 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
3-5/32 in. (80 mm) wide, 5-1/32 in. (128 mm) high, 1-19/32 in.
(41 mm) deep.
FINISH: High Profile White.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Setpoint
Adjustment
Override Bypass
E-Bus Network
Connection
Comments
T7750A1000
—
—
Yes
—
T7750B1008
Yes
—
Yes
Scale degrees F Absolute
T7750C1006
Yes
Occupied/Unoccupied
Yes
Scale degrees F Absolute
T7750D1004
—
Occupied/Unoccupied
Yes
—
T7770 Wall Modules
Direct wired wall modules for use with Honeywell Excel 600, 500,
100, 80, 20, and Excel 10 Series 2000 Controller.
• Models with setpoint adjustment.
• Models with occupied/unoccupied override bypass with LED.
• Models with 3-position (Auto/Off/On) or 5-position (Auto/Off/1/2/3
speed) fan switch.
• Models with or without Honeywell logo.
• E-Bus jack on all models except low cost T7770A1006, T7770A1014.
• Locking cover on all models.
• Operating range 45 to 99 F (7 to 37 C).
• UL 94-5V rated.
APPROVALS:
NEC Corporation Class II.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: 916 Energy Management
Standard.
Canadian Standards Association Listed.
SENSOR:
Operating Range: 45 to 99 F (10 to 37.2 C).
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 45 to 99 F (7.2 to 37.2 C).
Shipping Range: 40 to 150 F (-40 to 65 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
Operating Range: 5% to 95% RH, noncondensing.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/32 (128 mm), 3-5/32 (80 mm),
1 in. (25 mm).
MOUNTING: The T7770 can be mounted on a standard two by four inch
junction box or on a 60 mm diameter junction box.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Temperature Ratings,
Setting Range
Scale
Override Bypass
Switch Positions, Fan
T7770A1006
—
Absolute
—
—
T7770A2004
—
Absolute
—
—
T7770B1004
55 to 85 F
Absolute
—
—
T7770B1020
10 to 35 C
Absolute
—
—
—
—
T7770B1046
+/-
Relative
T7770C1002
55 to 85 F
Absolute
Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED
—
T7770C1028
10 to 35 C
Absolute
Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED
—
Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED
—
Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED
—
a
T7770C1044
+/-
Relative
T7770D1000
—
Absolute
a
continued next page
318
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors
T7770 continued
ORDER NUMBER
Temperature Ratings,
Setting Range
Scale
Override Bypass
Switch Positions, Fan
T7770E1023
10 to 35 C
Absolute
Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED
3 Position - Auto/Off/On
T7770E1049
+/-a
Relative
Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED
3 Position - Auto/Off/On
T7770F1005
55 to 85 F
Absolute
Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED
5 Position - Auto/Off/1/2/3
T7770F1021
10 to 35 C
Absolute
Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED
5 Position - Auto/Off/1/2/3
T7770F1047
+/-a
Relative
Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED
5 Position - Auto/Off/1/2/3
T7770G1003
—
Absolute
Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED
5 Position - Auto/Off/1/2/3
a
Relative scale, no absolute temperature indications.
C7600 Solid State Humidity Sensors
Model Number
C7600A,C
C7600B
Used with any controller capable of processing a 4-20 mA or 2-10
Vdc signal.
• Provide humidity sensing through a long-lasting thick-film capacitive
polymide sensing element that is both accurate and stable over time.
• Vents in top cover provide for airflow to humidity sensing element
inside.
• Mounts easily because of compact size and lightweight construction.
• Remains operational after exposure to all outdoor air humidity
extremes.
Time Constant a
C7600A
6 mn.
C7600B
2 mn.
C7600C
2 mn.
a The
time constant (63.2% of a step change) is determined at 75 F
(24 C) in an air velocity of 200 fpm (1.02 m/s) and will change inversely
by a factor of two for every 18 F (10 C) change.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
C7600A,C: 3-7/8 in (46 mm) wide, 3-5/32 in. (80 mm) high, 1 in.
(25 mm) deep.
C7600B: 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 3-1/4 in. (83 mm) high, 1-5/8 in.
(41 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:4074EME Wallplate kit for C7600B only. Required for
outlet box mounting, may be used with wallmount.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Mounting
Electrical Ratings,
Power Supply
Control Signal
C7600A1002
Duct mount
18-24 Vdc
C7600B1000
Wall mount
C7600B1018
Junction box
C7600C1008
Duct mount
Electrical Connections
Use With
4-20 mA inversely
proportional
Two 1/4 in. (6 mm) quickconnect terminals.
W7600
20-32 Vac or
16-28 Vdc
2-10 Vdc directly
proportional
Three 22-gauge wires.
XL15; XL10: CVAHU
(models B &C), Unit Vent
and RIO; XL600/XL500;
XL100/XL80; MacroCel/
MicroCel/W7620; W7600;
Excel Plus; H775
18-24 Vdc
4-20 mA directly
proportional
Two 1/4 in. (6 mm) quickconnect terminals
XL15; XL10: CVAHU
(models B &C), Unit Vent
and RIO; H775; W7600
319
Building Controls and Systems
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 32 F to 125 F (0 C to 52 C).
Shipping Range: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS
Operating: 10 to 90% relative humidity.
Accuracy: 5% at calibration.
TIME CONSTANT:
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors
H7620; H7621; H7630; H7631 Humidity Transducer
• Short circuit and reverse polarity protected.
• Conforms to EMC standards EN50082-1/EN55014/EN60730-1.
ACCURACY: ±2%/±3% RH.
RANGE: 0-100% RH.
HYSTERESIS: ±1%.
SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 12-40 Vdc, 12-35 Vac (Vdc output units only).
SUPPLY CURRENT:
Vdc units - 10 mA max.
mA units - 20 mA max.
ENCLOSURE: 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEAM 4 (IP-65) or ABS plastic.
FINISH:
Baked on enamel - PMS2GR88B - Duct mount.
Off-white.
CONFORMANCE: EMC standards EN50082-1 (1992) EN55014 (1993)/
EN60730-1 (1992).
COMPENSATED TEMPERATURE RANGE: -30 F to +130 F (-35 C to +55
C).
ENVIRONMENTAL: 10 - 90% RH noncondensing.
TERMINATION: Unpluggable screw terminal block.
WIRE SIZE: 12 Ga max.
LOAD IMPEDANCE: 3 Kohm max at 40 Vdc (mA output units) 1 Kohm
min (Vdc output units).
This is an extremely fast, stable and accurate humidity transducer
designed for harsh environments. The polymer capacitance sensor
is not affected by harsh contaminants, condensation, fog, or
extremely high humidity over a prolonged period of time.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ultra-fast response polymer capacitance sensor.
Not affected by condensation, fog, high humidity or contaminants.
Highly accurate, repeatable, stable output with negligible hysteresis.
Wide 12-40 Vdc/12-35 Vac unregulated supply voltage.
Two temperature compensated output versions, 4-20 mA 2-wire or field
selectable 0-5 Vdc/0-10 Vdc 3-wire.
Non-interacting zero and span trimmers.
NIST traceable ±2% or ±3% calibration.
Two enclosure types NEMA 4 (IP-65) duct mount or aesthetically
appealing ABS plastic wall mount.
Directly proportional output.
OS Numbering System
• 2—2% RH accuracy
• 3—3% RH accuracy
• 0—4 to 20 mA
• 1—0 to 10 Vdc (or 0 to 5 Vdc)
• A—Wall Mount
• B—Duct Mount
• C—Duct Mount (with temperature sensor)
H7620Axxxx
ORDER NUMBER
RH%
Accuracy
Mounting
H7620A1003
2%
Wall Mount
H7621A1002
H7630A1001
3%
2%
Use with
—
Compatible with 21 Vdc
power supply available
with XL15, XL10: CVAHU
(models B and C), Unit
Vent, and RIO
4 to 20 mAa
Duct Mount
4 to 20 mAa
0 to 5 Vdc or 0 to 10 Vdcc
3%
H7631B1008
4 to 20 mAa
0 to 5 Vdc or 0 to 10 Vdcc
H7621C1008
2%
H7631C1006
3%
a
Temperature Sensor
0 to 5 Vdc or 0 to 10 Vdcc
H7621B1000
H7630B1009
4 to 20 mA
a
0 to 5 Vdc or 0 to 10 Vdcc
H7631A1000
H7620B1001
Output Signal
M18271
20K ohm at 77 Fb
4 to 20 mA 2-wire sensors may be used with H775.
Dual humidity/temperature models require 3 wires for humidity and an additional 2 wires for temperature sensing.
c
0 to 10 VDC 3-Wire sensors may be used with R7246D (Flextronic).
b
320
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors
H7011A Humidity, H7011B Humidity and Temperature
Duct Sensors
Duct mounted, capacitance type relative humidity duct sensor.
•
•
•
•
•
Capacitance type sensing element.
Wide sensing range.
Temperature indication sensor, H7011B only.
Discharge or return air control.
Usable as high limit control for steam humidification.
Temperature Ratings, Sensing Range
ORDER NUMBER
Humidity Ratings, Operating
Temperature Sensor Type
F
C
H7011A1000
5 to 95% RH
—
—
—
H7011B1008
PT1000
32 to 122
0 to 50
H7011B1016
Balco 500
H7012A Humidity; H7012B Humidity and Temperature Room
Sensors
Wall mounted, capacitance type relative humidity room sensor.
• Capacitance type sensing element.
• Wide sensing range.
• Temperature indication sensor, H7012B only.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:24V +20%, -30%, 50/60 Hz; or 24 to 40 Vdc
20 mA at 24V.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:Ambient Range:32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
Operating: 5 to 95% RH (non-condensing).
Output Ranges: 0 to 1 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc.
Output Impedance:
1V range: 183 ohms.
10V range: 274 ohms.
Sensitivity:
1V range: 10 mV/% RH.
10V range: 100 mV/% RH.
Accuracy:
5 to 10% RH: ±10%.
10 to 30% RH: ±5%.
30 to 70% RH: ±3%.
70 to 90% RH: ±5%.
90 to 95% RH: ±10%.
Response Time: τ0.5 = 35s.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR (H7012B only):
Resistance:
Pt 1000: 1000 ohms at 32 F (0 C).
BALCO: 500 ohms at 74 F (23.3 C).
Sensitivity:
Pt 1000: 2.14 ohms/ F (3.85 ohms/ K).
BALCO: 1.1 ohms/ F (2 ohms/ K).
Response Time: τ0.5 = 2.5 min.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/16 in (80 mm) wide, 5-1/8 in.
(130 mm) high, 1-11/32 in. (34 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:14507393-001: Wall Mount Plate, adapts sensor to 2 in.
x 4 in. electrical junction box. Package of ten plates.
Temperature Ratings, Sensing Range
ORDER NUMBER
Humidity Ratings, Operating
Temperature Sensor Type
F
C
H7012A1009
5 to 95% RH
—
—
—
H7012B1007
PT1000
32 to 122
0 to 50
H7012B1015
Balco 500
321
Building Controls and Systems
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:24V +20%, -30%, 50/60 Hz; or 24 to 40 Vdc 20
mA at 24V.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:Operating Range: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C).
TEMPERATURE SENSOR (H7001E only):
Resistance:
Pt 1000: 1000 ohms at 32 F (0 C).
BALCO: 500 ohms at 74 F (23.3 C).
Sensitivity:
Pt 1000: 2.14 ohms/ F (3.85 ohms/ K).
BALCO: 1.1 ohms/ F (2 ohms/ K).
Response Time:τ0.5 = 2.5 min.
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
Operating: 5 to 95% RH (non-condensing).
Output Ranges: 0 to 1 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc.
Output Impedance:
1V range: 183 ohms.
10V range: 274 ohms.
Sensitivity:
1V range: 10 mV/% RH.
10V range: 100 mV/% RH.
Accuracy:
5 to 10% R: 10%.
10 to 30% RH: 5%.
30 to 70% RH: 3%.
70 to 90% RH: 5%.
90 to 95% RH: 10%.
Response Time:τ0.5 = 35s.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:3-3/16 in (80 mm) wide, 4-22/32 in. (120
mm) high, 12-15/16 in. (378 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
14507393-001: Wall Mount Plate, adapts sensor to 2 in. x 4 in.
electrical junction box. Package of ten plates.
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors
P7610 Differential Pressure Sensors
P7610B
P7610C,E
P7610D
The P7610 Differential Pressure Sensors use a glass-on silicon (GlSi) capacitance sensor to measure very low pressure to control
temperature-related zero drift, calibration shift from overpressure,
non-repeatability and non-linearity. The sensors offer reliable,
accurate measurement and control of building/room pressure, air
flow, duct pressure, filter pressure drop and other extremely low
pressure applications.
• 100 percent solid-state, micro-machined, glass-on-silicon, ultra-stable
pressure sensor.
• Up to 10 PSID overpressure without zero shift.
• Wide 12-40 Vdc, 12-35 Vac (3-wire, 0-10/0-5 Vdc only) unregulated
supply voltage.
• Short circuit and reverse polarity protected.
• Conforms to EMC standards EN50082-1/EN55014/EN60730-1.
• Non-interacting zero and span trimmers.
• NIST traceable calibration.
P7610B,C:
• As low as +0.125 in. w.c. (+31 Pa).
• Can resolve less than 0.00001 in. w.c. (0.00025 Pa).
• Up to six field-selectable ranges in one unit.
• Non-interacting zero and span trimmers.
• Two rugged steel enclosures; NEMA 4 (IP-65) (P7610B), or panel mount
(P7610C), for easy installation.
• 4-20 mA, 2-wire, temperature-compensated output.
P7610D:
• Duct pressure transducer and static pressure probe integrated into one
unit.
• Up to three field-selectable ranges available in a single unit.
• Rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure with external mounting bracket.
• 4-20 mA, 2-wire, temperature-compensated output.
P7610E:
• As low as +0.125 in. w.c. (+31 Pa).
• Can resolve less than 0.00001 in. w.c. (0.00025 Pa).
• Up to six field-selectable ranges in one unit.
• 3-wire, 0-10 Vdc (or 0-5 Vdc) output.
• 12-35 Vac (or 12-40 Vdc), supply voltage.
• Panel mount.
IMPORTANT:
The specifications given in this publication do not include normal manufacturing tolerances. Therefore, this unit may not exactly match the listed
specifications. Also, this product is tested and calibrated under closely
controlled conditions, and some minor differences in performance can be
expected if those conditions are changed.
APPROVALS:
P7610B,C,D,E: EMC Standards EN5008201 (1992), EN55014 (1993),
and EN60730-1 (1992).
P7610B,C,D,E: European Community Mark (CE).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Supply Voltage: 12 to 40 Vdc, 12-35 Vac (0-10/0-5 Vdc models).
Supply Current: 20 mA maximum (mA units), 10 mA maximum (Vdc
units).
Load Impedance: 1.6K ohm maximum at 40 Vdc.
ACCURACY: +1% Full scale.
OVERPRESSURE RATING: 10 psid.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating: 0 F to 175 F (-18 C to +80 C).
Compensated: 25 F to 150 F (-4 C to +65 C).
Thermal Coefficient Error: ±0.0125% F (±.02%/ C).
HUMIDITY RATING: 10 to 90% RH, non-condensing.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS:
Wire Size: 12 AWG maximum.
Termination: Unpluggable screw terminal block.
WEIGHT:
NEMA 4 (IP-65) Enclosure: 1.0 lb. (.45 kg).
Panel Mount: 0.5 lb (.25 kg).
MEDIA COMPATIBILITY: Clean dry air or any inert gas.
FINISH: Baked on enamel.
ACCESSORIES: 32003169-001 Static Pressure Probe 4 in. insertion
length, for use with P7610B,C,E (standard on D models).
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Use With
P7610B1012
4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire
P7610B1020
4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire
Compatible with 21 Vdc power supply available with XL15, XL10:CVAHU (models B
and C), Unit Vent, and RIO
P7610B1038
4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire
P7610C1002
4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire
P7610C1010
4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire
P7610C1028
4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire
P7610D1000
4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire
P7610D1018
4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire
P7610E1007
3-wire; 0-10 Vdc (or 0-5 Vdc)
322
Compatible with 21 Vdc power supply available with XL15, XL10:CVAHU (models B
and C), Unit Vent, and RIO; and R7426D (Flextronic)
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors
Sensor/System Compatibility
Other Systems
W7080
W973
MicroCel W7620
XL 10 W7751B,D,F,H;
W7750A,B;
W7752D,E,F,G;
W7753A 2000 series
XL10 W7751 A,C,E,G
1000 Series
Comments
XL15
Sensor
XL100
OS #
XL600/XL500d
To be Used With
Immersion and Insertion Sensors
1772 NTC
5 in
C7031B1033
20K NTC Non-linear
5 in
Yes
Yes
Yes e
C7031C1031
20K NTC Non-linear
18 in.
Yes
Yes
Yes
e
Yes
C7031D1005
1977 NTC
5 in.
C7031D1021
1717 NTC
8 in.
C7031D1062
20K NTC Non-linear
5 in.
Yes
Yes
Yes e
Yes
C7031D1070
PT1000
5 in.
Yes a
C7046A1004
3K NTC
8 in.
Yes
C7046A1038
3K NTC
12 in.
Yes
C7046B1010
22.8K NTC
6 in.
C7046C1000
3K NTC
8 in.
C7046D1008
PT1000
8 in.
C7150B1006
3K NTC
duct surface
C7170A1010
PT3000
capsule type
Yes b
Yes
Yes
Yes f
W 7100
Yes
Yes a
Yes c
Yes
Yes c
Yes
W 7459,
W 6210,
W 7210,
W 7215
Yes
C7170B1000
PT1000
capsule type
C7750A3006
20K NTC Linear
6 in.
Yes
C7770A1006
20K NTC Non-linear
6 in.
T7022A1002
1420 [email protected] 75F
2.75 in.
Yes
T7022A1010
1420 [email protected] 75F
2.75 in.
Yes
C7650A1001
10 - 20m A
for use with W 7459, W 6210,
W 7210, W 7215
C7130A1001
PT3000
Sensor
Yes b
Yes c
Yes
Yes
C7130A1019
PT3000
Sensor
Yes
b
Yes
c
Yes
Yes
C7130B1009
PT1000
Sensor
Yes
a
Yes
c
T7047A1029
1420 [email protected] 75F
Sensor
Yes
T7047A1078
1420 [email protected] 75F
with setpoint
Yes
T7047A1086
1420 [email protected] 75F
with setpoint
Yes
T7047B1019
1700 NTC
with setpoint and thermometer
M 7044,
M 7045
T7047C1009
1695 NTC
with setpoint
M 7044,
M 7045
T7047C1025
1420 [email protected] 75F
with setpoint
T7047C1082
22.8K NTC
Sensor
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7300
Wall Sensors
Yes
T7300/
Q 7300
Yes
continued next page
323
Building Controls and Systems
C7031B1009
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors
Sensor/System Compatibility continued
Other Systems
W7080
W973
MicroCel W7620
XL 10 W7751B,D,F,H;
W7750A,B;
W7752D,E,F,G;
W7753A 2000 series
XL10 W7751 A,C,E,G
1000 Series
Comments
XL15
Sensor
XL100
OS #
XL600/XL500d
To be Used With
Wall Sensors continued
T7047C1090
less sensor and resistor
wall m ount enclosure
T775,
T7079
T7047C1140
20K NTC Non-linear
Sensor
T7047C1165
1420 NTC
Sensor
Yes
Yes
T7047G 1000
710 NTC
Sensor
Yes
Yes
T7047G 1018
710 NTC
Sensor
Yes
Yes
T7047H1008
1097 NTC
Sensor
T7147A1002
1420 [email protected] 75F
with override for T7300/Q 7300
T7300/
Q 7300
T7147A1010
1420 [email protected] 75F
with override for T7300/Q 7300
T7300/
Q 7300
T7147A1028
1420 [email protected] 75F
with override for T7300/Q 7300
T7300/
Q 7300
T7147A1069
1420 [email protected] 75F
with override for T7300/Q 7300
T7300/
Q 7300
T7147A1077
1420 [email protected] 75F
with override for T7300/Q 7300
T7300/
Q 7300
T7147A1085
1420 [email protected] 75F
with override for T7300/Q 7300
T7560A1018
20K NTC Non-linear
Digital display with setpoint,
occ/unocc
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7560B1016
20K NTC non-linear/hum idity Digital display with Setpoint,
0-10 Vdc
occ/unocc, hum idity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7660A1017
PT3000
Sensor
Yes b
Yes c
Yes
Yes
T7660B1015
PT3000
occ/unocc w/LED
Yes b
Yes c
Yes
Yes
T7660C1021
PT3000
setpoint and occ/unocc w/LED
Yes b
Yes c
Yes
Yes
T7660D1029
PT3000
configurable as A or B
Yes b
Yes c
Yes
Yes
T7750A1000
20K NTC Linear
Sensor
Yes
T7750B1008
20K NTC Linear
with setpoint
Yes
T7750C1006
20K NTC Linear
with setpoint, occ/unocc w/LED
Yes
T7750D1004
20K NTC Linear
occ/unocc w/LED
T7770A1006
20K NTC Non-linear
Sensor
T7770A2004
20K NTC Non-linear
Sensor
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770B1004
20K NTC Non-linear
with setpoint
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770B1046
20K NTC Non-linear
with setpoint
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770C1002
20K NTC Non-linear
with setpoint, occ/unocc w/LED Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770C1028
20K NTC Non-linear
with setpoint, occ/unocc w/LED Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770C1044
20K NTC Non-linear
with setpoint, occ/unocc w/LED Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770D1000
20K NTC Non-linear
occ/unocc w/LED
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770E1007
20K NTC Non-linear
setpoint, occ/unocc w/LED,
3 spd fan control
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7080B
Yes
Yes
T7300/
Q 7300
W 9076A,
T775
T775,
W 7100
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
continued next page
324
Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors
Sensor/System Compatibility continued
Other Systems
W7080
W973
MicroCel W7620
XL 10 W7751B,D,F,H;
W7750A,B;
W7752D,E,F,G;
W7753A 2000 series
XL10 W7751 A,C,E,G
1000 Series
Comments
XL15
Sensor
XL100
OS #
XL600/XL500d
To be Used With
Wall Sensors continued
20K NTC Non-linear
with setpoint, occ/unocc w/
LED, 3 spd fan control
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770F1005
20K NTC Non-linear
with setpoint, occ/unocc w/
LED, 5 spd fan control
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770F1021
20K NTC Non-linear
with setpoint, occ/unocc w/
LED, 5 spd fan control
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770F1047
20K NTC Non-linear
with setpoint, occ/unocc w/
LED, 5 spd fan control
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T7770G 1003
20K NTC Non-linear
occ/unocc w/LED and 5 spd fan Yes
control
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
W 7750;
W 7753 only
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensors
C7031F1000
947 NTC
Sensor
C7031F1018
20K NTC Non-linear
Sensor
Yes
Yes
C7031F1026
PT1000
Sensor
Yes a
Yes c
C7031G 1016
1750 NTC
Sensor
Averaging Sensors
C7031J1050
20K NTC Non-linear
144 in.
Yes
Yes
C7031J1068
PT1000
144 in.
Yes a
Yes c
C7100A1015
PT3000
Sampling tube
Yes b
Yes c
Yes
C7100B1013
22.8K NTC
Sampling tube
C7100C1003
PT3000
Sampling tube
Yes b
Yes c
Yes
C7100D1001
PT1000
Sampling tube
Yes a
Yes c
Yes
Yes
Yes
T775
Strap On Sensors
C7031K1017
20K NTC Non-linear
Sensor
Yes;
Yes
Yes
Yes
M 7044,
M 7045
C7031K1025
PT1000
Sensor
Yes a
Yes c
C7170A1002
PT3000
capsule type or strap-on
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T775
C7170A1010
PT3000
capsule type or strap-on
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
T775
C7170B1000
PT1000
capsule type or strap-on
Yes
Yes
M 7044,
M 7045
Yes
a
PT1000 Sensors require an XF521A or XF528 AI Module and cannot be used with the XF521.
Requires XF526 AI Module.
c
PT3000, Balco, and PT1000 Sensors require the XSI 100 to interface with the XL80/100B.
d
Custom sensor curve input allows use of almost any sensor.
e Outdoor use not recommended.
f
Space temperature use not recommended.
g
Requires Zone Manager.
h
Indoor use not recommended.
i Refer to your controller specifications or your configuration software for latest sensor compatibility.
b
325
Building Controls and Systems
T7770E1049
Environmental Control Systems
W973 Electronic Single Zone System Component Selection continued
Description
Functions
Quantity Required per
System
D640, D641, D642,
D643, D642LS,
D643LS
Low or Ultra Low Leakage
Dampers.
To facilitate outdoor air intake with low leakage.
As required
M9184, M9185
Proportioning Spring-return
Economizer Actuator Motor.
Operates outdoor air, return air and/or exhaust air dampers.
As required
Q605
Damper Linkage.
Mechanically links actuator to single or multiple damper
configuration.
As required
Q209F
Motor-mounted Minimum Position
Potentiometer.
Provides adjustment for outdoor air minimum position to
assure oxygen replenishment.
As required
H205 or H705
Enthalpy Changeover Control.
Solid State Enthalpy Changeover
Control.
Determines suitability of outdoor air for free cooling.
1
C7400A
Solid State Enthalpy Sensor
For differential changeover control.
As required
675A
Compressor Low Ambient Limit
Control
Compressor protection.
1
T675A
Morning Warmup Thermostat.
Holds outdoor air damper closed until air temperature
approaches space temperature setpoint during occupied
mode.
1
T675A
Heating High Limit.
Protects heating equipment from overheating should air flow
be lost.
1
AT20, AT120
20 VA Transformer.
System component power supply.
As required
AT72, AT140
40 VA Transformer.
System component power supply.
As required
AT88, AT175
75 VA Transformer.
System component power supply.
As required
1
Building Controls and Systems
Model Number
Optional Components:
S6005, S7005
Occupied/Unoccupied Timing
Mechanism (to be used with
W974).
Occupied/unoccupied changeover system adjustment.
W974
Setback Panel.
Initiates heat setback, cool lockout; fan cycling with heat/cool; 1 W974B
closes outdoor air dampers.
W975
Satellite Sequencer.
Expands staging capability.
W950
System Supervisor.
Provides annunciation of system operational conditions (six or 1
four indicator lamps).
M9184
Proportioning Valve Actuator Motor Operates valve for modulated heating or cooling.
(non-spring return).
As required
Q5001
Valve Linkage.
Mechanically links actuator motor to valve.
As required
V5011
2-Way Valve.
2-position or modulated control of steam and water in heating/ As required
cooling systems.
V5013
3-Way Mixing or Diverting Valve.
Modulated control of steam and water in heating/cooling
systems.
V5051
2-Way Cage Valve.
2-position or modulated control of steam and water in heating/ As required
cooling systems requiring tight closeoff.
V5047
2-Way Double Seated Globe Valve. 2-position or modulated control of high-pressure steam and
water where positive final shutoff is not required.
S963D
Thermostat Simulator.
Simulates signal from thermostat/transmitter to allow checkout 1
and troubleshooting of control system at W973 location.
4074EAC
Resistor Kit.
Required for use of M7364/M7164/M7384/M7184/M7385/
M7186/M7685/M7185 actuator motors with W973.
As required
4074EAU
Resistor Kit.
Required for unison operation of multiple M9184/M9185
actuator motors with W973.
As required
4074EAE
Resistor Kit.
Required to allow independent economizer low limit operation 1 per W973
when one T7067 drives multiple W973 Logic Panels.
191444B
W973/W975 Case and Cover.
Required when suitable wiring enclosure is not available.
As required
As required
As required
1 per W973/W975
327
Environmental Control Systems
W973 Logic Panels
• C7046A sensor located in discharge air duct provides heating/cooling
anticipation and economizer modulating low limit signal.
• System cycles all stages off on power interruption.
• When power is restored, system sequences required stages on with
timed interstage delay.
Control heating, cooling and economizer operation in commercial air
conditioning and heat pump equipment.
• Proven, reliable temperature control.
• Many flexible versions to meet your application needs.
• Panels can be used with staged gas, oil, or electric heat; modulating
gas, hot water, or steam heat; and direct expansion or modulating chilled
water cooling.
• Control up to 3 on-off heat or cool stages or up to 10 on-off heat and/or
cool stages using W975 Satellite Sequencers.
• Modulating dc current signal controls economizer heating or cooling
valve motors.
• T7067 Dual Set Point Thermostat/Transmitter located in controlled
space provides heating and cooling input signal based on space
demand.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized: File No.
SA481, Guide No. SDFY2.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. male quick-connect terminals.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 40 F to 150 F (40 C to 66 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 24 Vac, 50/ 60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 8 VA (max).
Contacts:
Contact
Voltage
Inrush
Running
Normally open
24 Vac
240 VA
60 VA
Normally closed
24 Vac
75 VA
30 VA
Normally open
120/240 Vac
750 VA
75 VA
Normally closed
120/240 Vac
240 VA
40 VA
COMPONENTS: Modulating economizer with modulating low limit.
W973B1016 has modulating heating output and modulating cooling output. See W973 Electronic Single Zone System Component Selection.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Stages, Heating
Stages, Cooling
W973A1017
2
2
W973B1016
3
3
W973E1005
0
4
W973F1004
4
2
W973J1017
4
4
Comments
Provides modulating heating output and modulating cooling output.
T7067 Thermostat and Transmitter
• Mount on standard 2 x 4 in. vertical outlet box or on a non-conductive flat
surface.
• All models include wiring plate and locking cover.
T7067A Thermostat and T7067B Transmitter control space
temperature when used with W973 Logic Panel.
• Separate heat and cool adjustable set point levers provide adjustable
deadband from 3 F to 30 F (2 C to 17 C).
• Separate 1-16 Vdc voltage ramps provide independent heating and
cooling signals to W973 Single Zone Logic Panel.
• Two light-emitting diodes (LEDs) under T7067 cover for system
checkout.
• C7046A Discharge Air Sensor provides temperature anticipation.
• One T7067 can control up to 6 W973 panels in parallel.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 2-13/16 in.
(71 mm) wide, 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 40 F to 150 F (40 C to 66 C).
Set Point Range: 55 F to 85 F (13 C to 29 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply:20 Vdc from W973 Panel.
Current Draw: 20 mA.
ACCESSORIES:
229997BZ Replacement Cover/Faceplate Bag Assembly. Includes
T7067 replacement cover, vertical faceplate, horizontal faceplate,
Allen wrench, and coverscrew.
4074EBT Resistor Kit: permits T7067 Thermostat/Transmitter to drive
the RP7505 Electric/Pneumatic Transducer to provide modulated
heating/cooling control of pneumatic valve actuators.
Q667A,B,C Subbase.
S963D1001 Thermostat Simulator.
T7047C1025 Remote Sensor, wall mount (for T7067B only).
T7022A1010 Return Air Sensor, duct mount (for T7067B only).
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
T7067A1008
Integral temperature sensor without thermometer.
T7067B1006
Order separately—T7047C1025, T7047G1000 Remote Temperature Sensor (dual thermistor for use in averaging
applications) or T7022A1010 Remote Duct Temperature Sensor.
328
Environmental Control Systems
Q667 Subbases
• When fan switch is set to AUTO, the fan is intermittent in HEAT and
continuous in system AUTO or COOL.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Contacts:
24 Vac
System Switch
Provide manual switching for T7067 Thermostat/Transmitters.
• Mount directly on wall or on vertical 2 x 4 in. outlet box.
• T7067 mounts on subbase with mounting screws which also complete
electrical connections between thermostat/transmitter and subbase.
Fan Switch
Full Load
1A
1A
Locked Rotor
6A
6A
50 microamps at 1 Vdc.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:4-3/4 in. (121 mm) high, 3-15/16 in. (100
mm) wide, 15/16 in. (24 mm) deep.
ORDER NUMBER
Switching, System
Switching, Fan
Q667A1005
COOL/AUTO/HEAT/OFF
None
COOL/AUTO/HEAT/OFF
AUTO/ON
Q667B1004
Q667B1020
Comments
AUTO/ON
Provides intermittent fan operation in
cooling when used with W974B.
W950 Status Panels
• Include 42 indicator light labels, 1 Allen wrench and 2 mounting screws.
• Include locking cover.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Switches: 2.5 A at 24 Vac.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Provide system indication and manual switching in heating, cooling
and ventilation systems.
• Six indicator lights with 4 or 6 light faceplate.
• Field-selectable amber, red, or green indicator color lights.
• Indicator lights monitor desired system functions.
High
Wide
Deep
Model
Number
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
W950A
4-5/8
118
3-5/8
92
1-5/16
33
W950B,C,G
4-5/8
118
4-15/16
124
1-5/16
33
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
190821 Light Bulb with 2-1/2 in. (57 mm) leads; 0.8 W, 0.035 A at 24
Vac.
24799 Locking Allen Wrench.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Switching
ORDER NUMBER
Use With
Application
System
Fan
Includes
W950A1056
W973
Indication only. For
system/fan switching
with W973, also use
Q667 Subbase.
—
—
6 indicator lights and
accessory faceplate for
converting a standard 6light model to a 4-light
model.
329
Building Controls and Systems
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Environmental Control Systems
W974 Setback/Setup Module
• Cooling shutdown closes the outdoor air damper and prevents cooling
equipment operation.
• Heating setback is field selectable for 5, 8, 12 or 15 degrees F
(2.8, 4.4, 6.7, or 8.3 degrees C).
• Convenient, male quick-connect terminals facilitate wiring.
• Compact to fit easily within air conditioning equipment control panels.
• Mount in any position on a flat surface.
W974B
Used with W973 Logic Panel to conserve energy during building
unoccupied periods.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-5/16 in. (135 mm) high, 4-1/8 in.
(105 mm) wide, 3 in. (76 mm) deep.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 24 Vac, 50/ 60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 1 VA (max).
ACCESSORIES:
4074EAR W974 Cover.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
W974B1006
Provides heating setback and either cooling shutdown or cooling setup. During unoccupied
periods, outdoor air damper is closed and system fan is switched from continuous to
intermittent operation. In cooling setup mode, W974B automatically cycles fan with a call for
heating, cooling or economizer. In cooling shutdown mode, W974B automatically cycles fan
with a call for heating. Economizer provides first stage of cooling in cooling setup mode.
Temperature
Ratings,
Setback
Temperature
Ratings,
Setup
5, 10, or 15 F
(3, 6, or 8 C)
5, 8, or 12 F
(3, 4, or 7 C)
S963 Thermostat Simulator
For checkout of W973 Logic Panels and W975 Satellite Sequencers.
• Simulates the HEAT and COOL ramp signal of a T7067 Dual Set Point
Thermostat and the economizer low limit function.
• Consists of 2 potentiometers and a resistor assembly mounted in a test
box.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
S963D1001
Thermostat simulator
330
• Provides a heat/cool ramp signal from less than 2 Vdc (min) to
16.6 Vdc (max).
• Provides an Economizer low limit signal from 4.0 Vdc (equivalent to 45 F
(7 C) at the C7046 Discharge Sensor) to 4.5 Vdc (equivalent to 69 F (21
C).
• Four test leadwires have color-coded bands with corresponding W973
terminal numbers.
• Leadwires have alligator clips for easy connection to W973 terminals.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4 in. (102 mm) high, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm)
wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) deep.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Leadwire length 3 ft. (0.9 m).
Environmental Control Systems
W7080 Electronic Dual Set Point Multizone Control System
Component Selection
The W7080 Electronic Multizone Control System provides space
demand oriented control of heating, cooling and ventilation in
multizone air conditioning systems.
Below are a schematic and diagram of W7080 Multizone System
operation.
Lists of basic system components and optional components follow the
diagram.
For detailed descriptions of components, refer to the model number
index for specific page numbers.
• Cost-effective multizone upgrade or replacement control system.
• Proven control strategy.
• Improves comfort and control for customers.
Typical W7080 Multizone System Schematic.
Q209F MINIMUM POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
RETURN
AIR
5
C7100B OR
C7046B HOT
DECK
SENSOR
FILTER
Building Controls and Systems
CHANGEOVER
CONTROLLER 6
(H205A, H705A
OR T675A)
M7685A
DISCHARGE
AIR TO ZONED
SPACE
BLOWER
C7100B OR
C7046B
MIXED AIR
SENSOR
C7100B OR
C7046B
COLD DECK
SENSOR
SWITCHED
OUTPUTS
M7164
A,B,G
2
C7100B OR
C7046B ZONE
DISCHARGE
SENSOR
3
W7081 LIMIT
CONTROLLER
W7080 LOAD
ANALYZER
4
OTHER
ZONES
5
6
SPACE
SENSOR
T7080
THERMOSTAT/
TRANSMITTER
1
SPACE SENSOR IS INTEGRAL WITH T7080A. IF REMOTE
TEMPERATURE SENSING IS DESIRED, USE T7080B WITH T7047C1082
FOR REMOTE SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSING; USE C7100B1013 OR
C7046B1010 FOR REMOTE RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSING.
2
ONE M7164A,B,G AND MIXING DAMPERS REQUIRED FOR EACH ZONE.
3
ONE C7100B1013 OR C7046B1010 REQUIRED IN EACH ZONE
DISCHARGE AIR STREAM.
4
MODULATED HEATING AND COOLING DRIVE SIGNALS ARE AVAILABLE
AT THE HT (HEAT) AND C (COOL) TERMINALS OF THE W7080A LOAD
ANALYZER.
1
5 UP TO SIX TOTAL MOTORS (ECONOMIZER AND MODULATED
VALVE) CAN BE DRIVEN FROM THE W7080 LOAD ANALYZER.
FOR UNISON OPERATION, PARALLEL WIRE MOTOR DRIVE
SIGNAL TERMINALS R AND C. (MOTOR O.S. NUMBER,
SIGNAL SOURCE, AND REFERENCE VOLTAGE DETERMINE
ACTUAL OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS.)
6 THE W7080A LOAD ANALYZER MOTORS REQUIRE
SEPARATE TRANSFORMERS. DO NOT GROUND ANY
TRANSFORMER SECONDARY IN THE SYSTEM.
M4049
continued next page
331
Environmental Control Systems
W7080 continued
Typical W7080 Multizone System Operation
T7080
DISCHARGE
65
78
SPACE
M7164
ZONE
MOTOR
2 TO 22 Vdc
24 Vdc
OTHER
ZONES
W7080
M7685
ECONOMIZER
HOT HOT MIXED
DECK DECK AIR
55° F
HI 12-22 Vdc
50° F
LO 2-12 Vdc
110° F
HEAT
LIMITED 2-12 Vdc
COOL
LIMITED 12-22 Vdc
24 Vac
W7081 LIMIT
HEAT
COOL
STAGES STAGES
1,2,3
1,2,3
Model Number
Description
H205
OR
H705
LIMITED 12-22 Vdc
M4047
Application
Quantity Required per
System
Basic System Components:
T7047C1082
Remote Space Temperature Sensor.
Used with T7080B.
Assures tamper resistance. Provides space
temperature signal for T7080B Dual Set Point
Transmitter.
1 per T7080B
C7100B (recommended)
or C7046B
Remote Return Air Temperature
Sensor. Used with T7080B.
Assures tamper resistance. Provides return air
temperature signal for T7080B Dual Set Point
Transmitter.
1 per T7080B
C7100B (recommended)
or C7046B
Zone Discharge Sensor.
Heat, cool anticipation.
1 per T7080
M7164A1017
Zone Damper Actuator Motor.
Modulates zone air mixing from hot and cold deck. 1 per zone of control
W7080A
Solid State Multizone Load Analyzer.
Receives signals from T7080 Zone Thermostats,
selects zone of highest heating and cooling
demand, provides output for staging. Provides
power for other system components.
1
W7081A
Solid State Limit Control Package.
Provides limiting of economizer/mixed air, cold
deck low, and hot deck high demand signals from
W7080; output for modulated economizer,
modulated valves, electric heat sequencer.
1
C7100B (recommended)
or C7046B
Mixed Air/Economizer, Hot Deck, Cold
Deck Temperature Sensors.
Provide mixed air and deck temperature signals for 3 (minimum)
limiting action to W7081A.
D640, D641, D642, D643, Low Leakage Damper.
D642LS, D643LS
To facilitate air intake with low leakage. 1% leakage As required
with 1500 fps approach velocity and 0.5 in. wc
static pressure.
H205A or H705A
Enthalphy Changeover Control. Solid
State Enthalpy Changeover Control.
Determine suitability of outdoor air for free cooling. 1
M7185, M7186, M7685
Proportioning Spring-return
Economizer Actuator.
Operates outdoor air, return air and/or exhaust air
dampers.
As required (see Actuator
Motor Selection Guide)
Q209F
Motor-mounted Minimum Position
Potentiometer.
Provides adjustment for minimum outdoor air
intake for economizer.
As required
Q605
Damper Linkage.
Mechanically links actuator motor to single or
multiple damper configuration.
As required
T675
Compressor Low-Ambient Limit
Control.
Compressor protection.
1
—
Delay-on Time Relays (not available
from Honeywell).
System stability and reduced energy usage.
1 per stage (only if OEM
has not included as
standard equipment)
continued next page
332
Environmental Control Systems
W7080 continued
Model Number
Description
Application
Quantity Required per
System
AT20, AT120
20 VA Transformer.
System component power supply.
As required
AT72, AT140
40 VA Transformer.
System component power supply.
As required
AT88, AT175
75 VA Transformer.
System component power supply.
As required
198162EA, 198162AA
40 VA Internal Transformer for Modutrol System component power supply.
IV motors.
1 per motor
191444B
W973/W975 Case and Cover.
1 per W7080, W7081,
W7082, W7084
Required when suitable wiring enclosure is not
available.
Optional Components:
System Night Setback: System setback maintains building temperature at a lower level at night by making/breaking power to W7080A Load
Analyzer in response to temperature changes in a master zone.
Time Clock or Time-of-Day
Programmer.
Occupied/unoccupied changeover system
adjustment. Lockout cooling.
1
T6051A
Night Setback Thermostat.
Overrides time clock for heating low limit set point. 1
T675A
Morning Warmup Thermostat.
Holds outdoor air damper closed until return air
temperature approaches space temperature set
point during recovery from night setback.
1
Independent Zone Night Setback:
Maintains independent zone temperatures at lower level by modifying zone demand signals to the load analyzer. Mechanical cooling must be locked
out through relay interlock to prevent sub-cooling during night setback.
S6005, W7505, or
W7600G TOD Function
Time Clock or Time-of-Day
Programmer.
R4222N R8222N
Pilot Duty Relay.
Occupied/unoccupied changeover system
adjustment.
1
Dpdt—intermittent fan.
1
Dpdt—override economizer minimum position,
lockout cooling.
1
Spst—each zone to be set back.
As required
Morning Warmup Thermostat.
Holds outdoor air damper closed until return air
temperature approaches space temperature set
point during recovery from night setback.
1
V5011
2-Way Valve.
2-position or modulated control of steam and water As required
in heating/cooling systems.
V5013
3-Way Mixing or Diverting Valve.
Modulated control of steam and water in heating/
cooling systems.
V5051
2-Way Cage Valve.
2-position or modulated control of steam and water As required
in heating/cooling systems requiring tight closeoff.
V5047
2-Way Double Seated Globe Valve.
As required
2-position or modulated control of high pressure
steam and water where positive final shutoff is not
required.
Q601
Valve Linkage (select on basis of
actuator type and desired seal-off
force).
Mechanically links actuator motors and valves.
As required
Valve Actuator Motors (select on basis
of mechanical and electrical, normal
position, valve type, etc.).
Modulate chilled water, hot water or steam.
As required
T675A
Modulating Valves
As required
Q618A
M7186G1000
M7185A1004
333
Building Controls and Systems
S6005, W7505, or
W7600G TOD Function
Environmental Control Systems
W7080 Load Analyzer
Controls heating, cooling and space demand oriented economizer
operation in the Honeywell Electronic Dual Set Point Multizone
Control System.
• Controls 3 stages of on-off heating, modulated heating, modulated
economizer, 3 stages of on-off cooling and modulated cooling.
• Responds to highest heating and cooling demand signal from up to 12
T7080 Zone Thermostat/Transmitters.
• Analyzer is short-circuit protected source of 24 Vdc power for zone
thermostat/transmitter, sensor and W7081A Limit Controller package.
• Switches all stages off when power is interrupted; switches stages on
when power is restored.
• Compressor turn-on time delays must be incorporated for each
compressor.
• No adjustment or calibrations required.
• Night setback and cooling shutdown for individual or all zones by
addition of time clock.
• Mounts with 4 No. 8 screws (not provided) through holes in base.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized.
Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized.
Meets ASHRAE 90-75 and Department of Defense guidelines.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-1/4 in. (159 mm) high, 4-1/8 in.
(105 mm) wide, 2-5/16 in. (59 mm) deep.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. male quick-connect terminals.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 10 VA (max).
Contacts:
Contact
Normally open
Normally closed
Voltage (Vac)
Inrush VAa
Running VAa
24
240
60
120/240
750
75
24
75
30
120/240
240
40
a VA
ratings not valid when maximum load is connected to both normally
open and normally closed contacts.
ACCESSORIES:See W7080 Electronic Dual Set Point Multizone
Control System Component Selection.
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNALS:
Inputs
Outputs
From
Signal
To
Transformer
24 Vac
T7080A, T7080B, W7081A, 195325B 24 Vdc
T7080A, T7080B
2-22 Vdc
W7081A
Limited 12-22 Vdc Cooling (C)
W7081A
Limited 2-12 Vdc Heating (HT)
Signal
2-12 Vdc (LO)
12-22 Vdc (HI)
Controlled Loads
Dry contact closures (pilot duty)
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
W7080A1016
Load Analyzer provides control of ON/OFF and modulated cooling and modulated economizer functions.
W7081 Limit Controller
Used with W7080A Load Analyzer to provide cold deck low limit,
hot deck high limit, and economizer/mixed air low limit functions.
• Limits the maximum and minimum temperatures of the hot and cold
deck and of the mixed air by supplying modified demand signals to the
W7080A Load Analyzer and to the economizer.
• The positive limits stabilize deck temperatures under light load
conditions providing greater comfort and reducing energy usage.
• Has jumper selectable set points for each of its 3 functions.
• Compact to fit easily in HVAC system control panel.
• Mounts with 4 No. 8 screws (not provided) through holes in base.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-1/4 in. (159 mm) high, 4-1/8 in.
(105 mm) wide, 2-5/16 in. (59 mm) deep.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. male quick-connect terminals.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 24 Vdc (from W7080A Load Analyzer).
Power Consumption:
0.29 VA (max).
ACCESSORIES:
C7100B Averaging Temperature Sensor (13 in. (330 mm) probe
length). Deck and mixed air sensors: recommended.
C7046B Single Point Temperature Sensor (6 in. (152 mm)). Deck
and mixed air sensors (use where C7100B probe length is too
long).
H205A Enthalphy Changeover Controller.
H705A Solid State Enthalphy Changeover Controller.
T675A Dry Bulb Changeover Controller.
M7685A1009 Economizer Actuator Motor. 160 deg. stroke, 60 sec,
mechanical and electrical, normally closed.
M7685A1025 Economizer Actuator Motor. 90 deg. stroke, 30 sec,
mechanical and electrical, normally closed.
continued next page
334
Environmental Control Systems
W7081 continued
Q209F Minimum Position Potentiometer mounts on Modutrol IV
motor to control minimum open position of damper.
191444B Metal Cover.
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNALS:
Inputs
Outputs
From
Signal
To
Signal
W7080A
24 Vdc
W7080A.
Limited 2 to 12 Vdc (HT)
2 to 12 Vdc (LO)
Limited 12 to 22 Vdc (C)
12 to 22 Vdc (HI)
C7100B or C7046B Hot
Deck, Cold Deck, Mixed
Air Sensors
Resistance
Limited 12 to 22 Vdc (economizer)
M7164G/M7164A/M7164B/M7184A/M7186G/
M7185A/M7685 Valve Actuator Motors.
Limited 2 to 12 Vdc (heating) Limited 12 to
22 Vdc (cooling)
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Temperature Ratings, Set Point
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Application
F
W7081A1015
Limit Controller Package
Cold deck low limit
45, 50, 55
C
7, 10, 13
Hot deck high limit
90, 110, 130
32, 43, 54
Economizer/mixer air low limit
50, 55, 60
10, 13, 16
T7080 Electronic Dual Set Point Thermostat/Transmitter
Used in W7080 control system to provide modulating space
temperature control.
• Separate heat and cool adjustable set point levers provide adjustable
deadband from 3 F to 30 F (2 C to 17 C).
• Single 2 to 22 Vdc voltage ramp provides heating/cooling signal to
W7080 Load Analyzer.
• Outputs constant 12 Vdc when sensed temperature is within deadband
range.
• Ramp output decreases on call for heat: increases on call for cooling.
• C7100B or C7046B Air Temperature Sensors are used to provide
heating/cooling anticipation (one required for each zone thermostat)
and can also be optionally used as remote return air temperature
sensors with the T7080B transmitter.
• Operates on 24 Vdc supplied by W7080A Load Analyzer.
• Mounts on standard 2 x 4 in. outlet box or on nonconductive flat surface.
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNALS:
APPROVALS:Meets ASHRAE 90-75 and Department of Defense
guidelines.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (188 mm) high, 2-13/16 in.
(71 mm) wide, 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) deep.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 24 Vdc from W7080A Load Analyzer.
CURRENT DRAW: 4 mA.
ACCESSORIES:
T7080A,B:
193120A Universal Wallplate for use where T7080 must be mounted
on horizontal junction box.
C7100B Averaging Zone Discharge Air Sensor for heating/cooling
anticipation (13 in. (330 mm) probe length): recommended.
C7046B Single Point Zone Discharge Air Sensor (6 in. (152 mm)
probe length) for use where C7100B probe is too long for duct or
plenum cross section.
M7164A1017 Zone Damper Actuator Motor.
T7080B ONLY:
T7047C1082 Remote Space Temperature Sensor, wall-mounted.
C7100B Remote Return Air Averaging Temperature Sensor
(recommended); 13 in. (330 mm) probe length.
C7046B Remote Return Air Single Point Temperature Sensor; 6 in.
(152 mm) probe length. For use where C7100B probe is too long
for duct or plenum cross section.
Inputs
From
Outputs
Signal
To
Signal
W7080A
24 Vdc
W7080
2 to 22 Vdc
C7100B or C7046B
Resistance
M7164A1017
2 to 22 Vdc (motor closed at 10.5 Vdc or
less, open at 13.5 Vdc or more)
T7047C1082, C7100B (T7080B only); C7046B Resistance
Time clock night setback resistor; Only if
independent zone night setback option used.
Contact closure and fixed
resistance
continued next page
335
Building Controls and Systems
M745L Economizer Actuator Motor (using H205
Enthalpy Changeover Controller or H705 Solid
State Enthalpy Changeover Controller).
Environmental Control Systems
T7080 continued
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Temperature Ratings, Temperature Ratings,
Deadband
Set Point Range
Includes
T7080A1019
Dual Set Point Zone Thermostat Transmitter with
integral sensor.
Min. 3 F (2 C) Max. 30 55 F to 85 F (13 C to
F (17 C)
29 C)
T7080B1017
Dual Set Point Zone Transmitter less sensor. Used
with T7047C1082 Space Sensor; C7100B1013 or
C7046B1010 Remote Return Air Sensors.
Wiring wallplate,
locking cover, (without
thermometer).
W7100A,C Discharge Air Temperature Controllers
• C7100 platinum resistance element provides highly accurate and
stable discharge air temperature sensing.
• LEDs on W7100A,C panels indicate which stages of heating or cooling
are on.
• Number of W7100A,C stages can be increased by 6 stages: 4 cool/2
heat, or 2 cool/4 heat by using the W7101A Satellite Sequencer.
• Ranges of 90 degree set point range models can be extended to 140
with remote set point option.
• Provisions for systems without economizer.
Maintain an average discharge air temperature in variable air
volume (VAV) systems, or other systems requiring discharge air
control of multistage cooling or heating. Reduce kilowatt demand
and consumption by maintaining the minimum amount of heating
or cooling capacity required to hold the discharge air set point.
Utilize economizer for free cooling when available.
• Proven control strategies offer customer comfort.
• Flexible models to meet your customer's needs.
• The W7100 Controller maintains an average discharge air temperature
in variable air volume (VAV) cooling systems by modulating an
economizer and sequencing stages of mechanical cooling.
• The W7100 can be applied to electric makeup air and other systems
requiring discharge air control of multistage heating or cooling.
• Available in cool-only, heat-only, heat/cool stage sequencing, and
modulating heat/cool.
• Staging capacity of the W7100A,C may be extended six stages using a
W7101A Satellite Sequencer.
• Advanced microprocessor control algorithms minimize droop.
• Provision for systems without an economizer.
• When power is interrupted, the system cycles to all stages off.
• When power is restored, the economizer will first be modulated open
(if enthalpy is suitable), then stages of mechanical cooling will be
sequenced on.
• If enthalpy is not suitable for economizer operation, the first stage of
cooling or heating is energized within five minutes.
• Reset signal from either space sensor or outdoor air sensor.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized: File No.
SA481, Guide No. SDFY.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 8-5/8 in. (219 mm) high, 6-1/2 in.
(161 mm) wide, 3 in. (76 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C).
Set Point:
Control Band Set Point (adjustable) 2 F to 16 F (1 C to 9 C).
Set Point (adjustable) 40 F to 90 F (4 C to 32 C) on cool only and
heat/cool models; 40 F to 140 F (4 C to 60 C) on heat only and
modulating heat/cool models.
Reset Set Point (adjustable) 5 F to 20 F (3 C to 11 C) upward on
cooling, 20 F to 80 F (11 C to 44 C) downward on heating.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac at 60 Hz; 20 to 26.4 Vac at 50 Hz.
Power Consumption: 12 VA at 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz (max).
Contacts:
Contact
Voltage (Vac)
Inrush VA
Running VA
N.O.
24
240
60
N.C.
24
75
30
N.O.
120/240
750
75
N.C.
120/240
240
40
WIRING CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. male quick-connect terminals.
continued next page
336
Environmental Control Systems
W7100A,C continued
Typical VAV system diagram.
W7100 DISCHARGE
AIR CONTROLLER
H205, H705 ENTHALPY
CHANGEOVER
M9184, M9185
ECONOMIZER
DAMPER MOTOR
E.A.
T675A OR
L6018
RETURN
AIR
MORNING
R.A.
WARM-UP
THERMOSTAT
RESET
THERMOSTATS
T6051
NIGHT
SETBACK
THERMOSTAT
TO
W7100
FAN
SERIES 60
INLET
VANE
MOTOR
INLET
VANES
P246A
STATIC
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
ZONE
DAMPER
MOTORS
C7100A
DISCHARGE
AIR SENSOR
D.A.
ADDITIONAL
ZONES
ZONE 1
ZONE 2
ZONE 3
ZONE
THERMOSTATS
M17564
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Temperature Ratings, Set Point Range
ORDER NUMBER
Stages, Heating
Stages, Cooling
F
C
W7100A1053
None
6
40 to 90
4 to 32
W7100C1018
2
4
40 to 90
4 to 32
W7100G Discharge Water Temperature Controller
Controls discharge water temperature in reciprocating chiller and
cooling tower applications.
• The W7100G maintains average discharge water temperature by
staging on and off compressors, unloaders of water tower fans as
required.
• Provides up to six stages of cooling.
• Use W7101A for expanding up to 10 cooling stages.
• Advanced proportional plus integral microprocessor control algorithm
minimizes droop.
• Soft start to minimize compressor cycling during system start up.
• Adjustable minimum on/off timing and time delay between stages of
either 30 or 60 seconds.
• Reset of discharge water temperature based on either outdoor air or
space sensor signal.
• Use C7170 Sensor for sensing water temperature.
• LEDs indicate which stages of cooling are energized.
• Use S963B Potentiometer for remote set point capability.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. SA481, Guide No.
SDFY.
CANADIAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION CERTIFIED:
File No. LR95329-3.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 8-5/8 in. (219 mm) high, 6-1/2 in.
(165 mm) wide, 3 in. (76 mm) deep.
MOUNTING: Four No. 8 screws (not provided) through holes in base.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. (6 mm) male quick-connect
terminals.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C).
Set Point:
Control Band Set Point (adjustable): 0 F to 10 F (0 C to 6 C).
Set Point (adjustable): 10 F to 60 F (-12 C to 16 C).
Reset Set Point (adjustable): F to 20 F (3 C to 11 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac, 60 Hz; 20 to 26.4 Vac, 50 Hz.
Power Consumption: 12 VA at 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Contacts:
Contact
Voltage (V)
Inrush VA
Running VA
N.O.
24
240
60
N.C.
24
75
30
N.O.
120/240
750
75
N.C.
120/240
240
40
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Stages, Cooling
Stages, Heating
W7100G1001
6
None
337
Building Controls and Systems
REMOTE SETPOINT
POTENTIOMETER
HEATING
M.A.
FILTER
O.A.
COOLIING
S6005 TIME
CLOCK
D640 LOW
LEAKAGE
DAMPERS
Environmental Control Systems
W7100 Accessories
Use the following list to select accessories for use with W7100A-H,J controllers. For additional information, refer to the model number index for page
numbers of specific products. For motors, dampers, transformers, valves and temperature controllers, see the appropriate section of this catalog.
Model Number
Description
Application
Quantity
Use With
T7047C1025
Discharge air temperature reset from controlled space.
As needed
W7100A,C,G
T7047G1000
Remote Set Point
Temperature Sensor
C7031G1016
Outdoor Air Sensor
Reset of discharge air or water from outdoor air temperature.
4074EFV
Resistor Kit for W7100
System Configuration
Used to select number of stages controlled.
Dual thermistor for air temperature averaging.
1
4074EDJ
Resistor Kit and Test Plug
Used in controller checkout.
If desired
S963B1037
Remote Set Point
Potentiometer
Use T7047C1025s or T7047G1000s with each S963B1037; 480
ohms, 60 to 90 F (16 to 32 C) temperature range.
As needed
S963B1078
Remote Set Point
Potentiometer
Permits remote set point adjustment; 500 ohms, 40 F to 90 F
(5 C to 32 C) temperature range.
1
S963B1086
W7100A,C
Permits remote set point adjustment; 1000 ohms, 40 F to 140 F
(5 C to 60 C) temperature range.
Q209A1030
Minimum Position
Potentiometer
Permits adjustment of minimum damper position. Mounts on
damper motor; 300 ohms.
S963B1128
Remote Minimum Position
Potentiometer
Permits remote setting of minimum damper position at location
away from damper motor; 135 ohms.
If desired
C7100A1015
Averaging Discharge Air
Temperature Sensor
Senses duct discharge air temperature for input to W7100.
1 or 4
C7170A1010
Discharge Water
Temperature Sensor
Senses discharge water temperature for input to W7100.
1
W7100G
T7200 Programmable Commercial Thermostats
• 3-hour override from unoccupied to occupied plus automatic return to
programmed scheduling.
• Includes integral sensor and wallplate.
• Continuous unoccupied key.
• Battery backup saves program and maintains clock times during power
failure.
Used for single zone heating, ventilating and air conditioning
(HVAC) equipment.
• Directly replaces most single-stage thermostats.
• Provide 12- or 24-hour time for-mat and continuous or intermittent fan
operation.
• Requires no subbase.
• T7200 is a 1 heat, 1 cool or 1 compressor stage, non-switching, auto
changeover thermostat.
• 7-day programming: 2 occupied/unoccupied periods per day.
• Individual temperature set points for:
• —Occupied heat and cool.
• —Unoccupied heat and cool.
• Proportional plus integral control: eliminates temperature fluctuations.
• Intelligent Recovery™ automatically optimizes start time depending on
building load.
• Intelligent Fan™ energizes only fan on a call for heating/cooling during
unoccupied periods.
• Concealed keyboard lockout switch and locking cover.
• Automatic heat/cool changeover.
ACCESSORIES:
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4 in. (102 mm) high, 8 in. (204 mm)
wide, 1-5/8 in. (41 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range:40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C).
Set Point Range: 45 F to 95 F (7 C to 35 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Current Draw: 6 VA maximum at 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Contacts:
Relay
Running Amps (Max.)
Inrush Amps (Max.)
Fan (G)
1.6
3.5
Heat (W) or
Changeover (O)
1.6
3.5
Cool or
Compressor (Y)
1.6
7.5
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
229946A WALLPLATE FOR T7200A.
Model Number
Description
Application
T675A
Temperature Controller
Low ambient compressor lockout.
W859D
Packaged Economizer
Series 90 electromechanical packaged economizer.
M7415
Damper Actuator
Use with W7459 Economizer Logic Module; modulating, spring return.
continued next page
338
Environmental Control Systems
T7200 continued
Model Number
Description
Application
W7459
Economizer Logic Module
Economizer actuator control.
C7400
Enthalpy Sensor
Use with W7459 Logic Module; solid state.
R8222
Switching Relay
For switching external equipment.
W950A
System Supervisor
Annunciator panel.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Order Number
Application
Color
Timing, Between Stages
T7200A1006
Conventional heating-cooling systems
White
2 min. on/off
2 min. on; 4 min. off
T7200B1004
Heat pumps
White
T7200D2008
Conventional heating-cooling systems
Beige
2 min. on/off
T7200E2005
Heat pumps
Beige
2 min. on; 4 min. off
• No batteries required. Program settings are stored in permanent
memory and are maintained during power failures.
• Q7300H LonMark™ communicating subbases for network, remote
access and system integration applications.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
CONTACTS:
The T7300 thermostats and Q7300 subbases control commercial
single zone heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC)
equipment.
• One model can be used for single-stage and multi-stage applications.
• 7-day programming—2 occupied/unoccupied periods per day.
• Individual temperature set points for:
—Occupied heat and cool.
—Unoccupied heat and cool.
• Proportional plus integral control eliminates temperature fluctuations.
• Intelligent Recovery™ automatically optimizes start time depending on
building load.
• Intelligent Fan™ energizes fan only on call for heating or cooling
during unoccupied periods.
• Automatic heat/cool changeover.
• Keyboard lockout eliminates tampering.
• One thermostat can be used for heat pump or conventional control
(T7300F only).
• Optional remote sensors and override capability.
• Configurable to vary fan and reversing valve operation.
• Use with Q7300 to interface with C7400/W7459 economizer system
for total integration of rooftop control.
• Convenient overrides allow temporary changes.
Relay
Running Amps (Max.)
Inrush Amps (Max.)
Fan (G)
0.5
2.5
Heat
1.5
3.5
Cool
1.5
7.5
Auxiliary
(Economizer)
0.5
2.5
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C).
SET POINT RANGE: 45 F to 95 F (7 C to 35 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 8 (204 mm)
wide, 1-3/4 (41 mm) deep with Q7300 Subbase.
T7300/Q7300 System Component Selection
Below are lists of system components and optional components for
single zone system control.
Use the flow charts that follow to select the appropriate components.
See order table for thermostat/subbase applications and ordering information for system components.
Refer to model number index for page numbers of product descriptions
and ordering information for optional components.
SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
Model Number
Application
Thermostats
T7300D2007 (taupe) Programmable commercial thermostat for conventional applications. Use with Q7300A, G or L Series 2000 Subbase.
T7300E2020 (taupe) Programmable commercial thermostat for heat pump applications. Use with Q7300C or D Series 2000 Subbase.
T7300F2002 (taupe) Programmable commercial thermostat configurable for conventional or heat pump applications. Fan and system switching is
fixed (auto changeover only). Use with Q7300A, C, D, G or L Series 2000 Subbase.
T7300F2010 (taupe) Programmable commercial thermostat configurable for conventional or heat pump applications. Full system switching and fan
auto/on switching. Use with Q7300A, C, D, G or L Series 2000 Subbase.
continued next page
339
Building Controls and Systems
T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L Series 2000 Programmable
Commercial Thermostats and Subbases
Environmental Control Systems
T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L continued
Subbases (All subbases include two annunciation LEDs and remote sensor capability.)
Q7300A2008
(taupe)
For conventional applications; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 1-Heat/1-Cool systems.
• Remote sensor capability.
• 2 configurable LEDs.
Q7300A2016
(taupe)
For conventional applications; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 2-Heat/2-Cool systems.
• Auxiliary relay output.
• Remote sensor capability.
• Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F.
• 2 configurable LEDs.
Q7300A2040
(taupe)
For conventional applications; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 2-Heat/1-Cool systems.
• No remote sensors.
• No LEDs.
Q7300A2057
(taupe)
For conventional applications; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 2-Heat/2-Cool systems.
• Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc.
• No remote sensors.
• No LEDs.
Q7300H2003
For heat pump applications; use with T7300F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 3-Heat/2-Cool.
• 2-compressor with auxiliary heat and emergency heat.
• Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc.
• Communicates on LonWorks bus.
Q7300H2011
For heat pump applications; use with T7300F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 3-Heat/2-Cool.
• 2-compressor with auxiliary heat and emergency heat.
• No O and B terminals.
• Communicates on LonWorks bus.
Q7300H2029
For conventional applications; use with T7300F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 3-Heat/3-Cool.
• Communicates on LonWorks Bus.
Q7300H2037
For heat pump applications; use with T7300F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 2-Heat/1-Cool.
• Heat outputs drive ML7984 at 40% on first stage and 100% on second stage.
• Communicates on LonWorks Bus.
Q7300C2004
(taupe)
For conventional applications; use with T7300E, F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 2-Heat/1-Cool
• 1-compressor with auxiliary heat and emergency heat.
• Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc.
• Remote sensor capability.
• Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F.
• 2 configurable LEDs.
Q7300C2012
(taupe)
For heat pump applications; use with T7300E, F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 3-Heat/2-Cool
• 2-compressor with auxiliary heat and emergency heat.
• Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc.
• Remote sensor capability.
• Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F.
• 2 configurable LEDs.
Q7300C2053
• No discharge air capability.
Q7300D2002
(taupe)
For heat pump applications; use with T7300E, F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 3-Heat/2-Cool
• 2-compressor with auxiliary heat and emergency heat.
• Remote sensor capability.
• Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F.
• 2 configurable LEDs.
• No O and B terminals.
continued next page
340
Environmental Control Systems
T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L continued
Q7300G2005
(taupe)
For conventional applications; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 3-Heat/3-Cool systems.
• Auxiliary relay output.
• Remote sensor capability.
• Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F.
• 2 configurable LEDs.
Q7300L2004 (taupe) For single-stage conventional systems or applications with hydronic heating; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats.
• 2-Heat/1-Cool system with outputs to drive an ML7984 approximately 40% on 1st stage of heat and 100% on second stage.
• Single or 2-speed fan control.
• Pump interlock relay.
• Damper relay.
• Remote sensor capability.
• Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F.
• Heat and Cool.
OPTIONAL COMPONENTS:
Description
Application
T7047C2007 (taupe) Remote Temperature Sensor
or T7047C2015
(Premier White)
Space temperature sensing, wall mount; 1420 ohms resistance.
T7047G2008
(taupe)
Remote Temperature Sensor
Space temperature sensing, wall mount; 710 ohms resistance.
T7022A1010
Remote Temperature Sensor
Return air temperature sensing, duct mount. Continuous fan required.
T7147A2000 (taupe) Remote Temperature Sensor and
Override Module
Connects to Q7300; contains remote sensor, LEDs and a momentary push button switch
to invoke occupancy from a remote location.
T7147A2018 (taupe) Remote Temperature Sensor and
Override Module
Connects to Q7300; contains remote sensor, LEDs and a momentary push button switch
to invoke occupancy and warmer/cooler setpoint adjustment from a remote location
T675A
Temperature Control
Low ambient compressor lockout.
W859D
Packaged Economizer
Series 90 electromechanical packaged economizer.
M7415
Damper Actuator
Use with W7459 Economizer Logic Module; modulating; spring-return.
W7459
Economizer Logic Module
Economizer actuator control.
C7400
Enthalpy Sensor
Use with W7459 Logic Module; solid-state.
4074EKA
Bag Assembly
Contains Allen head wrench and four Allen head screws.
R8222
Switching Relay
For switching external equipment.
W950A
System Supervisor
Annunciator for systems requiring more than two indicators.
229997BU
T7300B Conversion Kit
Contains one door, insert, instruction program, three hinge pins and one Allen head
screw.
229997BY
T7300A Conversion Kit
229997CE
T7300C Conversion Kit
ZL7300A1009
LonStat
Configuration software for networking T7300F Thermostats and Q7300H subbases.
Q7760A2001
Serial Interface (SLTA)
Network interface unit for LonWorks Bus network.
32000180-009
Portable Operations Kit
Comes with both power supply/cable and SLTA to Q7300H cable (with plug-in
connection to subbase).
32002517-001
Modem cable
Cable for connection of modem to SLTA.
209541B
Termination module
Termination module for LonWorks Bus.
continued next page
341
Building Controls and Systems
Model
Environmental Control Systems
T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L continued
T7300/Q7300 System Component Selection
1. SUBBASE SELECTION—follow the chart below to choose the appropriate subbase for use with the T7300 thermostat. Order Q7300 Subbase
separately from T7300 Thermostat.
SUBBASE SELECTION
SUBBASE
HEAT PUMP OR
CONVENTIONAL OR
SPECIAL
APPLICATIONS
HEAT PUMP
CONVENTIONAL
SPECIAL
APPLICATIONS
REVERSING
VALVE OPERATIONS
O&B
TERMINALS
O&B
TERMINALS
NO O & B
TERMINALS
AUXILIARY
RELAY
AUXILIARY
RELAY
LEDS
NO O & B
TERMINALS
AUXILIARY
TERMINALS
2 HEAT TO
CONTROL A
ML7984 ACTUATOR
AND V5011 OR
V5013 VALVE AND
1 STAGE OF COOL
LEDS
YES
NO
LEDS
LEDS
YES
NO
Q7300L2004
YES
STAGES HEAT/COOL
STAGES HEAT/COOL
Q7300C2053
2H/1C
Q7300C2004
3H/2C
Q7300C2012
2H/2C
Q7300A2057
2H/1C
2H/2C
1H/1C
2H/1C
Q7300A2016 Q7300A2008 Q7300A2040
3H/2C
Q7300D2002
M13075A
2. COMMUNICATING SUBBASE SELECTION—follow the chart below to choose the appropriate communicating subbase for use with the T7300F
thermostat. Order Q7300 separately from T7300 Thermostat.
COMMUNICATING SUBBASE SELECTION
SUBBASE
HEAT PUMP OR CONVENTIONAL
OR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
HEAT PUMP
SPECIAL
APPLICATIONS
CONVENTIONAL
APPLICATIONS
REVERSING
VALVE OPERATIONS
Q7300H2037
Q7300H2029
O AND B
TERMINALS
NO O AND B
TERMINALS
Q7300H2003
Q7300H2011
M14463
continued next page
342
Environmental Control Systems
T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L continued
3. REMOTE SENSOR AND OVERRIDE MODULE SELECTION—use the following chart to select a remote sensor and override module if desired.
REMOTE SENSOR AND/OR
OVERRIDE MODULE
REMOTE OVERRIDE REQUIRED?
NO
(SENSOR ONLY)
SPACE OR
RETURN AIR SENSING?
SPACE
YES
WARMER/COOLER
SWITCHES?
NO
RETURN
AIR
YES
KEYED ENABLE SWITCH?
T7022A1010
NO
T7147A1010
OR
T7147A1077
T7147A2018
YES
T7147A1028
OR
T7147A1085
M8133A
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Application
T7300D2007 (taupe) Conventional applications
Comments
Use with Q7300A, G or L Series 2000 Subbase.
T7300E2020 (taupe) Heat pump applications
Use with Q7300C or D Series 2000 Subbase.
T7300F2002 (taupe) Conventional or heat pump applications
Fan and system switching is fixed (auto changeover only). Use with Q7300A,
C, D, G or L Series 2000 Subbase.
T7300F2010 (taupe) Conventional or heat pump applications
Full system switching and fan auto/on switching. Use with Q7300A, C, D, G
or L Series 2000 Subbase.
NOTE: Order Q7300 subbase separately from T7300 Thermostat.
*TRADELINE models.
ORDER NUMBER
Staging
Switching,
System
Switching, Fan
Includes
Q7300A2008
(taupe)
1 Heat—1 Cool. Conventional
Nonea
Nonea
—
Q7300A2016
(taupe)
2 Heat—2 Cool. Conventional
Nonea
Nonea
Aux. relay output.
Q7300A2040
(taupe)
2 Heat—1 Cool. Conventional
Nonea
Nonea
—
Q7300A2057
(taupe)
2 Heat—2 Cool. Conventional
Nonea
Nonea
Provides O and B terminals for
dampers, valves, etc.
Q7300C2004
(taupe)
1-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat and
Emergency Heat. Heat Pump
Nonea
Nonea
N.O. Aux. Relays Provides O and B
terminals for dampers, valves, etc.
Q7300C2012
(taupe)
2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat and
Emergency Heat. Heat Pump
Nonea
Nonea
N.O. Aux. Relays Provides O and B
terminals for dampers, valves, etc.
Q7300C2053
(taupe)
2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat and
Emergency Heat. Heat Pump
Nonea
Nonea
Provides O and B terminals for
dampers, valves, etc.
Q7300D2002
(taupe)
2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat and
Emergency Heat. Heat Pump
Nonea
Nonea
N.O. Aux. Relay
Q7300G2005
(taupe)
3 Heat—3 Cool. Conventional
Nonea
Nonea
N.O. Aux. Relay
Q7300H2003
3 Heat—2 Cool. For Heat Pump.
Nonea
Nonea
Network communications and
Provides O and B terminals for
dampers, valves, etc.
continued next page
343
Building Controls and Systems
T7047C1025
OR
T7047C1165
T7047C2015
T7047C2007
T7047G2008
T7047G1000
T7047G2016
T7147A1002
OR
T7147A1069
T7147A2000
T7147A2026
Environmental Control Systems
T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L continued
ORDER NUMBER
Staging
Switching,
System
Switching, Fan
Includes
Q7300H2011
3 Heat—2 Cool. For Heat Pump.
Nonea
Nonea
Network communications
Q7300H2029
3 Heat—3 Cool. Conventional.
Nonea
Nonea
Network communications
Q7300H2037
2 Heat—1 Cool system with outputs to drive Nonea
an ML7984 approximately 40% on 1st
stage of heat and 100% on second stage.
Nonea
Network communications
Q7300L2004 (taupe) 2 Heat—1 Cool system with outputs to drive Nonea
an ML7984 approximately 40% on 1st
stage of heat and 100% on second stage.
Nonea
Single or 2-speed fan control; pump
interlock relay; damper relay.
Network communications
a
Depends on thermostat.
The normally open auxiliary relay is used with economizer for minimum position control based on programmed time schedule or for switching other
external equipment.
New!
Excel LONSTAT™
and schedules, customizes the number of heating and cooling
stages for their application, set mechanical overrides, and select
energy-saving options.
Excel LONSTAT™ is a low-cost configuration software application
for networking T7300F Thermostats (Revision 4) with Q7300H
Communicating Subbases in a light commercial building system.
LONSTAT™ allows users to set and monitor temperature setpoints
• Local and remote configuration of T7300 Communicating Thermostats.
• Navigation wizard guides the user through installer setup.
• Convenient, easy-to-follow menus allows users to quickly configure a
single thermostat or a thermostat network.
• Browser look and feel with Microsoft® Windows™ 95 platform.
• Software screens display familiar T7300F commands and selections.
• View and customize temperature setpoints and schedules.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
ZL7300A1009
Excel LONSTAT™ Configuration software for T7300F/Q7300H
T7300A,B,C/Q7300A-F Programmable Commercial
Thermostats and Subbases
• Configurable to vary fan and reversing valve operation.
• Use with Q7300 to interface with C7400/W7459 economizer system
for total integration of rooftop control.
• Convenient overrides allow temporary changes.
• Battery backup saves program and maintains clock time during power
failure.
The T7300 thermostats and Q7300 subbases control commercial
single zone heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC)
equipment.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
CONTACTS:
• One model can be used for single-stage and multi-stage applications.
• 7-day programming—2 occupied/unoccupied periods per day.
• Individual temperature set points for:
—Occupied heat and cool.
—Unoccupied heat and cool.
• Proportional plus integral control—eliminates temperature fluctuations
and thermostat tampering.
• Intelligent Recovery™—automatically optimizes start time depending
on building load.
• Intelligent Fan™—energizes fan only on call for heating or cooling
during unoccupied periods.
• Automatic heat/cool changeover.
• Locking set points and schedules eliminate tampering.
• One thermostat can be used for heat pump or conventional control.
• Optional remote sensors and override capability.
Relay
Running Amps (Max.)
Inrush Amps (Max.)
Fan (G)
1.6
3.5
Heat
1.6
3.5
Cool
1.6
7.5
Auxiliary
(Economizer)
1.6
3.5
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C).
Set Point Range: 45 F to 95 F (7 C to 35 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 8 (204 mm)
wide, 1-3/4 (41 mm) deep with Q7300 Subbase.
continued next page
344
Environmental Control Systems
T7300A,B,C/Q7300A-F continued
T7300/Q7300 System Component Selection
Below are lists of system components and optional components for
single zone system control.
Use the flow charts that follow to select the appropriate components.
SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
Model Number
See order table for thermostat/subbase applications and ordering information for system components.
Refer to model number index for page numbers of product descriptions
and ordering information for optional components.
Application
Thermostats
Fully configurable programmable commercial thermostat.
T7300B1003 (beige)
or T7300B1052
(Premier White)
Fully configurable programmable commercial thermostat with 3 Hour Occupied button in cover.
T7300C1001 (beige)
Fully configurable programmable commercial thermostat, with limited access cover. Cover includes Set Heat, Set Cool,
Warmer, Cooler and Occupied/Unoccupied buttons and programming instructions.
Building Controls and Systems
T7300A1005 (beige)
or T7300A1104
(Premier White)
Subbases (All subbases include two annunciation LEDs and remote sensor capability.)
Q7300A1000 (brown) • 1-Heat/1-Cool systems.
• No system or fan switching.
Q7300A1018 (brown) • Configurable for 1-Heat/1-Cool to 2-Heat/2-Cool systems.
or Q7300A1083
• No system or fan switching.
(light gray)
• Auxiliary relay output.
Q7300B1008 (brown) • Configurable for 1-Heat/1-Cool or 2-Heat/2-Cool systems.
• Auxiliary relay output.
or Q7300B1081
(light gray)
• System switching: HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO.
• Fan switching: AUTO-ON.
Q7300B1073 (brown) •
•
•
•
Configurable for 1-Heat/1-Cool or 2-Heat/2-Cool.
System switching: AUTO-COOL-OFF-HEAT.
Fan switching: AUTO-ON.
Two LEDs.
Q7300C1006 (brown) •
•
•
•
•
•
1-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat and emergency heat.
Auxiliary relay output.
Auxiliary heat and emergency heat LEDs.
Provides O and B terminals for changeover valve.
System switching: EM.HT.-HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO.
Fan switching: AUTO-ON.
Q7300C1014 (brown) •
•
•
•
•
•
2-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat and emergency heat.
Auxiliary relay output.
Auxiliary heat and emergency heat LEDs.
Provides O and B terminals for changeover valve.
System switching: EM.HT.-HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO.
Fan switching: AUTO-ON.
Q7300D1038 (brown) •
•
•
•
•
•
2-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat, emergency heat and conventional terminal designations.
Auxiliary relay output.
Auxiliary heat and emergency heat LEDs.
No O and B terminals. Changeover valve must be provided internally to equipment.
System switching: EM.HT.-HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO.
Fan switching: AUTO-ON.
Q7300D1053 (brown) •
•
•
•
•
•
1-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat, emergency heat and conventional terminal designations.
Auxiliary relay output.
Auxiliary heat and emergency heat LEDs.
No O and B terminals. Changeover must be provided internally to equipment.
System switching: EM.HT.-HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO.
Fan switching: AUTO-ON.
Q7300E1001 (brown) •
•
•
•
Configurable for 1-Heat/1-Cool or 2-Heat/2-Cool systems.
Auxiliary relay output.
System switching: none.
Fan switching: AUTO-ON.
Q7300F1009 (brown)
• 1-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat.
• Auxiliary relay output.
• No system or fan switching.
Q7300F1017 (brown)
• 2-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat.
• Auxiliary relay output.
• No system or fan switching.
a Use
brown subbases with beige thermostats; use light gray subbases with Premier White thermostats.
continued next page
345
Environmental Control Systems
T7300A,B,C/Q7300A-F continued
Model Number
Application
Q7300L1006 (brown)
•
•
•
•
•
a
Two stages of heat to control ML7984 Actuator/V5013F Water Valve.
One stage cool to control electric single-speed condenser.
Auxiliary dry contacts for damper control during occupied mode.
Auxiliary dry contacts for water pump interlock during heat mode.
No system or fan switching.
Use brown subbases with beige thermostats; use light gray subbases with Premier White thermostats.
OPTIONAL COMPONENTS:
Model
Description
Application
T7047C1025 (beige) or
T7047C1165 (Premier White)
Remote Temperature Sensor
Space temperature sensing, wall mount; 1420 ohms resistance.
T7047G1000 (beige) or
T7047G1018 (Premier White)
Remote Temperature Sensor
Space temperature sensing, wall mount; 710 ohms resistance.
T7022A1010
Remote Temperature Sensor
Return air temperature sensing, duct mount. Continuous fan required.
T7147A1002 (beige) or
T7147A1069 (Premier White)
Remote Temperature Sensor
and Override Module
Connects to Q7300. Contains remote sensor, LED and a momentary push button
switch to invoke 3 Hour Occupied from a remote location.
T7147A1010 (beige) or
T7147A1077 (Premier White)
Remote Temperature Sensor
and Override Module
Connects to Q7300. Contains remote sensor, LEDs and three momentary push
button switches to invoke 3 Hour Occupied and warmer/cooler set point
adjustments from a remote location.
T7147A1028 (beige) or
T7147A1085 (Premier White)
Remote Temperature Sensor
and Override Module
Connects to Q7300. Same as T7147A1010, except includes a key switch to
enable or disable remote override operation.
T675A
Temperature Control
Low ambient compressor lockout.
M7415
Damper Actuator
Use with W7459 Economizer Logic Module; modulating; spring-return.
W7459
Economizer Logic Module
Economizer actuator control.
C7400
Enthalpy Sensor
Use with W7459 Logic Module; solid-state.
4074EKA
Bag Assembly
Contains Allen head wrench and four Allen head screws.
R8222
Switching Relay
For switching external equipment.
W950A
System Supervisor
Annunciator for systems requiring more than two indicators.
229997BU
T7300B Conversion Kit
229997BY
T7300A Conversion Kit
Contains one door, insert, instruction program, three hinge pins and one Allen
head screw.
229997CE
T7300C Conversion Kit
T7300/Q7300 System Component Selection
1. SUBBASE SELECTION—follow the chart below to choose the appropriate subbase for use with the T7300 thermostat. Order Q7300 Subbase
separately from T7300 Thermostat.
SUBBASE SELECTION
SUBBASE
HEAT PUMP OR
CONVENTIONAL OR
SPECIAL
APPLICATIONS
HEAT PUMP
CONVENTIONAL
SYSTEM AND
FAN SWITCHING
FAN AND
SYSTEM
SWITCHING
SYSTEM AND
FAN SWITCHING
NO
SWITCHING
SPECIAL
APPLICATIONS
NO
SWITCHING
FAN
SWITCHING
STAGES HEAT/COOL
REVERSING
VALVE
OPERATION
FUNCTION
OF "O, B"
TERMINALS
1 (ONLY)
Q7300F1009
2 (ONLY)
Q7300F1017
FUNCTION OF
HEAT PUMP
NO "O, B"
TERMINALS
STAGES HEAT/COOL
1 (ONLY)
Q7300C1006
346
2 (ONLY)
Q7300C1014
1 (ONLY)
Q7300D1053
2 (ONLY)
Q7300D1038
2-H TO CONTROL ML984
ACTUATOR/V5013 WATER
VALVE AND 1-C TO CONTROL
ELECTRIC SINGLE-SPEED
CONDENSER
Q7300L1006
1 (ONLY)
Q7300A1000
FAN AND
SYSTEM
SWITCHING
STAGES HEAT/COOL
2 (CONFIG)
Q7300E1001
2 (CONFIG)
Q7300B1008
OR
Q7300B1081
2 (CONFIG)
Q7300A1018
OR
Q7300A1083
M8134A
continued next page
Environmental Control Systems
T7300A,B,C/Q7300A-F continued
2. REMOTE SENSOR AND OVERRIDE MODULE SELECTION—use the following chart to select a remote sensor and override module if desired.
REMOTE SENSOR AND/OR
OVERRIDE MODULE
REMOTE OVERRIDE REQUIRED?
NO
(SENSOR ONLY)
SPACE OR
RETURN AIR SENSING?
SPACE
YES
WARMER/COOLER
SWITCHES?
YES
NO
RETURN
AIR
KEYED ENABLE SWITCH?
T7022A1010
T7147A1002
OR
T7147A1069
T7147A2000
T7147A2026
NO
YES
T7147A1010
OR
T7147A1077
T7147A2018
T7147A1028
OR
T7147A1085
M8133A
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Comments
T7300A1005 (beige) or
Single zone
T7300A1104 (Premier White)
All buttons under locking cover.
T7300B1003 (beige) or
Heat pump or conventional system
T7300B1052 (Premier White)
3-hour override button in door.
T7300C1001 (beige)
Set Heat, Set Cool, Warmer, Cooler, and Occupied/Unoccupied
buttons in door.
Heat pump or conventional system
NOTE: Order Q7300 Subbase separately from T7300 Thermostat.
*TRADELINE models
ORDER NUMBER
Staging
Switching, System
Switching, Fan Includes a
Q7300A1000 (brown)
1 Heat-1 Cool
None
None
—
Q7300A1018 (brown) or
Q7300A1083 (light gray)
Configurable To 2 Heat-2 Cool
None
None
N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux.
Relay
Q7300B1008 (brown) or
Q7300B1081 (light gray)
Configurable To 2 Heat-2 Cool
Auto, Cool, Off, Heat
Auto, On
N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux.
Relay
Q7300B1073 (brown)
Configurable for to 2 Heat-2 Cool
Auto, Cool, Off, Heat
Auto, On
N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux.
Relay
Q7300C1006 (brown)
1-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat
Auto, Cool, Off, Heat,
Emergency Heat
Auto, On
N.O. Aux. Relay
Q7300C1014 (brown)
2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat
Auto, Cool, Off, Heat,
Emergency Heat
Auto, On
N.O. Aux. Relay
Q7300D1038 (brown)
2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat
Auto, Cool, Off, Heat,
Emergency Heat
Auto, On
N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux.
Relay
Q7300D1053 (brown)
1-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat
Auto, Cool, Off, Heat,
Auto, On
Emergency Heat, Auto, On
N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux.
Relay
Q7300E1001 (brown)
Configurable To 2 Heat-2 Cool
None
Auto, On
N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux.
Relay
Q7300F1009 (brown)
1-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat
None
None
N.O. Aux. Relay
Q7300F1017 (brown)
2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat
None
None
N.O. Aux. Relay
Q7300L1006 (brown)
2-Stage heat for ML984A; 1-Stage cool None
None
N.O. Aux. Relay. Additional
N.O. relay available for pump
circulation; closed during
heat call.
a The normally open auxiliary relay is used with economizer for minimum position control based on programmed time schedule or for switching other
external equipment.
347
Building Controls and Systems
T7047C1025
OR
T7047C1165
T7047C2015
T7047C2007
T7047G2008
T7047G1000
T7047G2016
Environmental Control Systems
T7100F/Q7100A,C Electronic Non-Programmable Thermostats
and Subbases for Commercial Applications
• EEPROM memory chip stores all settings in the event of a power
outage.
• Two-piece design and large wiring terminals speed installation.
Commercial non-programmable thermostats and subbases for
conventional single-stage and multistage equipment and heat
pumps.
• Field configurable:
— F or C temperature display.
— Override setting for off-hours use of the building.
• Adjustable 0-15 offset capability.
• Precise 1 F temperature control for improved comfort.
• Models available with manual or auto changeover.
• Taupe color.
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Description
Use With
T7100F1006
Conventional or heat pump
Automatic or manual changeover. Integral sensor.
Q7100A,C
ORDER NUMBER
Heating
Cooling
Q7100A1010
Conventional
2
2
RC,RH,Y1,Y2,W1,G,O, Inputs for remote clock or occupancy sensor. O and B terminals.
B,X,D,D,T,T
Q7100C1073
Heat Pump
3
2
R,Y1,Y2,W3,G,O,B,E,
X,X1,X3,X4,D,D,T,T
Stages
Terminal
Designations
Includes
Inputs for remote clock or occupancy sensor. O and B terminals.
One check LED and one configurable LED.
T7147 Remote Sensor and Override Module
For use with T7300/Q7300 thermostat system to provide space
temperature sensing, and switch initiation and indication of
overrides from remote location.
• Factory-calibrated negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor
sensing element.
• Mount on wall or 2 x 4 in. vertical outlet box.
• Locking cover.
• Override button.
• Warmer/cooler buttons on some models.
• Key lock override security available.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-5/8 in. (93 mm) wide, 4-5/8 in.
(118 mm) high, 1-5/8 in. (41 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C).
RESISTANCE: 1420 ohms at 75 F (24 C).
REPLACEMENT PARTS: 230492A Replacement keys.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Finish, Color
Application
T7147A1002
Beige
Connects to Q7300; wall mount sensor with LED and a momentary push button switch to invoke 3 Hour
Occupied from remote location.
T7147A1069
Premier White
T7147A1010
Beige
T7147A1077
Premier White
T7147A1028
Beige
T7147A1085
Premier White
T7147A2000
Taupe
Connects to Q7300; contains remote sensor, LEDs and a momentary push button switch to invoke
occupancy from a remote location.
T7147A2018
Taupe
Connects to Q7300; contains remote sensor, LEDs and a momentary push button switch to invoke
occupancy and warmer/cooler setpoint adjustment from a remote location.
348
Connects to Q7300; wall mount sensor with LEDs and 3 momentary push button switches to invoke 3 Hour
Occupied and warmer/cooler set point adjustments from remote location.
Same as T7147A1010, plus key switch to enable or disable remote override operation.
Environmental Control Systems
New!
R7426 Temperature Controller
The modern design with its easy to operate user interface and LCD
allows complete flexibility of control system design, accurate
parameter setting, and display of actual temperature values,
setpoints and outputs.
• Selectable proportional, proportional plus integral (P+I), or (R7426D
only) proportional plus integral plus derivative (P+I+D) control.
• Pre-programmed control parameters.
• Digital parameter setting.
• Selectable direct/reverse acting output.
• 24 Vac power supply.
R7426A,B,C
• 3 inputs for temperature sensors.
• Automatic sensor type identification of Pt 1000 or NTC 20K ohm.
• 3 digital inputs for plant/system On/Off, occupancy (alternatively
summer/winter changeover) and freeze protection.
• Dehumidification control via humidity deviation input.
• Selectable floating output functions: 2, 3, 4, 6 or 15 stage On/Off
(TRIAC), Floating, Pulse width modulation (PWM).
• Analog outputs 0/2 to 10 Vdc selectable.
• Start-up routine.
• Space/supply limit or cascade control.
• Sequence control of heating, mixed air damper or energy recovery
system and cooling.
R7426D
• 2 analog inputs 0 to 10 Vdc for transmitters.
• Control output monitoring and manual output signal override.
• Master/submaster cascade control.
• Main variable control and optional high/low limit control.
• Input span adjustment.
• Temperature compensation input.
• Optional remote setpoint adjustment.
WEIGHT: 0.55 lb (250g).
MOUNTING: Back panel, wall, DIN rail, or (with panel mounting
accessory frame) front panel.
ELECTRONIC:
Microcontroller: 8-bit, 10-bit A/D converter, EEPROM and LCD.
Power supply: 24 Vac +10, -15%, 50/60Hz.
Power consumption: 3 VA.
WIRING:
Maximum Wiring Run from Controller to All Devices:
18 AWG: 328 ft (100m).
16 AWG: 492 ft (150m).
continued next page
349
Building Controls and Systems
R7426A,B,C Temperature Controllers use direct digital control
technology to provide accurate efficient operation of heating,
ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems. The controller
covers all space, supply air or water flow applications within
specified ranges. Standard Pt 1000 or NTC 20K ohm temperature
sensors can be used.
AMBIENT RATINGS:
Temperature:
Operating: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C).
Storage: -31 to +158 F (-35 to +70 C).
Humidity: 5 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing.
ACCURACY: ±0.9 F (±0.5K) (not including sensor inaccuracy).
DIGITAL INPUTS:
Occupancy (Summer/Winter Changeover) (R7426A,B,C only):
Operation Mode: Unoccupied (Winter), Occupied (Summer).
Potential Free Contact: open > 40 kW, closed < 100W.
Freeze Protection (R7426A,B,C only):
Operation Mode: Freeze protection (normal).
Potential Free Contact: open > 40 kW, closed < 100W.
Plant System On/Off:
Potential-Free Contact: open (off) > 40 kW, closed (on) < 100W.
ANALOG INPUTS:
All Models: I03: Temperature compensation sensor.
R7426A,B,C Temperature Inputs:
I01: Main sensor.
I02: Limit or cascade sensor.
R7426D Universal Inputs (0 to 100%, adjustable 0 to 10 Vdc span):
I01: Main sensor.
I02: Limit or cascade sensor.
OUTPUTS:
R7426A,B,C:
TRIAC (selectable) (Maximum Load: 450 mA at 24 Vac.):
2,3,4,6 or 15-stage: On (24 Vac) / Off (0 Vac).
Floating: Single-pole, double-throw (spdt) switching.
Pulse width modulation: 0 to 100% based on run time.
Humidity Deviation (optional): -5 to 5 Vdc, 200 mV/%rh.
Maximum Load: 450 mA at 24 Vac.
Analog (R7426C,D only):
Control Range: 0/2 to 10 Vdc (0 to 100%).
Full Range: 0 to 12 Vdc.
Maximum Load: 1.2 mA at 12 Vdc.
R7426D:
On/Off: Delay-adjustable single-pole, single-throw (spst) switching.
Maximum Load: 450 mA at 24 Vac.
Deviation Signal:
Deviation Range: -5 to 5 Vdc (-25 to +25%), 200 mV/%.
Maximum Load: 0.5 mA at 5 Vdc.
Analog Output (O1):
Control Range: 0/2 to 10 Vdc (0 to 100%).
Full Range: 0 to 12 Vdc.
Maximum Load: 1.2 mA at 12 Vdc.
SENSOR RATINGS:
Temperature Range:
Pt 1000: -22 to +266 F (-30 to +130 C).
NTC 20K ohms (selectable):
-22 to +185 F (-30 to +85 C).
-22 to +266 F (-30 to +130 C).
Characteristics:
Pt 1000: 1000 ohms at 32 F (0 C).
NTC 20K ohms: 20K ohms at 77 F (25 C).
CONTROL RANGES:
R7426A,B,C: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) or 32 to 266 F (0 to 130 C).
R7426D: 0 to 100%.
APPROVALS:
Protection class II.
NEMA 1, IP30 or (with front panel mounting only) IP40.
FCC Part 15, Class B.
Environmental Control Systems
R7246 continued
ACCESSORIES:
43193862-001 Front panel mounting frame.
NTC 20K ohm sensors (10 to 20K ohms):
C7031B1033: For duct discharge air, hot water.
C7031D1062: For hot or chilled water.
C7031F1018: For outdoor air temperature.
C7031J1050: For duct discharge air (averaging).
C7031K1017: For hot or chilled water (strap-on).
T7770A1006: Wall module with locking cover.
T7770B1004: Wall module with locking cover and setpoint
adjustment knob (55 to 85 F).
Pt 1000 sensors:
C7031D1070: For hot or chilled water.
C7031F1026: For outdoor air temperature.
C7031J1068: For duct discharge air (averaging).
C7031K1025: For hot or chilled water (strap-on).
Dimensions in in. (mm).
6 (152)
4-1/8
(105)
SEL
+
SET
–
4-5/8 (118)
1-7/16
(37)
1/8 (3) DIAMETER
3-7/16
(87)
WALL MOUNTING
Order Number
Description
Outputs
R7426A1024
Programmable with Real Time Clock.
1 floating.
R7426A1032
Standard.
R7426B1022
Programmable with Real Time Clock.
R7426B1030
Standard.
R7426C1020
Programmable with Real Time Clock.
R7426C1038
Standard.
R7426D1010
Standard with P+I+D control option.
350
3 floating.
3 analog (0-10 Vdc or 2-10 Vdc).
1 analog (0-10 Vdc or 2-10 Vdc).
M17411
Lighting Controls
EL7305 Electronic Ballast Controller
• Provides variable fluorescent light level control when used with an
EL7315 or EL7316 Manual Dimmer, an EL7365 Ambient Light Sensor,
or an analog output from an EMS.
• Provides high/low fluorescent light level control from a Honeywell
Infracon Occupancy Sensor, any dry contact closure, or an EMS analog
output.
• Compatible with the Advance Mark VII, Motorola Helios and Magnetek
Ballastar controllable electronic ballasts.
Provides a wide variety of on/off and electronic dimmable
fluorescent ballast control options. Various control functions can be
combined to provide multiple control capability and multiple
EL7305s can be combined to form larger zones of control.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
EL7305A1010
Ballast controller
EL7315 Electronic Ballast Manual Dimmer
• Provides On/Off control when used with the EL7305 Electronic Ballast
Controller.
• Allows for integrated control with other Honeywell electronic ballast
controls and occupancy sensors.
• Uses a simple two-wire, low voltage wiring connection.
• Allows for easy installation in 2 x 4 in. outlet or junction box.
Used with integrated circuit (IC) controllable electronic ballasts,
including the Advance Mark VII, Motorola Helios, and Magnetek
Ballastar; allows the user to manually adjust the lamp light level.
• Allows for standard wall plate (not included) attachment.
• Provides light level control signal to IC-controllable electronic ballasts for
manual lamp light level adjustment.
• Provides light level control signal for up to 50 IC-controllable electronic
ballasts (up to 1000 ballasts when used with up to 20 EL7305 Electronic
Ballast Controllers).
• Provides fixed power energy reduction with MAX light level adjustment.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
EL7315A1019
Manual rotary dimmer
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741, Guide No.
PAZX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating: 50 F to 104 F (10 C to 40 C).
Shipping: -40 F to +158 F (-40 C to +70 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 1.75 in. (45 mm) high, 4.1 in. (105 mm)
wide, 2.19 in. (56 mm) deep.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Input: IC-controllable electronic ballast or EL7305 Electronic Ballast
Controller.
Output: 0.0 to +10.5 Vdc.
WEIGHT: 4 oz (113g).
351
Building Controls and Systems
• Provides on/off control of lighting circuits of up to 20A when used with
the EL7315 or EL7316 Manual Dimmer, an analog output from an
Energy/Building Management System (EMS), an occupancy sensor, or a
dry contact closure.
• Integrated control of up to 1000 electronic dimmable ballasts is possible
by connecting 20 EL7305s.
APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741,
Guide No. PAZX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating: 32 F to 122 F (0 C to 50 C).
Shipping:-40 F to +158 F (-40 C to +70 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6 in. (152 mm) high, 4-1/8 in. (104 mm)
wide, 2-13/16 in. (72 mm) deep.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 120/277 Vac, 60 Hz.
Contacts: 16A (20 two-lamp, 120 Vac ballasts; 50 two-lamp,
277 Vac ballasts).
Lighting Controls
EL7316 Electronic Ballast Manual Dimmer
Used with integrated circuit (IC) controllable electronic ballasts,
including the Advance Mark VII, Motorola Helios and Magnetek
Ballastar; allows the user to manually adjust the lamp light intensity.
• Allows for Decora® Wallplate (included) attachment.
• Provides light level control signal to IC-controllable electronic ballasts for
manual lamp light level adjustment.
• Provides light level control signal for up to 50 IC-controllable electronic
ballasts (up to 1000 ballasts where used with up to 20 EL7305 Electronic
Ballast Controllers).
• Provides fixed power energy reduction with MAX light level adjustment.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
EL7316A1009
Manual slide dimmer
• Provides On/Off control when used with the EL7305 Electronic Ballast
Controller.
• Allows for integrated control with other Honeywell electronic ballast
controls and occupancy sensors.
• Uses a simple two-wire, low voltage wiring connection.
• Allows for easy installation in 2 x 4 in. outlet or junction box.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741,
Guide No. PAZX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating: 50 F to 104 F (10 C to 40 C).
Shipping: -40 F to +158 F (-40 C to +70 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 1.75 in. (45 mm) high, 4.25 in.
(108 mm) wide, 2.5 in. (64 mm) deep.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Input: IC-controllable electronic ballast or EL7305 Electronic Ballast
Controller.
Output: 0.0 to +10.5 Vdc.
WEIGHT: 3.5 oz (100g).
EL7628 Recessed Ceiling Sensor
Honeywell Infracon sensor provides passive infrared automatic light
switching to reduce lighting energy by 50% or more and offer
exceptional savings in light-energy dollars through the automatic
“ON/OFF” control of lighting.
• RFI shielding eliminates false triggering from radio frequency
interference.
• Extruded aluminum sensor housing complies with virtually all municipal
code requirements.
• Fresnel optical lens offers extended area coverage.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
EL7628A1007
Recessed ceiling sensor
352
• Dual element detector with increased sensitivity.
• Includes raceway adapter for use when low voltage wiring is required to
be in conduit, thereby meeting virtually all municipal code requirements.
APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741,
Guide No. PAZX.
Canadian Standards Association Approved: File No. LR95329-3.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating: 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C).
Shipping: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +65 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5.11 in. (130 mm) long, 2.62 in. (67 mm)
diameter.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Input: EL7360 or EL7629 control unit or EL7621 Power Pack.
WEIGHT: 8 oz (220g).
Lighting Controls
EL7630 Control Units
Honeywell Infracon control units for EL7628 sensors.
•
•
•
•
•
Provides lighting energy savings of 50% or more.
Controls up to four occupancy sensors.
Provides increased capacity through add-a-relay option.
Controls both fluorescent and incandescent lighting loads.
Compatible with core and coil and electronic ballasts.
• Mounts on 4 in. x 4 in. box, in any orientation.
• Operates over a wide ambient temperature range.
APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741,
Guide No. PAZX.
Canadian Standards Association Approved: File No. LR95329-3.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating: 32 F to 120 F (0 to 49 C).
Shipping: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +65 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 120/277 Vac, 60 Hz.
Power Consumption: Lights on—negligible; lights off—6 VA.
Description
Dimensions, Approximate
Weight
EL7630A1003
Standard
Control Unit
4-1/8 in. (104 mm) high, 6 in. (152 mm) 1 lb, 11 oz
wide, 2-13/16 in. (72 mm) deep.
(0.8 kg)
Electrical Ratings, Load Ratings
Fluorescent: 1500W, 120 Vac; 2500W, 277 Vac.
Incandescent: 500W, 120 Vac; 1000W, 277 Vac.
EL7611; EL7612 Ultrasonic Occupancy Sensors and EL7621
Power Pack
• Contains controls for adjustable time delay, adjustable sensitivity, logic
key/on bypass.
• Installs easily in ceiling.
SENSOR
• Used in offices, classrooms, restrooms, utility areas, hallways,
warehouses.
• Uses omnidirectional ultrasonic sensing technology.
• Detects small movements.
POWER PACK
• Mounts to standard electrical enclosure with 1/2 in. knockouts using a 1/
2 in. nipple.
• Provides power for up to three sensors and on/off switching of line
voltage loads.
• Has self-contained transformer and relay.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Approved.
TEMPERATURE RATING: 32 F to 95 F (0 C to 35 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Load Ratings: Ballast: 20A; Incandescent: 13A (EL7612A1002 only);
General: 13A; Motor: 1HP.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Dimensions, Approximate
Weight
Coverage
Electrical Ratings,
Power Supply
EL7611A1003
Sensor
4-1/2 in. (115 mm) dia, 1-1/4 in.
(32 mm) high.
8.1 oz
(229.6 gm)
1000 sq ft (92.9 sq m)
12 Vdc
2-3/4 in. (70 mm) high, 1-3/4 in.
(45 mm) wide, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm)
deep; 1/2 inch nipple.
6.3 oz
(178.6 gm)
—
EL7611A/EL7612A sensors provide on/off control for lighting and
HVAC loads by sensing motion in the area. Power is provided by the
EL7621A Power Pack (required).
EL7612A1001
EL7621A1002
EL7621A1010
Power Pack
2000 sq ft (185.8 sq m)
120 Vac
277 Vac
353
Building Controls and Systems
ORDER NUMBER
Lighting Controls
CR7075 Two-stage Photocell Lighting Controller
Provides on/off sequenced control of two separate lighting banks
based on user-determined ambient light levels via the C7057A1000
sensor.
• Typical applications include outdoor cosmetic and parking lot lighting in
fast food restaurants, retail establishments, supermarkets, banks, and
lighted billboards.
• User-adjustable light intensity threshold levels.
• LED annunciation for power on and relay state.
• Remote sensing from controller up to 1,000 feet (304 meters).
• Independent time-of-day override inputs.
• Tamper-proof cover.
• Optimum start/stop of lighting loads.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741, Guide No.
PAZX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: -40 F to +140 F (-40 C to +60 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS: 0 to 95% relative humidity.
TIMING: Delay 30 seconds ±10 seconds.
ADJUSTMENT: 2 foot-candles to 80 foot-candles.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 120/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 5 VA maximum.
Contact Ratings:
Voltage (Vac)
120
240
Full Load
9.8A
4.9A
Locked Rotor
58.8A
29.4A
Pilot Duty
125 VA
Resistive
10A at 24 Vac
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-5/16 in. (135 mm) high, 4-9/16 in. (116
mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) deep.
REPLACEMENT PARTS: C7057A1000 Cadmium Sulfide Photocell.
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Includes
CR7075A1000
Two-stage independent lighting control
C7057A1000 Sensor.
C7057Cadmium Sulfide Photocell
Used to sense ambient light levels for CR7075A Lighting Controller.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741,
Guide No. EOXT.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
C7057A1000
Light level sensor for use with CR7075A Two-stage Lighting Controller
354
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
T4039 Fan Coil Thermostats
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Certified.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 55 F to 95 F (13 C to 35 C).
Operating Range: Marked COOL-WARM in 10 F (6 C) increments from
75 F (24 C) midpoint.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
Thermostat (Valve Load)
Control line voltage valves of a fan coil unit in cooling, manual or
automatic changeover heating-cooling systems.
ORDER NUMBER
b
T4039A1000
Inrush
FL
LR
120 Vac
0.32
1.0
5.5
33.0
240 Vac
0.16
0.50
2.75
16.5
277 Vac
0.14
0.43
2.4
14.4
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 4-15/16 in. (125
mm) wide, 1-5/16 in. (33 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal
Thermostat Guards, see index for page.
190389B Thermostat Cover.
Switch Positions
Stock
Application Class
Fan
System
Mounting
Cooling
JH
None
ON-OFF
4 in. square outlet box OFF breaks cooling and fan circuits.
or 2-ganged outlet box.
T4039B1008
Remarks
C
OFF-HI-MED-LO ON-OFF
Heatingcooling
JH
None
OFF-HI-LO
None
Automatic
heatingcooling
C
None
ON-OFF
B
OFF-HI-LO
None
OFF breaks cooling and fan circuits. Blank
faceplate.
T4039K1008b
JH
OFF-HI-LO
None
With positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling,
and fan circuits.
T4039M1004
A
HI-MED-LO
ON-OFF
With positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling,
and fan circuits.
T4039M1087b
JH
HI-MED-LO
ON-OFF
With unpainted cover and positive OFF,
breaks heating, cooling, and fan circuits.
T4039M1103a
C
HI-MED-LO
ON-OFF
With positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling,
and fan circuits.
T4039S1016
A
HI-MED-LO
HEATOFFCOOL
With positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling,
and fan circuits. Separate heating and cooling
loads.
T4039D1004b
T4039E1001b
T4039H1005
T4039J1026
a
b
ON-OFF
4 in. square outlet box Remote changeover switch required. With
or 2-ganged outlet box. positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling, and fan
circuits.
Remote changeover switch required.
4 in. square outlet box With positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling,
or 2-ganged outlet box. and fan circuits.
Premier White color.
Available while supplies last.
355
Building Controls and Systems
• Directly operate one or two valves.
• Positive deadband separates heating and cooling circuits in automatic
models.
• T4039M1103 has Premier White color with pewter-tone buttons for
luxury hotels and offices.
• Includes allen wrench for cover and mounting screws.
Fan Switch
Normal
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
T6381; T6383; T6387 Electronic Fan Coil Thermostats
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 110 to 130 Vac or 208 to 277 Vac +10/-15%,
50-60 Hz.
Output Rating: T6381, T6387, cycled (Auto) fan control
Full Load Amps
a
Locked Rotor
120V
208V
230V
277V
3.8
2.1
1.9
1.6
22.8
12.6
11.4
9.5
a
The T6380 series of electronic fan coil thermostats provide precision
line voltage control of fan-forced, heating, ventilating and air
conditioning equipment.
• Electronic temperature sensing provides energy-efficient, precision
operation for maximum comfort.
• Vertical mounting configurations.
• Easy-to-use setpoint knob.
• System LED lights on call for heating or cooling. OFF de-energizes all
connected loads.
• Three level fan speed selection.
• Constant, cycled or On-Auto selectable fan operation available.
APPROVALS:
Canadian Standards Association Certified:
File No. LR1322.
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. LISTED: File No. E47434.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:4-3/4 in. (122 mm) high, 3-3/16 in.
(81 mm) wide, and 1-9/16 in. (39 mm) deep.
Equivalent to NEMA 1/8 hp rating for a hermetically-sealed motor such
as a compressor. Allowable connected load must be determined by adding nameplate full load and locked rotor (inrush) ratings of all loads.
Pilot Duty: 125 VA.
OUTPUT RATING: T6383, constant fan operation
120V
208V
230V
Full Load Amps
3.8
2.1
1.9
277V
1.6
Locked Rotor A
22.8
12.6
11.4
9.5
Resistive (heat only)
10A
—
—
5.6
Pilot Duty: 125 VA.
FAN (AIR HANDLER):
50-60 Hz
110-130V
208V
220-240V
277V
Full Load Amps**
5.8
3.2
2.9
2.4
Locked Rotor
34.8
19.2
17.4
14.4
** Equivalent to NEMA 1/4 horsepower rating for hermetically-sealed
motors. Allowable load must be determined from fan nameplate ratings.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: -22 F to +104 F (-30 C to +40 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
Operating: 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing.
ACCESSORIES: 209560A Cover Plate.
.
Switch Positions
Fan
System
Electrical Ratings,
Power Supply
2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto with External
or 2-pipe Heat/Cool
Aquastat® Controller
HI-OFF-MED-LO
(Cycled)
No Switch
110-130 Vac
2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto with External
or 2-pipe Heat/Cool
Aquastat® Controller
HI-OFF-MED-LO
(Cycled)
ORDER NUMBER
Application
T6381A1009
T6381A2007
Changeover
208-277 Vac
T6381B1007
2- or 4-pipe Heat/Cool
Manual
HI-MED-LO (Cycled)
HEAT-OFF-COOL 110-130 Vac
T6381B2005
2- or 4-pipe Heat/Cool
Manual
HI-MED-LO (Cycled)
HEAT-OFF-COOL 208-277 Vac
T6383A1007
2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto with External
or 2-pipe Heat/Cool
Aquastat® Controller
HI-OFF-MED-LO
(Constant)
No Switch
T6383A2005
2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto
or 2-pipe Heat/Cool
HI-OFF-MED-LO
(Constant)
T6383B1005
2- or 4-pipe Heat/Cool
Manual
HI-MED-LO
(Constant)
HEAT-OFF-COOL 110-130 Vac
T6383B2003
2- or 4-pipe Heat/Cool
Manual
HI-MED-LO
(Constant)
HEAT-OFF-COOL 208-277 Vac
T6387A1003
2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto with External
or 2-pipe Heat/Cool
Aquastat® Controller
HI-MED-LO (On-Auto) ON-AUTO-OFF
110-130 Vac
T6387A2001
2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto with External
or 2-pipe Heat/Cool
Aquastat® Controller
HI-MED-LO
208-277 Vac
356
110-130 Vac
208-277 Vac
ON-AUTO-OFF
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
T8381; T8383; T8387 Low Voltage Electronic Fan Coil
Thermostats
•
•
•
•
The T8380 Series of electronic fan coil thermostats provide
precision low voltage control of fan-forced heating, ventilation and
air conditioning equipment.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac, 50-60 Hz, Class 2.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Setpoint Range: 55 to 90 F (13 to 32 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS:
Operating: 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/16 in. (81 mm) high, 4-3/4 in.
(122 mm) wide, and 1-9/16 in. (39 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
209650A Cover Plate.
Switch Positions
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Changeover
Fan
System
T8381A1005
2-pipe Heat/Cool
Seasonal Auto with External Aquastat® Controller HI-OFF-MED-LO No Switch
(Cycled)
T8381B1003
2-pipe or 4-pipe Heat/Cool
Manual
T8383A1003
2-pipe Cool or Heat only, or 2-pipe Seasonal Auto with External Aquastat® Controller HI-OFF-MED-LO No Switch
Heat/Cool
(Constant)
T8383B1001
2-pipe or 4-pipe Heat-Off-Cool
T8387A1009
2-pipe Cool or Heat only or 2-pipe Seasonal Auto with External Aquastat® Controller HI-MED-LO
Heat/Cool
(On-Auto)
HI-MED-LO
(Cycled)
Manual
HI-MED-LO
(Constant)
HEAT-OFF-COOL
HEAT-OFF-COOL
ON-AUTO-OFF
Available while supplies last! New Design T651H coming Fall 2000!
T451; T651 Light Duty Line Voltage Thermostats
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-17/32 in. (114 mm) high, 2-13/16 in.
(70 mm) wide, 1-13/16 in. (46 mm) deep (switches and wiring
terminals protrude into outlet box 11/16 in. (17 mm)).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
Voltage
Control line voltage valves, motors, contactors, electric heat
elements, duct furnaces, and fan coil units in heating/cooling
systems.
• Automatic cooling and heating anticipation.
• Mount on standard vertical or horizontal outlet box.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed:T451A, T651A: File E4436,
Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified:T451A: LR95329-6.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Fixed Differential: 2 F (1 C): (Wider differential when load
exceeds 4A.)
120 Vac
208/240/277 Vac
Full Load
8.0
4.0
Locked Rotor
48.0
24.0
Resistive (heating contacts only)
7.2
7.2
Pilot Duty: 125 VA.
ACCESSORIES:
Q473A2006 Switching Subbase for use with T651A for HEAT-OFFCOOL manual system switching.
Q473B2005 Switching Subbase for use with T451A/T651A for
AUTO/OFF switching in heating only or cooling only applications.
220213 Wallplate: Supplied with SUPER TRADELINE model T651A.
Covers series 1000 T451A/T651A wall marks when installing
series 2000 T451A/T651A.
Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal
Thermostat Guards, see index for page.
For additional accessories, see Parts and Accessories at the end of
this section.
continued next page
357
Building Controls and Systems
• Electronic temperature sensing provides energy-efficient, precision
operation for maximum comfort.
• LED system status indicator lights on call for heating or cooling. OFF
de-energizes all connected loads.
Three-level fan speed selection.
Constant, cycled or On-Auto selectable fan operation available.
Horizontal mounting configurations.
Range stops and cover locking kit available.
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
T451; T651 continued
lSUPER TRADELINE model.
Temperature Ratings,
Operating Rangeb
Application
F
C
Switching Action
Includes
a
T451A2007
Heating
35 to 95
2 to 35
Spst—breaks on
temperature rise.
Locking cover and setpoint; thermometer; and adjustable
range stops.
T451A2015a
Heating
a
Heating
40 to 70
4 to 21
Spst—breaks on
temperature rise.
41 to 86
5 to 30
35 to 95
2 to 35
Spdt—breaks
Vertical and horizontal faceplates, Celsius Scaleplate.
heating and makes
Locking
cover screw; thermometer; vertical, horizontal, and
cooling on
blank faceplates; wallplate, and adjustable range stops.
temperature rise.
Vertical and horizontal faceplates.
T451A2049
T651A2002a
lT651A2028
a
Heating and
cooling
Positive OFF.
T651A2036a
Locking cover and range stops without visible thermometer;
positive OFF.
a
Q473A Subbase provides manual system switching in heating/cooling systems. Q473B Subbase provides AUTO-OFF switching in heating only or
cooling only systems. Order subbase separately.
b
With range stops removed.
Available while supplies last!
Q473 Subbases
• Mount on standard 2 in. x 4 in. or 4 in. x 4 in. outlet box with 2 in. x 4 in.
cover plate.
APPROVALS: See T451A or T651A Thermostats.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
120 Vac: 8A.
208/240/277 Vac: 4A.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-7/8 in. (124 mm) high, 4-29/32 in.
(125 mm) wide, 1-13/32 in. (36 mm) deep.
Provide manual system switching control for T451A and T651A
thermostats.
ORDER NUMBER
Use With
Switch Positions
Q473A2006
T651A
HEAT-OFF-COOL
Q473B2005
T451A, T651A
AUTO-OFF
T6051; T6052 Heavy Duty Line Voltage Thermostats
T6051A
T6051B
Used to control fan coils, fans, motor starters, valves, contactors,
and circulator motors in heating and/or cooling systems.
•
•
•
•
Provide good line voltage comfort control.
Use with Q651A,B subbases for system and fan switching.
Removable setpoint knob locks setpoint and prevents tampering.
With locking cover.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed:
T6051A (with or without Q651A,B); T6052A, T6052B (with or without
Q651C): File No. E4436, Guide No. XAPX.
T6051B:File No. E12842, Guide No. XBDV.
Explosion-proof Enclosure: Class I, Groups C and D and
Class 2, Groups E, F, and G. Div 1,2.
Canadian Standards Association Certified:
T6051A; T6052A,B: File No. LR1620.
T6051B: File No. LR30676-L.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 120/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Inductive Current (A):
T6051A, T6052A:
120 Vac
240 Vac
Heating (T6051A) or
Stage 1 (T6052A)
Full Load
16.0
8.0
Locked Rotor
96.0
48.0
Cooling (T6051A) or
Stage 2 (T6052A)
Full Load
8.0
4.0
Locked Rotor
48.0
24.0
continued next page
358
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
T6051; T6052 continued
T6051B:
Heating
Cooling
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
10.2
6.5
Locked Rotor
61.2
39.0
Full Load
7.4
4.0
Locked Rotor
44.4
24.0
T6052B:
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
16.0
8.0
Locked Rotor
96.0
48.0
Height
Width
Depth
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
T6051A;
T6052A,B a
5
127
3-1/8
79
1-5/8
41
T6051B b
5-5/8
143
6-3/8
162
4-7/16
113
a
b
NOTE: T4051 models have been replaced by T6051A1016.
Switches and wiring terminals protrude into outlet box 7/8 in. (22 mm).
Allow 1/2 in. (13 mm) clearance for removing knob.
*TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings
ORDER NUMBER
Application
*T6051A1016
Switch
Type
Differential
Operating Range
Mounting
F
C
F
Heating/cooling; spdt
with resistive
rating for electric
heat applications.
Vertical or horizontal mounting
on standard outlet box, or on
Q651 Subbase.
1.0
0.6
50 to 80 10 to 27 —
T6051A1024d
Heating/cooling;
with resistive
rating for electric
heat applications.
Vertical mounting.
T6051A1040b,d
Heating/cooling.
Vertical or horizontal mounting
on standard outlet box or Q651
Subbase.
41 to 77 5 to 25
Celsius Scaleplate.
Vertical mounting in explosionproof housing.
46 to 84 8 to 29
With explosion-proof
housing.
T6051B1006
*T6052A1015
T6052A1023b,d
*T6052B1013d
T6052B1021b,d
a
Differential: Stage 1
b
Celsius scaleplate.
c
Differential: Stage 1
d
2-stage heating
or 2-stage
cooling.
1-stage heatingcooling system.
2 spdt
Vertical or horizontal mounting
switches on standard outlet box.
Remarks
Scaleplate marked
warmer/cooler. Moisturefungus treated.
Includes horizontal
mounting adapter.
See footnotea
Vertical mounting on standard
outlet box.
Vertical or horizontal mounting
on standard outlet box, or on
Q651 Subbase.
C
50 to 77 10 to 25 Celsius scaleplate.
See footnotec
Vertical or horizontal mounting
on standard outlet box.
46 to 84 8 to 29
With auto changeover,
and horizontal mounting
adapter.
50 to 77 10 to 25 With auto changeover;
Celsius scaleplate.
Heat, Stage 2 Cool: 2.5 F (1.4 C) nominal; Stage 2 Heat, Stage 1 Cool: 3.2 F (1.8 C) nominal.
Heat: 2.5 F (1.4 C) nominal; Stage 2 Cool: 3.2 F (1.8 C) nominal.
Available while supplies last
359
Building Controls and Systems
Resistive Current (T6051A1016, only): 22A at 120, 240 Vac; 19A at
277 Vac.
Pilot Duty (all models): 125 VA.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
ACCESSORIES:
135531D Horizontal Faceplate with setpoint scale and thermometer.
135531J Scaleplate, vertical, Celsius, 10 C to 25 C.
135531K Scaleplate, horizontal, Celsius, 10 C to 25 C.
135651A Faceplate with setpoint scale, without thermometer. T6051.
135652AA Blank Faceplate (without setpoint scale, without
thermometer). T6051.
199923AA Plastic Cover with thermometer and setpoint scale.
Brushed gold.
199923AB Plastic Cover with setpoint scale (without thermometer).
Brushed gold.
199923AC Blank Plastic Cover (without thermometer and setpoint
scale). Brushed gold.
135499 Set knob.
Q651 Switching Subbase, see index for page.
Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal
Thermostat Guards, see index for page.
For additional accessories, see Parts and Accessories at the end of
this section.
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
Q651 Switching Subbases
APPROVALS: See T6051 or T6052B Thermostats.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 120 or 240 Vac, 60 Hz.
Contacts (A):
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
16
8
Locked Rotor
96
48
Pilot Duty: 125 VA.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-13/16 in. (148 mm) high, 3-3/16 in.
(81 mm) wide, 11/16 in. (18 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal
Thermostat Guards, see page 166.
Provide manual system switching for T6051 and T6052
Thermostats.
• Provide positive OFF switching of the system.
• Mount vertically or horizontally on standard outlet box.
• Include pressure sensitive labels to identify switching positions.
*TRADELINE model.
ORDER NUMBER a Application
Includes
Q651A1009
Switch position labels: HEAT-OFF-COOL AUTO-OFF-ON HEAT-OFF-FAN
T6051A
Q651B1008
T6051A
Switch position labels: AUTO-OFF-FAN
*Q651C1007
T6052B
Switch position labels: AUTO-OFF HEAT-OFF
a
Subbase CANNOT be used with T6052A 2-Stage Thermostats.
Available while supplies last!
T42 Single Stage, T42G-K,M-P Multistage Thermostats
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Inductive Load (A)
Vac
Vdc
Model Number
120 Vac
240 Vac
115 Vdc
T42B
2.0
1.0
2.0
230 Vdc
1.0
T42G,H,J,K,M,N,P
1.0
0.5
—
—
Resistive Load (A)
For line voltage or low voltage temperature control of heating or
cooling equipment.
Vac
Vdc
• Multistage models control two or three circuits in sequence.
• Setting knob is removable to lock setting at desired temperature.
• Mercury switches actuated by vapor-filled bellows equipment.
Model Number
120 Vac
240 Vac
115 Vdc
230 Vdc
T42G,H,J,K,M,N,P
2.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed (except T42B).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-11/16 in. (144 mm) high, 3-3/8 in.
(86 mm) wide, 2-1/8 in. (54 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
Thermostat Guard: TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guard,
see index for page.
For additional accessories, see Parts and Accessories at the end of
this section.
Temperature Ratings
Differential
Operating Range
Per Stage (Non Adj.)
Interstage
ORDER NUMBER
Stages
F
C
F
C
F
C
T42B1027
1-stage cool
60-100
15-38
2 to 5
1 to 2.5
—
—
T42G1026
3-stage cool
3
1.5
2a
1a
1
0.5
1-5
0.5-2.5
3
1.5
T42H1099c,
2-stage heat
T42J1094
2-stage cool
60-90
15-35
a
Nonadjustable.
2 F (1 C) between cool stages; 5.5 F (3 C) between cool stage 1 and heat stage.
c Celsius model.
b
continued next page
360
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
T42 continued
Temperature Ratings
Differential
Operating Range
Per Stage (Non Adj.)
Interstage
ORDER NUMBER
Stages
F
C
F
C
F
C
T42K1094
1-stage heat 1-stage cool
40-80
5-26
1
0.5
1-5
0.5-2.5
3
1.5
2
1
2a
1a
T42M1023
60-100
16-38
T42M1031
40-80
4-27
T42M1049c
-10 to +2
15 to 35
60-90
15-35
60-100
15-38
T42N1020c,
3-stage heat
2-stage heat 1-stage cool
T42N1038
1-stage heat, 2-stage cool
b
b
a
Nonadjustable.
2 F (1 C) between cool stages; 5.5 F (3 C) between cool stage 1 and heat stage.
c Celsius model.
b
T631A-C Farm Controllers
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Certified.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
T631A,B:
Spdt Snap Switch
Provide line voltage control of heating, cooling and ventilating
systems in farm buildings or storage areas.
• Use in barns, poultry houses, hog barns, pump houses, milk houses
and crop storage houses.
• Treated to resist corrosion.
• Slots in front and bottom of case provide maximum air circulation over
the coiled sensing element.
• Spdt snap switches permanently sealed against corrosion.
• Easy mounting using screws through holes in back of case.
Spdt 1 hp Switch
120 Vac
240 Vac
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
7.4
3.7
16.0
8.0
Locked Rotor
44.4
22.2
96.0
40.0
Low Voltage: 2.0A at 24 Vac for T631B.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/16 in. (110 mm) high, 6-1/16 in.
(154 mm) wide, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) deep.
SENSOR TYPE: Coiled copper tube.
ACCESSORIES:
Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal
Thermostat Guards, see index for page.
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section.
T631A,B:
Spdt 1 hp Switch
Spdt Snap Switch
R-W
R-B
24 Vac
120 Vac
240 Vac
277 Vac
120 Vac
240 Vac
120 Vac
Full Load
2
7.4
3.7
3
16
8
8
240 Vac
5.1
Locked Rotor
—
44.4
22.2
18
80
40
48
30.6
Resistive Load
—
10
5
—
—
—
—
—
*TRADELINE model.
Temperature Ratings
Fixed Differential
Operating Range
Per Switch
Interstage
Ambient Range
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
F
C
F
C
F
C
Switch Type
Finish
T631A1006
35 to 100
2 to 38
2.0
1.1
—
—
120
49
Spdt snap switch
Red
T631A1022
70 to 140
21 to 60
2.0
1.1
—
—
150
66
T631A1030
0 to 70
-18 to +21
3.0
1.7
—
—
125
52
T631A1063
-10 to +100 -23 to +38
3.0
1.7
—
—
125
52
continued next page
361
Building Controls and Systems
T42P1018
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
T631 continued
Temperature Ratings
Fixed Differential
Operating Range
Per Switch
Interstage
Ambient Range
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
F
C
F
C
F
T631A1113
35 to 100
2 to 38
3.5
1.9
—
—
120
T631A1154a
32 to 104
0 to 40
2.0
1.1
—
—
120
T631B1005
35 to 100
2 to 38
2.0
1.1
3.5
1.9
120
49
2 spdt snap switches
T631B1054
35 to 100
2 to 38
2.0
1.1
120
49
T631B1120
5 to 30
Adjustable
2.0
1.1
C
Switch Type
Finish
49
Spdt snap switches rated at 1 hp (0.7 kW)
Red
49
Spdt snap switch
2 spdt snap switches rated at 1 hp (0.7 kW)
2 spdt snap switches
T631C1012
20 to 90
-7 to +32
3.0
1.7
—
—
125
52
1 hp (0.7 kW), spdt snap switch
T631C1020
70 to 140
21 to 66
2.0
1.1
—
—
150
66
Spdt snap switch
T631C1038a
14 to 86
-10 to +30
3.0
1.7
—
—
125
52
Spdt snap switch
T631C1046a
70 to 140
20 to 60
2.0
1.1
—
—
150
66
Spdt snap switch
T631C1053
35 to 100
2 to 38
2.0
1.1
—
—
120
49
Spdt snap switch
*T631C1103
-30 to +100 -34 to +38
5.0
2.8
—
—
125
52
1 hp (0.7 kW), spdt snap switch
aScale
Gray
in Celsius.
T631F,G NEMA 4X Controllers
• Meet National Electrical Code Article 547-4 requirements.
• Easy mounting with screws through holes in flanges on case.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
Spdt Snap Switch
Voltage
Spdt 1 hp Switch
24 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 277 Vac
Provide line voltage control of heating, cooling and ventilating
systems in farm buildings, storage areas and industrial
environments; watertight, dust-proof enclosure.
Full Load
2.0
Locked Rotor —
• Use in barns, brooder houses, poultry houses, hog barns, pump
houses, milk houses, crop storage houses and industrial
environments.
• NEMA 4X enclosure protects thermostat and wiring connections from
oil, water, dust, and corrosion.
• Clear plastic cover reveals setpoint, discourages tampering.
• Sensing element externally mounted for fast response and tin plated to
resist corrosion.
• Reliable snap switches sealed against contamination.
• Insulated case has internal grounding screw for safety.
7.4
3.7
16.0
8.0
3.0
44.4
22.2
96.0
48.0
18.0
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient Range: 145 F (63 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5 in. (127 mm) high, 6-13/16 in.
(173 mm) wide, 3-13/16 in. (97 mm) deep.
LABELS:
T631F (single-stage): Red.
T631G (two-stage): White.
ACCESSORIES:
Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal
Thermostat Guards, see index for page.
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section.
Temperature Ratings
Operating Range
Differential Switch
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
F
C
T631F1068
35 to 100
2 to 38
2.0
1.1
T631F1084a
35 to 100
2 to 38
2.0
1.1
T631F1092a
35 to 100
2 to 38
3.5
1.9
Snap switch with 1 hp rating.
T631G1059a
35 to 100
2 to 38
3.5
1.9
Snap switch with 1 hp contact rating. Adj. interstage differential.b
aSetpoint
Switch Type
—
adjusted externally.
Interstage differential adjustable, 0 F to 7 F (0 C to 4 C). At 0 differential, both switches make at setpoint. When differential above zero, speed
change switch closes after fan switch on temperature rise. Factory set at 3.5 F.
b
362
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
T641 Floating Control Room Thermostats
Low voltage, 4-wire floating controller for damper actuators in
single zone or variable air volume (VAV) applications.
•
•
•
•
Designed for 7-minute ML6161 direct coupled actuators.
Interface with DM7600B 7-minute zone dampers.
T641A provides standard spdt floating control.
T641B incorporates momentary system override switch that energizes
an external relay for override in Building Management Systems.
• Mount horizontally on wall or on 221618 Adapter Plate for competitive
replacements.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized.
Canadian Standards Association Certified.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Contacts: 1A at 24 Vac maximum.
PRESSURE RATINGS:
Deadband (Center Off): 3 F (2 C).
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 45 F to 85 F (7 C to 29 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-1/2 in. (90 mm) high, 5-1/4 in.
(133 mm) wide, 2-1/16 in. (52 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal
Thermostat Guards, see index for page.
Switch Type
Remarks
T641A1005
spdt floating
Internal setpoint with blank, locking cover.
T641A1021
spdt floating
External setpoint, less thermometer.
T641A1039
spdt floating
Warmer/Cooler setpoint, with thermometer.
T641A1047
spdt floating
Warmer/Cooler setpoint, with thermometer; Celsius model.
T641B1004a
spdt floating
Internal setpoint with blank, locking cover.
T641B1012a
spdt floating
Warmer/Cooler setpoint, with thermometer.
T641B1020a
spdt floating
External setpoint, less thermometer.
a
T641C1003
spdt floating
External setpoint, less thermometer.
T641C1011
spdt floating
Warmer/cooler setpoint, with thermometer.
a
Available while supplies last
T6984; T7984 Electronic Modulating Control Thermostats
WIRING: Number 18 AWG (1 sq mm) wire.
POWER SUPPLY: 19 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 2 VA (Class 2 only).
AMBIENT OPERATING RANGE:
Temperature: 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C).
Humidity: 5 to 95% RH (non-condensing).
SETPOINT RANGE:
T6984A,E, T7984A: 55 to 90 F (13 to 32 C).
T6984D, T7984B,C:
Heating: 55 to 75 F (13 to 24 C).
Cooling: 75 to 90 F (24 to 32 C).
The microprocessor-based T6984 and T7984 Electronic Modulating
Thermostats provide proportional plus integral (P+I) individual
room control in zoned commercial heating, ventilating and airconditioning (HVAC) systems. Typical applications include
hydronic perimeter (heating and/or cooling), pressure-dependent
variable air volume (VAV), and bypass box with or without terminal
reheat. The T6984 provides modulating (floating) control. The
T7984 family provides modulating (2 to 10 Vdc analog) control.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
P+I control action provides accurate, stable room temperature control.
User-friendly setpoint knob.
Output status LED for installer checkout.
DIP switch selectable 75 F (24 C) setpoint for heating (high limit) and
cooling (low limit).
Reheat models feature fast/slow response selection to match heating
system dynamics.
Feature output status LED for installer check-out.
Night setback models feature 2-1/2 hour local timed override.
Locking cover and range stops are standard.
Horizontal and vertical covers included.
NOTE: The maximum heating and minimum cooling setpoints are
electronically limited to 75 F.
ACCURACY: 1 F (0.4 C).
PRECISION:
T6984: ±0.5 F (±0.2 C).
T7984: ±1 F (±0.4 C) after stabilization.
OUTPUT:
T6984: spdt floating.
T7984: 2 to 10 Vdc, 2 mA maximum.
SWITCHED OUTPUT RATING (AT 24 VAC):
Thermal circuit breaker protection: breaks on high circuit temperature
and makes once the circuit cools.
Running: 0.5A.
Inrush: 1.1A.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 19 to 30 Vac, 50-60 Hz.
Switched Output: 0.5A running, 1.1A inrush, 24 Vac protected with
self-resetting fuse.
continued next page
363
Building Controls and Systems
ORDER NUMBER
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
T6984; T7984 continued
MOUNTING:
Directly to wall.
Single-gang NEMA-standard 2 in. x 4 in. electric box.
Double-gang NEMA-standard electric box with mounting plate.
272846 Mounting Plate or 1-1/8 in. (35 mm) access hole for wiring.
APPROVALS:
Class II low voltage installation only.
Case and cover: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 94-5V flammability
North American codes for line voltage thermostat enclosures.
Federal Communications Commission Part 15 Class B, IEC 801-3 for
radio frequency interference.
ACCESSORIES:
272845 Wall-Mounted Remote Sensor (47K ohm NTC thermistor).
272846 Mounting Plate Adapter for British Standard, European,
double-gang NEMA electric boxes, or surface wiring.
272847 Duct-Mounted Remote Sensor.
272870 Celsius Cover without setback button hole, for T6984A,E,
T7984A.
272871 Celsius Cover with setback button hole, for T6984D,
T7984B,C.
OPERATING PARAMETERS:
On-Off output duty cycle is 7.5 or 15 min (selectable).
Selectable motor timing (T6984): 20, 30, 60, 90,120/150, 240, 420
sec.
T6984 night setback is 5 F (3 C) heat/cool offset or 9 F (5 C) setback/
cooling shutdown.
T7984 night setback is 5 F (3 C) heat/cool offset or 9 F (5 C) heat
offset or 20 F (11 C) cool offset.
Zero energy band is 3 F (1.5 C) OR 5 F (3 C).
Setpoint defined by heating, cooling or midpoint between heat and
cool.
T7984C main sensor is remote or internal.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Height
Width
Depth
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
4-3/4
119
3-3/16
80
1-9/16
39
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Control Signal
Temperature Sensor
T6984A1059
Cooling only or heating only; Series 60 floating None
with P+I control.
Heat/Cool Changeover
Spdt Floating
Internal
T6984D1046
Heat/Cool (two outputs); Series 60 floating
with P+I control and night setback.
Spdt Floating (Output 1), Internal or Remote
Spst (Output 2)
T6984E1043
Cooling only or heating only; Series 60 floating Remote Contact
with P+I and remote sensing.
Spdt Floating
T7984A1057
Cooling only or heating only; Series 70
modulating with P+I and remote sensing.
2-10 Vdc
T7984B1055
Heat/Cool (two outputs); Series 70 modulating Automatic at 75 F (24 C) 2-10 Vdc (Output 1),
with P+I control and night setback.
Spst (Output 2)
T7984C1053
Heat/Cool (two outputs); Series 70 modulating Remote Contact or
with P+I control and night setback.
Sensor
Automatic at 75 F (24 C)
Remote Contact or
Sensor
2-10 Vdc (Output 1),
2-10 Vdc (Output 2)
Available while supplies last!
T92 Proportional Thermostat
• Removable setting knob prevents unauthorized tampering with
setpoint.
• Mounts easily by fastening screws (included) through three mounting
holes to wall or to adapter plate for outlet box mounting.
Low voltage, 3-wire proportional controller for valve motors,
damper motors, and balancing relays used in heating or cooling
applications.
• Has two potentiometers for unison or sequence control.
• Bellows element adjusts the two potentiometers in proportion to
temperature changes to regulate motor operation.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 24 Vac to 30 Vac.
Potentiometer Resistance: 135 ohms.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Calibration Point: 3 F (2 C) below setpoint to offset internal heat from
operation.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-11/16 in. (144 mm) high, 3-3/8 in.
(86 mm) wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
Thermostat Guard: TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guard,
see index for page.
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section.
Operating Range
Throttling Range
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
F
C
T92E1029
63 to 87
17 to 31
1.5 to 6.5
0.8 to 3.6
364
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
T921 Proportional Thermostats
Provide low voltage, 3-wire control for valve motors, damper motors,
and balancing relays in heating or cooling system applications.
• Bellows element adjusts potentiometer slider to regulate motor
operation.
• Removable setting knob prevents unauthorized tampering with setpoint.
T921C
R-W
R-B
T921D
R-B
R-W
120 Vac
240 Vac
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
8
4
4
2
Locked Rotor
48
24
24
12
Pilot Duty: 125 VA.
*TRADELINE model.
Temperature Ratings
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Throttling
Operating Range Range (Fixed) Faceplate
Adapter
F
C
F
C
Horizontal Remarks
T921A1183
For heating or cooling applications.
56 to 84
13 to 29 2.5
1.4
135135A
Celsius model.
*T921A1191
For heating or cooling applications.
56 to 84
13 to 29 2.5
1.4
135135A
Includes slotted sides and an addon faceplate to allow thermostat to
be mounted horizontally.
T921A1340a
56 to 84
13 to 29 2.5
1.4
134990C
With blank cover.
T921A1506a
56 to 84
13 to 29 5-6
2.8-3.3 135135A
T921B1042
For heating or cooling applications.
56 to 84
Includes heat-cool changeover switch.
13 to 29 4.0
2.2
135135A
T921E1007a
56 to 84
For heating or cooling applications.
Includes switch and heater that provide
a night setback of approx. 10 F (6 C).
13 to 29 4.0
2.2
135135A
a Available
With blank cover.
while supplies last
T7200 Programmable Commerical Thermostat
For product description, see Environmental Control Systems section, page 338
T7300/Q7300 Programmable Commerical Thermostat and
Subbase
For product description, see Environmental Control Systems Section, page 339
365
Building Controls and Systems
APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 24 to 30 Vac.
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Differential, Auxiliary Switch:
T921C: 2 F (1.1 C).
T921D: 1 F (0.6 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-11/16 in. (144 mm) high, 3-3/8 in.
(86 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (58 mm) deep (2-11/16 in. (68 mm) deep on
T921C,D models).
ACCESSORIES:
124355-00047 Adjusting Screw.
127246A Adapter Plate Assembly for mounting all models vertically on
horizontal outlet box, or T921A,B,E models horizontally (with
horizontal faceplate) on vertical outlet box.
Faceplate for mounting horizontally. See ordering table for application.
135135A horizontal, 56 F to 84 F.
135135B horizontal, 13 C to 29 C.
135135D horizontal, 66 F to 95 F.
190520A Cover with thermometer.
190520F Cover without thermometer.
Thermostat Guard: TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guard,
see index for page.
See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section for additional
accessories.
Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats
Parts and Accessories
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Use With
220140A
Cover Assembly; includes faceplate and thermometer.
T651A Series 2000, T694
220140B
Cover Assembly; includes faceplate, without thermometer.
220124Ca
Faceplate, horizontal, Fahrenheit scalec, for models with thermometer.
220124D
Faceplate, horizontal, Celsius scale , for models with thermometer.
220125A
Faceplate, horizontal, Fahrenheit scalec, for models without thermometer.
220125C
Faceplate, horizontal, Celsius scaleb, for models without thermometer.
220126A
Faceplate, horizontal, blank (for models without thermometer).
220124Aa
Faceplate, vertical, Fahrenheit scalec, for models with thermometer.
220124B
Faceplate, vertical, Celsius scaleb, for models with thermometer.
220125B
Faceplate, vertical, Fahrenheit scalec, for models without thermometer.
220125D
Faceplate, vertical, Celsius scaleb, for models without thermometer.
220126Ba
Faceplate, vertical, blank (for models without thermometer).
a
T451A, T651A
b
23394B
Guard, metal and locking.
138541A
Mounting plate (gold) and screws. 23394B, locking cover to outlet box.
T451A, T651A, T694
T42, T6051, T6052, T92E
130224
Setpoint knob.
T42, T92, T921
103774
Switch, spdt.
T631
TG511
Thermostat Guards—Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards.
T451, T4039, T631, T641, T651, T694, T6051,
T6052, T7047
TG512
a
Supplied with T651A2028.
b 5 C to 30 C setpoint range.
c
40 F to 90 F setpoint range.
366
Same as TG511 plus T42, T92, T921
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
The Honeywell Family of Direct-Coupled Actuators
For Damper Applications
and Ball Valve Applications
Non-Spring Return
High Torque
Spring-Return
Low Torque
Spring-Return
High Torque
35 lb-in.
ML6161
ML7161
150 lb-in.
ML6184
ML6284
ML7284
ML9184
25 lb-in.
ML6175
ML6275
ML7275
ML8175
ML9175
142 lb-in.
ML4195
ML6195
ML6295
ML7295
ML8195
70 lb-in.
ML6174
ML7174
300 lb-in.
ML6194
ML6294
ML7294
ML9194
50 lb-in.
ML6185
ML6285
ML7285
ML8185
ML9185
Where the application doesn't require a foot-mounted actuator,
these direct-coupled actuators provide the application flexibility
you expect from Honeywell. Check these features:
FEATURES:
• Available with spdt floating, 2-10 Vdc or 0-10 Vdc, 4 to 20 mA, or
135 ohm control input.
• Available in various ambient temperature ranges.
• Fit various square or round damper shafts.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Building Controls and Systems
Non-Spring Return
Low Torque
Can be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise rotation.
Have magnetic coupling.
Position indicator on some models.
Offer selectable stroke with angular rotation limiter accessory.
Models available with field-addable auxiliary switch packages.
Models available with field-addable feedback potentiometers.
Models available with time-out feature.
Models available with manual declutch lever.
For Valve Applications
For Small Valve
Applications
For Medium Stem Force
Non-Spring Return
Valve Applications
M6410
M7410
ML684
ML7984
FEATURES:
• Available with spdt floating, 2-10 Vdc, 4-20 mA or Series 90 (135 ohm
or electronic) control input.
• Are rated for 32 F to 130 F or -40 F to +140 F ambient temperature
range.
• Mount on top of threaded V5011A,C; V5011F,G and V5013F valves
only.
• Connect directly to valve stem.
• Can operate up to and including 3 in. threaded valves.
For High Stem Force
Valve Applications
Non-Spring Return
Spring-Return
ML6421
ML7421
ML6425
ML7425
• ML7984 reverse or direct acting, field selectable.
• ML6425 and ML7425 available in spring return, stem up or stem down,
on power failure.
• ML6421 and ML7421 non-spring return with 3/4 and 1-1/2 in. stem
travel can operate 1/2 to 3 in. threaded and 2-1/2 to 6 in. flanged
valves.
• M6410 and M7410 mount only on V5852; V5862; V5853; and V5863
Valves or some VP valves with adapter.
• Position indicator included on yoke of activator.
continued next page
367
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
The Honeywell Family of Direct-Coupled Actuators continued
NON-SPRING RETURN DIRECT-COUPLED DAMPER ACTUATORS.
Power
Torque
35 lb-in.
70 lb-in.
150 lb-in.
300 lb-in.
Control Signal
Features
24 120 Two0-10 2-10 4-20 0-135
Auxiliary Integral Conduit Automatic Actuator
Vac Vac Position Floating Vdc Vdc mA ohm Declutch Feedback Switches Connection/Cover Time-out OS Number
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
la
ML6161A2009b
ML6161B2024b
l
l
la
ML6161C2007b
ML6161D2006b
ML7161A2008b
l
ML6174A2002
a
ML6174B2019
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ML6174D2009
ML7174A2001
ML6184A1003
l
l
ML6184C1001
ML6184D1000
ML6184F1008
ML6284A1001
l
l
ML6284C1009
ML6284D1008
ML6284F1006
ML7284A1018
l
l
l
l
ML7284C1008
ML7284D1007
ML7284D1015
ML7284F1005
ML7284F1013
ML9184A1000
l
l
ML9184C1008
ML9184D1007
ML9184F1005
ML6194A1002
l
l
l
l
ML6194C1000
ML6194D1009
ML6194F1007
ML6294C1008
ML6294D1007
ML6294F1005
ML7294A1009
l
l
l
l
ML7294C1007
ML7294D1006
ML7294D1014
ML7294F1004
ML7294F1012
ML9194A1009
l
l
ML9194C1007
ML9194D1006
ML9194F1004
a
Actuators have output feedback capability. Field-addable 200976A or 200976C—order separately.
b
Refer to full actuator descriptions for additional O.S. number selections.
continued next page
368
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
The Honeywell Family of Direct-Coupled Actuators continued
SPRING RETURN DIRECT-COUPLED DAMPER ACTUATORS.
Power
Torque
25 lb-in.
a
Features
24 120 Two0-10 2-10 4-20
Vac Vac Position Floating Vdc Vdc mA
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Adjustable
Conduit
0-135
Zero and
Auxiliary Connection/ Automatic Actuator
a
Time-out OS Number
Switches Cover
ohm Feedback Span
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ML6175A1001
ML6175C1009
l
l
ML6175D1008
ML6175F1006
ML6275A1009
ML6275C1007
l
l
ML6275D1006
ML6275F1004
ML7275A1008
ML7275C1006
l
l
l
l
ML7275D1005
ML7275D1013
ML7275F1003
ML7275F1011
ML8175A1009
ML8175C1007
l
l
ML8175D1006
ML8175F1004
ML9175A1008
ML9175C1006
l
l
ML9175D1005
ML9175F1003
ML6185A1000
ML6185C1008
l
l
ML6185D1007
ML6185F1005
ML6285A1008
ML6285C1006
l
l
ML6285D1005
ML6285F1003
ML7285A1007
ML7285C1005
l
l
l
l
ML7285D1004
ML7285D1012
ML7285F1002
ML7285F1010
ML8185A1008
ML8185C1006
l
l
ML8185D1005
ML8185F1003
ML9185A1007
ML9185C1005
l
l
ML9185D1020
ML9185F1002
135 ohm slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™.
continued next page
369
Building Controls and Systems
50 lb-in.
Control Signal
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
The Honeywell Family of Direct-Coupled Actuators continued
SPRING RETURN DIRECT-COUPLED DAMPER ACTUATORS. (CONTINUED)
Power
Features
24 120 Two0-10 2-10 4-20
Vac Vac Position Floating Vdc Vdc mA
Torque
142 lb-in.
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
a
Control Signal
l
l
l
l
Adjustable
Conduit
0-135
Zero and
Auxiliary Connection/ Automatic Actuator
ohma Feedback Span
Switches Cover
Time-out OS Number
ML4195A1001
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ML4195C1009
ML6195A1009
ML6295C1005
ML7295A1006
ML7295A1014
ML7295C1004
ML7295C1012
ML7295H1009
ML8195A1007
ML8195C1005
135 ohm slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™.
DIRECT-COUPLED VALVE ACTUATORS.
NOTE: All models are powered with 24 Vac.
Control Signal
Spring Force Stroke Timing Power On/Off Floating 4 to 20 2 to 10 135
Return (lbf) (in.)
(sec)
(Vac) spst
spdt
mA
Vdc
ohmc Model
No
40.5
1/4
125
l
24
la
160
3/4
l
60
75
135
l
l
60
30
60
30
Nob
405
3/4
1-1/2
Yes
a
135
3/4
95
24
l
175
90
d
l
24
l
l
Adjustable, operates on 2-10 Vdc or 0-10 Vdc.
Actuator includes manual opener.
c 135 ohm slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™.
d
Spring return: 12 seconds.
b
370
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Comments
M6410A1029
UL94-5V plenum rated; includes conduit
connector.
M7410F1000
Direct/reverse acting switch; UL94-5V plenum
rated; includes conduit connector.
ML6874A3005 —
ML7984A3001 Replaces all ML784 and ML984 standard
models; use with V5011F & G.
ML7984A3019 Replaces all ML784 and ML984 standard
models; use with V5011A & C.
ML7984B3000 For use with pulse width modulation control.
ML6420A3049
ML6420A3056
la
la
ML7420A3055
l
ML7421A1032
ML7420A3063
ML6421A1017
a
ML6421B1040
la
ML7421B1023
ML6425A3022 Extends actuator stem on power failure.
ML6425B3013 Retracts actuator stem on power failure.
la
la
ML7425A3013 Extends actuator stem on power failure.
ML7425B3012 Retracts actuator stem on power failure.
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
ML6161; ML7161 Direct-Coupled, Non-Spring Return
Damper Actuators
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 30 F to 150 F (0 C to 52 C).
TORQUE (LB-IN.):
Stall
Used to control dampers in applications such as variable air volume
(VAV) terminal units, and for mounting on ball valves.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized.
Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
ML6161: 5-9/16 in. (151 mm) high, 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) wide, 2-1/16 in.
(52 mm) deep.
ML7161: 5-9/16 in. (151 mm) high, 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) wide, 3 in.
(76 mm) deep.
Minimum
Maximum
35
45
65
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 24 Vac.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz.
Power Consumption:
ML6161A, B: 2.04 VA.
ML7161A: 4.8 VA.
STROKE: Selectable 45, 60 and 90 degree.
ACCESSORIES:
4074ENJ Kit—includes 45 or 60 degree range stop pin, 1/2 in. to
3/8 in. shaft adapter, and minimum position screw with locknut.
4074ENY Kit—includes 45 or 60 degree range stop pin and 1/2 in. to
3/8 in. shaft adapter.
4074EVK—Short Shaft Kit.
7640QW—metal enclosure for conduit connection and plenum rating.
201052A—one Spdt Auxiliary Switch Package.a
201052B—two Spdt Auxiliary Switch Package.a
200976A—500 ohm Potentiometer (for use with ML6161 only).
200976C—2000 ohm potentiometer (use with ML6161A only).
205860 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 71).
205860A Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 71); NEMA
4 rated.
a Auxiliary Switch Ratings for Field Addable 201052 Switches.
Pilot Duty: 50 VA at 24 Vac, one contact.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Torque
ORDER NUMBER
lb-in.
Timing
Control Signal
Includes
Replaces
ML6161A2009
35
90 sec
Spdt floating and two-position
Output for feedback; 4074ENJ bag assembly;
manual declutch lever.
ML6161A1001
ML6161A2017
7 min
ML6161A2025
3 min
ML6161B2024
90 sec
ML6161B2032
7 min
ML6161B2073
3 min
ML6161C2007
90 sec
ML6161C2015
7 min
ML6161C2023
3 min
ML6161D2006
90 sec
ML6161D2014
7 min
ML6161D2022
3 min
ML7161A2008
90 sec
ML6161A1019
ML6161A1027
4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever. —
Output for feedback; 4074ENJ bag assembly;
integral conduit connection cover; manual
declutch lever.
ML6161C1009
ML6161C1017
ML6161C1025
4074ENJ bag assembly; integral conduit
connection cover; manual declutch lever.
ML6161D1008
ML6161D1016
ML6161D1024
2 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA
4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever. ML7161A1000
371
Building Controls and Systems
• Superior A/C synchronous submotor for consistent timing and actuator
longevity.
• Eliminate need for limit switches or mechanical stops by providing
magnetic coupling.
• All models include manual declutch lever, and bag assembly with two
minimum position setscrews.
• Mount directly on 3/8 inch or 1/2 inch square or round damper shaft.
• Selectable 45, 60, and 90 degree stroke in either clockwise or
counterclockwise direction.
Running
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
ML6174; ML7174 Non-Spring Return Direct-Coupled
Damper Actuators
Used to control dampers in applications such as variable air volume
(VAV) terminal units; suitable for use with spdt floating thermostats,
electronic systems; and for mounting on ball valves.
• Can be used with Commercial Zone Damper in W7600 Commercial
Zone System.
• Compatible with Honeywell W7620 Terminal Unit Controller.
• Magnetic coupling eliminates the need for mechanical stops or limit
switch adjustments by limiting stall torque to 130 lb-in. maximum.
• Mount directly on 3/8 to 1/2 in. round and square damper shafts.
• All models include manual declutch lever for ease of mounting, and bag
assembly with two minimum position setscrews.
• 90-second timing models are suitable for use with pressure independent
VAV systems.
• Seven-minute timing models are suitable for use with pressure
dependent VAV systems.
• ML6174 models replace ML6464s.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized:
File No. E4436, Guide No. XAPX2.
Canadian Standards Association Certified.
UL94-5V Enclosure: Plenum rating.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) wide, 5-9/16 in.
(141 mm) high, 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 20 F to 125 F (-18 C to +50 C); derated timing to -20 F
(-29 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Consumption (maximum at 24 Vac):
W
A
VA
ML6174
2.3
0.10
2.4
ML7174
5.2
0.22
5.4
AUXILIARY SWITCH RATINGS (A):
Electrically selective normally open (N.O.) or normally closed (N.C.),
not simultaneous.
PILOT DUTY: 50 VA, 24 Vac.
MOUNTING:
Mounts directly on horizontal 3/8 in. to 1/2 in. (10 mm to 13 mm) round
or square damper shafts secured by two 1/4 in. (6 mm) 28 NF Allen
screws.
Minimum damper shaft length is 1-3/4 in. (45 mm).
Actuator can be mounted with actuator shaft in any position.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Torque
lb-in.
Control
Mode
Electrical Ratings,
Power Supply
Timing
Control Signal
Includes
ML6174A2002
70
Series 60
24 Vac
90 sec
Spdt floating and two-position
Output for feedback; 4074ENJ bag
assembly; manual declutch lever.
ML6174A2010
3 min.
ML6174B2019
90 sec
4074ENJ bag assembly; manual
declutch lever.
ML6174D2009
ML7174A2001
372
4074ENJ bag assembly; manual
declutch lever; integral enclosure.
Series 70
4 to 20 mA or 2 to 10 Vdc
4074ENJ bag assembly; manual
declutch lever.
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
ML6184; ML6284; ML7284; ML9184 Direct-Coupled,
Non-Spring Return Damper Actuators
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 8-7/16 in. (215 mm) long, 4 in. (102 mm)
wide, 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -30 F to +150 F (-35 C to +60 C).
TORQUE (LB-IN.).
Stall
Used to control building HVAC dampers. Suitable for use with spdt
floating, 2 to 10 Vdc, 4 to 20 mA, and 135 ohm electronic modulating
control systems, and for mounting on ball valves.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File no. E4436, Guide no.
XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Listed: File no. LR95329-17.
UL873 (UL94-5V) Enclosure: Plenum rating.
Minimum
Maximum
150
165
250
STROKE: 95 degree nominal, 3 degrees mechanically limited.
ELECTRICAL RATING:
Power Consumption: 12 VA maximum at 24 Vac.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 9 in. (229 mm), 18 gauge cable with
1/2 in. conduit connection.
NORMAL OPERATION LIFE: 60,000 full stroke cycles.
REPOSITIONS: 1,500,000 minimum.
ACCESSORIES:
205753 Hub Sleeve, 3/8 in.
205758 Hub Sleeve, 5/8 in.
205820A Three-Point Mounting Kit.
205830A Crank Arm Accessory.
205840A Tandem Mount Kit (Series 60 and 80 only).
205860 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 72).
205860A Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 72); NEMA
4 rated.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Torque, Control
lb-in.
Mode
Electrical Ratings,
Power Supply
Timing
Control Signal Includes
Comments
ML6184A1003
150
24 Vac
90 sec
Spdt floating
—
Series 60
—
ML6184C1001
Two auxiliary switches
ML6184D1000
—
ML6184F1008
ML6284A1001
Two auxiliary switches
Series 62
—
ML6284C1009
Two auxiliary switches
ML6284D1008
—
ML6284F1006
Two auxiliary switches
ML7284A1018
Series 70
2 to 10 Vdc
ML7284C1008
—
4 to 20 mA
ML7284D1015
2 to 10 Vdc
ML7284F1005
4 to 20 mA
ML7284F1013
2 to 10 Vdc
Series 90
ML9184C1008
135 ohmsa
—
500 ohm feedback signal;
time-out feature.
—
Time-out feature.
Two auxiliary switches
—
—
Two auxiliary switches
ML9184D1007
—
ML9184F1005
Two auxiliary switches
a
—
Two auxiliary switches
ML7284D1007
ML9184A1000
Time-out feature.
Time-out feature.
135 ohm slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™.
373
Building Controls and Systems
• Magnetic coupling allows stalling actuator.
• Mounts directly onto 3/8 to 3/4 in. round or square damper shaft.
• Removable splined output hub permits premounting of hub on damper
shaft, providing installation flexibility.
• 90-second synchronous timing. Synchronous timing is independent of
load, temperature, and voltage fluctuations.
• All models include manual declutch lever.
• ML6184 models replace ML6474s; ML7284 models replace ML7474.
Running
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
ML6194; ML6294; ML7294; ML9194 Non-Spring Return DirectCoupled Damper Actuators
Provide floating spdt or proportioning control of dampers in heating,
ventilating, air conditioning applications; and for mounting on ball
valves.
• Magnetic coupling eliminates the need for mechanical stops or limit
switch adjustments by limiting stall torque.
• Mount directly on 1/2 in. to 3/4 in. round and square damper shafts (and
1 in. round damper shafts using appropriate insert); 1 in. is standard, 1/2
in. and 3/4 in. is optional.
• Manual clutch allows manual adjustment.
• Designed for both single-point and three-point mounting to allow installation flexibility.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File no. E4436,
Guide no. XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Listed: File no. LR95329-17.
UL873 (UL94-5V) Enclosure: Plenum rating.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4 in. (102 mm) wide, 8-7/16 in.
(215 mm) high, 3-5/32 in. (80 mm) deep.
STROKE: 95 degrees nominal.
TIMING, AT 90 DEGREE STROKE: 165 ±3 seconds, synchronous at
60 Hz from -4 F to +140 F; 200 ±3 seconds at 50 Hz, nonsynchronous below -4 F (-20 C).
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +140 F (-40 C to +60 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Consumption:
ML6194A,C; ML6294A,C; ML9194A,C: 5 VA.
ML6194D,F; ML6294D,F; ML7294A,C; ML9194D,F: 6 VA.
ML7294D,F: 6.5 VA.
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
120V: 3 Full Load.
240V: 18 Locked Rotor.
Pilot Duty: 1A
MOUNTING:
Mounts directly on horizontal 1/2 in. to 3/4 in. (13 to 19 mm) round or
square damper shaft, and 1 in. (26 mm) round damper shaft, using
appropriate hub insert.
REPOSITIONS: 1,500,000.
ACCESSORIES:
205820A 3-point Mounting Kit.
205843B Hub Insert, 1 in. round, with retaining ring.
205846 Crank-Arm Accessory.
205849A Hub Insert, 5/8 in., round or square, with set screws.
205856B Hub Insert, 3/4 in., round or square, with retaining ring.
205860 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer.
205860A Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer, NEMA IV rated.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Torque Control
lb-in.
Mode
Electrical Ratings,
Power Supply
Timing
Control Signal Includes
Comments
ML6194A1002
300
24 Vac
92 sec
Spdt floating
—
Series 60
—
ML6194C1000
Two auxiliary switches
ML6194D1009
—
ML6194F1007
Two auxiliary switches
ML6294C1008
Series 62
500 ohm feedback signal
ML6294D1007
—
ML6294F1005
ML7294A1009
Two auxiliary switches
Series 70
2-10 Vdc
ML7294C1007
—
—
ML7294D1014
4-20 mA
ML7294F1004
2-10 Vdc
ML7294F1012
4-20 mA
Series 90
ML9194C1007
135 ohmsa
—
—
Two auxiliary switches
135 ohm slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™.
Time-out feature.
——
Two auxiliary switches.
ML9194D1006
374
—
Two auxiliary switches
ML9194F1004
a
500 ohm feedback signal;
time-out feature.
Two auxiliary switches
ML7294D1006
ML9194A1009
Time-out feature.
Time-out feature.
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
ML6175; ML6275; ML7275; ML8175; ML9175; ML6185;
ML6285; ML7285; ML8185; ML9185 Direct-Coupled,
Spring Return Damper Actuators
TORQUE:
Breakaway
Model
• Magnetic coupling allows stalling actuator.
• Mounts directly onto 1/2-in. round or square damper shaft.
• 90-second synchronous timing. Synchronous timing is independent of
load, temperature, and voltage fluctuations.
• Removable output hub provides for CW or CCW spring return.
• Models available with or without time-out feature.
• Two or more actuators can be mounted on one damper shaft to
increase output torque for use on dampers larger than eight square
feet (spst and spdt floating only).
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File no. E4436,
Guide no. XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Listed: File no. LR95329-17.
UL94-5V Enclosure: Plenum rating.
UL873: Line voltage auxiliary switches.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
8-9/32 in. (210 mm) long, 3-15/16 in.(100 mm) wide, 3-1/2 in.
(89 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -30 F to +150 F (-35 C to +60 C).
ML6175; ML6275;
ML7275; ML8175;
ML9175
25
25
100
ML6185; ML6285;
ML7285; ML8185;
ML9185
50
50
135
STROKE: 95 degrees nominal, 3 degrees mechanically limited.
TIMING:
90 seconds synchronous at 60 Hz.
90/108 seconds at 50/60 Hz.
Spring wind timing (upon power restoration) 100 seconds nominal.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Consumption: 12 VA maximum at 24 Vac.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: 3 ft (914 mm), 18 gauge cable with 1/2 in.
conduit connection.
SPRING RETURN LIFE:
7500 spring return operations for direct coupled motors.
60,000 spring return operations for 2 position motors
NORMAL OPERATION LIFE: 60,000 full stroke cycles.
REPOSITIONS: 1,500,000 minimum.
ACCESSORIES:
205753 Hub Sleeve, 3/8 in.
205758 Hub Sleeve, 5/8 in.
205820A Three-Point Mounting Kit.
205830A Crank Arm Assembly.
205840A Tandem Mount Kit (Series 60 and 80 only).
205850A End Stop Kit.
205860 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 72).
205860A Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 72),
NEMA 4 rated.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Control
Mode
Control Signal
ML6175A1001
Series 60
Spdt floating
ML6175C1009
Includes
Comments
—
—
Two auxiliary switches
ML6175D1008
—
ML6175F1006
Two auxiliary switches
ML6275A1009
Series 62
—
ML6275C1007
—
ML6275F1004
Two auxiliary switches
Series 70
2-10 Vdc
ML7275C1006
ML7275F1003
—
500 ohm feedback signal; time-out feature.
2 to 10 Vdc feedback.
Two auxiliary switches
ML7275D1005
ML7275D1013
500 ohm feedback signal.
Two auxiliary switches
ML6275D1006
ML7275A1008
Time-out feature.
—
4-20 mA
Time-out feature; 2 to 10 Vdc feedback.
—
Two auxiliary switches
ML7275F1011
continued next page
375
Building Controls and Systems
Used to control building HVAC dampers. Suitable for use with spdt
floating or 2 to10 Vdc, 4-20 mA, and Series 90 electronic
modulating control systems; 50 lb-in. models also may be mounted
on ball valves.
Minimum (Spring
Maximum (Stall)
Running Return)
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
ML6175; ML6275; ML7275; ML8175; ML9175; ML6185; ML6285; ML7285; ML8185; ML9185 continued
ORDER NUMBER
Control
Mode
Control Signal
Includes
Comments
ML8175A1009
Series 80
On/off spst
—
—
ML8175C1007
Two auxiliary switches
ML8175D1006
—
ML8175F1004
ML9175A1008
Two auxiliary switches
Series 90
135 ohmsa
ML9175C1006
—
—
ML9175F1003
Two auxiliary switches
Series 60
Spdt floating
ML6185C1008
—
—
ML6185F1005
Two auxiliary switches
Series 62
—
ML6285C1006
Two auxiliary switches
ML6285D1005
—
ML6285F1003
ML7285A1007
2-10 Vdc
—
—
ML7285D1012
2 to 10 Vdc feedback.
Time-out feature; 2 to 10 Vdc feedback.
2-10 Vdc
Series 80
On/off spst
ML8185C1006
—
—
Two auxiliary switches
Series 80
On/off spst
ML8185F1003
—
Time-out feature.
Two auxiliary switches
Series 90
135 ohmsa
ML9185C1005
—
—
ML9185F1002
Two auxiliary switches
135 ohms slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™.
—
Two auxiliary switches
ML9185D1020
376
500 ohm feedback signal; time-out feature.
Two auxiliary switches
ML7285F1010
a
500 ohm feedback signal.
4-20 mA
ML7285F1002
ML9185A1007
Time-out feature.
Two auxiliary switches
ML7285D1004
ML8185D1005
—
Two auxiliary switches
Series 70
ML7285C1005
ML8185A1008
Time-out feature.
Two auxiliary switches
ML6185D1007
ML6285A1008
—
Two auxiliary switches
ML9175D1005
ML6185A1000
Time-out feature.
Time-out feature.
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
ML4195; ML6195; ML6295; ML7295; ML8195 Spring Return
Direct-Coupled Damper Actuators
• Integral adjustable range stop.
• ML4195 models replace ML4465s; ML7295 models replace ML7475s;
ML8195 models replace ML8465s.
• For hydronic valve applications, a complete line of brackets and linkages
are available for mounting Honeywell direct-coupled actuators on globe
valves and on Honeywell ball valves.
• Brushless DC motor achieves sophisticated control of speed, torque and
braking.
• Self-centering shaft coupling minimizes installation time.
• Spring return direction is field-selectable to simplify installation.
• Manual override permits unpowered positioning to simplify installation
and troubleshooting. Deactivation of interlock is manual or automatic
when power is restored.
• Highly-visible position indicator facilitates setup, checkout and
troubleshooting.
• Rugged, lightweight all-metal alloy housing provides durability.
• Integral conduit connection.
ORDER NUMBER
Torque Control
lb-in.
Mode
ML4195A1001
142
Electrical
Ratings,
Power
Supply
Series 40 120 Vac
Timing
Control
Signal
Includes
Comments
90 sec
On/off spst
—
—
ML4195C1009
ML6195A1009
Two auxiliary switches (fully adjustable)
Series 60 24 Vac
ML6295C1005
Series 62
ML7295A1006
Series 70
Spdt floating —
0 to 10 Vdc
ML7295A1014
4 to 20 mA
ML7295C1004
0 to 10 Vdc
ML7295C1012
4 to 20 mA
ML7295H1009
0 to 10 Vdc
ML8195A1007
ML8195C1005
Series 80
On/off spst
Two auxiliary switches (fully adjustable)
0-1000 ohms feedback
—
0 to 10 Vdc feedback
Two auxiliary switches (fully adjustable)
Adj. zero (0 to 5 Vdc)
and span (2-30 Vdc).
—
—
Two auxiliary switches (fully adjustable)
377
Building Controls and Systems
Use with controls that provide two-position spst, switched or
floating spdt control output, or proportional control for dampers in
heating, ventilating, and air conditioning applications; and for
mounting on ball valves.
APPROVALS:
UL873: Line voltage auxiliary switches.
CUL (CSA C22.2 No. 24-93).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-15/16 in. (100 mm) wide, 11-13/16 in.
(300 mm) high, 2-27/32 in. (72 mm) deep.
STROKE: 95 degrees maximum.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS, AMBIENT: -25 F to 130 F (-32 C to 55 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Consumption:
Running:
ML4195; ML7295: 9 VA.
ML6195; ML6295; ML8195: 8 VA.
Holding:
ML4195: 9 VA.
ML6195; ML6295; ML7295:5 VA.
ML8195: 3 VA.
MOUNTING:
Mounts directly on 3/8 in. to 1 in. (9 mm to 25 mm) round and 1/4 in. to
3/4 in. (6 mm to 18 mm) square damper shafts.
REPOSITIONS: 1,500,000.
FULL STROKE CYCLES: 50,000 minimum.
ACCESSORIES:
210033 Frame Mounting Kit.
210034 Foot Mounting Kit.
210035 U-bolt Coupling, 1.06 in. (27 mm).
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
New!
ML4105; ML4115; ML8105; ML8115 Fast-Acting,
Two-Position Actuators
The ML4105; ML4115; ML8105; and ML8115 Fast-Acting, TwoPosition Actuators are spring return direct coupled actuators
(DCA) with an integral junction box for on/off damper control. The
actuator accepts an on/off signal from a single-pole, single-throw
(spst) controller. Models are available with clockwise (cw) or
counterclockwise (ccw) spring return and are designed to operate
reliably in smoke control systems requiring Underwriter’s
Laboratories Inc. UL555S ratings up to 350 F.
• 30 lb-in. (3.4 N•m) or 50 lb-in. (5.7 N•m) minimum driving torque at
350 F (176 C).
• Integral spring return ensures level of return torque.
• Fifteen-second spring return timing.
• No audible noise during holding.
• Patent pending design eliminates need for limit switches to reduce
power consumption.
• Models available for 24, 120, and 230 Vac.
• Ninety-five degree angle of rotation.
• Actuator holds rated torque at reduced power level.
• Die-cast aluminum housing.
• Housing design allows flush mounting to damper.
• Integral junction box with three conduit openings eliminates need for
separate wiring box.
• High-temperature indicator included.
DIMENSIONS: 7-1/2 in. (192 mm) high, 5-1/8 in. (129 mm) wide,
3-5/16 in. (84 mm) deep.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Input:
ML4105A,B: 120 Vac +10/-15%, 60 Hz.
ML4105C,D: 230 Vac ±10%, 50/60 Hz.
ML4115: 120 Vac ±10%, 60 Hz.
ML8105; ML8115: 24 Vac +20/-10%, 50/60 Hz.
Power Consumption:
ML4105A,B; ML4115: Running: 0.18A, 18W.
Holding: 0.11A, 9W.
ML4105C,D: Running: 0.10A, 18W.
Holding: 0.06A, 9W.
ML8105; ML8115: Running: 16 VA.
Holding: 8 VA.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS:
ML4105A,B; ML4115; ML8105; ML8115: Two color coded
16 in. leads; includes ground screw.
ML4105C1008, ML4105D1007: Terminal block and ground screw
with option for connecting thermal switch.
ML4105C1016, ML4105D1015: 1m appliance cable.
Three 7/8 in. holes for conduit connections (fittings not included).
DEVICE WEIGHT: 5 lb (2.3 kg).
STROKE: 95 ± 3, mechanically limited.
CONTROLLER TYPE:
ML4105A,B; ML4115: Line voltage (120 Vac), two-position, spst
(Series 40).
ML4105C,D: Line voltage (230 Vac), two-position, spst (Series 40).
ML8105; ML8115: Low voltage (24 Vac), two-position, spst (Series 80).
TORQUE RATING (AT RATED VOLTAGE):
Typical Holding: 100 lb-in. (11.3 N•m).
Spring Return:
ML4105; ML8105: 40 lb-in. (4.5 N•m).
ML4115; ML8115: 30 lb-in. (3.4 N•m).
Stall Maximum:
ML4105; ML8105: 240 lb-in. (27 N•m).
ML4115; ML8115: 150 lb-in. (17 N•m).
350 F Driving:
ML4105; ML8105: 50 lb-in. (5.7 N•m).
ML4115; ML8115: 30 lb-in. (3.4 N•m).
NOISE RATING (MAXIMUM):
Driving Open: 65 dBA at 1m.
Holding: 20 dBA at 1m (no audible noise).
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 0 F to 130 F (-18 C to +55 C).
Shipping and Storage: -40 F to +140 F (-40 C to +60 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5 to 95% RH, noncondensing.
MOUNTING:
3/8 to 1/2 in. square or round damper shafts. Actuator can be
mounted with shaft in any position. Secure hub to shaft with:
ML8105; ML8115; ML4105A,B; ML4115: Four 1/4-28 UNF set
screws. Use 1/8 in. Allen wrench to tighten set screws.
ML4105C,D: Four 3 mm set screws. Use 3 mm Allen wrench to
tighten set screws.
MINIMUM DAMPER SHAFT LENGTH: 1-3/4 in. (45 mm).
TIMING (AT RATED TORQUE AND VOLTAGE):
Drive Open:
ML4105; ML8105: 15 sec maximum, 14 sec typical.
ML4115: 25 sec maximum, 18 sec typical.
ML8105: 25 sec maximum, 22 sec typical.
Spring Close: 15 seconds.
DESIGN LIFE (AT RATED VOLTAGE): 30,000 full stroke cycles.
APPROVALS:
ML4105
ML8105;
A,B C,D ML4115 ML8115
UL/cUL
X
X
X
UL873 Plenum Rating
X
X
X
CE
X
X
C-TICK
X
X
ACCESSORIES:
201391 Shaft Adapter for 3/8 in. shafts.
205649 Mounting Bracket.
32003532 Adjustable Switch Package, two 10A externally-mounted
fully-adjustable switches.
continued next page
378
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
ML4105; ML4115; ML8105; ML8115 continued
Order Number
Spring Return Direction Voltage in Vac
Torque in lb-in. (N•m)
Description
ML4105A1000
ccw
50 (5.7)
Standard model.
ML4105B1009
cw
ML4105C1008
ccw
120
230
IP50 Environmental rating.
ML4105C1016
ML4105D1007
IP54 Environmental rating, 1 meter cable.
cw
IP50 Environmental rating.
ML4105D1015
IP54 Environmental rating, 1 meter cable.
ccw
ML4115B1008
cw
ML8105A1006
ccw
ML8105B1005
cw
ML8115A1005
ccw
ML8115B1004
cw
120
30 (3.4)
24
50 (5.7)
Standard model.
30 (3.4)
ML684; ML6874; ML7984 Valve Actuators
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Current Draw: 0.25A running, 0.5A stall.
Transformer, Recommended: 20 VA minimum transformer required.
Power Consumption:
Full Load: 6 VA.
Stall: 12 VA.
AUXILIARY SWITCH RATINGS (A):
120V
240V
Mount directly, without a linkage, on V5011A,C,F,G; V5013F and
V5045 1/2- to 3-inch water and steam threaded valve bodies only.
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
• Self-contained, self-adjusting, linear valve actuator.
• Compact size is ideal for unit heaters, fan coil units, narrow ceiling
plenums and computer room motorized valve applications.
• Non-spring return.
• 160-pound minimum valve closing force, either direction.
• 3/4 inch stem travel.
PRESSURE RATINGS, CLOSE OFF RATINGS:
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Certified (for line voltage auxiliary
switch accessories).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-8/10 in. (173 mm) high, 4 in.
(102 mm) wide, 3-1/5 in. (82 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 32 F to 132 F (0 C to 55 C).
TIMING: 63 seconds for 3/4 inch travel.
Valve
Pipe Size (in.)
V5011F,G; V5013F
1/2
Close Off (psi)
150
3/4
150
1
150
1-1/4
145
1-1/2
91
2
47
2-1/2
32
3
19
ACCESSORIES:
272630A One Spdt Switch.
272630B Two Spdt Switches.
272822 Resistor Kit for ML7984.
272629A Adapter Kit for mounting ML684 to V5045 valves.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Control Signal
Recommended Controllers
ML684A1009
Spdt two-position
Use with two-position spdt controllers, or floating controllers such as T6984.
ML6874A3005
Spdt floating
Use with floating controllers such as T7075B or T775A,B,C or D with two or more relay
inputs.
ML7984A3001
2-10, 10-2 Vdc; 4-20, 20-4 mA; 135
ohm, or electronic Series 90
Use with T991; T921; W7600, and electronic Series 90 proportional controllers such as
W973 with S7505; T775; W7100; or T7300 with Q7300L. Use with V5011F,G and
V5013 Valves.
2-10, 10-2 Vdc; and PWM.
Pulse width modulation (PWM) control.
ML7984A3019
ML7984B3000
Use with V5011A,C,N; V5013A,C,N. Replaces all ML784 and ML984 standard models.
379
Building Controls and Systems
ML4115A1009
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
ML6420; ML6421; ML6425; ML7421; ML7425 Electric Linear
Valve Actuators
ML6425; ML7425 Dimensions, Approximate:
5-5/15 6-5/16
(135) x (161)
14-5/16 (364)
MINIMUM
CLEARANCE
2-11/16 (67)
11-1/4
(284)
The ML6420; ML7420; ML6421; and ML7421 Non-Spring Return and
ML6425 and ML7425 Spring Return Electric Linear Valve Actuators
provide floating or modulating control to operate standard
Honeywell valves in heating, ventilating, and air conditioning
(HVAC) applications. The modulating actuators accept an analog
signal of 0 to 10 Vdc or 2 to 10 Vdc, and an internal selector plug
can be used to reverse the direction of action.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accurate valve positioning.
Quick and easy installation.
No separate linkage or adjustments required.
Conduit connector standard on ML6420; ML6425; ML7420; ML7425.
Conduit knockout standard on ML6421; ML7421.
True spring return on power failure with ML6425; ML7425.
Low power consumption.
High close-off ratings.
Force-limiting end switches.
Direct/reverse action with ML6420; ML6425; ML7420; ML7425.
Synchronous motor.
Maintenance-free, corrosion-resistant design.
Position feedback signal with ML7420; ML7421; ML7425.
Fail-safe position selection for control signal loss with ML7425.
Manual operator on non-spring return models.
APPROVALS:
IP54 protection standard.
Class 1 (24 Vac) insulation.
UL94-5V flame retardant.
Meets CE requirements.
1/2 (13) FPT
7-5/8
(192)
YOKE
DIAMETER
1-3/8 (35)
M7892A
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Model
Maximum Power Consumption Power Supply
ML6420
6 VA
ML7420
7 VA
ML6421
11 VA
24 Vac (+10/-15%),
50/60 Hz
ML6425
ML7421
12 VA
ML7425
ML6420; ML6421; ML7420; ML7421 Dimensions, Approximate:
ML6421, ML7421
ML6420, ML7420
5-5/15 (135)
x 6-5/16 (161)
7 (178 ) X 7 (178)
2-11/16
(67)
2-1/2
(64)
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 14 F to 122 F (-10 C to +50 C).
Storage: -40 F to +158 F (-40 C to +70 C).
Maximum Valve Medium: 300 F (150 C).
CLOSE-OFF RATINGS: See Actuator Specification Data Sheet.
D
MINIMUM
CLEARANCE
C
C
B
B
A
A
E (YOKE
DIAMETER)
1/2
(13)
FPT
KNOCKOUTS (2)
7/8 (22)
E (YOKE
DIAMETER)
ML6421A, ML7421A ML6421B, ML7421B
ML6420, ML7420
A
5-5/8 (142)
8 (204)
5-9/16 (141)
B
9-3/8 (239)
11-7/8 (301)
9-3/16 (233)
C
10-3/8 (264)
12-3/4 (326)
9-9/16 (242)
D
14-1/4 (360)
16-7/8 (430)
12-11/16 (322)
E
1-3/8 (35)
1-7/8 (48)
1-3/8 (35)
M17463
continued next page
380
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
ML6420; ML6421; ML6425; ML7421; ML7425 continued
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
ML6420A3049
Non-spring Return 3/4 in.
Electric Linear Valve
Actuator
ML6420A3056
Stroke
Stem Force Control Signal Timing
Notes
135 lbf
—
0 to 10 Vdc,
2 to 10 Vdc
ML7420A3063
ML6421A1017
405 lbf
ML6421B1040
1-1/2 in.
ML7421A1032
3/4 in.
ML7421B1023
1-1/2 in.
ML6425B3013
Spdt floating
60 sec
30 sec
95 sec
175 sec
135 lbf
ML7425A3013
0 to 10 Vdc,
2 to 10 Vdc
95 sec
Spdt floating
90 sec
(Spring Return:
12 sec)
0 to 10 Vdc,
2 to 10 Vdc
ML7425B3012
175 sec
Drives valve stem down on power failure.
Draws valve stem up on power failure.
Drives valve stem down on power failure.
Draws valve stem up on power failure.
M6410; M7410 Valve Actuators
Small Individual Room Control (IRC) Electric Actuators provide
floating or modulating control of V5852; V5862 two-way or V5853;
V5863 three-way valves.
• Suitable for Excel/IRC system or other controllers providing specified
signals.
• Magnetic coupling for torque limitation independent of voltage supply
and self-adjustment of the closeoff port.
• Low maintenance plastic housing.
• No mounting tools required.
• Small size allows installation in the limited space of fan-coil units,
induction units, and small reheaters or recoolers.
• Visual position indication (red pin).
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: For plenum use, File E156107,
Volume 1.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
M6410A: 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) high, 1-15/16 in. (49 mm) wide, 3-1/4 in.
(82 mm) deep.
M7410F: 2-13/32 in. (61 mm) high, 1-15/16 in. (49 mm) wide,
3-15/16 in. (100 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 32 F to 140 F (0 C to 60 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Input Power: 24 Vac, +10/-30%, 50/60 Hz.
Power Consumption:
M6410A: 0.7 VA.
M7410E: 1.4 VA.
RUNNING TIME:
150 seconds at 50 Hz
125 seconds at 60 Hz.
MOUNTING: Actuator screws onto valve body.
CONNECTIONS: 4.9 ft. (1.5m) cable.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
ORDER NUMBER
Control
Mode
Electrical Ratings,
Power Supply
Timing
Use With
Comments
M6410A1029
Spdt floating
24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
T87F1859
UL94-5V plenum rated; includes conduit connector.
M7410F1000
0 to 10 Vdc or
2 to 10 Vdc
125 sec
T775; W7600 modulating Direct-/reverse-acting switch; UL94-5V plenum
dc voltage models.
rated; includes conduit connector.
381
Building Controls and Systems
Spring Return
3/4 in.
Electric Linear Valve
Actuator
60 sec
30 sec
ML7420A3055
ML6425A3022
Spdt floating
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
Accessories:
Use With Direct-Coupled Damper Actuator
Accessory
Part Number Non-spring Return
Spring Return
Description
Auxiliary Switch, for 3/8 in. or 1/2 in. shaft
ML6161; ML7161
Bag Assembly Kit (one stop pin and shaft
adapter)
Bag Assembly Kit (one stop pin, shaft
adapter, two minimum position screws)
4074ENY
4074ENJ
35 lb-in. ML6161; ML7161
70 lb-in. ML6174; ML7174
Case and Cover
7640QW
ML6161; ML6174;
ML7161; ML7174
90
201052A
201052B
75
60
45
30
15
0
Crank Arm Adapter
205685
150 lb-in.
205846
300 lb-in.
Crank Arm Assembly (hub insert with set screws, retaining ring and
crankarm)
205870
25 or 50 lb-in.
Crank Arm Kit (includes two ball joint connectors)
205830A
25 or 50 lb-in.
continued next page
382
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
Accessories continued
Description
Use With Direct-Coupled Damper Actuator
Accessory
Part Number Non-spring Return
Spring Return
Economizer Logic Module, Solid State
W6210A,D
Honeywell Series 62
Direct-Coupled Actuators
W7210A,D
Honeywell Series 72
Direct-Coupled Actuators
205850B
25 or 50 lb-in.
End Stop Kit
205617
150 lb-in.
Hub Insert, 3/8 in.
205753
150 lb-in.
Hub Insert, 1/2 in.
205755
Hub Insert, 5/8 in.
205758
Hub and retaining ring, 1 in. round
205843B
300 lb-in.
Hub and retaining ring, 3/4 in. round or square
205856B
Hub, 5/8 in. round or square
205849A
Mounting Kit, 3-Point,
bracket and 3 standoff
205820A
Mounting Kit, Tandem,
bracket, 6 standoffs and
drive shaft extensions
205840A
150 lb-in.
300 lb-in.
Potentiometer, Feedback
0 to 1000 ohm
200976C
ML6161A,C;
ML6174A,C
Potentiometer, Feedback
0 to 500 ohm
200976A
Potentiometer, Remote Minimum Position
205860
Actuator with 0/4-20 mA,
or 0/2-10 Vdc control
signal
60
80
10
Actuator with 0/4-20 mA,
or 0/2-10 Vdc control
signal
25 or 50 lb-in.
0
40 50
25 or 50 lb-in.
70
20
30
25 or 50 lb-in.
90
100
continued next page
383
Building Controls and Systems
Hub Insert, 3/4 in. round
Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled
Accessories continued
Description
Use With Direct-Coupled Damper Actuator
Accessory
Part Number Non-spring Return
Spring Return
Shaft Adapter, 1 in.
205880
Short Shaft Extender
4074EVK
ML6161; ML7161;
ML6174; ML7174
Weathershield
32003036
150 lb-in.
300 lb-in.
35 lb-in.
70 lb-in.
384
25 or 50 lb-in.
25 lb-in.
30 lb-in.
50 lb-in.
142 lb-in.
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Modutrol IV Family of Motors “Contractor-Friendly” design for
service and retrofit
Internal
Field-Addable
Transformer
Internal
Field-Addable
Auxiliary
Switches
Crank
Arm
Modutrol IV Motors replace all present generation Modutrol motors and
set a new, certifiable standard for the industry. Modutrol IV Motors retain
all the features that made Honeywell Modutrol motors the most reliable
produced, and go even further with 20 quality improvements.
TRADELINE models provide these features and benefits:
1. Dual shafts. Both drive and auxiliary shafts have equal torque ratings,
allowing auxiliary shaft to drive full torque loads. This provides a more
flexible motor. For example, a spring-return, normally closed motor will
provide normally open operation simply by using the auxiliary shaft.
2. NEMA 3 housing. Modutrol IV motor housings protect the motor from
driving rain if motor is mounted in the upright position (as shown in
above photo). May be mounted outdoors without a weatherproofing kit.
3. Higher holding torques. Holding torques have been increased by
35-100%. More reliable performance on the job. Greatly reduced likelihood of “dithering” once motor has stabilized in position.
4. Improved spring return drive torque. Rating increased from 50 lb-in.
to 60 lb-in. for the high torque M9185 style motor (old
M945/955 motor).
5. Reduced power consumption. Motor power needs can always be
satisfied with a 40 VA transformer.
6. Internal quality improvements. Result in improved performance and
longer life. These significant quality improvements include:
Controller
Interface
Module
M16727
• Common Bore Motor precisely aligns bearings, end caps, stator and
rotor for increased performance and reliability.
• One Piece Stator provides greater durability plus improved efficiency.
• Stronger Gear Train, the most reliable in the industry.
• Die-Cast Housing with tongue and groove seal design provides
superior oil-seal integrity.
• Plus significant improvements in the drive shaft, terminal block, and
more.
A total of more than 20 improvements have gone into the design and
manufacture of Modutrol IV Motors—The Performers.
Fourteen TRADELINE motors and appropriate accessories can be configured to replace all previous Honeywell Modutrol motors, as well as most
OEM modutrol motors. The TRADELINE motors are:
M6184D1035
M9174D1007
M6285A1005
M6194D1017
M9184D1013
M6285A1013
M6284D1000
M9184D1021
M9175D1014
M6294D1008
M9194D1003
M9185D1004
M9164D1009
M8185D1006
The appropriate accessories are listed in Parts and Accessories, a table
near the end of this section of the catalog.
385
Building Controls and Systems
Resistor
Board
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Modutrol IV Family of Motors
The following Modutrol IV motors can replace the old style Modutrol motors as shown below.
New Mod IV Replacement
Old Motors Replaced
NonSpring
Return
M6184
M6194
M6284
M6294
M7164
M7274
M7284
M7294
M7364
M7384
M7964
M7984
M9164
M9174
M9184
M9194
M9484
M9494
M644
M744
M941
M944
M954
High
Torque
Spring
Return
M4185
M4186
M6285
M6286
M7185
M7186
M7285
M7286
M7385
M7685
M8185
M9185
M9186
M445
M745
M845
M945
M955
Medium
Torque
Spring
Return
M7975
M9175
386
M765
M865
M965
M975
M734
M934
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
The Honeywell Family of Modutrol IV Foot-Mounted Actuators
*TRADELINE models.
Voltage Vac
Control Input
On/ Spdt
24a 120 208 220 240 Stroke Timing Off Floating Modulating
Actuator
M4185A1001
M4185B1009
M4185B1017
M4185B1058
l
M6184A1015
l
l
l l
l l
l
M6184A1023
l
l
l
l
l
l
Torque (lb-in.)
Thermistor 25
35
50
60
l
l
l
l
75
160
60
160
60
160
60
90
30
90
30
l
160
30
l
l
l
Spring Recommended
150 300 Return Controller
l
l
l
l
l
l
*M6184D1035
l
90-160 30-60
l
l
M6184D1068
l
90-160 120-240
l
l
M6184F1014
l
90-160 30-60
l
l
*M6194B1011
l
90
l
l
*M6194D1017
l
90-160 120-240
l
l
M6194E1006
l
90-160 120-240
l
l
M6284A1048
l
160
60
l
l
M6284A1055
l
90
30
l
l
M6284A1063
l
160
160
l
l
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
*M6284D1000
l
90-160 30-60
l
l
M6284F1013
l
90-160 30-60
l
l
*M6285A1005
l
160
60
l
l
l
*M6285A1013
l
90
30
l
l
l
M6285C1001
l
160
60
l
l
l
M6286G1001
l
160
60
l
l
l
*M6294D1008
l
90-160 120-240
M7164A1017b
l
M7164G1030
M7185A1004b
l
b
M7284A1004
b
M7284A1012
b
M7284A1038
M7284A1046b
M7284A1079b
M7284C1000
M7284C1018b
M7284C1059
l
b
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
30
10.5-13.5 Vdc
90
30
10.5-13.5 Vdc
160
60
4-7 Vdc
90
30
4-20 m A
160
60
4-20 m A
90
15
4-20 m A
90
30
4-20 m A
160
60
2-10 Vdc
90
30
4-20 m A
160
60
90
30
4-20 m A
l
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
l
90
4-20 m A
l
l
T775; T4031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
T775; W 7080
T775; W 7080
l
l
l
l
l
T775; W 7080
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
l
l
l
l
l
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
DDC
continued next page
387
Building Controls and Systems
90-160 15-30
l
T775; W 7080
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
l
b
T775; T4031
T775; T7075;
T675; T678; T6031
M6184D1001
60
T775; T4031
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
The Honeywell Family of Modutrol IV Foot-Mounted Actuators continued
*TRADELINE models.
Voltage Vac
Control Input
On/ Spdt
24a 120 208 220 240 Stroke Timing Off Floating Modulating
Actuator
M7284C1067
M7284G1001b
l
l
b
M7284Q1009
M7284Q1017b
M7284Q1033
M7284Q1041
l
l
M7285A1003b
b
M7285A1011
M7285A1045b
M7285C1009
l
b
M7285C1017b
M7285Q1008b
b
M7285Q1016
b
M7286G1009
b
M7294A1010
M7294G1009b
l
l
l
b
M7294Q1007
M7685A1025b,c
l
b
M7964A1001
M7964B1009b
M7964B1017b
M7964C1007
b
M7964C1015
b
M8185A1002
*M8185D1006
l
l
M9164A1005
M9164A1013
M9164A1021
M9164A1070
M9164A1088
M9164A1120
M9164C1001
l
l
l
M9164C1050
M9164C1068
*M9164D1009
l
M9174B1027
M9174B1043
M9174C1025
M9174C1033
*M9174D1007
M9175D1006
*M9175D1014
M9184A1019
M9184A1035
M9184C1031
M9184D1005
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
60
160
60
2-10 Vdc
90
30
4-20 m A
160
60
90
30
160
60
90
30
4-20 m A
160
60
4-20 m A
160
60
2-10 Vdc
90
30
4-20 m A
160
60
4-20 m A
90
30
4-20 m A
160
60
4-20 m A
160
60
2-10 Vdc
160
120
2-10 Vdc
160
120
2-10 Vdc
90
60
4-20 m A
90
30
14-17 Vdc
90
30
—
90
30
—
160
60
—
90
30
—
90
30
—
160
60
90-160 30-60
l
l
160
Thermistor 25
35
50
60
75
4-20 mA
4-20 m A
l
l
4-20 m A
4-20 m A
l
l
90
30
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
90
30
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
90
30
135 ohm
90-160 30-60
135 ohm
90
30
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
90
30
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
90-160 30-60
135 ohm
90-160 30-60
135 ohm
90-160 30-60
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
90
30
135 ohm
90
30
135 ohm
90-160 15-30
Torque (lb-in.)
135 ohm
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Spring Recommended
150 300 Return Controller
l
l
l
l
l
l
DDC
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
DDC
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
DDC
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
T775, EXCEL 5000
l
T775; W 7080
T7047
T7047
T7047
T7047
T7047
l
l
l
l
T775
T775
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
l
l
l
l
l
l
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
l
l
l
l
l
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
continued next page
388
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
The Honeywell Family of Modutrol IV Foot-Mounted Actuators continued
*TRADELINE models.
Voltage Vac
Control Input
On/ Spdt
24a 120 208 220 240 Stroke Timing Off Floating Modulating
Actuator
*M9184D1013
*M9184D1021
M9184F1000
M9184F1034
M9185A1018
M9185A1026
M9185C1006
*M9185D1004
M9185E1019
*M9194D1003
M9194E1000
90-160 30-60
135 ohm
90-160 30-60
135 ohm
90-160 30-60
135 ohm
90-160 30-60
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
90
30
135 ohm
160
60
135 ohm
90-160 30-60
135 ohm
90-160 30-60
135 ohm
160
135 ohm
60
90-160 120-240
135 ohm
90-160 120-240
135 ohm
Thermistor 25
35
50
60
l
l
l
l
l
l
75
Spring Recommended
150 300 Return Controller
l
l
l
l
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
T775; T915; T991
a
All 24 Vac Modutrol motors have CE approval.
b
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
c
Includes minimum position potentiometer.
Modutrol IV Motor Order Number Guide
OUTPUT DRIVE
ROTATION
4
5
N.C.
6
N.O.
ACTION
SHAFT
NON-SPRING RETURN
DUALENDED
SHAFT
SPRING RETURN
NON-SPRING RETURN
1
2
N.C.
3
N.O.
SPRING RETURN
SINGLEENDED
SHAFT
1
SPECIFICATION
NUMBER
M918 4 D1021
CONTROL SERIES (FIRST TWO DIGITS)
41 SERIES 40, TWO-POSITION, LINE VOLTAGE
61 SERIES 60, FLOATING CONTROL
62 SERIES 60, FLOATING WITH FEEDBACK
POTENTIOMETER
71 4-7, 6-9, 10.5-13.5 VDC CONTROL
72 4-20 mA OR 2-10 VDC CONTROL
73 W936 CONTROL
76 14-17 VDC WITH MINIMUM POSITION
1
79 SPECIALS
81 SERIES 80, TWO-POSITION, LOW VOLTAGE
91 SERIES 90, PROPORTIONING CONTROL
94 PROPORTIONAL FLAME SAFEGUARD
1
FIRING RATE MOTOR
TORQUE DESIGNATION
SUFFIX LETTER
APPLIES TO ALL MODELS EXCEPT SERIES 79
TORQUE
SPRING
RETURN
6
NUMBER OF
AUX. SWITCHES
NON-SPRING
RETURN
35 LB-IN.
0
1
2
B
C
7
25 LB-IN.
75 LB-IN.
A
8
60 LB-IN.
150 LB-IN.
N
9
300 LB-IN.
FURTHER
IDENTIFIES
MOTOR
Q
2
1
V
SPECIAL
FUNCTION
STROKE
ELECTRICAL
ROTATION
FIXED
N.C.
STANDARD
ADJ. ZERO
AND SPAN
MINIMUM
POSTITION
STANDARD
W
Y
D
E
F
G
H
STANDARD
L
STANDARD
ADJUSTABLE
FIXED
N.O.
ADJUSTABLE
1
MODEL NUMBERS IN SHADED AREAS ARE AVAILABLE SPECIAL ORDER ONLY. CONTACT YOUR HONEYWELL SALES REPRESENTATIVE.
2
SUFFIX LETTERS IN BOLD ARE OBSOLETE.
M17507
389
Building Controls and Systems
M9186G1006
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Torque (lb-in.)
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
M4185; M4186; M8185 Modutrol IV Motors
• Integral helical spring that returns the motor shaft to the normal
position (fully closed for M4185 and M8185; fully open for M4186) on
power interruption.
• Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac Line voltage
models shipped with internal transformers.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
Two-position, spring return motors used to operate dampers and
valves.
• Used to operate dampers and valves in applications where it is
necessary or desirable to have the controlled element return to the
starting position in the event of power failure or interruption.
• Replace M445A,D; M845A,C,E; and M865B motors.
• Available with factory-installed transformers, or an internal transformer
can be added in the field.
• Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and
long life.
• Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box, when mounted
upright.
• Electrically normally closed (at closed position when control signal is at
minimum level) and rotate clockwise to open with a signal increase.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620,
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
One Contacta
120V
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
240V
a
40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard;
screw terminal adapter available.
*TRADELINE model.
Electrical Ratings
Power
Torquea
ORDER NUMBER
Power Supply
W
VA
lb-in. N•m
Stroke
Timing (degrees) Includes
Comments
M4185A1001
120 Vac at 50/60 Hz
25
30
60
60 sec 160
—
6.8
M4185B1009
M4185B1017
M4185B1058
M8185A1002
—
1 spdt auxiliary switch
120/208/240 Vac at
50/60 Hz
24 Vac at 50/60 Hz
30 sec 90
20
21
*M8185D1006
60 sec 160
—
30 to
90 to 160
60 sec
220738A adapter bracket to
Shorter timing applies
match height of Mod III motors to 90 degree stroke.
a Torque
given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome
occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
M6184; M6194 Modutrol IV Motors
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620,
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
Reversing, three-wire spdt or floating control motors used to
operate dampers and valves.
• Replace M644-A-E motors.
• Available with fixed or adjustable stroke.
• Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage
models shipped with internal transformers.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
One Contacta
120V
240V
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
a 40
VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
continued next page
390
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
M6184; M6194 continued
*TRADELINE models.
Electrical Ratings
Torquea
Power
ORDER NUMBER
Power Supply
W
VA
lb-in. N•m
Timing
Stroke
(degrees) Includes
Comments
M6184A1015
24 Vac at 50/60 Hz
15
17
150
17.0
30 sec
90
—
M6184A1023
120 Vac at 50/60 Hz 20
25
75
8.5
30 sec
160
M6184D1001
24 Vac at 50/60 Hz
17
15
*M6184D1035
—
15 to 30 90 to 160
sec
150
220738A adapter bracket to
match height of Mod III motors.
M6184D1068
120 to
240 sec
—
M6184F1014
30 to 60
sec
300
34.0
*M6194D1017
60 sec
90
—
120 to
90 to 160
240 sec
M6194E1006
a
220738A adapter bracket to
Shorter timing applies
match height of Mod III motors. to 90 degree stroke.
—
Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome
occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
M6284; M6294 Modutrol IV Motors
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620,
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
Reversing, three-wire floating-control motors with feedback
potentiometer. Used with controllers that provide a spdt output to
operate dampers and valves.
• Replace M944B,E,G,S motors.
• Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage
models shipped with internal transformers.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
One Contacta
120V
240V
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
a
40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
*TRADELINE models.
Electrical Ratings
Power
Torquea
ORDER NUMBER
Power Supply
W
VA
lb-in. N•m Timing
Stroke
(degrees) Includes
Comments
M6284A1048
120 Vac at 50/60 Hz 20
25
150
60 sec
160
—
30 sec
90
60 sec
160
17
M6284A1055
M6284A1063
*M6284D1000
15
17
24 Vac at 50/60 Hz
a
Auxiliary cams, MOVs and screw
terminal adapter.
30 to 60 90 to 160 220738A adapter bracket to
sec
match height of Mod III motors.
M6284F1013
*M6294D1008
—
Shorter timing applies
to 90 degree stroke.
2 spdt auxiliary switches.
300
34
120 to
240 sec
220738A adapter bracket to
match height of Mod III motors.
Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome
occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
391
Building Controls and Systems
30 to 60 90 to 160
sec
M6194B1011
17.0
Shorter timing applies
to 90 degree stroke.
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
M6285; M6286 Modutrol IV Motors
• Factory-installed transformer models available, or an internal
transformer can be added in the field.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
Spring return motors with isolated feedback potentiometer, used
with spdt or floating controls to operate dampers and valves.
• Replace M945B,C,G motors.
• Contain integral springs that return motor shafts to normal position (full
open for M6286, full closed for M6285) when power is interrupted.
• Include electrically isolated feedback potentiometers to provide
indication of shaft position.
• Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and
long life.
• Includes adapter brackets to match shaft height of older motors.
• Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box, when mounted
upright.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620,
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
One Contacta
120V
240V
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
a
40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard;
screw terminal adapter available.
*TRADELINE models.
Electrical Ratings
Power
Torquea
ORDER NUMBER
Power Supply
W
VA lb-in. N•m
Stroke
Timing (degrees) Includes
*M6285A1005
24 Vac at 50/60 Hz
20
21 60
60 sec
160
*M6285A1013
6.8
30 sec
90
M6285C1001
60 sec
160
M6286G1001
a
220738A adapter bracket to match height of Mod III motors.
2 spdt auxiliary switches.
—
Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 200 lb.-in. and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large
loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
M7164; M7185 Modutrol IV Motors
M7164
M7185, M7186
Proportional motors used to operate dampers and valves when
used with a modulating dc voltage source such as W7080 panel.
• M7164 replaces M734H,J motors; M7185 replaces M745P motors.
• Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and
long life.
• Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box when mounted
upright.
• M7164A and M7185A are normally closed (at closed position when
control signal is at a minimum) and rotate clockwise to open with a
signal increase.
• M7164G is electrically normally open (at open position when control
signal is at a minimum) and rotate counterclockwise to close with a
signal increase.
• M7185 motor has a helical spring that returns the motor to the normal
position on power interruption.
• Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage
models shipped with internal transformers. Separate transformer may
be required for 24 Vac models of M7164 motors for proper system
operation.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620;
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard;
screw terminal adapter available.
continued next page
392
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
M7164; M7185 continued
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Electrical Ratings
Torquea
Power
ORDER NUMBER
Power Supply
W
VA
lb-in. N•m
Timing
Stroke
(degrees) Signal, Input
Rotation Direction
M7164A1017
24 Vac at 50/60 Hz
14
15
35
30 sec
90
CWb
M7164G1030
120 Vac at 50/60 Hz
19
24
M7185A1004
24 Vac at 50/60 Hz
23
4
10.5 to 13.5 Vdc
CCWc
60
6.8
60 sec
160
4 to 7 Vdc
CWb
a
M7284A,G; M7285A; M7286G; M7294A,G,Q Modutrol IV
Motors
• Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage
models shipped with internal transformers.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
M7284, M7294
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436; Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR1620;
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
M7285, M7286
Proportional motors operate valves when used with a modulating
2-10 Vdc or 4-20 mA input signal, such as EXCEL 5000 system.
One Contacta
120V
Full Load
7.2
3.6
• Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and
long life.
• Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box, when mounted
upright.
• M7285 motors have helical springs that return motor shaft to closed
position on power interruption.
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
240V
a
40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard;
screw terminal adapter available.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Electrical Ratings
Torquea
Power
ORDER NUMBER
Power Supply
W
VAb
lb-in.
N•m
Timingb
Stroke
(degrees) Comments
Signal,
Input
M7284A1079
24 Vac at 50/60 Hz
19
20
150
17
60 sec
160
2-10 Vdc
M7284G1001
Normally Open
M7285A1045
23
24
60
6.8
19
20
300
34
23
29
—
M7286G1009
Normally Open
M7294A1010
120 sec
—
M7294G1009
M7294Q1007
—
Normally Open
120 Vac at 50/60 Hz
60 sec
90
—
4-20 mA
a
Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome
occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
b
VA figures listed are for 60 Hz. Values will be higher by 5 VA at 50 Hz.
393
Building Controls and Systems
Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome
occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
b CW means motor is electrically normally closed and rotates clockwise with an increase in signal. Motor is in closed position when input signal is at
minimum value.
c CCW means motor is electrically normally open and rotates counterclockwise with an increase in signal. Motor is in open position when input signal
is at minimum value.
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
M7284A,C,Q; M7285A,C,Q Modutrol IV Motors
• Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage
models shipped with internal transformers.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620,
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
M7285
M7284
Proportional motors used to operate dampers and valves when used
with a modulating 4-20 mA current source.
• Replace M744S,T,Y and M745S,T,Y motors.
• Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and
long life.
• Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box when mounted
upright.
• M7285 motors have helical springs that return motor shaft to closed
position on power interruption.
One Contacta
120V
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
240V
a
40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard;
screw terminal adapter available.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Electrical Ratings
Power
Torquea
VAb
Stroke
Signal,
lb-in. N•m Timing (degrees) Input
29
150
17
M7284A1038
75
8.5
M7284A1046
150
17
30 sec
ORDER NUMBER
M7284A1004
M7284A1012
Power
Supply
W
120 Vac at 23
50/60 Hz
30 sec
90
60 sec
160
15 sec
90
M7284C1000
M7284C1018
M7284C1059
M7284C1067
M7284Q1009
24 Vac at
50/60 Hz
160
30 sec
90
60 sec
160
30 sec
90
60 sec
160
30 sec
90
60 sec
160
30 sec
90
60 sec
160
M7285C1009
30 sec
90
M7285C1017
60 sec
160
M7284Q1017
M7284Q1033
M7284Q1041
M7285A1003
M7285A1011
120 Vac at
50/60 Hz
60 sec
24 Vac at
50/60 Hz
120 Vac at 28
50/60 Hz
34
60
6.8
M7285Q1008
30 sec
90
M7285Q1016
60 sec
160
a
Includes
4-20 mA —
Comments
—
2 auxiliary
switches
4-20 mA,
spdt
floating
Enhanced Series 72 Modutrol Motors—
More repositions, direct/reverse acting user
selectable, reversal adjustments, and
include 220738A adapter plate.
4-20 mA
Inputs have adjustable zero and span for
split range applications.
4-20 mA,
spdt
floating
Inputs have adjustable zero and span for
split range applications. Enhanced Series 72
Modutrol Motors— More repositions, direct/
reverse acting user selectable, reversal
adjustments, and include 220738A adapter
plate. Zero offset adjustment.
4-20 mA —
—
2 auxiliary
switches
Inputs have adjustable zero and span for
split range applications.
Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
b
VA figures listed are for 60 Hz. Values will be higher by 5 VA at 50 Hz.
394
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
M7685 Modutrol IV Motor
• Provides NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box, when mounted
upright.
• Normally closed (at closed position when control signal is at a minimum)
and rotate clockwise to open with a signal increase.
• Includes a helical spring that returns the motor to the normal position on
power interruption.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
Proportional, spring-return motors for use with Honeywell W7080
panel 14-17 Vdc output; with minimum position adjustment.
• Replaces M745L motors.
• Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and
long life.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620,
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard;
screw terminal adapter available.
Power
Torque
ORDER NUMBER
Power Supply
W
VA
lb-in.
N•m
Timing
Stroke
(degrees) Includes
M7685A1025
24 Vac at 50/60 Hz
23
24
60
6.8
30 sec
90
Minimum position potentiometer.
M7964 Modutrol IV Motor
Proportional motors specially designed for specific controllers.
• M7964A,B,C replaces M734A,B,C Motors (for ITT Nesbitt multizone
systems), and are used with T7047 thermistor-type thermostats.
• M7984N replaces M744J motors (for Despatch Industries), and has a
voltage input that can be adjusted from -0.9 to 2.6 Vdc to 1.0 to 2.4 Vdc
and is designed to be controlled by a voltage source with series
resistance of 2740 ohms.
• Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage
models shipped with internal transformers.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
• Includes 220738A Adapter Bracket to match height of Mod III motors.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620,
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
Electrical
Ratings
ORDER NUMBER
M7964A1001
Torquea
Power
Power
Supply W VA lb-in. N•m
120 Vac 19 24 35
at 50/60
Hz
4.0
Stroke
Signal,
Timing (degrees) Input
30 sec
90
M7964B1009
M7964B1017
60 sec
160
M7964C1007
30 sec
90
M7964C1015
a
Rotation Direction
Comments
T7047
CW; motor is electrically normally
closed and rotates clockwise with
an increase in signal. Motor is in
closed position when input signal
is at minimum value.
Motor equipped with
Molex plugs required in
ITT Nesbitt multizone
applications.
T7047
with
ramp.
Motor
outputs a
voltage
ramp
signal
when
shaft
rotates to
a limit.
CCW; motor is electrically
normally open and rotates
counterclockwise with an increase
in signal. Motor is in open position
when input signal is at minimum
value.
Separate motor
transformer may be
required for proper system
operation. Motor equipped
with Molex plugs required
in ITT Nesbitt multizone
applications.
CW; motor is electrically normally
closed and rotates clockwise with
an increase in signal. Motor is in
closed position when input signal
is at minimum value.
Motor equipped with
Molex plugs required in
ITT Nesbitt multizone
applications.
—
Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
395
Building Controls and Systems
Electrical Ratings
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
M9164; M9174 Modutrol IV Motors
• Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage
models shipped with internal transformers. Separate transformer may be
required for 24V models for proper system operation.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
Reversing, proportional motors used to operate dampers and valves.
• Replace M934 Motors.
• Electronic drive circuit.
• Can drive up to six Modutrol motors using 4074BYK Resistor Bag
Assembly or 221508A Resistor Board Kit (see Accessories section).
• Interface modules available for series 70 (electronic) control.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620,
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
One Contacta
120V
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
a
240V
40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
*TRADELINE models.
Electrical Ratings
Power
ORDER NUMBER
Power
Supply
W
lbVA in.
Stroke
N•m Timing (degrees) Includes
Comments
24
4.0
—
M9164A1005
120 Vac at 19
50/60 Hz
M9164A1013
240 Vac at
50/60 Hz
M9164A1021
120 Vac at
50/60 Hz
M9164A1070
24 Vac at
50/60 Hz
14
15
M9164A1088
220 Vac at 19
50/60 Hz
24
M9164A1120
24 Vac at
50/60 Hz
14
15
M9164C1001
M9164C1050
120 Vac at 19
50/60 Hz
24
*M9164D1009
24 Vac at
50/60 Hz
14
15
M9174B1027
120 Vac at 21
50/60 Hz
27
M9164C1068
M9174B1043
M9174C1025
M9174C1033
*M9174D1007
a
24 Vac at
50/60 Hz
16
Torquea
17
35
75
8.5
30 sec
90
60 sec
160
30 sec
90
60 sec
160
30 sec
90
—
2 spdt auxiliary switches
30 to 60 90 to 160
sec
220738A adapter bracket to match height of Shorter timing applies
Mod III motors.
to 90 degree stroke.
1 spdt auxiliary switch
30 sec
90
60 sec
160
30 sec
90
60 sec
160
30 to 60 90 to 160
sec
—
2 spdt auxiliary switches
220738A adapter bracket to match height of Shorter timing applies
Mod III motors.
to 90 degree stroke.
Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
396
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
M9175; M9185; M9186 Modutrol IV Motors
• Up to six Modutrol motors can be driven by one series 90 controller
using 4074BYK Resistor Bag Assembly or 221508A Resistor Board (see
Accessories).
• Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage
model shipped with internal transformer.
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
M9175
M9185, M9186
Reversing, proportional, spring-return motors used to operate
dampers and valves when used in a series 90 control circuit.
One Contacta
120V
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
240V
a
40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard;
screw terminal adapter available.
*TRADELINE models.
Electrical Ratings
ORDER NUMBER
Power
Supply
Power
W
M9175D1006
120 Vac at 26
50/60 Hz
31
*M9175D1014
24 Vac at
50/60 Hz
21
22
23
24
M9185A1018
Torque
VA lb-in. N•m
25
2.8
Stroke
Timing (degrees) Includes
Comments
30 to
90 to 160
60 sec
Shorter timing applies to 90
degree stroke.
—
220738A Adapter Bracket to
match height of Mod III motors.
60
6.8
60 sec 160
—
M9185A1026
30 sec 90
M9185C1006
60 sec 160
2 spdt auxiliary switches
*M9185D1004
30 to
90 to 160
60 sec
220738A Adapter Bracket to
match height of Mod III motors.
M9185E1019
M9186G1006
—
Shorter timing applies to 90
degree stroke.
1 spdt auxiliary switch
60 sec 160
—
M9186G drives to full open
position when powered with
control wiring not connected.
397
Building Controls and Systems
• M9185; M9186 replace M945A,D,F and M955 motors; M9175 replaces
M965 and M975 motors.
• Can be adapted to series 70 control with interface modules.
• Contain integral helical springs to return motor shafts to normal position
(full closed for M9175 and M9185, full open for M9186) on power
interruption.
• Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and
long life.
• Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box, when mounted
upright.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620,
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
M9184; M9194 Modutrol IV Motors
• Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft.
• Available with tapped (8-32) shafts for Flame Safeguard applications.
Reversing, proportional motors used to operate dampers and valves.
•
•
•
•
Replace M944A,C,D and M954 motors.
Electronic drive circuit.
Available with fixed or adjustable stroke.
Can drive up to six Modutrol motors using 4074BYK Resistor Bag
Assembly or 221508A Resistor Board Kit (see Accessories section).
• Interface modules available for series 70 (electronic) control.
• Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620,
Guide 400-E.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
One Contacta
120V
240V
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
a40
VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
*TRADELINE models.
Electrical Ratings
Power
Torquea
ORDER NUMBER
Power Supply
W
VA
lb-in. N•m
Stroke
Timing (degrees) Includes
Comments
M9184A1019
24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 18
19
150
60
160
—
30
90
90 to 160 —
17.0
M9184A1035
M9184C1031
—
2 spdt auxiliary switches, tapped shaft.
M9184D1005
75
8.5
15 to
30
*M9184D1013
150
17.0
30 to
60
Shorter timing
applies to 90
220738A adapter bracket to match height of degree stroke.
Mod III motors.
*M9184D1021
Tapped shaft; 220738A adapter bracket to
match height of Mod III motors.
M9184F1000
2 spdt auxiliary switches.
M9184F1034
*M9194D1003
M9194E1000
a
2 spdt auxiliary switches, tapped shaft.
300
34.0
120 to
240
220738A adapter bracket to match height of
Mod III motors.
1 spdt auxiliary switch.
Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
398
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Modutrol IV Cross Reference
USE DIRECT REPLACEMENTS OR CONFIGURE MODELS TO MINIMIZE YOUR INVENTORY.
(See notes at the end of this cross reference table.)
TRADELINE Replacement
Functional
Replacemente
Motor To Be
Replaced
TRADELINE
Motor
Set Stroke
Tob
Add Internal
Transformer
Add
Switch
M445A1000
M8185D1006
160
198162EA
220736A
M4185B1009
M445A1042
M8185D1006
160
198162AA
220736A
M4185B1017
M445A1067
M8185D1006
160
198162GA
220736A
M445D1007
M8185D1006
160
198162EA
M644A1016
M6184D1035
160
M644A1024
M6184D1035
90
M644B1049
M6184D1035
160
M644C1006
M6184D1035
Adjustable
M644C1014
M6194D1017
Adjustable
Comments
M4185A1001
M6184D1035
M6184A1015
198162EA
Replaced motor has 30 second timing.
M644D1005
M6184D1035
Adjustable
220736B
M644E1012
M6194D1017
90
220736A
M644E1053
M6194D1017
Adjustable
220736A
M734D1004
M9164D1009
160
198162EA
Add Q7330Ac.
M734D1012
M9164D1009
90
198162EA
Add Q7330Ac.
M734D1038
M9164D1009
160
M734H1000
M9164D1009
90
198162EA
Add Q7130Ac, set at 10.5-13.5 Vdc, select CCW.
M734H1018
M9164D1009
90
198162EA
Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc, select CCW.
M734H1026
M9164D1009
160
Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc, select CCW.
M734J1015
M9164D1009
160
Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc.
M734J1056
M9164D1009
90
Add Q7130Ac, set to 10.5-13.5 Vdc.
M734J1072
M9164D1009
160
M744A1006
M6184D1001
M6194D1017
M6184F1014
Replaced motor has 60 second timing.
M6194B1011
M6194E1006
Add Q7330Ac.
198162EA
220736A
Add
Q7130Ac,
M7164G1030
M7164A1017c
set to 4-7 Vdc.
M9184D1021
a
160
Add Q7330A .
M9184D1021
a
90
Add Q7330Ac.
M744D1003
M9184D1021
a
160
Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc.
M744S1005
M9184D1021a
90
198162EA
Add Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA.
M7284A1004c
M744S1013
M9184D1021a
160
198162EA
Add Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA.
M7284A1012c
M744T1004
M9184D1021a
90
198162EA
220736B
Add Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA.
M7284C1000c
M744T1012
M9184D1021a
160
198162EA
220736B
Add
M744Y1009
M9184D1021a
90
198162EA
220736B
Add Q7230Ac, set to desired range.
M7284Q1009c
M744Y1017
M9184D1021a
160
198162EA
220736B
Add Q7230Ac, set to desired range.
M7284Q1017c
M745A1003
M9185D1004
90
Add Q7330A .
M745A1011
M9185D1004
160
Add Q7330Ac.
M745G1007
M9185D1004
160
Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc, select CCW.
M745L1027
M9185D1004
160
Add Q7630Ac.
M745L1043
M9185D1004
90
Add Q7630Ac.
M7685A1025c
M745P1007
M9185D1004
160
Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc.
M7185A1004c
M745S1002
M9185D1004
90
198162EA
Add
set to 4-20 mA.
M7285A1003c
M745S1010
M9185D1004
160
198162EA
Add Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA.
M7285A1011c
M745T1001
M9185D1004
90
198162EA
220736B
Add Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA.
M7285C1009c
M745T1019
M9185D1004
160
198162EA
220736B
M744A1014
c
Q7230Ac,
set to 4-20 mA.
M7284C1018c
c
Q7230Ac,
c
Add Q7230A , set to 4-20 mA.
M7285C1017c
continued next page
399
Building Controls and Systems
Replaced motor has 15/30 second timing.
M6184A1023
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Modutrol IV Cross Reference continued
TRADELINE Replacement
Add
Switch
Comments
Functional
Replacemente
198162EA
220736B
Add Q7230Ac, set to desired range.
M7285Q1008c
198162EA
220736B
Motor To Be
Replaced
TRADELINE
Motor
Set Stroke
Tob
M745Y1006
M9185D1004
90
M745Y1014
M9185D1004
160
M845A1001
M8185D1006
160
M845A1027
M8185D1006
160
198162AA
220736A
M845A1035
M8185D1006
90
198162AA
220736A
M845C1009
M8185D1006
160
M845E1007
M8185D1006
160
198162EA
220736A
M934A1201
M9164D1009
160
198162AA
M9164A1013
M934A1219
M9164D1009
160
198162EA
M9164A1021
M934A1227
M9164D1009
160
M934A1235
M9164D1009
160
198162GA
M9164A1088
M934A1243
M9164D1009
160
220736B
M9164C1050
M934A1250
M9164D1009
160
198162EA
220736B
M9164C1050
M934A1268
M9164D1009
160
198162AA
220736B
Add Internal
Transformer
Add
Q7230Ac,
set to desired range.
M7285Q1016c
220736A
M4185B1058
M8185A1002
Replaced motor is Normally Opend.
M4185B1009
M9164D1009
M934A1284
M9164D1009
160
198162EA
M934A1292
M9164D1009
160
198162EA
220736B
M9164A1021
M934A1318
M9164D1009
90
198162EA
220736B
M934A1326
M9164D1009
90
198162EA
M934A1334
M9164D1009
90
M934A1342
M9164D1009
160
M9164C1050
M9164C1068
M9164A1005
M9164A1021
M934D1000
M9174D1007
160
198162EA
220736A
M9174B1043
M934D1018
M9174D1007
160
198162EA
220736B
M9174C1033
M934D1026
M9174D1007
90
198162EA
220736A
M9174B1027
M934D1034
M9174D1007
90
198162EA
220736B
M9174C1025
M941A1008
M9484D1002c
M941A1016
M9484D1010c
M941A1024
M9484D1002
M941A1032
M9484D1020c
M941A1057
M9484D1002c
M941C1006
M9484E1009c
M941C1014
M9484E1017c
M941C1022
M9484E1033c
M941C1030
M9484E1033c
M941C1063
M9484E1033c
M941D1005
M9484F1007c
M941D1021
M9484F1023c
M941D1039
M9484F1031c
M941D1047
M9484F1049c
M944A1010
M9184D1021a
160
M9184A1019c
M944A1028
M9184D1021a
90
M9184A1035c
M944B1175
M6284D1000
160
M6284D1000
M944B1191
M6294D1008
160
M944B1241
M6294D1008
160
220736A
continued next page
400
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Modutrol IV Cross Reference continued
TRADELINE Replacement
Motor To Be
Replaced
TRADELINE
Motor
Set Stroke
Tob
Add Internal
Transformer
Add
Switch
Functional
Replacemente
Comments
M944C1000
M9184D1021a
Adjustable
M944C1018
M9194D1003
Adjustable
M944C1042
M9184D1013a
Adjustable
M944C1059
M9194D1003
Adjustable
220736A
M9194E1000
M944D1017
M9184D1021a
Adjustable
220736B
M9184F1000
Replaced motor has 15/30 second timing.
M9184D1005
M9194D1003
M9184D1013
M6284D1000
Adjustable
M944G1089
M6284D1000
160
198162EA
220736B
M6284A1048
M6284F1013
M944G1097
M6284D1000
90
198162EA
M6284A1055
M944S1027
M6284D1000
Adjustable
198162EA
M945A1017
M9185D1004
160
M9185A1018
M945A1082
M9185D1004
90
M9185A1026
M945A1157
M9185D1004
Adjustable
M9185D1004
M945B1057
M6285A1005
M6285A1005
M945B1065
M6285A1013
M6285A1013
M945C1015
M6285A1005
M945D1006
M9185D1004
160
M945F1004
M9185D1004
160
M945G1037
M6285A1005
M954A1035
M9184D1021a
Adjustable
M954B1034
M9184D1021a
90
220736B
M9184C1031
M954D1016
M9184D1021
a
Adjustable
220736B
M9184F1034
M955A1024
M9185D1004
Adjustable
M955C1014
M9185D1004
Adjustable
220736A
M9185E1019
220736B
M6284F1013
220736B
M6285C1001
220736B
M9185C1006
Replaced motor is Normally Opend.
Replaced motor is Normally
M975A1089
M9175D1014
160
M975A1097
M9175D1014
160
Opend.
M9186G1006
—
M9184D1021
M9185D1004
M9175D1014
198162EA
M9175D1014
a
The M9184D1013 and M9184D1021 have the same features and functions, except the M9184D1021 has a tapped shaft.
b Adjustable indicates original motor has adjustable stroke.
c Available only through Authorized Honeywell Distributors.
d
Can use auxiliary end of TRADELINE model, which is N.C. motor.
e
Functionally equivalent motor, may require 220738A adapter bracket (order separately) to match shaft height of Mod III motor being replaced. All
Mod IV TRADELINE motors include 220738A adapter bracket.
401
Building Controls and Systems
M944E1040
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Q7130; Q7230; Q7330; Q7630 Interface Modules
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Circuit Module: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide, 2 in. (51 mm) deep, 1 in.
(25 mm) high.
Terminal Block: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide, 1 in. (25 mm) deep, 1/2 in.
(13 mm) high.
Ribbon Connector: 4 in. (102 mm).
NOTE: Q7330A consists only of terminal block.
For converting series 90 Modutrol IV motors to series 70
(electronic) control.
• Mounts and works inside wiring box of any series 90 Modutrol IV
Motor.
• Protected from weather by motor's NEMA 3 wiring box.
• Mates to motor's quick-connect terminals and provides screw
terminals for control wiring connections.
• Features solid-state circuitry with surface mount components.
• Plastic enclosure provides easy handling and protection for circuitry.
• Includes (except Q7330A) reversing switch to allow replacement of
electrically normally open or electrically normally closed motors.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 2 VA.
Input Impedance:
Q7130A: >100K ohms.
Q7230A: Voltage input >100K ohms;
Current input = 67 ohms.
Q7630A: >50K ohms.
Available only through Authorized Honeywell Distributors.
*TRADELINE models.
ORDER NUMBER
Application
*Q7130A1006
Provides selectable voltage ranges: 4 to 7, 6 to 9 or 10.5 to M734H1034, M734H1000
13.5 Vdc. Adapts M91XX Modutrol IV motor to function as
M734H1018
M71XX model for M734H,J; M744D; M745G,P
M734H1026
replacements.
*Q7230A1005
*Q7330A1004
*Q7630A1001
402
Replaces
Replaces
Use With
M7164G1006
M9164D1009
M7164G1014
M7164G1022
M734J1015
M7164A1009
M734J1031, M734J1023,
M734J1056
M7164A1017
M734J1007, M734J1072
M7164B1007
M744D1011, M744D1003
M7184A1005
M9184D1013
M745G1007
M7186G1000
M9186G1006
M745P1007
M7185A1004
M9185D1004
Provides adjustable zero and span, voltage or current
M744S1005
control (includes 4 to 20 mA and 2 to 10 Vdc). Adapts
M744S1013
M91XX Modutrol IV motors to function as M72XX model for
M744T1004
M744S,T,Y; M745S,T,Y replacements.
M7284A1004
M9184D1013
M7284A1012
M744T1012
M7284C1018
M744Y1009
M7284Q1009
M744Y1017
M7284Q1017
Provides interface to W936 Control. Adapts M91XX
Modutrol IV motor to function as M73XX model for M734D;
M744A; M745A replacements.
M7284C1000
M745S1002
M7285A1003
M745S1010
M7285A1011
M745T1001
M7285C1009
M745T1019
M7285C1017
M745Y1006
M7285Q1008
M745Y1014
M7285Q1016
M734D1004
M7364A1007
M734D1012
M7364A1015
M734D1038
M7364A1023
M744A1006
M7384A1003
M744A1014
M7384A1011
M745A1003
M7385A1002
M745A1011
M7385A1010
Provides 3-wire 14 to 17 Vdc control with minimum position M745L1027
capability. Adapts M91XX Modutrol IV motors to function as
M745L1035, M745L1043
M76XX model for M745 replacements.
M745H1006
M7685A1009
M7685A1017
M7685A1009
M745L1001
M7685A1041
M745L1019
M7685A1033
M9185D1004
M9164D1009
M9184D1013
M9185D1004
M9185D1004
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Parts and Accessories
The following pages contain replacement parts and accessories for use with foot-mounted motors and actuators.
198162 Internal Transformers
Convert Modutrol IV motors from low voltage to line voltage.
• Single- or multi-tap available to match 24 Vac power supply.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Consumption: 40 VA.
Primary Voltage
Includes
198162JA
24 (for electrical isolation)
Transformer, screws, instructions for mounting internally in Modutrol IV motors.
198162EA
120 Vac at 50/60 Hz
198162GA
220 Vac at 50/60 Hz
198162AA
120/208/240 Vac at 50/60 Hz
220736 Internal Auxiliary Switch Kits
• Selectable switch differentials of one or ten degrees of rotation.
• Switch adjustment procedures same as for factory-installed switches in
certain motor models.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A):
Control auxiliary equipment as a function of motor shaft position.
• For installation in any TRADELINE Modutrol IV Motor.
• Cams can be set to actuate switches at any angle within stroke of motor.
One Contacta
120V
240V
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
a
40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
ORDER NUMBER
Switches
Applicable Motors
Includes
220736A
1 spdt
TRADELINE Modutrol IV motors
One Micro Switch V3 precision switch, which is actuated by adjustable cams
inside the motor.
220736B
2 spdt
Two Micro Switch V3 precision switches, which are actuated by adjustable
cams inside the motor.
221508 Modutrol IV Motor Resistor Board
Mounts inside wiring box of any M91XX Modutrol IV motor; can be
used in place of 4074BYK, 4074EAU, 4074EDC or 4074EED resistor
kits.
• Board can be configured for any application listed by setting dip switch:
—In 4074BYK application, board allows single series 90 controller to
operate up to six motors in unison.
—In 4074EDC, EED application, board permits operation of one to four
motors from 4-20 mA controller.
—In 4074EAU application, board allows W973 Single-zone Logic Panel
to drive two or three motors.
• Board snaps on easily to any M91XX Modutrol IV motor.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
221508A
Resistor board for use with Modutrol IV motors. One board can be configured for any application listed above.
403
Building Controls and Systems
ORDER NUMBER
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Parts and Accessories
Description
Use With
Order
Number
Hardware
Housing, explosion-proof.
Modutrol IV motors, requires 7617DM coupling. For ordering information, contact: O-Z/Gedney,
ES-650-117
Nelson Enclosures & Controls, (281) 774-3702 and ask for E & C Customer Service; or write to: OZ/Gedney, Nelson Enclosures & Controls, P.O. Box 471650, Tulsa, OK 74147-1650 or
www.egs-curlee.com.
Motor crank arm.
Modutrol IV motors.
221455A
Screw terminal adapters.
Modutrol IV motors.
220741A
Economizer adapter assembly Mounts W859 Economizer on any Modutrol IV motor.
203977A
Mod III Adapter Bracket
Used with Mod IV Actuator to match shaft height of Mod III Actuator.
220738A
External auxiliary switch kits.
Auxiliary equipment for Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors.
Q607A,B
Internal auxiliary switch kits:
Auxiliary equipment (for TRADELINE Modutrol IV motors only).
Switch Kits
One switch
220736A
Two switches
220736B
Linkages
Bracket and linkage assembly. Water or steam valves.
Q5001D
Damper linkage.
Dampers with Modutrol IV motors.
Q605F,G,H,J
Linkage.
Butterfly valves.
Q100
Auxiliary potentiometer.
1 to 4 additional motors.
Q181
Dual control potentiometer.
1 to 5 additional motors.
Q68B
Potentiometer.
Series 90 Modutrol IV motors (M91XX models).
Q209E,F
M91XX motors. Available only through Authorized Honeywell Distributors.
Q7130A1006
Q7230A1005
Q7330A1004
Q7630A1001
Potentiometers
Interface Modules
Interface modules:
M71XX function
M72XX function
M73XX function
M76XX function
Resistor kits.
Resistor board
Up to six M91XX motors in unison.
4074BYK
Up to three M91XX motors from one W973 Single zone Logic Panel or T775.
4074EAU
One M91XX motor from a 4-20 mA controller.
4074EDC
Up to six M91XX motors from a 4-20 mA controller.
4074EED
M91XX motors. May be used in place of 4074BYK, EAU, EDC, EED resistor kits.
221508A
All Modutrol motors.
17947A
Modutrol IV motors.
198162JA
198162EA
198162GA
198162AA
Fits all Modutrol IV motors. Protects motor from driving rain when mounted in any position. Not
needed if motor is mounted upright.
4074ERU
Replacement Oil
Replacement Oil;
4 oz. container
Transformers
Transformers.
24 Vac
120 Vac
220 Vac
120/208/240 Vac
Weatherproofing Kit
NEMA 3 Weatherproofing kit
404
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Q181 Auxiliary Potentiometer
• Compatible with Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors.
• Mounts on master motor and operates controlled motors in unison or in
sequence.
• Controls motors with mechanical balance relay and solid state drive
circuit.
• Use with 24V motors.
Controls one to four Modutrol (series 90) motors from one master
motor.
THROTTLING RANGE: Adjustable, 40 to 160 degrees on each 135 ohm
potentiometer.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/16 in. (81 mm) high, 3-1/4 in.
(83 mm) wide, 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
7640JK Adapter Plate for mounting Q181 on early motors without
bosses on gear end or for mounting over an external return spring.
Motors Controlled
Cover
Q181A1007
1
Yes
Q181A1015
2
Yes
Q181A1064
3
No
Q181A1072
4
No
Q209 Manual Potentiometers
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Q209E
3-1/4 in. (83 mm) x 3-3/8 in (86 mm) x 3-7/8 in. (98 mm)
Q209F
1 in. (25 mm) x 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) x 2-5/8 in. (67 mm)
Typical hookup diagram for Q209 and a Modutrol motor
(cooling hookup shown).
Q209
Used to limit minimum position of a proportioning Modutrol motor.
R
R
B
W
WHITE
BLUE
• Mount directly in motor.
• All wiring is accomplished within motor wiring compartment.
• Color-coded leadwires.
RED
W
SERIES 90
CONTROLLER
B
SERIES 90 MOTOR
ORDER NUMBER Application
Resistance
Includes
Q209E1002
150 ohms
Quick-connect terminals with leadwires.
External mount onto Modutrol IV motors.
Q209E1010
Q209F1001
Q209F1019
M3280
300 ohms
Internal mount to Modutrol IV motors.
150 ohms
Terminal board.
300 ohms
405
Building Controls and Systems
ORDER NUMBER
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
S443 Manual Potentiometer
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/4 in. (95 mm) high, 3-3/8 in.
(86 mm) wide, 3-1/4 in. (83 mm) deep (including knob).
REPLACEMENT PART:
30112A Potentiometer, 135 ohm.
Internal schematic of S443A.
TERMINALBLOCK
B
R
W
B
MANUAL
W
AUTO
Used for remote manual control of proportioning (series 90) motors
and relays.
R
• Compatible with Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors.
• Select automatic or manual control with dpst toggle switch.
• Suitable for series 90, M7385; M7186; M7685; M7185; and M7285
motors controlled by 135 ohm slidewire inputs.
• Surface mounted, with conduit outlet on each side of case.
• Screw terminals.
• Scale marked OPEN-CLOSE.
DPDT SWITCH
POTENTIOMETER
M17510
ORDER NUMBER
Resistance
Use with
S443A1007
135 ohm
M9164; M9484; M9184; M9185 and motors replaced by these models.
Q100 Linkage
Contains necessary hardware to link Modutrol motors to a V51B
Butterfly Valve.
• Compatible with Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors. (Requires
adapter bracket, which is standard on all Modutrol IV motors included
in this catalog.)
• Adaptable for all sizes of V51B Valves.
• Strain release and stop bracket are provided with V51B.
Dimensions, Linkage Rod
ORDER NUMBER
V51 Valve Size (NPT) in.
mm
Comments
Q100A1015
2-1/2 and 3 in.
6-5/8
168
Q100A1023
4 in.
7-1/4
184
Connecting holes for pins are 5/16 in. (8 mm) in diameter and 1/4 in.
(6 mm) from each end of rod.
Q5001 Valve Linkage for Modutrol IV Motors
•
•
•
•
•
•
Easy-to-read position indicator.
Valve stem lift height cam selectable.
Overtravel permits tight closeoff without excessive motor strain.
Available brackets make linkages adaptable to many valve bodies.
Models available with 80 lb, 160 lb, and 320 lb stem force.
Reversible cams on the Q5001 allow field selection of normally open
or normally closed valve operation.
• All models have anti-spin.
The Q5001 Valve Linkage connects a Modutrol Motor to a 2- or
3-Way valve. It is used primarily on V5011 or V5013 steam and
water valves.
• Q5001 Valve Linkage is applicable to 2-Way or 3-Way valves in
modulating or two-position service.
• Linkage requires no adjustment when used with Honeywell valves and
Modutrol IV Motors.
• Q5001 Valve Linkage replaces Q601 and Q618 Valve Linkages.
• Linkage mounts directly to the valve bonnet; motor mounts to linkage
bracket.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) air temperature;
-40 F to +337 F (-40 C to +169 C) valve bonnet temperature.
STROKE: 160 degrees rotation for motor.
BONNET CONNECTION: Setscrew.
CONNECTIONS:Stem: Button and Clip.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-13/16 in. (148 mm) wide, 10-1/4 to
10-1/2 in. (260 to 267 mm) high, 8-13/64 in. (212 mm) deep.
Note: motor will add up to 2-1/8 in. (54 mm) to depth.
continued next page
406
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Q5001 continued
ACCESSORIES:
Valve Adapter Kits (order separately):
220829BCQ1—Barber-Colman Valves.
220829JCQ1—Johnson Control Valves.
220829LGQ1—Landis & Gyr Powers Valves (bonnet nut
1-3/32 in., bonnet bracket 1-3/32 in.).
220829LGQ2—Landis & Gyr Powers Valves (bonnet nut 1-3/8 in.,
bonnet bracket 1-3/8 in.).
220829LGQ3—Landis & Gyr Powers Valves (bonnet nut 1 in.,
bonnet bracket 1-3/8 in.).
220845 Retainer clip for stem button.
CAMS:
Required Torquea in lb-in.
Cam Number
Type
220855A
Custom
220858A
80 lb Stem
Lift in in. Force
160 lb Stem 320 lb Stem
Force
Forceb
Application
1/4
50
25
Standard
220862A
60 degrees overtravel
for Auxiliary Switch
220863A
Custom
V5047A, 1 in. to 1-1/2 in.
3/4
V5011/V5013, 1/2 in. to 3 in.; V5047, 2 in.
1
220864A
60
120
240
30
60
120
50
100
200
Building Controls and Systems
220861A
1-1/8
220865A
1-1/4
220866A
1-3/8
220867A
100
9/16
Standard
1-1/2
V5011/V5013, 4 in. to 6 in.
a
Select a Modutrol IV Motor with equal or greater torque.
Use the 320 lb stem force linkage with a 300 lb-in. torque motor.
HONEYWELL VALVE/LINKAGE SELECTION GUIDE
b
Valve
Type
Valve Body
Dimensions, Approximate, Pipe Size
Linkage
Bonnet Size
Lift (in.)
V5011A
2-Way
Flanged
2-1/2, 3 in.
Q5001D
1-3/8
3/4
V5011A,B
V5011F
4, 5, 6 in.
1-7/8
1-1/2
Threaded
1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 in.
1-3/8
3/4
Threaded
1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 in.
1-3/8
9/16a
2 in.
3/4
Flanged
2-1/2, 3, 4, 5, 6 in.
1-1/2
V5011G
V5013N
3-Way
V5047A
2-Way
V5051A
a
Merchandise cam required (see cam table).
*TRADELINE models.
Stem Force
ORDER NUMBER
lb
N
Lift
Adjustment
Bonnet
Size
Linkage Replaced
*Q5001D1000
80, 160
356, 712
3/4 fixed
1-3/8 in.
Q601J,K,L,Ma; Q618A.
*Q5001D1018
160, 320
712, 1355
*Q5001D1026
a
b
Q601J,K,Q; Q618A1008a; Q618A1024.
1-1/2 fixed
1-7/8 in.
Q601E,Pb
If valve lift is not 3/4 in., order a merchandise cam (see Cam table).
If valve lift is not 1-1/2 in., order a merchandise cam (see Cam table).
407
Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted
Q607 Auxiliary Switches
• Wrap-around cover for easy access to switch adjustments and wiring.
• Maintenance-free protection of the switches and cams.
For control of auxiliary equipment as a function of motor shaft
position.
• Compatible with Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors. (Requires
220738A adapter bracket for use with Modutrol IV motors).
• Micro Switch precision switches, adjustable.
• Indicate motor position by use of a scale plate anchored to a common
shaft, which allows Q607 to be adjusted for operational sequence before
mounting.
• Adjustable plate allows universal mounting on either end of motor.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Mounting: 6-7/16 in. (164 mm) high, 5-3/16 in. (132 mm) wide,
2-1/8 in. (54 mm) deep (3-7/16 in. (87 mm) required for cover
removal).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Current Draw:
120V
240V
480V
Full Load
9.8A
4.9A
2.45A
Locked Rotor
58.8A
29.4A
14.7A
Pilot Duty: 75 VA at 24V and 277V.
Resistive Load: 22A at 24V, 120V, 240V, 277V; 15A at 480V.
*TRADELINE models.
ORDER NUMBER
Switches
Applicable Motors
Q607A1050
1 spdt
Post 1969 Honeywell Modutrol motors.
Pre/Post 1969 Honeywell Modutrol motors.
*Q607A1076a
Q607B1067
*Q607B1083a
a
2 spdt
Post 1969 Honeywell Modutrol motors.
Pre/Post 1969 Honeywell Modutrol motors.
With adapter plate for mounting over the spring-return assembly on cover end of motor. Adapter plate to be used to mount Q607 gear end of older
motors without bosses or for mounting over spring-return assembly on cover end of motor.
408
Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose
M436; M836 Damper Motors
Spring return motors for two-position back draft, outdoor air
changeover, zone, or minimum position damper control.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: M436; M836A.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: M436A; M836A.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) high, 4-5/8 in.
(118 mm) wide, 3-3/4 in. (95 mm) deep.
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
7.2
3.6
Locked Rotor
43.2
21.6
Pilot Duty: 40 VA at 120 or 240 Vac.
ACCESSORIES:
198545 Mounting Bracket.
7640JE Bag Assembly. Drive bushings, adapter, and coupling for
direct drive.
7640JL Bag Assembly. Drive lever and clamp for crank arm drive.
7640JM Bag Assembly. Mounting bracket, Part No. 126809 and
screws.
7640JN Bag Assembly. Mounting bracket, Part No. 128336 and
screws.
4074BRU Bag Assembly. Extension adapter and screws for mounting
Q607 Auxiliary Switch to M436A Damper Motor.
Q298B Linkage. Damper crank arms, bushings, 1/4 in. steel rod, and
ball joint assemblies.
*TRADELINE models.
Torque
Damper
Load, Max. Breakawaya Blade Area
Electrical Ratings
ORDER NUMBER
Application
*M436A1116
Use with two-wire
thermostats or other spst
controllers. With thermal
breaker for overload
protection during the lifting
stroke or if motor stalls.
*M436A1124
Power
Supply
Stroke
Timing,
Current Draw,
Nominal Opening (degrees) Opening lb.-in. N•m lb.-in. N•m sq ft m2
120 Vac, 0.37A
60 Hz
30 sec
20
2.3
25 sec
15
1.7
30
3.4
13
1.2
10
0.9
240 Vac, 0.19A
60 Hz
*M836A1042
Use with spst controllers
24 Vac,
without heat anticipation.
60 Hz
With thermal breaker for
overload protection during the
lifting stroke or if motor stalls.
1.85A
*M836B1033
Use with spst controllers that
have heat anticipation.
1.34A
a
75
Maximum torque available to overcome large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MUST NOT BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT THIS RATING.
409
Building Controls and Systems
• Operate outdoor air dampers for combustion or makeup air in residential
and light industrial applications.
• Operate changeover dampers for heating and cooling systems.
• Operate minimum position dampers for ventilation and similar
applications.
• Include internal spdt switch for controlling auxiliary equipment, additional
motors, or to provide a burner interlock switch.
• Spring returns motor to start position on power failure.
• Drive shafts located on both sides of motor.
• Adjustable auxiliary switch for cascading motors or operating auxiliary
equipment.
• Thermal breaker for overload protection during lifting stroke or if motor
stalls.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 32 F to 125 F (0 C to 52 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Consumption:
Opening:
M436A; M836A: 27W.
M836B: 20W.
Holding:
M436A; M836A: 8.5W.
M836B: 11.2W.
AUXILIARY SWITCH RATINGS (A):
Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose
M833 Heat-Actuated Damper Motor
• Attaches directly to a 1/2 in. damper shaft.
• Attaches to 3/8 in. damper shaft with adapter provided.
• Mounts in any position directly on a duct, or inside a standard wiring
junction box where Class 1 wiring is required.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Maximum: 140 F (60 C) (for cooling duct, 60 F (16 C) air), or 85 F
(29 C) (for heating duct, 150 F (66 C) air).
Regulates duct damper position according to zone thermostat
requirements.
Electrical Ratings
Torque
ORDER NUMBER
Power Supply Current Draw
lb-in.
M833A1007
24 Vac/dc
6, or 3.5 sq ft free damper area 0.7, or 0.33 sq m free damper area Clockwise 90 degrees.
(or 3 sq ft of linked damper).
(or 0.28 sq m of linked damper).
0.72A at 24V
N•m
Rotation Direction
M835 Two-Position Zone Motor
NOTE: For remote damper blade control, use 121825AA Crank Arm and
Q298 Linkage Assembly; order separately. A template to assist
positioning motor and damper blade is furnished with each M835.
Use of 124857A Mounting Plate is recommended.
Internal schematic for M835A.
MOTOR
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) high, 4-1/4 in.
(108 mm) wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Heating application: 200 F (93 C) duct with 125 F (52 C) ambient
maximum;
Cooling application: 140 F (60 C) ambient maximum.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 24V, 60 Hz.
Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): 2 at 24 Vac (pilot duty).
TIMING: 80 seconds to open, 160 seconds to close damper.
TORQUE: 4 lb-in. (0.45 N•m) or 400 sq in. (0.26 m2) of bearing-mounted
damper.
BLUE
WAFER
SWITCH
TO PRIMARY
CONTROL
WHITE
1K2
END
SWITCH
BROWN
1K
1K1
RED
• Controls zone or changeover damper in heating and air conditioning
systems, and control gates on feeders.
• Spst end switch makes within 20 sec of full open, breaks within 20 sec
after start of closing stroke.
BLUE
Used with two-wire, 24-volt room thermostat or other controller for
two-position damper control.
ACCESSORIES:
D524 Duct Damper Blade.
124857A Mounting Plate.
121825AA Auxiliary Crank Arm Assembly. Attaches to front of motor
for remote control of additional dampers.
Q298B Linkage. Variable length linkage rod (10, 16, or 24 in.
(254, 406, or 610 mm) maximum).
TO ROOM
THERMOSTAT
TO 24 VOLT
POWER
SUPPLY
M17413
*TRADELINE model.
Max. No. of M835 Motors per AT72D Transformera
ORDER NUMBER
Electrical Ratings, Heat Anticipator Setting (A)
Heating Only
Heating-Cooling
*M835A1051
0.18 for thermostat
4
3b
a
b
If more motors are required, use additional AT72D or AT88A Transformers for adequate power.
Plus R8225A Relay.
410
Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose
M842 Zone Damper Actuator
Controls dampers that require low operating force.
• Thermally driven motor used to control dampers in forced air systems.
• Diecast aluminum housing.
• Mounts on duct surface.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-13/16 in. (148 mm) high, 3-7/8 in.
(98 mm) wide, 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) deep.
Torque
ORDER NUMBER
lb-in.
N•m
Electrical Ratings, Power Supply
M842A1008
6
0.7
24 Vac
Building Controls and Systems
M847 Two-Position Draft Damper Actuator
M847A1072 dimensions in in. [mm], with arm linkage.
2-3/8 (60)
3-1/2 (89)
2-3/16
(55)
1-3/4
(45)
4-3/4 (120)
Use with two-wire 24V room thermostats or other low voltage
controllers to operate the draft damper on solid fuel furnaces or
boilers and other similar light duty applications.
• Low voltage, spring-return damper actuator.
• Equipped with mounting bracket for wall, duct or direct appliance
mounting to control draft damper through an actuator arm or chain
linkage arrangement.
• Actuator wheel rotates in a clockwise direction (when facing the wheel)
when energized.
3-5/16
(100)
1
(25)
3-3/4 (95)
1/4 (6)
2-3/8 (60)
1-3/4 (45)
3/16 (5) DIAMETER (2)
2-5/8 (66)
M9943
M847A1080 dimensions in in. [mm], with chain linkage.
2-3/8 (60)
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 40 F to 125 F (5 C to 50 C).
TORQUE, MAXIMUM AT WHEEL: 30 in oz (212 N•m).
3-1/2 (89)
2-3/16
(55)
2-15/16
(75)
3/8
(10)
3/4
(20)
2 (51)
2-1/16 (52)
2-3/8 (60)
3-11/16 (94)
4-11/16 (120)
3/16 (5) DIAMETER (2)
Electrical Ratings
ORDER NUMBER
Linkage
Power
Heat Anticipator
Power Supply Consumption Setting (A)
M847A1072
3.8 in. (95 mm) Arm
24V at 60 Hz
M847A1080
38 in. (965 mm) Chain
8 VA
0.32
M17383
Timing
Stroke
(degrees)
Opening
(powered)
Closing
(spring)
45 nominal
20 sec max
20 sec max
M6415, M7405, M7415, M8405, M8415 Damper Actuators
Spring return, 25 lb.-in. damper actuators provide spdt floating, twoposition, three-position or modulating control of economizer
systems, ventilation dampers and combustion air dampers. M6415
suitable for use with direct digital control (DDC) systems. For
complete details, see page 307 in the Economizer section of this
catalog.
411
Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose
DM7600 Commercial Zone Dampers
POWER CONSUMPTION:
Model
Power (W)
Current (A)
VA
ML6161A
2.0
0.085
2.04
ML7161A
4.5
0.20
4.8
DM7600 dimensions.
Motorized damper package designed for use with W7600
Commercial Zone System. Up to ten DM7600 Dampers may be
controlled from one output from the W7600 (using the appropriate
resistor value).
W
• Damper combined with factory-mounted ML7161 actuator to provide a
fully modulating zone damper.
• Shell has 1 in. crimp at one end with raised edges, and neoprene foam
rubber seal in sleeve.
• Damper blade has 1/2 in. aluminum shaft with nylon bearings and
90 degree rotation.
• Damper and blade constructed of galvanized steel.
• Magnetic coupling requires no limit switches or mechanical stops.
D
Damper Specifications:
LEAKAGE: Less than 1% at 0.1 in. wc (0.25 kPa).
L
Actuator Specifications:
TEMPERATURE RANGE: Ambient: 32 F to 130 F (0 C to 54 C).
TORQUE: Running, 35 lb-in. (4.0 N•m); stall (minimum), 45 lb-in.
(5.2 N•m).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Supply: 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz.
DAMPER DIAMETER (D)
WIDTH (W)
LENGTH (L)
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
6
152
9-1/2
241
12
305
8
10
203
11-1/2
292
12
305
12
254
305
13-1/2
15-1/2
343
394
12
13
305
330
14
16
356
406
17-1/2
19-1/2
445
495
15
17
381
432
M17412
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors
Material
ORDER NUMBER
Dimensions, Approximate,
Damper Diameter
Shell
Blade
Includes
Signal, Input
Timing
DM7600A1005
6 (152)
24 ga. steel
16 ga. steel
ML7161A1000
90 sec
DM7600A1013
8 (203)
2 to 10 Vdc or
4 to 20 mA
DM7600A1021
10 (254)
DM7600A1039
12 (305)
DM7600A1047
14 (356)
16 ga. steel
ML6131B2007
Spdt floating
DM7600A1054
16 (406)
DM7600B1004
6 (152)
DM7600B1012
8 (203)
DM7600B1020
10 (254)
DM7600B1038
12 (305)
DM7600B1046
14 (356)
DM7600B1053
16 (406)
DM7600B1061
6 (152)
DM7600B1079
8 (203)
DM7600B1087
10 (254)
DM7600B1095
12 (305)
DM7600B1103
14 (356)
DM7600B1111
16 (406)
412
20 ga. steel
24 ga. steel
20 ga. steel
24 ga. steel
20 ga. steel
16 ga. steel
Spdt floating
7 min
Motors and Actuators—Parts and Accessories
Parts and Accessories
Description
Use With
Order Number
Adapters
Adapters.
M7415; M7405 6-9 Vdc Adapter.
Q769A
M7415; M7405 4-20 mA Adapter.
Q769B
M7415; M7405 0-10 Vdc or 2-10 Vdc.
Q769C
M944; M945; M954; M955 Mod IV motors.
W859
Ball Joint.
For 5/16 in. rod.
27518
Bracket, external damper mount.
M9184; M9185.
101662A
Coupling.
Explosion-proof housing.
7617DM
Crank arm (included in Q605 Linkage).
Modutrol motors.d
Controls
Economizer Control.
Hardware
Crank arm, infinitely adjustable.
Dampers used with 300 lb-in. Modutrol motors.
Dampers.
Building Controls and Systems
Crank arm, heavy duty.
7616BR
d
d
4074ELR
4074ELY
Crank arm, infinitely adjustable.
Modutrol IV motors (included in Q605E,F,G,H).
221455A
Housings, explosion-proof.
Dampers, lever-operated valves.
DHE94a
Modutrol motors.
ES-650-117b
ES-650-118b
Linkages
Linkaged.
Modutrol IV motors with adapter bracket and V51B Valves.
Q100
Modutrol motors and V5011; V5013 Valves.
Q601
For use with Modutrol motors and dampers.
Q605
M6415; M7405; M7415; M8405; M8415 and dampers.
Q298B
C7400 Solid State Enthalpy Sensor.
W7459
Logic Module
Solid State Logic Module.
Potentiometers
Auxiliary Potentiometers.
Modutrol motors.
Q181A
Manual Potentiometers.
Series M91XX and M94XX Modutrol IV motors.
S443A
M7415; M7405
Q709A
135 ohm control circuits, surface mounting.
112894FA
270 ohm control circuits, surface mounting.
112894FB
135 ohm control circuits, flush mounting.
112894FD
270 ohm control circuits, flush mounting.
112894FE
Dual Control Potentiometer. Modutrol and Modutrol IV motors.
Q68B
Minimum Position Potentiometer.
Direct-Coupled Actuators.
205860
Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer.
M6415; M7405; M7415; M8405; M8415 with or without Q709A.
S963B1136
Up to 6 Modutrol motors in unison.
4074BYK
Resistor Kits
Resistor Kits.c
One motor from a 4-20 mA controller.
4074EDC
Up to 3 Modutrol motors from a W973 Singlezone Logic Panel.
4074EAU
Up to 6 Modutrol motors from a 4-20 mA controller.
4074EED
continued next page
413
Motors and Actuators—Parts and Accessories
Parts and Accessories continued
Description
Use With
Order Number
Sensors
Mixed or Discharge Air Thermistor Sensor
M7415A
C7150B1004
Solid State Enthalpy Sensor
M7415; W7459
C7400A1004
Air Temperature Thermistor Sensor
M7415; W7459
C7650A1001
M6415; M7405; M7415; M8405; M8415.
4074EKV
Quick-connect to screw terminal Adapter
M6415; M7405; M7415; M8405; M8415.
4074EHB
Terminal Enclosure
M6415; M7405; M7415; M8405; M8415.
7640QF
Modutrol IV motors.
4074ERU
Switches
Auxiliary Switch
Terminal
Weatherproof Kit
Weatherproof Kit, NEMA 3
a
Available through Crouse-Hinds Co., Customer Service, P.O. Box 4999, Syracuse, NY 13221; (315) 477-4000.
b
Contact Nelson Electric, Order Services Dept., P.O. Box 726, Tulsa, OK 74101; (918) 627-5530, for name of local representative.
c
May also be used with Modutrol IV motors (series 91).
d May also be used with Modutrol IV motors. Requires adapter bracket standard on all Modutrol IV motors included in this catalog.
414
Remote Temperature Controllers
Remote Temperature Controller Quick Selection Guide
This quick selection guide lists model numbers and product specifications for seven major control categories. Choose the model that meets your requirements, then refer to the product description page for complete order number.
Electronic Remote Temperature Controllers
Setting Range
Model Number
F
C
T775A
-40 to
+220
-40 to
+104
Differential Interstage
Switching
Action
F
C
F
C
spdt
T775B
0.5 to 0.3 to 0 to
35
19
35
Adj. Adj. Adj.
0 to
19
Adj.
Application
Staged On/Off control with 1 temperature input and 1 to 4 relay
output stages.
Staged On/Off control with 2 temperature inputs and 2 to 4 relay
output stages.
T775C
Staged On/Off control with 1 temperature input and 1 to 4 relay
output stages. NEMA 4X enclosure.
T775D
Staged On/Off control with 2 temperature inputs and 2 to 4 relay
output stages. NEMA 4X enclosure.
T775E
Modulating control with 1 temperature input and either Electronic
Series 90, 4-20 mA, or 0-18 Vdc modulating output with 1 to 3 relay
output stages.
T775F
Modulating control with 2 temperature inputs and either Electronic
Series 90, 4-20 mA, or 0-18 Vdc modulating output with 0 to 3 relay
output stages.
T775G
Modulating control with 1 temperature input and either Electronic
Series 90, 4-20 mA, or 0-18 Vdc modulating output with 1 to 3 relay
output stages. NEMA 4X enclosure.
T775J
-40 to
+220
-40 to
+104
T7079A
-25 to
+105
-32 to
+40
T7079B
Reset control with 2 temperature inputs and either Electronic Series
90, 4-20 mA, or 0-18 Vdc modulating output with 0- to 1-relay output
stages or 2-output stages.
1 to
30
2 spdt
0 to
35
—
Staged On/Off control with 1 temperature input and 1 to 4 relay
output stages.
Staged On/Off control with 2 temperature inputs and 2 to 4 relay
output stages.
419
Building Controls and Systems
The T775 offers the flexibility of up to four stages on/off, modulating, or reset control with digital display and wide setpoint range. The twostage control has a wide setpoint range and offers remote sensing up to 1000 feet from the controller. T775C,D,G has a NEMA 4X enclosure
for extreme environments.
Remote Temperature Controllers
General Purpose Temperature Controllers
The T4031/T6031s have a temperature range from -30 F to +270 F, spst or spdt switch action, and a variety of differentials and sensing
elements.
Operating Range
Model Number
F
C
T4031A
-30 to +90
-35 to +32
T4031C
40 to 180
4 to 82
Switching
Action
C
spst Close
on rise
3.5; fixed
spst Open
on rise
T4031E
T4031F
T4031G
1-1/2 in.
max. ice
thickness
T4031H
35 to 45
2 to 13
Differential
F
Capillary Length
ft
M
Application
1.9; fixed 5
1.5
Refrigeration.
2 or 5;
fixed
1.1 or
5.5, 8
2.8; fixed
1.7, 2.4
High-limit, ambient compensated.
1.7
2; fixed
1.1; fixed 5.5
spst Close
on rise
5; fixed
2.8; fixed
spst
1/8 in.
spst Close
on rise
1.5; fixed
spst
1/8 in.
Ice-Trol—milk coolers.
0.8; fixed
Milk-Trol, ambient-compensated control
of milk or similar liquids in bulb tanks.
T4031J
Milk-Trol.
T4031K
1-1/2 in.
max. ice
thickness
T6031A
15 to 90
-30 to +50
-30 to +90
-9 to +32
spdt
-35 to +10 35 to +32
3.5; fixed
3.5 to 16;
adj.
1.9; fixed 5, 8, 20
1.9 to 8;
adj.
1.5, 2.4, Refrigeration, duct, tank, freezer,
6.1
ambient compensated.
T6031C,D
0 to 70
40 to 180
30 to 270
-18 to +21
4 to 82
-1 to +132
2,5,7;
fixed
1.1, 2.8, 5.5 std.
3.9; fixed 7.5
Armored
1.7, 2.3
Ambistat, high limit, ambient
compensated.
T6031E,F
55 to 90
13 to 32
1.5; fixed
1.0; fixed 5.5
1.7
Unit thermostats heating/cooling.
Marked warmer/cooler.
T6031J
55 to 85
13 to 29
5; fixed
2.8; fixed
T6031K
15 to 75
-9 to +24
420
Ice-Trol—milk coolers.
Changeover thermostat, ventilation, air
conditioning.
Refrigeration, display cases and
cabinets.
Remote Temperature Controllers
Limit Controllers
The L456/L480/L482 line includes high- and low-limit temperature controllers for HVAC and refrigeration applications.
.
Operating Range
Model Number F
C
Switching
Action
M
Application
5, 20
1.5,6.1
High-limit temperature control for air or liquid in
ducts.
spdt
10
20
6.1
spst
Manual reset
Low-limit temperature control—operates dampers,
valves, and compressor or fan motors in refrigeration
and HVAC systems.
L480B
20 to 60
-7 to +16
L482A
15 to 55
C
5.6
-10 to +15 2 spst; one
N.C., one
N.O.
Commercial Temperature Controllers
The T675 controls are ambient compensated; models are available with optional fast-response sensing elements, concealed setpoint and
mounting accessories.
Operating Range
Model
Number
F
C
Switching
Action
F
T675A
0 to 100
-18 to +38
spdt
Differential
C
Capillary Length
ft
1; fixed 310; adj.
0.6; fixed 1.7 to 5, 20
5.6; adj.
5 fastresponse
M
Application
1.5, 6.1
Regulates temperature of air or
liquid in ducts, pipes, tanks,
boilers. Used to control dampers in
HVAC; ambient compensated.
1.5 fastresponse
10 to 110
-12 to +43
1; fixed
0.6; fixed
5, Std. or
1.5, Std. or
fast-response fast-response
55 to 175
13 to 79
1; fixed 3.6
to 12; adj.
0.6; fixed 2 to
6.7; adj.
5, 20
1.5, 6.1
10, 20
3.1, 6.1
Manual reset limit control.
3.1
Crop-Trol—oil burning crop dryers.
160 to 260
71 to 127
T675B
30 to 50
-20 to +50
-1 to +10
-29 to +10
spdt Open 10; fixed
on Fall
3 to 10; adj. 1.7 to 5.6; adj.
T675F
80 to 220
27 to 105
spdt
5.6; fixed
5 to 30; adj. 2.8 to 11.0; adj. 10
421
Building Controls and Systems
ft
240 to 385 115 to 195 spst
F
Capillary Length
5 to 21 3 to 12
L456A
L480G
Differential
Remote Temperature Controllers
Return Air Controllers
The T4054, T6054 and T6064 provide ventilation control, in agricultural and industrial buildings, and return air control in commercial HVAC.
The T6064B has two remote bulbs; one for heating control, one for cooling. T6064C,D have a NEMA 4X enclosure for extreme environments.
Operating Range
Model Number
F
C
T6054A
-30 to +110 -34 to +43
T6054B
60 to 80
Switching
Action
F
spdt
16 to 27
T6064A
Differential
C
Material Sensing
Element
3.5; fixed
1.9; fixed
Tin-plated coil
0.8; fixed
0.4; fixed
Ventilation control in agricultural and
industrial buildings.
Fast-response
Return air controller.
2 spdt
T6064B
55 to 85
13 to 29
3.0; fixed
1.7; fixed
Remote bulb, 5.5 ft
(1.7 M)
T6064Ca
T6064Da
60 to 80
16 to 27
T4054
35 to 100
2 to 38
a
spst
0.8; fixed
0.4; fixed
3.5; fixed
1.9; fixed
Fast-response
Application
Override room thermostat.
Ventilation and temperature control in
agricultural buildings.
Independent heating/cooling setpoints.
NEMA 4X enclosure.
Heavy-duty Industrial/Agricultural Controllers
The T631s are heavy-duty controllers especially suited for agricultural, industrial and commercial ventilation applications. The T631F and G
models come with a splash- and spray-proof NEMA 4X enclosure for use in extreme environments. See Line Voltage and Proportional
Thermostats section for additional information.
Operating Range
Differential
Model Number F
C
Switching
Action
F
C
Material Sensing
Element
Application
T631A
35 to 100
2 to 38
spdt
2; fixed
1.1; fixed
Copper coil
70 to 140
21 to 60
0 to 70
-18 to +21
3; fixed
1.7; fixed
-10 to +100
-23 to +38
Barns.
Brooder houses.
Poultry houses.
Hog, pump houses.
70 to 140
21 to 60
8; fixed
4.4; fixed
Crop storage.
T631B
35 to 100
2 to 38
2 spdt switches 2; fixed
1.1; fixed
Crop storage.
T631C
-10 to +60
-23 to +16
spdt
3; fixed
1.7; fixed
20 to 90
-7 to +32
Temperature or ventilation
control in farm buildings.
70 to 140
21 to 60
2; fixed
1.1; fixed
14 to 86
-10 to +30
3; fixed
1.7; fixed
35 to 100
2 to 38
2; fixed
1.1; fixed
-30 to +110
-34 to +38
5; fixed
2.8; fixed
35 to 100
2 to 38
T631F
T631G
422
1 spdt
2 or 3-1/2; fixed 1.1 or 1.9; fixed
2 spdt
3-1/2; fixed
1.9; fixed
Tin-plated copper NEMA 4X splash-proof
coil
enclosure with clear cover
and exposed set point.
Remote Temperature Controllers
Two-stage Controllers
The T678s are two-stage refrigeration and crop-drying temperature controllers. Models are available with fast-response sensing elements.
Operating Range
Model
Switching
Number F
C
Action
T678A
ft
M
Application
3; fixed per switch 3
to 10; interstage
between switches
1.7; fixed per switch 5, 20 std. or
1.7 to 5.6; interstage fastresponse or
between switches
10 ft avg.
1.5, 6.1 std.
or fastresponse or
3.1 avg.
Regulates temperature of air
or liquid in ducts, pipes,
tanks, boilers. Used to control
dampers in HVAC.
0 to
100
-18 to
+38
55 to
175
13 to
79
3.5; fixed per switch 1.9; fixed per switch 5, 20 std. or
3.6 to 12; adjustable 2 to 6.7; adjustable fastbetween switches
between switches
response
1.5, 6.1 std.
or fastresponse
160 to
260
71 to
127
3; fixed 3 to 10
interstage between
switches
1.7; fixed 1.7 to 5.6; 5
interstage between
switches
1.5
55 to
85
13 to
29
2 spdt
Operate in
unison
5; fixed per switch
3; fixed
1.7
2 spdt
Operate in
sequence
2; fixed
1.1; fixed
Sequenced control of air
temperature for two-stage
heating or two-stage cooling
or one-stage heating/cooling.
3; fixed per switch
1.7; fixed per switch
Two-stage control in
refrigerated areas.
T678F
T678G
Capillary Length
C
15 to
75
-9 to
+24
5.5
Changeover control in air
conditioning or ventilation.
T775 Electronic Remote Temperature Controllers
•
•
•
•
Adjustable differential and throttling range.
Heating and cooling stages independently programmable.
Available with NEMA 4X enclosure.
Optional No. 203531A Panel Mounting Kit allows mounting in an
electrical panel.
• Available Application Guide and Cross-Reference, forms 63-1197
through 63-1207, offer answers to common application questions.
T775A,B,E,F,J
T775C,D,G
The T775 family of electronic remote temperature controllers
provide on/off, modulating, or reset control in applications where
electronic accuracy in addition to remote sensing is desired.
• Available with one or two temperature inputs and up to four spdt relay
output stages or modulating (electronic Series 90, 4-20 mA or 0-18
Vdc) outputs.
• Typical applications include:
—on/off control of fans, motors and heaters.
—proportional and floating control of damper and valve actuators.
—outdoor reset of heating and cooling systems.
• Electronic control accuracy.
• Linear platinum temperature sensor.
• LCD display indicates mode and output status; jumper switch provides
field selection of F or C display.
• Keypad allows precise temperature selection; easy one-finger
programming.
• Remote sensing from up to 1000 ft (304 m).
• Wide temperature setting range.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Listed: File LR95329-1.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 24/120/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Contacts:
120 Vac
240 Vac
9.8A
4.9A
Locked Rotor
58.8A
29.4A
Pilot Duty
125 VA
Resistive
10.0A at 24 Vac
Full Load
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient Range:
1 and 2 stage models: -40 F to +140 F (-40 C to +60 C).
3 and 4 stage models: -40 F to +125 F (-40 C to +52 C).
Setting Range: -40 F to 220 F (-40 C to +105 C).
Differential, Adjustable: 1 to 35 F (0.6 to 19 C).
Accuracy: 1 F (0.5 C) at 77 F (25 C) and nominal supply voltage.
Throttling Range: Adjustable from 2 to 30 F (1 to 17 C) (T775E-G).
Reset Ratio: Adjustable from 30 to 1 or 1 to 30 (T775J only).
continued next page
423
Building Controls and Systems
T678C
2 spdt
Differential
F
Remote Temperature Controllers
T775 continued
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
T775A,B,E,F,J: 8-1/2 in. (216 mm) high, 4-3/4 in (121 mm) wide,
2-3/8 in. (61 mm) deep.
T775C,D,G (including mounting flange): 9 in. (229 mm) high, 6 in.
(153 mm) wide, 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) deep.
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
193987GA Platinum Sensor 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) long, 3/8 in. (9.5 mm)
dia. Lead wires 6 in. (125 mm).
198212CA Water-resistant Sensor; 60 in. (1524 mm) leads, liquidtight fitting.
203401B Water-tight Sensor, 20 in. (508 mm) leads, require 1/2 in.
(13 mm) dia. well.
ACCESSORIES:
A775A1003 Sensor Simulator.
C7043A1098 Case and Immersion Well for running conduit to
sensor, 1/2 in. NPT, 5-3/8 in. insertion, 4 in. insulation (for use
with 193987GA only).
C7100C1003 Duct Mounted Averaging Sensora.
DSP2520 Counter Display, includes T775A1035.
T7047C1090 Wall Mounted Sensor Bulb Housing.
4074ESW Universal Sensor Bulb Mounting Kit, self adhesive (sensor
not included).
107324A Bulb Holder, duct insertion.
107408 Heat Conductive Compound, 4 oz (118.4 mL).
121371A Copper immersion well, 1/2 in. NPT, 1-1/2 in. insulation,
3 in. insertion with mounting clip.
121371E Stainless Steel immersion well, 1/2 in. NPT, 1-1/2 in.
insulation, 3 in. insertion with mounting clip.
203531A Panel Mounting Kit with optional tamper resistant window.
202026D NEMA IV Cover Kit, replaces cover on T775C,D, or G.
a
Accuracy decreases to 2 F (-1 C).
Sensor Resistance vs. Temperature Characteristics.
RESISTANCE
(OHMS)
4200
4000
3800
3600
3484 ± 6.5 OHMS
AT 77°F (25°C)
3400
3200
20
60
40
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
F
220
C
-7
0
10
20
40
50
30
60 70
TEMPERATURE (DEGREES)
80
90
100
M2829
Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors.
*TRADELINE model.
ORDER NUMBER
Control Mode
Temperature Inputs
Relay Outputs Includes
T775A1001
spdt
1
1
T775A1019
spdt
1
2
T775A1027
spdt
1
3
T775A1035
spdt
1
4
T775B1000
spdt
2
2
T775B1018
spdt
2
3
T775B1026
spdt
2
4
T775C1009
spdt
1
4
T775D1008
pdt
2
4
203401B Sensor (one) and NEMA 4X enclosure.
T775E1015
Electronic Series 90
1
1
193987GA Sensor (one).
T775E1023
Electronic Series 90
1
2
T775E1056
4-20 mA
1
1
T775E1064
4-20 mA
1
2
T775E1098
0-18 Vdc
1
1
*T775E1114
0-18 Vdc
1
3
T775F1022
Electronic Series 90
2
3
T775F1055
4-20 mA
2
3
T775F1089
0-18 Vdc
2
3
T775G1005
Electronic Series 90
1
3
T775G1013
4-20 mA
1
3
T775G1021
0-18 Vdc
1
3
T775J1001
RESET
2
1
T775J1019
RESET and Electronic Series 90 2
0
T775J1027
RESET and 4-20 mA
2
0
T775J1035
RESET and 0-18 Vdc
2
0
T775J1043
RESET and Electronic Series 90 2
1
T775J1050
RESET and 4-20 mA
2
1
T775J1068
RESET and 0-18 Vdc
2
1
T775J1076
RESET
2
2
424
193987GA Sensor (one).
193987GA (two).
203401B Sensor (one) and NEMA 4X enclosure.
193987GA (two).
203401B Sensor (one) and NEMA 4X enclosure.
193987GA (two).
Remote Temperature Controllers
New!
T7079 Solid State Remote Temperature Controller
TEMPERATURE ACCURACY (AT NOMINAL VOLTAGE):
In 77 F (25 C) ambient, nominal sensor value: ±2 F.
NOTE: Accuracy can vary based on deviation from nominal values of input
voltage, operating ambient and sensor ambient.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Switch selection of heat or cool mode.
Temperature sensing up to 400 feet.
Does not require field calibration.
10K NTC temperature sensor.
Wide set point temperature range.
LED annunciation for both power on and relay state.
Dual set point scale (°F and °C).
Isolation transformer for 24 Vac input.
Single- or Dual-stage output.
DIMENSIONS: 7-3/16 in. (183 mm) high, 2-7/16 in. (61 mm) wide,
2-7/16 in. (61 mm) deep.
SENSOR: 10K NTC, 400 ft maximum distance between sensor and
electronic controller.
Order Number
Description
Stages
Switches
T7079A1004
24 Vac, Setpoint range: -25 to +105 F (-32 to +40 C).
1
1 SPDT
T7079A1012
24 Vac, Setpoint range: 100 to 240 F (38 to 116 C).
T7079A1046
120/240 Vac, Setpoint range: -25 to +105 F (-32 to +40 C).
T7079A1053
120/240 Vac, Setpoint range: 100 to 240 F (38 to 116 C).
T7079B1028
24 Vac, Setpoint range: -25 to +105 F (-32 to +40 C).
2
2 SPDT
T7079B1036
24 Vac, Setpoint range: 100 to 240 F (38 to 116 C).
T7079B1044
120/240 Vac, Setpoint range: -25 to +105 F (-32 to +40 C).
T7079B1051
120/ 240 Vac, Setpoint range: 100 to 240 F (38 to 116 C).
Building Controls and Systems
The T7079 Electronic Remote Sensor Temperature Controller is
capable of providing on-off temperature control for ducts, tanks,
heating and refrigeration units, greenhouses, animal confinement
buildings and other applications where electronic accuracy in
addition to remote sensing is desired.
SETPOINT ADJUSTMENT RANGE:
-25 to +105 F (-32 to +40 C).
or 100 to 240 F (38 to 116 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage Input: 24/120/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz (+10%, -15%).
Power Consumption:
At 60 Hz: 8 VA maximum.
At 50 Hz: 10 VA maximum.
Contact Ratings:
At 120 Vac: 1/2 hp, 9.8 FLA, 58.8 LRA.
At 240 Vac: 1/4 hp, 4.9 FLA, 29.4 LRA.
At 120/240 Vac: 125 VA pilot duty.
At 24 Vac (resistive): 10A.
AMBIENT RATINGS:
Operating Temperature: -40 to +140 F [-40 to +60 C].
Storage Temperature: -40 to +180 F (-40 to +82 C).
Operating Humidity: 5% to 95% RH, non-condensing.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
Canadian Underwriters Laboratories.
CE.
ACCESSORIES:
107048 Heat Conduction Compound, 4 ounces.
107324A Bulb Holder, duct insertion.
121371A Copper Immersion Well.
121371E Stainless Steel Well.
T7047C1090 Wall Mounted Sensor Case (housing only).
425
Remote Temperature Controllers
T675; T678 Controllers
Fast
Response
Standard
Remote bulb thermostats regulate temperature of air or liquids in
ducts, pipes, tanks and boilers.
• Suitable for applications requiring temperature control of air or liquids
where controller must be placed outside the sensing area.
• Typical uses include control of dampers and valves in heating, cooling
and heating-cooling systems.
• Fast response models (available for use in return air duct) operate
approximately four times faster than standard models.
• Controller can be mounted in any position.
• Ambient temperature compensation provides good temperature control. Refer to T775 Electronic Remote Temperature Controller where
more exact control is required and/or remote controller location is preferred.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: for T675A, T678A.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
T675A adjustable differential models and T678A:
120 Vac
240 Vac
277 Vac
Full Load
8.0
5.1
4.2
Locked Rotor
48.0
30.6
25.2
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm)
wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep.
BULB SIZE:
Standard models: 1/2 in. (13 mm) x 4-3/16 in. (106 mm).
55 F to 175 F (13 C to 79 C) models: 1/2 in. (13 mm) x 3-9/16 in.
(90 mm).
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
131524A Capillary Holder for mounting a fast-response sensing
element in an air duct.
ACCESSORIES:
Immersion Well Assembly. To protect sensing bulb from mechanical
or chemical damage when mounting in a boiler or storage tank;
copper, 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) insertion length; includes tube clip for
clamping capillary tube to immersion well.
112622AA, 1/2-14 NPT external threads on spud, includes 112721
Clip.
112630AA, 3/4-14 NPT external threads on spud, includes 112720
Clip.
Capillary Compression Fitting. To provide sealoff when mounting
sensing bulb directly in a boiler or storage tank; brass;
5/8 in. (16 mm) thread length.
104484A, 1/2-14 NPT external threads on spud.
104484B, 3/4-14 NPT external threads on spud.
194899 Button which replaces setpoint knob to discourage
tampering.
801534, Calibration wrench.
For additional accessories, see REPLACEMENT PARTS and
ACCESSORIES sections.
T675A nonadjustable differential models: 125 VA at 120/208/240/277
Vac.
T675B: 125 VA pilot duty up to 277 Vac.
T678A: Maximum connected load: 2000 VA.
*TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings,
Operating Range
Temperature
Ratings,
Temperature
Maximum
Temperature Ratings, Differential
Capillary
Length
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
ft
M
Material
F
C
F
C
Switching Action
T675A1045
0 to 100
-18 to +38
20
6.1
st. steel
125
52
3 to 10, adj.
1.7 to 5.6, adj.
1, fixed
0.6, fixed
Spdt switch breaks
R-B and makes
R-W at set point on
temperature rise.
T675A1102
160 to 260 71 to 127
20
6.1
copper
280
138
T675A1136
0 to 100
20
6.1
copper
125
52
-18 to +38
T675A1243d
167 to 257 75 to 125
5
1.5
copper
125
52
3 to 10, adj.
1.7 to 5.6 adj.
T675A1425
55 to 175
13 to 79
20
6.1
copper
200
93
3.6 to 12, adj.
2 to 6.7, adj.
T675A1441
55 to 175
13 to 79
20
6.1
st. steel
200
93
3.6 to 12, adj.
2 to 6.7, adj.
T675A1458
55 to 175
13 to 79
5
1.5
copper
200
93
1, fixed
0.6, fixed
*T675A1508a
0 to 100
-18 to +38
5
1.5
copper
125
52
3 to 10, adj.
1.7 to 5.6, adj.
*T675A1516a
0 to 100
-18 to +38
5
1.5
copper
125
52
1, fixed
0.6, fixed
T675A1524
55 to 175
13 to 79
20
6.1
copper
200
93
1, fixed
0.6, fixed
*T675A1532
160 to 260 71 to 127
5
1.5
copper
280
138
3 to 10, adj.
1.7 to 5.6, adj.
*T675A1540a
a
55 to 175
13 to 79
5
1.5
copper
200
93
3.6 to 12, adj.
2 to 6.7, adj.
a
*T675A1565
0 to 100
-18 to +38
20
6.1
copper
125
52
3 to 10, adj.
1.7 to 5.6, adj.
*T675A1706b
0 to 100
-18 to +38
5
1.5
copper
125
52
Spdt switch breaks
R-B and makes
R-W at set point on
temperature rise.
continued next page
426
Remote Temperature Controllers
T675; T678 continued
Temperature Ratings,
Operating Range
ORDER NUMBER
Temperature
Ratings,
Temperature
Maximum
Temperature Ratings, Differential
Capillary
Length
F
C
ft
M
Material
F
C
F
C
Switching Action
*T675A1722
55 to 175
13 to 79
5
1.5
copper
200
93
3.6 to 12, adj.
2 to 6.7, adj.
T675A1771b
55 to 175
13 to 79
5
1.5
copper
200
93
1, fixed
0.6, fixed
b
T675A1854
10 to 110
-12 to +43
5
1.5
copper
125
52
1, fixed
Spdt switch breaks
R-B and makes
R-W at set point on
temperature rise.
T675B1002c
30 to 50
-1 to +10
10
3
copper
125
52
T675B1010
30 to 50
-1 to +10
20
6.1
copper
125
52
T675B1028
-20 to +50
-29 to +10
10
3
copper
125
52
T678A1015
0 to 100
-18 to +38
20
6.1
copper
125
52
T678A1080
160 to 260 71 to 127
5
1.5
copper
280
138
b
Manual
0.6, fixed
Spst switch breaks
at set point on a
temperature fall.
Resetc
Each switch fixed
at 1.7 C; adj. diff.
between switches
1.7 to 5.6 C.
T678A1163d
5 to 95
-15 to +35
20
6.1
copper
125
52
T678A1361
55 to 175
13 to 79
20
6.1
copper
200
93
Each switch fixed
at 3.6 F; adj. diff.
between switches
3.6 to 12 F.
Each switch fixed
at 2 C; adj. diff.
between switches
1.7 to 5.6 C.
*T678A1437a
0 to 100
-18 to +38
5
1.5
copper
125
52
Each switch fixed
at 3 F; adj. diff.
between switches
3 F to 10 F.
Each switch fixed
at 1.7 C; adj. diff.
between switches
1.7 C to 5.6 C.
*T678A1445a
55 to 175
13 to 79
5
1.5
copper
200
93
Each switch fixed
at 3.6 F; adj. diff.
between switches
3.6 F to 12 F.
Each switch fixed
at 2 C; adj. diff.
between switches
2 C to 6.7 C.
*T678A1478b
0 to 100
-18 to +38
5
1.5
copper
125
52
Each switch fixed
at 3 F; adj. diff.
between switches
3 F to 10 F.
Each switch fixed
at 1.7 C; adj. diff.
between switches
1.7 C to 5.6 C.
*T678A1494b
55 to 175
13 to 79
5
1.5
copper
200
93
T678A1627c
0 to 100
-18 to +38
12
3.7
Averaging 125
copper
52
Each switch fixed
at 3.6 F; adj. diff.
between switches
3.6 F to 12 F.
Each switch fixed
at 2 C; adj. diff.
between switches
2 C to 6.7 C.
Two spdt switches
operating in
sequence. Right
switch breaks R-B
and makes R-W at
set point on a
temperature rise.
Left switch breaks
R-B and makes
R-W if temperature
continues to rise
through interstage
differential.
a
Includes 107324A Bulb Holder.
Fast response element. Includes 131524A Bulb Holder.
c
Temperature should rise 10 F (5.6 C) above setpoint before resetting.
d
Celsius model.
b
427
Building Controls and Systems
Each switch fixed
at 3 F; adj. diff.
between switches
3 F to 10 F.
Remote Temperature Controllers
T675F Crop-Trol Controller
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Maximum, At Bulb: 245 F (118 C).
Maximum, At Case: 150 F (66 C).
Setting Range: 80 F to 220 F (27 C to 104 C).
Differential: Midscale, adjustable, 5 F to 30 F (3 C to 17 C).
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
Used to control an oil burning, portable crop dryer.
•
•
•
•
Suitable for line-voltage, low-voltage or millivolt (Powerpile) switching.
Mounts directly on dryer with sensing bulb in discharge air duct.
Knob extends through case for manual control point adjustment.
Differential setting wheel, located under cover, adjusts difference
between cut-in and cut-out temperatures.
Capillary Length
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
8.0
5.1
Locked Rotor
48.0
30.6
Inductive Load
0.25 A at 1/4 to 12 Vdc.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Case: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm)
deep.
Temperature Ratings, Differential, Adjustable
ORDER NUMBER
ft
M
Switching Action
F
C
T675F1032
10
3.1
spdt
5 to 30
2.8 to 17.0
T678C;T6031J Changeover Temperature Controllers
Sense supply water temperature in air conditioning equipment or
outdoor temperature in ventilation systems.
• Reverse heating-cooling control action when wired to a two-wire spdt
thermostat and valve or damper actuator.
• Suitable for line-voltage or millivolt (Powerpile) control.
• Bulb may be strapped to pipe with T-clamp (furnished), immersed
directly or in immersion well.
• Enclosed switches resist the effects of dust and moisture.
• Set point adjusts with screw on front of thermostat.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 55 F to 85 F (13 C to 29 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
At Bulb: 3/8 in. (10 mm) x 3 in. (76 mm).
At Case:5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in.
(57 mm) deep.
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
23904A-00019 Copper Well Plug and 4 in. (102 mm) Tube.
ACCESSORIES:
COMPRESSION FITTINGS:
7617DB. Stainless steel. Bulb size: Up to 11/16 in. (18 mm) diameter.
7617DC. Stainless steel. Bulb size: Up to 1/2 in. (13 mm) diameter.
7617M. Brass. Bulb size: Up to 1/2 in. (13 mm) diameter.
7617P. Brass. Bulb size: Up to 11/16 in. (18 mm) diameter.
For Immersion Well Assemblies, see Accessories at end of section.
T678C Switching.
TEMPERATURE
FALL
APPROVALS:
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1 for T678C.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
8.0
5.1
Locked Rotor
48.0
30.6
W
R
B
W
R
B
TEMPERATURE
FALL
M17384
T678C: 1600 VA max. load.
T6031J: 0.25A at 0.25 to 12 Vdc inductive load.
Temperature Ratings
Differential, Maximum Maximum b
Capillary Length
Order Number
F
C
F
C
Switching Action ft
m
Material
Mounting Includes
T678C1005
5a
2.8
205
96
2 spdt
5.5
1.7
Copper
Surface
Case and Cover
T6031J1003
5
2.8
205
96
1 spdt
5.5
1.7
Copper
Surface
Case and Cover
a
5 F (-2.8 C) per switch; 10 F (-5.6 C) max. both switches.
b
At element.
428
Remote Temperature Controllers
T4031C,E,F; T6031C,D,F,G Aquastat® Controllers
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Models with nominal 5 F (2.8 C) differential:
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
8.0
5.1
Locked Rotor
48.0
30.6
Inductive load: 0.25A at 1/4 to 12 Vdc.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient temperature compensated, high-limit controllers for
agricultural and industrial applications.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1 for T4031F,
T6031F.
Temperature Maximum
F
C
F
C
40 to 180
4 to 82
205
96
0 to 70
-18 to +21
170
77
30 to 270
-1 to +132
305
152
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Bulb Size:
T4031C, T6031C: 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) long, 3/8 in. (10 mm) diameter.
T4031E,F; T6031E,F: 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) long, 5/16 in. (8 mm)
diameter.
Case: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-1/8 in. (54 mm)
deep.
MATERIAL:
Remote Bulb: Copper.
ACCESSORIES:
107324A Bulb Holder.
For additional accessories, see REPLACEMENT PARTS and
ACCESSORIES sections.
*TRADELINE
Temperature Ratings
Operating Range
Differential, Midscale
Capillary Length
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
F
C
Switching Action
ft
T4031C1004 b
40 to 180
4 to 82
5
2.8
Breaks on temp. rise
8
2.4
T4031C1012
40 to 180
4 to 82
5
2.8
5.5
1.7
40 to 180
4 to 82
2
1.1
spdt
5.5
1.7
41 to 176
5 to 80
2
1.1
spdt
5.5
1.7
*T6031C1009 c
T6031C1041
a
T6031C1058
T6031D1007
b
mm
100 to 240
38 to 116
2
1.1
spdt
5
1.5
40 to 180
4 to 82
5
2.8
spdt
7.5
2.3
T6031D1015
40 to 180
4 to 82
5
2.8
spdt
5.5
1.7
T6031D1031
0 to 70
-18 to +21
5
2.8
spdt
5.5
1.7
T6031D1049
30 to 270
-1 to +132
7
3.9
spdt
5.5
1.7
d
5 to 90
-15 to +32
1.5
0.9
spdt
5.5
1.7
T6031G1000 d
0 to 90
-18 to +32
2
1.1
spdt
6
2.0
T6031F1010
a
Celsius scale.
Includes external adjustment knob.
c
Includes 107324A Bulb Holder.
d
Excludes enclosure.
b
429
Building Controls and Systems
• Suitable for line-voltage, low-voltage or millivolt (Powerpile) control of
bulk milk tanks, beverage dispensing machines, ice cube machines,
dishwashers, crop drying, tobacco curing and similar applications.
• Enclosed snap action switches available with spst or spdt action.
• Models available with contacts that make or break on temperature rise.
• Screwdriver adjustment for temperature setting; external knob optional.
• Immersion well not included.
Operating Range
Remote Temperature Controllers
T6031E Unit Thermostat
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
3.2
1.6
Locked Rotor
19.2
9.6
• When used with changeover switch or thermostat, these devices can
control both heating and cooling.
• Sensing bulb installed in return airflow.
• One light duty spdt switch.
• Enclosed switches resist effects of dust and moisture.
• Setpoint adjustment with knob on front of thermostat.
• Temperature scale marked Warmer-Cooler.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Operating Range: 55 F to 90 F (15 C to 32 C).
Fixed Differential: 1-1/2 F (0.8 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Capillary Length: 5-1/2 ft (1.7 m).
Bulb Size: 5/16 in. (8 mm) x 11-11/16 in. (297 mm).
Case: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm)
deep.
ACCESSORIES:
Compression Fittings:
7617DC. Stainless steel. Bulb size: Up to 1/2 in. (13 mm) diameter.
7617M. Brass. Bulb size: Up to 1/2 in. (13 mm) diameter.
For additional accessories, see REPLACEMENT PARTS and ACCESSORIES sections.
APPROVALS:
Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized.
T6031E switching.
Used for space temperature control of room air conditioning units or
radiator valves.
TEMPERATURE
FALL
B
R
W
M17385
Temperature Ratings, Maximum, Element
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
Mounting
Includes
T6031E1004
150
66
Surface
Case and Cover and Setpoint Adjustment Knob
L456 Temperature Controller
• Dust-proof, silent, mercury switch opens on temperature rise.
• Mounting lugs on controller case provide easy mounting on wall or
panel.
• Bulb mounts in compression fitting or immersion well.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
120 Vac
Provides high temperature control of air or liquid in ducts, tanks or
boilers.
• Use in line or low voltage applications.
• Scale range marked in both Fahrenheit and Celsius.
• Screw at top of case provides manual setpoint adjustment.
240 Vac
Full Load
7.4
5.1
Locked Rotor
44.4
30.6
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Bulb Size: 4 in. (107 mm) x 1/2 in. (13 mm).
Case: 6-15/16 in. (176 mm) high, 4-1/4 in. (108 mm) wide, 2-11/16 in.
(68 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES: SEE PARTS AND ACCESSORIES.
Temperature Ratings
Operating Range
Differential, Adjustable
Maximum, Element
Capillary Length
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
F
C
F
C
ft
M
L456A1008
240 to 385
115 to 195
5 to 21
3 to 12
405
207
5
1.5
430
Remote Temperature Controllers
L480 Refrigeration Controllers
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
Used to limit or control temperature in air conditioning systems or
refrigerated enclosures.
240 Vac
Full Load
10.2
6.5
Locked Rotor
61.2
39.0
Voltage:
Dc: 0.2A at 120 Vdc; 0.1A at 240 Vdc.
Pilot Duty: 125 VA at 600 Vac.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Case: 3-5/16 in. (84 mm) high,
3-11/16 in. (94 mm) wide, 2-5/16 in. (59 mm) deep.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient Range: 20 F to 125 F (-7 C to +52 C).
Maximum, At Element: 225 F (107 C).
Fixed, Differential: 10 F (-5.6 C).
ACCESSORIES:See REPLACEMENT PARTS and ACCESSORIES
sections.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File SA481, Guide SDFY for
L480B, G.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1.
Temperature Ratings,
Capillary Range
Capillary
Length
F
ft
ORDER NUMBER a Application
Reset Type
L480B1239
Acts as frost alarm in
storehouses, orchards, or other
locations where frost could
damage crops or equipment.
Automatic. Spdt switch 20 to 60
can be wired to make
an alarm circuit at the
setpoint.
L480G1044
For temperature or limit control Manual.
of air conditioning systems and
refrigeration units.
a
b
C
20 to 60
M
-7 to +16
20
-7 to +16
20 b
b
Switching Action
6.1
b
6.1 b
Spdt—breaks control
circuit and makes
another circuit (makes
R-B and breaks R-W) on
temp. fall.
Spst—breaks control
circuit on temp. fall.
Dual temperature scaleplate.
No bulb.
L482 Refrigeration Controller
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
Break Contact
Used to limit or control temperature in air conditioning systems or
refrigerated enclosures.
• Applications include freezer cabinets, display cases, beverage coolers,
milk cooling tanks, and air conditioners.
• Special applications include use as frost alarm where frost would
damage equipment or crops.
• Dual Fahrenheit and Celsius scaleplate.
• Enclosed dust and moisture resistant snap switch for trouble-free
operation.
Make Contact
Load
120 Vac
240 Vac
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
16
8
6
3
Locked Rotor
44.4
39.0
36
18
Non-Inductive
16
8
6
6
Pilot Duty: 125 VA at 120/240 Vac.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient Range: 15 F to 140 F (-10 to 55 C).
Maximum At Element: 400 F (204 C).
Differential: Fixed 10 F (-5.6 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:3-29/32 in. (100 mm) wide, 4-11/16 in.
(119 mm) high, 2-3/32 in. (53 mm) deep.
ACCESSORIES:
CCT2600 Sensing Element Clip.
CCT1802 Grommet (to protect element where it passes through duct)
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
Canadian Standards Association Certified.
.
Temperature Ratings, Capillary
Capillary Range
Length
ORDER NUMBER
Application
Reset Type
F
C
ft
m
Switching Action
L482A1004
For temperature or limit control of air
conditioning systems and refrigeration units.
Manual
15 to 55
-10 to +15
20
6.1
2 spst; one N.C., one
N.O.
431
Building Controls and Systems
• Applications include freezer cabinets, display cases, beverage coolers,
milk cooling tanks and air conditioners.
• Also used as frost alarm operator in storehouses or orchards where frost
would damage crops or equipment.
• Dual temperature scaleplate provided for both Fahrenheit and Celsius
readings.
• Enclosed snap switch is dust and moisture proof for trouble-free operation.
120 Vac
Remote Temperature Controllers
T6054A Utility Line Voltage Thermostat
ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A):
120 Vac
240 Vac
Full Load
7.4
3.7
Locked Rotor
44.4
22.2
Resistive
10.0
5.0
16.0
8.0
T6054A1005
T6054A1054
Provides spdt heavy-duty, line-voltage temperature control in
ventilation, heating or cooling systems.
•
•
•
•
•
Full Load
Use in a variety of farm, industrial or commercial applications.
Wall or duct mount in any position.
Fast response, tin-plated element not affected by adverse environment.
Rugged case.
Mounts on flat surface with three screws.
Locked Rotor
96.0
48.0
Resistive
10.0
10.0
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 7-1/4 in. (184 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm)
wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep.
ELEMENT TYPE: Hydraulic.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1.
*TRADELINE model.
Temperature Ratings,
Dimensions
Operating Range
Differential
Height
Control
mm
Modes in.
Width
ORDER NUMBER
Switching Action
F
C
F
C
in.
mm
*T6054A1005
Spdt. Can be used in
heating-cooling
systems with external
changeover switch.
-30 to +100
-34 to +38
3.5, fixed
1.9, fixed
Heating- 7-1/4 194
cooling
2-5/8 67
2
51
+35 to +110
+2 to +43
3.5, fixed
1.9, fixed
Heating- 7-1/4 194
cooling
2-5/8 67
2
51
T6054A1054 a
a
in.
Depth
mm
Brushed zinc cover.
T6064A,B Return Air Controllers
• Narrow switch differential.
• Setpoints are concealed under cover.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
T6064A,B: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 4 in. (102 mm) wide, 2-1/8 in.
(54 mm) deep.
T6064A: Sensing element adds 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) to height.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Per Switch (A):
Used with a standard room thermostat to limit room temperature
control point on heating and cooling.
T6064A
• T6064A provide fast response with hydraulic temperature sensing
elements mounted on the unit.
• Sensor elements consist of two capillaries; one for heating, one for
cooling.
• T6064B sensor design permits mounting of sensors in return air path in
packaged air conditioning units.
• Mounts in any position.
T6064B
24 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 277 Vac
Pilot Duty
1.5 A
125 VA
125 VA
—
—
—
Full Load
—
—
—
16
8
6.7
Locked Rotor —
—
—
80
40
33.5
Resistive
—
—
18
18
18
—
*TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings
Operating Range
ORDER NUMBER
*T6064A1003
T6064B1001
a
Application
Heating-cooling
F
C
F
C
Switching Action a
60 to 80
16 to 27
0.8
0.4
2-spdt
55 to 85
13 to 29
3.0
1.7
2-spdt
Switches make R-W on temperature rise; make R-B on temperature fall.
432
Differential
Remote Temperature Controllers
T6064D Agricultural Dual Element Temperature Controllers
• Narrow switch differential.
• Mounts in any position.
APPROVALS:
Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Per Switch:
T6064D:
Voltage (Vac)
T6064 agricultural return air controllers provide switching for twostage ventilation and temperature control in agricultural applications
where fast response and/or remote sensing is desired.
C
T6064D1007
2 spdt
16 to 27 0.8
60 to 80
F
240
125 VA
125 VA
Dimensions
Operating Range Differential
Switching Action F
120
1.5A
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Capillary Length: 5-1/2 ft. (1.7 m) long.
Sensing Element:
T6064D: Two independent capillary coils.
Temperature Ratings,
ORDER NUMBER
24
Building Controls and Systems
• T6064D has two independent, fast response sensing elements with
separate through-the-cover temperature adjustment for each switch;
includes liquid-tight fittings.
• NEMA 4X enclosure resists water, dust, and corrosion.
Pilot Duty
Height
Width
C
Control Modes
in.
mm
0.4
Heating-cooling
11-1/2 292
Depth
in.
mm
in.
mm
6
153
3-3/4
109
433
Remote Temperature Controllers
T915 Proportional Temperature Controllers
• Temperature setting scale markings in both Fahrenheit and Celsius.
• Steel case has a clear plastic cover to make setting readily visible.
• Surface mount using two screws through back of case.
Proportional remote bulb controllers for ducts, tanks, boilers, pipes
and other heat exchangers.
• Provide proportioning control of three-wire, low-voltage valve or damper
motors.
• Used to regulate temperatures of either air or liquids.
• All models ambient compensated.
• Ambient temperature compensation provides good temperature control.
Refer to T775 Electronic Remote Temperature Controller where more
exact control is required and/or remote controller location is preferred.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Low voltage ac only.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
5-1/2 in. (140 mm) high, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) wide, 2-3/4 in.
(70 mm) deep.
MATERIALS:
Capillary: Copper.
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
23949GCS Capillary, 5 ft copper; 11/16 x 4 in. capsule; 15 to 90 F
(-9 to +32 C).
ACCESSORIES:
For accessories, see REPLACEMENT PARTS and ACCESSORIES
sections.
Temperature Ratings
Throttling Range a
Scale Range
Maximum,
Bulb
Capillary
Length
Bulb Size
Potentiometer
Resistance
(ohms)
Control Modes
ORDER NUMBER
F
C
F
C
F
C
ft
M
in.
mm
Fill
Type b
T915A1177
15 to 90
-10 to +32
3, fixed
1.7, fixed
200
93
5
1.5
1/2 x 4
13 x 102
LTD
135
1 modulating m otor
T915B1002
15 to 90
-10 to +32
3, fixed
1.7, fixed
130
54
5
1.5
11/16 x
14-1/2
17 x 368
CA
135
2 modulating
m otors in unison or
sequence c
T915C1407
15 to 90
-10 to +32
7 to 38
3.9 to 21.1
200
93
20
6.1
1/2 x 4
13 x 102
LTD
135
1 modulating m otor
T915C1449
15 to 90
-10 to +32
7 to 38
3.9 to 21.1
130
54
5
1.5
11/16 x
14-1/2
17 x 368
CA
280
T915C1928
80 to 210
27 to 99
6 to 32
3.3 to 17.8
230
110
5
1.5
1/2 x 4
13 x 102
HT
135
T915C1936
80 to 210
27 to 99
6 to 32
3.3 to 17.8
230
110
20
6.1
1/2 x 4
13 x 102
HT
135
T915D1083
15 to 90
-10 to +32
7 to 38
3.9 to 21.1
130
54
5
1.5
11/16 x
14-1/2
17 x 368
CA
135
T915D1091
15 to 90
-10 to +32
7 to 38
3.9 to 21.1
130
54
20
6.1
11/16 x
17-1/2
17 x 445
CA
135
T915D1273
105 to 220
40 to 104
9 to 39
5.0 to 21.7
240
116
5
1.5
1/2 x 4
13 x 102
HT
135
T915F1008
15 to 90
-10 to +32
8 to 52
4.4 to 28.9
130
54
5
1.5
11/16 x
14-1/2
17 x 368
CA
135
T915F1016
15 to 90
-10 to +32
8 to 52
4.4 to 28.9
130
54
20
6.1
11/16 x
17-1/2
17 x 445
CA
135
T915M1018 d
15 to 90
-10 to +32
3, fixed
1.7, fixed
130
54
5
1.5
11/16 x
14-1/2
17 x 368
CA
135
T915M1216 d
105 to 220
40 to 104
3, fixed
1.7, fixed
240
116
5
1.5
1/2 x 4
13 x 102
HT
135
15 to 90
-10 to +32
3, fixed
1.7, fixed
130
54
5
1.5
11/16 x
14-1/2
17 x 368
CA
135
T915P1007
a
e
2 modulating
m otors in unison
2 modulating
m otors in
sequence
1 modulating motor
and 1 series 20
m otor or relay
Throttling range adjustable except where noted.
LTD: Limited-fill elements require that controller, including all of capillary (except bulb and adjacent 4 in. (102 mm) of capillary), be in an ambient temperature at least 10 F (5.6 C) above bulb temperature. These controllers become inoperative when temperature of controlled air or liquid is above 120
F (49 C).
HT: High-temperature-fill elements require that controller and all of capillary (except bulb and adjacent 4 in. (102 mm) of capillary) be in an ambient
temperature at least 10 F (5.6 C) below bulb temperature.
CA: Cross ambient.
c Factory set for unison control.
d
Spdt contacts operate approx. 1 F (0.6 C) above the throttling range (0.5 F (0.3 C) differential at midscale).
e
Spdt contacts operate approx. 1 F (0.6 C) below the throttling range (0.5 F (0.3 C) differential at midscale).
b
434
Remote Temperature Controllers
T991 Proportional Temperature Controllers
Fast
Response
Standard
For modulating control of water or air temperature in ducts, tanks
and similar applications.
*TRADELINE models.
Temperature Ratings
Order Number
F
C
F
C
ft
M
in.
mm
Potentiometer
Resistance
(ohms)
Includes
T991A1004
0 to 100
-18 to +38
3 to 30
1.7 to 16.7
5 copper
1.5 copper
1/2 x 4-3/16
13 x 107
135
T991A1012
0 to 100
-18 to +38
3 to 30
1.7 to 16.7
20 copper
6.1 copper
1/2 x 4-3/16
13 x 107
135
T991A1061
160 to 260
71 to 127
3 to 30
1.7 to 16.7
5 copper
1.5 copper
1/2 x 4-3/16
13 x 107
135
T991A1079
160 to 260
71 to 127
3 to 30
1.7 to 16.7
20 copper
6.1 copper
1/2 x 4-3/16
13 x 107
135
T991A1095a
5 to 95
-15 to +35
3 to 30
1.7 to 17
5 copper
1.5 copper
1/2 x 4-3/16
13 x 107
135
T991A1186
55 to 175
13 to 79
3 to 30
1.7 to 17
5 copper
1.5 copper
1/2 x 4-3/16
13 x 107
135
T991A1194
55 to 175
13 to 79
3.5 to 36
1.9 to 20
20 copper
6.1 copper
1/2 x 3-9/16
13 x 90
135
a
T991A1210
59 to 167
15 to 75
3 to 30
1.7 to 17
5 copper
1.5 copper
1/2 x 4-3/16
13 x 107
135
*T991A1244
55 to 175
13 to 79
3.5 to 36
1.9 to 20
5 copper
1.5 copper
1/2 x 3-9/16
13 x 90
135
*T991A1269
55 to 175
13 to 79
3.5 to 36
1.9 to 20
20 copper
6.1 copper
1/2 x 3-9/16
13 x 90
280
—
*T991A1343
55 to 175
13 to 79
3.5 to 36
1.9 to 20
5 copper
1.5 copper
1/2 x 3-9/16
13 x 90
280
107324A Duct
Bulb Holder
*T991A1350
55 to 175
13 to 79
3.5 to 36
1.9 to 20
24 copper
7.3 copper
Averaging
135
—
*T991A1426
0 to 100
-18 to +38
3 to 30
1.7 to 16.7
5 copper
1.5 copper
1/2 x 4-3/16
13 x 107
135
107324A Duct
Bulb Holder
*T991A1715
0 to 100
-18 to +38
3 to 30
1.7 to 16.7
5 copper
1.5 copper
Fast Response
135
131524A Duct
Coil Holder
*T991A1731
160 to 260
71 to 127
3 to 30
1.7 to 16.7
5 copper
1.5 copper
Fast Response
135
131524A Duct
Coil Holder
T991A1756
55 to 175
13 to 79
3.5 to 36
1 to 20
5 copper
1.5 copper
Fast Response
135
131524A Duct
Coil Holder
T991A1764
0 to 100
-18 to +38
3 to 30
1.7 to 16.7
24 copper
7.3 copper
Averaging
135
—
T991A2044
-30 to +70
-34 to +21
3 to 30
1.7 to 16.7
5 copper
1.5 copper
3/8 x 3-1/2
T991A2069
0 to 100
-18 to +38
3 to 30
1.7 to 16.7
20 copper
6.1 copper
Fast Response
Scale Range
a
Throttling Range (Adj.)
Capillary Length
Bulb Size
10 x 89
—
107324A Duct
Bulb Holder
135
—
135
131524A Duct
Coil Holder
Celsius Scale.
435
Building Controls and Systems
• Fast response models (for duct mounting) have coiled sensing element
giving at least four times faster response than standard models.
• Ambient temperature compensated for the case and tubing.
• Sensing element capillary tubing allows remote mounting of sensing
element.
• Setpoint may be read and adjusted through cover.
• Throttling dial inside case adjusts proportional throttling range.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: 24 to 30 Vac.
PRESSURE RATINGS: 50 psi. (344.7 kPa).
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Maximum, At Element:
125 F (52 C) for 0 F to 100 F (-18 C to +38 C) range.
200 F (93 C) for 55 F to 175 F (13 C to 79 C) range.
280 F (138 C) for 160 F to 260 F (71 C to 127 C) range.
MATERIAL:
Sensing Element: Liquid filled.
Capillary: Copper.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm)
wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) deep.
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
801737A Potentiometer Wiper and Bracket Assembly, 140 ohms.
801737B Potentiometer Wiper and Bracket Assembly, 280 ohms.
See REPLACEMENT PARTS and ACCESSORIES at end of section for
additional accessories.
Remote Temperature Controllers
Replacement Parts
Description
Use With
ORDER NUMBER
Adjustment knob (knurled) assembly, with wrench.
L456, T915
33312B
Assembly kit for mounting controller with averaging element when access into
duct is not possible.
L480B,G; T991A
7640HX
Standoff bracket for mounting the controller to an insulated duct.
T4031, T6031, T675A,B: T678, T991A
7640HY
Bulb guard sun shield for 3/8 in. diameter bulbs up to 5 in. long.
T678C, T6031J, T775
107323A
M17284
Bulb holder assembly; for use with copper elements only in 0-70, 15-90, 60-100 T4031, T6031A,K; T675, T678, T915
F ranges.
311266D
Capillary holder assembly; for inserting remote bulb into plenum furnace area; T4031, T6031, T675, T678A,B;
8-3/8 in. long.
T991A,B; W9076
107324A
Capillary holder for duct.
T675A,B; T678A
131524A
Compression fitting; brass 1/2 in. NPT plug. For bulb sizes up to 4 in. with
packing nut.
L480, T4031, T6031, T675, T678, T991 7617ABY
M17277
M17275
M17276
Compression fitting; brass 1/2 in. NPT plug. Plug opening for bulb up to 1/2 in. For sealing capillary of remote bulb
diameter. For 1/8 in. diameter capillary.
controllers into controlled medium.
7617M
Compression fitting; brass 3/4 in. NPT plug. Plug opening for bulb up to 11/16
in. diameter. For 1/8 in. diameter capillary.
7617P
Enclosure, weather resistant.
T4031, T6031, T675, T678, T991A
Q615
Heat-conductive compound for coating bulb to improve thermal response of
bulb immersion well.
Remote bulb controllers
107408
Scaleplate, 75 to 125 C; replaces 160 F to 260 F.
T4031, T6031, T675
M17400
Scaleplate, 15 C to 75 C; replaces 55 F to 175 F.
194486D
194486F
Shield assembly. Used to shield bulb from ambient temperature effects.
Maximum temperature: 300 F.
Remote bulb controllers
34886A
T-strap, copper-plated, for mounting sensing element to pipe.
T4031, T6031, T675, T678A,C; T991A
105900
Tamper-resistant button to conceal set point.
T4031A, T6031A, T675A,B; T678A
194899
Waste nut; cast iron; 1/2 in. NPT threaded opening. Provides solid mounting for For sealing capillary of remote bulb
a compression-fitting base on a duct or plenum.
controllers into controlled medium.
7617BE
Waste nut; cast iron; 3/4 in. NPT threaded opening. Provides solid mounting for
a compression-fitting base on a duct or plenum.
7617BF
Well assembly, 1/2 in. NPT, 1/2 x 4 in. bulb, 1 in. insulation.
T4031, T6031, T675A,B; T678A, T991A 112622AA
Well assembly, 3/4-14 NPT, external threads on spud.
T675A,B; T678A, T991A
M17401
436
112630AA
Remote Temperature Controllers
Accessories:
121371M. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size:
3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
Includes mounting clamp.
121371N. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size:
3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
Includes mounting clamp and plastic sleeve.
121371Q. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size:
3-1/2 in. (89 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in.
NPT. Includes mounting clamp.
122554A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm)
insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes
plastic sleeve.
122555A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm)
insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes
plastic sleeve.
122555B. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5 in.
(127 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
Includes plastic sleeve.
122555C. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5 in.
(127 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
122555D. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in (76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm)
insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
122555E. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. + 5/8 in. (10 + 16 mm). Includes
mounting clamp. Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in.
(114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes plastic sleeve.
122555F. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5 in.
(127 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
Includes plastic sleeve and dual bulb.
123732AA. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size 3 in.
(76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
Includes plastic sleeve and setscrew with spud for armored
capillary with plug.
123869A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size:
3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
123870A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size:
3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
123870D. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3-1/2 in.
(89 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
123871A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm)
insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
123871D. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3 in.
(76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes
plastic sleeve and setscrew with spud for armored capillary with
plug.
123871E. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. + 5/8 in. (10 + 16 mm). Includes
mounting clamp. Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm)
insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
123872A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm)
insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
124299AA. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size 3 in.
(76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in NPT.
Includes setscrew with spud for armored capillary with plug.
130883-00767 Universal Mounting Bracket.
138134C. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. + 5/8 in. (10 + 16 mm). Includes
mounting clamp. Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 2-1/4 in.
(57 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
Immersion well components.
121371A-S
123869A-123872A
WELL SPUD
112620AA-112639AE
1/8-1/2 IN. OF THREADS
MAY EXTEND INTO
CONTROLLED MEDIUM
WELL SPUD
WELL SHELL
WELL SHELL
INSTALLATION
DEPTH
INSERTION/MAX.
BULB LENGTH
1/8-1/2 IN. OF THREADS
MAY EXTEND INTO
CONTROLLED MEDIUM
INSTALLATION
DEPTH
INSERTION/MAX.
BULB LENGTH
M16602
437
Building Controls and Systems
Immersion Well Assemblies:
112620AA. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3-3/4 in.
(95 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
Includes spring clip.
112620BA. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3-3/4 in.
(95 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
Includes spring clip.
112620BB. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5-1/2 in.
(140 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
Includes spring clip.
112620CB. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5-1/2 in.
(140 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
Includes spring clip.
112622AA. Copper. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4 in.
(102 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
Includes spring clip.
112624AA. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size:
4-3/4 in. (121 mm) insertion, 1 in. (25 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
Includes spring clip.
112626AA. Copper. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4-1/4 in.
(108 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
Includes plastic sleeve.
112628AA. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size:
4-3/4 in. (121 mm) insertion, 4 in. (102 mm) insulation, 1/2 in.
NPT. Includes spring clip.
112630AA. Copper. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4-1/4 in.
(108 mm) insertion, 1 in. (25 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes
spring clip.
112630AB. 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) insertion,
1 in. (25 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes spring clip.
112632AA. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size:
4-1/4 in. (108 mm) insertion, 1 in. (25 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
Includes spring clip.
112634AA. Copper. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4-1/4 in.
(108 mm) insertion, 4 in. (102 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT.
Includes spring clip.
114509AA. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size:
5-1/2 in. (140 mm) insertion, 1 in. (25 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
Includes spring clip.
121371A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in.
(76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in NPT.
Includes mounting clamp.
121371B. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in.
(76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in NPT.
Includes mounting clamp.
121371E. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 3/8 x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well
size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in
NPT. Includes mounting clamp.
121371F. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 3/8 x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well
size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in.
NPT. Includes mounting clamp.
121371L. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size:
3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT.
Includes mounting clamp.
Step Controllers
S684; S984 Step Controllers
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
128874A Snap Switch, Assembly: S684, S984 models.
128853M Feedback Potentiometer.
128026RDEP Recycle Relay.
24337DB Balance Relay.
126841 Limit Switch Assembly.
Used for switching multiple loads in a predetermined sequence.
NOTE: Measure the diameter of the shaft on which the cams rotate.
Step controllers with 1/8 in. dia. shaft motors must be completely
replaced. No replacement motors are available.
• Consist of reversible motor-driven cam and step switch assembly with
limit switches, feedback potentiometer, recycle relay, multiple tapped
transformer, and terminal strips for connecting to the control circuit.
• Provide up to 10 adjustable switches.
• Mount in any position.
Motors: 1/4 in. dia. shaft motors for S684, S984 models.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX.
Canadian Standards Association Listed: File LR95329-1.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Differential, Adjustable: 5 degree angular minimum (each switch).
Power Supply: 120, 208, and 240V, 60 Hz; 220V, 50 Hz (multitapped
transformer).
Voltage: 24 Vac.
Power Consumption: S684, 17W; S984, 23W.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient Range: -40 F to +125 F (-40 C to +52 C).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 8-1/8 in. (206 mm) high, 10-9/16 in.
(268 mm) wide, 4-9/16 in. (116 mm) deep.
Part Number
Rotation Time
190090
22 min
190091
13-1/2 min
190092
8 min
190093
5 min
190094
1-1/2 min
Switch Ratings
(per Switch)
Maximum Connected
Load (N.O. and N.C.
Contacts Combined)
Sealed
Inrush
Resistive
570 VA
5700 VA 1800 VA
Maximum Connected
Load (All N.C.
Contacts)
Inrush
120V
208/240V
10,800 VA
800 VA
1000 VA
Location of parts on S984 with single potentiometer.
RECYCLE
RELAY
COMMON
TERMINAL
BALANCE
RELAY
NORMALLY OPEN
TERMINAL
NORMALLY CLOSED
TERMINAL
SNAP SWITCHES
(NUMBER DEPENDS
ON MODEL)
1
MOTOR SHAFT
SETSCREWS
DELAY TIMER
CONNECTION
CAMSHAFT
DRIVE
MOTOR
LOW-VOLTAGE
TERMINAL
BOARD
SWITCHING CAMS
FEEDBACK
POTENTIOMETER
1
POWER SUPPLY
TERMINAL BOARD
SNAP SWITCHES ARE NUMBERED AS FOLLOWS: TOP ROW 1,3,5 ETC. FROM RIGHT TO LEFT. BOTTOM ROW 2,4,6 ETC. FROM RIGHT TO LEFT.
M13184
continued next page
438
Step Controllers
S684; S984 continued
ORDER NUMBER
Application
S684F1035
Floating control used with a series 60 controller.
10
Includes a feedback potentiometer for use with W964F
10
electronic reset panels.
S684F1043
S984D1049
Switches Timing, Rotation
1-1/2 min
Comments
—
5 min
S984D1056
With integral proportioning (series 90) motor. Used with 5
series 90 controller.
5
1-1/2 min
S984D1064
5
13-1/2 min
Rated for 150 F (66 C) maximum
ambient temperature; suitable for
electric duct heater applications.
S984F1070
10
1-1/2 min
—
S984F1088
10
5 min
S984F1096
10
13-1/2 min
Rated for 150 F (66 C) maximum
ambient temperature; suitable for
electric duct heater applications.
—
5 min
With integral proportioning (series 90) motor and dual
feedback potentiometers. Used with series 90
controller.
10
13-1/2 min
S984K1017
Special auxiliary potentiometer for control of outdoor
air dampers. Used in cold deck sequencing
applications.
3
22 min
439
Building Controls and Systems
S984J1042
Timers
ST7009 Electronic Programmable Timers
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Voltage: ST7009A,B: 24V, 50/60 Hz; ST7009C,D: 120V, 50/60 Hz.
Power Consumption: 0.4 VA.
Switch Ratings: 16A resistive at 277 Vac, 1000W tungsten at 240 Vac.
Contacts:
Voltage
hp
Provide 24-hour or 7-day microprocessor-based switching.
Universal 24-hour or 7-day programming accurate to the second.
Built in program backup.
Multiple on-off daily programs with unlimited flexibility.
Program simplicity with a minimal number of keys and program steps.
Holiday programming.
Daylight Savings Time changeover in the spring and fall.
Screw wiring terminals.
APPROVALS:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized: File No.
E83486.
Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized: File No.
E83486.
240V
1/2
1
Full Load (A)
16
12
Locked Rotor (A)
96
72
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient Range: -20 F to +140 F (-28 C to +60 C).
HUMIDITY RATINGS: 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing.
SWITCHING ACTION: Spdt.
MOUNTING:
ST7009A,C: Surface or DIN rail; ST7009B,D: Panel or Surface.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Case:
Height
Width
Building Controls and Systems
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
120V
Depth
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
ST7009A,C
3-1/4
83
3
76
2-1/16
mm
52
ST7009B,D
3
76
2-7/8
73
2-1/4
57
ACCESSORIES:
209534 NEMA 1 enclosure.
209535 NEMA 3R enclosure.
Timing, ON-OFF
ORDER NUMBER
Switch Type
Minimum Maximum
Electrical Ratings, Input
Voltage
Relay Output Stages
Includes
ST7009A1003
24-hour, 7-day
1
24V, 50/60 Hz
7-day battery reserve
21
1 spdt
ST7009B1002
24-hour, 7-day
1
21
24V, 50/60 Hz
2 spdt
7-day battery reserve
ST7009C1001
24-hour, 7-day
1
21
120V, 50/60 Hz
1 spdt
7-day battery reserve
ST7009D1000
24-hour, 7-day
1
21
120V, 50/60 Hz
2 spdt
7-day battery reserve
441
Variable Frequency Drives
New!
CXL; CXS Variable Frequency Drives
Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) accept a control input and then
output tailored control signal(s) to operate devices (fans, pumps,
etc.) with maximum efficiency. The VFD can be field-programmed
without any extra devices or computer connections.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Seven configurable applications built in.
Easy commissioning through software or control panel.
Devices can be wall-mounted with wall- or panel-mounted display.
Eleven protective functions.
Compact Size.
Insulated gate bi-polar transistor (IGBT) technology.
WIRING: Wire Type and Size is Model and Application Dependent.
POWER SUPPLY:
200-240 Vac, 45-66 Hz, +10%, -15%.
440-500 Vac, 45-66 Hz, +10%, -15%.
AMBIENT RATINGS:
Temperature Ranges:
Operating: 14 to 104 F (-10 to +40 C).
Storage: -40 to +140 F (-40 to +60 C).
Humidity Range: 5 to 95% RH (non-condensing).
Control Inputs:
Voltage: 0-10 Vdc.
Current: 4-20 mA.
Digital: up to six.
OUTPUT:
Voltage:
Minimum: 0 Vdc.
Maximum: Input Voltage Dependent.
Frequency:
Range: 0-500 Hz.
Resolution: 0.01 Hz.
MOUNTING: Mount vertically on a wall or other flat surface using four
screws or bolts sized for the particular unit.
DIMENSIONS (IN IN. (MM)):
Model
Frame
Width
Height
Depth
CXS
M3
4.72 (120)
13.5 (343)
5.91 (150)
M4
5.31 (135)
17 (432)
8.07 (205)
CXL
M5
7.3 (185)
23.4 (594)
8.5 (216)
M4
4.72 (120)
16.7 (424)
8.46 (215)
M5
6.18 (157)
22.1 (561)
9.37 (238)
M6
8.66 (220)
27.6 (701)
11.42 (290)
M7
14.72 (374)
41.3 (1049)
12.99 (330)
ACCESSORIES:
32003439-001 Du/Dt 6A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-002 Du/Dt 8A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-003 Du/Dt 11A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-004 Du/Dt 15A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-005 Du/Dt 21A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-006 Du/Dt 27A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-007 Du/Dt 34A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-008 Du/Dt 40A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-009 Du/Dt 52A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-010 Du/Dt 65A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-011 Du/Dt 77A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-012 Du/Dt 96A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-013 Du/Dt 125A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-014 Du/Dt 160A Filter for 460V models.
32003439-015 Du/Dt 180A Filter for 460V models.
32003443-001 Demo Case.
32003445-001 Graphic Display.
32003446-001 Modbus Connection Board.
32003448-001 LONWORKS® Connection Board.
32003449-001 Modbus Connection Board shipped with and installed
in CXS connection box.
32003451-001 NEMA1 Door Installation Set for panels.
32003452-001 NEMA12 Door Installation Set for graphic panel.
INVERTER BYPASS WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION.
Voltage in Vac
HP
Rating
200/208
240
460
0.5
32003440-010
32003440-010
32003440-012
0.75
32003440-011
32003440-011
1
32003440-001
1.5
32003440-013
32003440-010
32003440-001
2
32003440-002
3
32003440-003
32003440-002
32003440-011
5
32003440-004
32003440-003
32003440-002
7.5
32003440-005
32003440-004
32003440-003
10
32003440-006
32003440-005
15
32003440-007
32003441-006
32003440-004
20
32003440-008
32003441-007
32003440-005
25
32003440-009
32003441-008
32003442-008
30
—
—
32003440-001
40
—
—
50 to 60
—
—
32003442-009
32003442-010
75
—
—
32003442-011
100
—
—
32003442-012
125
—
—
32003442-013
150
—
—
32003442-014
APPROVALS:
Model dependent:
NEMA1.
NEMA12.
Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
Canadian Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. (CUL).
CE.
continued next page
442
Variable Frequency Drives
CXL; CXS continued
Order Number Guide:
CXL
Brake choppers available.
CXS
Includes brake choppers.
0007HPa
Motor Power
0.75 HP
1.0 HP
0015HPa
1.5 HP
0020HPa
2.0 HP
0030HP
3.0 HP
0040HP
4.0 HP
0050HP
5.0 HP
0075HP
7.5 HP
0100HP
10 HP
0200HP
20 HP
0250HP
25 HP
0300HP
30 HP
0400HPb
40 HP
0500HP
b
50 HP
0750HP
b
75 HP
100 HP
1000HPb
1250HP
Includes AC line choke
125 HP
b
V
Voltage
3
Three-phase circuitry
2
200 to 240 Vac (selectable)c
5
440 to 500 Vac (selectable)
G
CXS
0100HP
Building Controls and Systems
0010HPa
No choke
V
3
5
G
Alpha-numeric display
7
NEMA1 enclosureb
5
NEMA12 enclosureb
2
Enclosure with protected chassisa,d
2
I
Standard RFI filter
C
High-grade RFI filter
N
No filter
C
0
No brakeb
1
Built-in brake
1
a
CXS models only.
CXL models only.
c
CXS models up to 20 HP only.
d
Device shipped with accessories that, when used, provide NEMA 1 rating for enclosure.
b
443
Water and Steam Valves
V3350; V3351; V3450; V3451 Two-Way Flanged Valves
ACCESSORIES:
205699A Stem and Bonnet Adapter. Included with all 2-1/2 and 3 in.
valves.
Provides compatibility with all Honeywell electric and pneumatic
actuators.
REPLACEMENT PARTS: Refer to Valve Body Service Kits.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT:
4, 5, & 6 inch
2-1/2 & 3 inch
Two-way, cast-iron, flanged valve used in heating or cooling
systems for two-position or modulating control of steam, water, or
glycol solutions to 50 percent. Can be used in place of selected
models of flanged pattern V5011 Valves for new installations but
not for direct replacement of installed valves (face-to-face
dimensions and height are different). Refer to V3350/V3351/V3450/
V3451 to V5011 Valve Cross Reference.
• Not suitable for combustible gases.
• Available in ANSI Class 125 (V3350A-D; V3351A,C) and 250
(V3450A-D; V3451A,C).
• Ranges from 2-1/2 to 6 inches in size.
• Valve flange face-to-face dimensions meet ISA 75.03.
• Direct coupled universal bonnet.
• ANSI Leakage Class IV (0.01% of Cv).
• Choice of bronze or stainless steel trim; EDPM O-ring or Teflon
cartridge type packing.
• Uses a Q5001 Linkage and control motor, a ML6421/6425 or ML7421/
7425 Direct-Coupled Actuator or only an 8 in. or 13 in. DA MP953
Pneumatic Actuator to position valve.
• Available in direct or reverse acting for normally open or normally
closed applications.
• Available with equal percentage flow characteristic for close control of
water or with linear flow characteristic for close control of steam.
• Stainless steel stem to prevent corrosion.
CONTROLLED MEDIUM:
Normal Duty Packing (O-Ring): 20 to 250 F (-7 to 120 C).
Steam Packing (Teflon): 337F (170C).
PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Water:
Temperature
Pressure psig (kPa)
F
C
ANSI Class 125
-20 to + 130
-30 to 66
175 (1206)
400 (2758)
+200
93
165 (1138)
370 (2251)
+250
121
150 (1034)
340 (2344)
+300
149
140 (965)
310 (2137)
+350
177
125 (862)
280 (1931)
C
B
A
VALVE
ACTION
NOMINAL
VALVE SIZE
IN. (MM)
2-1/2 (65)
3 (80)
NORMALLY
CLOSED
4 (100)
5 (125)
6 (150)
NORMALLY
OPEN
ANSI CLASS 125
10-7/8
(276)
11-3/4
(299)
13-7/8
(352)
15-3/4
(400)
4-7/8
(125)
5-5/8
(142)
6-5/8
(168)
7-1/2
(185)
WEIGHT
LB (KG)
10-5/8
60
(269)
(27)
11-15/16
76
(303)
(35)
13-15/16
119
(54)
(354)
15-1/4
146
(66)
(388)
17-3/4
(451)
8-3/16
(207)
17-1/16
(433)
2-1/2 (65)
10-7/8
(276)
4-7/8
(123)
3 (80)
11-3/4
(299)
13-7/8
(352)
15-3/4
(400)
17-3/4
(451)
5-5/16
(135)
6-5/16
(160)
7
(177)
11
(281)
12-1/4
(312)
13-9/16
(345)
15-3/16
(385)
7-7/8
(200)
16-3/4
(426)
4 (100)
5 (125)
6 (150)
ANSI CLASS 250
DIMENSIONS IN IN. (MM)
C
A
B
196
(89)
DIMENSIONS IN IN. (MM)
C
A
B
11-1/2
(292)
12-1/2
(318)
5-3/8
(135)
6
(154)
14-1/2
(358)
15-5/8
(422)
18-5/8
(473)
7
(178)
7-3/4
(196)
5-5/8
(218)
WEIGHT
LB (KG)
75
11
(34)
(279)
99
12-7/16
(45)
(315)
158
14-3/8
(72)
(364)
201
15-3/4
(91)
(399)
17-1/12
(444)
284
(129)
75
(34)
99
(45)
158
(72)
60
(27)
11-1/2
(292)
4-7/8
(123)
11
(281)
76
(35)
12-1/2
(318)
5-5/16
(135)
119
(54)
146
(66)
196
(89)
14-1/2
(368)
16-5/8
(422)
18-5/8
(473)
6-5/16
(160)
7
(177)
7-7/8
(200)
12-1/4
(312)
13-5/8
(345)
15-3/16
(385)
16-3/4
(426)
NOTE: REFER TO ELECTRIC OR PNEUMATIC CATALOG PAGES FOR HEIGHT AND WIDTH OF
SPECIFIC ACTUATORS.
201
(91)
284
(129)
M4909B
ANSI Class 250
Steam: 100 psi (690 kPa).
Differential (For Modulating Service):
Controlled Medium
Bronze Trim psig Stainless Steel Trim
(kPa)
psig (kPa)
Liquid
25 (173)
Steam
50 (345)
50 (345)
Close-Off: Refer to Product Data Form 63-2519 for close-off
information.
continued next page
444
Water and Steam Valves
V3350; V3351; V3450; V3451 continued
WATER CAPACITY GRAPH:
400
300
200
90
100
50
60
70
80
40
30
8
9
10
20
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Δp (kPa)
900
800
4000
700
600
500
3000
0
0) C V
. (15
2000
= 40
6 IN
FLOW RATE (GPM)
00)
16
CV =
200
0
0)
. (8
3 IN
2-1/2
300
300
0
. (1
4 IN
400
= 25
10
CV =
IN.
(65)
CV =
100
90
80
70
60
50
63
200
40
FLOW RATE (m3/hr)
5
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
0
5) CV
2
IN. (1
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Δp (psi)
70
60
50
40
30
20
8
9
10
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
20
M4908A
VALVE BODY SERVICE KITS:
NOTE: Service kits include copper ring, spring, bearing, stem/plug, 208638 O-Ring packing for water, 208639 Teflon packing for steam and gasket
(125 or 250 psi) as required.
.
Valve Size
ORDER NUMBER in.
mm
Valve
ANSI Body
Class 125
ANSI Body
Class 250
Valve Size
ORDER NUMBER in.
mm
Valve
ANSI Body
Class 125
ANSI Body
Class 250
2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, D.A.,
Linear, O-Ring Packing
2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, D.A.,
Modified Equal%, O-Ring Packing
208572
2-1/2
65
V3350A2017
V3450A2016
208602
2-1/2
65
V3350A2009
V3450A2008
208573
3
80
V3350A3015
V3450A3006
208603
3
80
V3350A3007
V3450A3014
208574
4
100
V3350A4013
V3450A4012
208604
4
100
V3350A4005
V3450A4004
208575
5
125
V3350A5010
V3450A5019
208605
5
125
V3350A5002
V3450A5001
208576
6
150
V3350A6018
V3450A6017
208606
6
150
V3350A6000
V3450A6009
2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, D.A.,
Linear, Teflon Packing
2-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, D.A., Modified
Equal%, O-Ring Packing
208577
2-1/2
65
V3350B2007
V3450B2006
208607
2-1/2
65
V3351A2008
V3451A2007
208578
3
80
V3350B3005
V3450B3004
208608
3
80
V3351A3006
V3451A3005
208579
4
100
V3350B4003
V3450B4002
208609
4
100
V3351A4004
V3451A4003
208580
5
125
V3350B5000
V3450B5009
208610
5
125
V3351A5001
V3451A5000
208581
6
150
V3350B6008
V3450B6007
208611
6
150
V3351A6009
V3451A6008
2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, R.A.,
Linear, O-Ring Packing
2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, R.A.,
Modified Equal%, O-Ring Packing
208582
2-1/2
65
V3350C2013
V3450C2012
208612
2-1/2
65
V3350C2005
V3450C2004
208583
3
80
V3350C3011
V3450C3010
208613
3
80
V3350C3003
V3450C3002
208584
4
100
V3350C4019
V3450C4018
208614
4
100
V3350C4001
V3450C4000
208585
5
125
V3350C5016
V3450C5015
208615
5
125
V3350C5008
V3450C5007
208586
6
150
V3350C6014
V3450C6013
208616
6
150
V3350C6006
V3450C6005
2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, R.A.,
Linear, Teflon Packing
2-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, R.A., Modified
Equal%, O-Ring Packing
208587
2-1/2
65
V3350D2003
V3450D2002
208617
2-1/2
65
V3351C2004
208588
3
80
V3350D3001
V3450D3000
208618
3
80
V3351C3002
V3451C3001
208589
4
100
V3350D4009
V3450D4008
208619
4
100
V3351C4000
V3451C4009
208590
5
125
V3350D5006
V3450D5005
208620
5
125
V3351C5007
V3451C5006
208591
6
150
V3350D6004
V3450D6003
208626
6
150
V3351C6005
V3451C6004
V3451C2003
continued next page
445
Building Controls and Systems
30
100
90
80
70
60
50
Water and Steam Valves
V3350; V3351; V3450; V3451 continued
Materials
ORDER NUMBER
Valve Size
Capacity
Stem Travel
Valve Action
a
Flow Characteristic
Trim
b
Packing c
ANSI Body
Class 125
ANSI Body
Class 250
In.
mm
Cv
Kv
In.
mm
D.A.
R.A.
Modified
Equal%
Linear
Stainless
Steel
Bronze
EDPM
O-Ring
Teflon
V3350A2017
V3450A2016
2-1/2
65
63
54
3/4
20
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350A3015
V3450A3006
3
80
100
85
3/4
20
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350A4013
V3450A4012
4
100
160
137
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350A5010
V3450A5019
5
125
250
214
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350A6018
V3450A6017
6
150
400
340
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350B2007
V3450B2006
2-1/2
65
63
54
3/4
20
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
V3350B3005
V3450B3004
3
80
100
85
3/4
20
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
V3350B4003
V3450B4002
4
100
160
137
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
V3350B5000
V3450B5009
5
125
250
214
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
V3350B6008
V3450B6007
6
150
400
340
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
V3350C2013
V3450C2012
2-1/2
65
63
54
3/4
20
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350C3011
V3450C3010
3
80
100
85
3/4
20
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350C4019
V3450C4018
4
100
160
137
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350C5016
V3450C5015
5
125
250
214
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350C6014
V3450C6013
6
150
400
340
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350D2003
V3450D2002
2-1/2
65
63
54
3/4
20
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
V3350D3001
V3450D3000
3
80
100
85
3/4
20
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
V3350D4009
V3450D4008
4
100
160
137
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
V3350D5006
V3450D5005
5
125
250
214
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
V3350D6004
V3450D6003
6
150
400
340
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
V3350A2009
V3450A2008
2-1/2
65
63
54
3/4
20
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350A3007
V3450A3014
3
80
100
85
3/4
20
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350A4005
V3450A4004
4
100
160
137
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350A5002
V3450A5001
5
125
250
214
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350A6000
V3450A6009
6
150
400
340
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3351A2008
V3451A2007
2-1/2
65
63
54
3/4
20
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
V3351A3006
V3451A3005
3
80
100
85
3/4
20
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
V3351A4004
V3451A4003
4
100
160
137
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
V3351A5001
V3451A5000
5
125
250
214
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
V3351A6009
V3451A6008
6
150
400
340
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
V3350C2005
V3450C2004
2-1/2
65
63
54
3/4
20
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350C3003
V3450C3002
3
80
100
85
3/4
20
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350C4001
V3450C4000
4
100
160
137
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350C5008
V3450C5007
5
125
250
214
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3350C6006
V3450C6005
6
150
400
340
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
V3351C2004
V3451C2003
2-1/2
65
63
54
3/4
20
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
V3351C3002
V3451C3001
3
80
100
85
3/4
20
No
Yes
Ye
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
V3351C4000
V3451C4009
4
100
160
137
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
V3351C5007
V3451C5006
5
125
250
214
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
V3351C6005
V3451C6004
6
150
400
340
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
a
D.A. = Push stem down to close. R.A. = Push stem down to open.
b Stainless steel stem and metal-to-metal seats furnished for all bodies.
c
Select valve with EDPM O-ring packing for water service or glycol solutions to 50 percent; Teflon packing for steam service.
446
Water and Steam Valves
V3350; V3351; V3450; V3451 to V5011 Valve Cross Reference
IMPORTANT!
The following valves can replace selected models of flanged pattern V5011 Valves for new installations but not for direct replacement of
installed V5011 valves (face-to-face dimensions and height are different).
.
Old O.S. Number
New O.S. Number
Description
Comments
2-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, ANSI Body Class 125
V3351A2008
2-1/2 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V3351A3006
3 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011A1858
V3351A4004
4 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011A1882
V3351A5001
5 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011A1916
V3351A6009
6 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
None
V3351C2004
2-1/2 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
None
V3351C3002
3 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011B1013
V3351C4000
4 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011B1047
V3351C5007
5 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011B1070
V3351C6005
6 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
Valve Action: Direct Acting;
push stem down to close.
Reverse Acting; push stem
down to open.
Packing: Select valve with
EDPM O-ring packing for
water or glycol solutions to 50
percent; with Teflon packing
for steam.
2-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, ANSI Body Class 250
V5011D1001
V3451A2007
2-1/2 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011D1019
V3451A3005
3 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011D1027
V3451A4003
4 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011D1035
V3451A5000
5 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011D1043
V3451A6008
6 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
None
V3451C2003
2-1/2 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
None
V3451C3001
3 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011E1008
V3451C4009
4 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011E1016
V3451C5006
5 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V5011E1024
V3451C6004
6 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent.
V3360; V3361; V3460; V3461 Three-Way Flanged Valves
2-1/2 & 3 inch
4, 5, & 6 inch
Three-way, cast-iron, flanged mixing valve used in heating or
cooling systems to mix two different temperatures of water
supplies or glycol solutions to 50 percent. Can also be used for
throttling or bypass coil control applications. A pump is
recommended on the coil circuit to improve the heat transfer
characteristics of the coil and for freeze protection. Can be used in
place of selected models of flanged pattern V5013 Valves for new
installations but not for direct replacement of installed valves (faceto-face dimensions and height are different). See V3360/V3361/
V3460/V3461 to V5013 Valve Cross Reference.
• Available in ANSI Class 125 (V3360E; V3361E) and 250 (V3460E;
V3461E).
• Ranges from 2-1/2 to 6 inches in size.
• Valve flange face-to-face dimensions meet ISA 75.03.
• Direct coupled universal bonnet.
• ANSI Leakage Class IV (0.02% of Cv).
• EDPM O-ring cartridge type packing.
• Choice of bronze or stainless steel trim.
• Uses a Q5001 Linkage and control motor, a ML6421/6425 or ML7421/
7425 Direct-Coupled Actuator or only an 8 in. or 13 in. DA M953
Pneumatic Actuator to position valve (selection based on close-off
requirements and valve size).
• Modified, equal percentage flow characteristics.
• Stainless steel stem to prevent corrosion.
CONTROLLED MEDIUM:
20 to 250 F (-7 to +120 C).
Pressure-Temperature Ratings:
Temperature
Pressure psig (kPa)
F
C
ANSI Class 125
-20 to +130
-30 to 66
175 (1206)
ANSI Class 250
400 (2758)
+200
93
165 (1138)
370 (2251)
+250
121
150 (1034)
340 (2344)
+300
149
140 (965)
310 (2137)
+350
177
125 (862)
280 (1931)
Differential (for modulating service):
Bronze Trim psig (kPa): 25 (173).
Stainless Steel Trim psig (kPa): 50 (345).
Close-Off (with electric actuators):
Refer to valve Product Data Form 63-2520 for close-off information.
REPLACEMENT PARTS: Refer to Valve Body Service Kits.
continued next page
447
Building Controls and Systems
V5011A1734
V5011A1767
Water and Steam Valves
V3360; V3361; V3460; V3461 continued
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT:
WATER CAPACITY GRAPH:
400
300
200
90
100
50
60
70
80
40
30
8
9
10
20
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Δp (kPa)
900
800
4000
700
600
500
3000
0
0) CV
" (15
2000
= 40
6
400
0
C
B
= 25
1000
900
800
700
600
500
300
0
00) CV
= 16
200
4" (1
0
0)
3" (8
10
CV =
400
) CV
" (65
2-1/2
300
100
90
80
70
60
50
= 63
200
40
FLOW RATE (m3/hr)
FLOW RATE (GPM)
25) CV
5" (1
30
100
90
80
70
60
50
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Δp (psi)
VALVE
ACTION
3-WAY
MIXING
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (MM) WEIGHT
LB (KG)
C
A
B
NOMINAL
ANSI
ANSI
VALVE SIZE CLASS
CLASS
INCH (MM)
125
125
10-7/8
3-3/4
9-3/8
104
2-1/2 (65)
(276)
(95)
(239)
(47)
11-3/4
4-3/8
10-3/4
114
3 (80)
(299)
(111)
(272)
(52)
13-7/8
5-1/8
12-1/2
146
4 (100)
(352)
(132)
(318)
(66)
15-3/4
5-3/4
13-3/4
170
5 (125)
(400)
(146)
(349)
(77)
17-3/4
6-5/8
15-1/2
199
6 (150)
(451)
(167)
(393)
(90)
NOTE: Refer to electric or pneumatic catalog pages for height and
width of specific actuators.
M4905A
ACCESSORIES:
205699A Stem and Bonnet Adapter. Included with all 2-1/2 and 3 in.
valves.
Provides compatibility with all Honeywell electric and pneumatic
actuators.
Service Flange (allows servicing valve without removing from piping):
ANSI Class 125:
208628 2-1/2 in., 3-Way Service Flange.
208629 3 in., 3-Way Service Flange.
208630 4 in., 3-Way Service Flange.
208631 5 in., 3-Way Service Flange.
208632 6 in., 3-Way Service Flange.
ANSI Class 250:
208633 2-1/2 in., 3-Way Service Flange.
208634 3 in., 3-Way Service Flange.
208635 4 in., 3-Way Service Flange.
208636 5 in., 3-Way Service Flange.
208637 6 in., 3-Way Service Flange.
70
60
50
40
30
20
8
9
10
7
6
5
3
4
2
1
A
20
M4907
VALVE BODY SERVICE KITS:
NOTE: Service kits include copper ring, spring, bearing, stem/plug,
208638 O-Ring packing and gasket (125 or 250 psi) as required.
Valve Size
ORDER NUMBER
in.
mm
Valve
ANSI Body
Class 125
ANSI Body
Class 250
3-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, Modified
Equal%, O-Ring Packing
208592
2-1/2
65
V3360E2008
V3460E2007
208593
3
80
V3360E3006
V3460E3005
208594
4
100
V3360E4004
V3460E4003
208595
5
125
V3360E5001
V3460E5000
208596
6
150
V3360E6009
V3460E6008
3-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, Modified Equal%,
O-Ring Packing
208597
2-1/2
65
V3361E2007
V3461E2006
208598
3
80
V3361E3005
V3461E3004
208599
4
100
V3361E4003
V3461E4002
208600
5
125
V3361E5000
V3461E5009
208601
6
150
V3361E6008
V3461E6007
continued next page
448
Water and Steam Valves
V3360; V3361; V3460; V3461 continued
NOTE: Stainless steel stem and metal-to-metal seats furnished for all bodies.
Materials
ORDER NUMBER
Valve Size
Capacity
Kv
Stem Travel
Trim
ANSI Body Class 125 ANSI Body Class 250 In.
mm
Cv
In.
mm
Stainless Steel
Bronze
V3360E2008
V3460E2007
2-1/2
65
63
54
3/4
20
Yes
No
V3360E3006
V3460E3005
3
80
100
85
3/4
20
Yes
No
V3360E4004
V3460E4003
4
100
160
137
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
V3360E5001
V3460E5000
5
125
250
214
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
V3360E6009
V3460E6008
6
150
400
340
1-1/2
40
Yes
No
V3461E2006
2-1/2
65
63
54
3/4
20
No
Yes
V3361E3005
V3461E3004
3
80
100
85
3/4
20
No
Yes
V3361E4003
V3461E4002
4
100
160
137
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
V3361E5000
V3461E5009
5
125
250
214
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
V3361E6008
V3461E6007
6
150
400
340
1-1/2
40
No
Yes
V3360; V3361; V3460; V3461 to V5013 Valve Cross Reference
The following valves can replace selected models of flanged pattern V5013 valves for new installations but not for direct replacement of
installed V5013 valves (face-to-face dimensions and height are different).
Old O.S. Number
New O.S. Number Description
Comments
3-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, ANSI Body Class 125
V5013B1003
V3361E2007
2-1/2 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent.
V5013B1011
V3361E3005
3 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent.
V5013B1029
V3361E4003
4 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent.
V5013B1037
V3361E5000
5 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent.
V5013B1045
V3361E6008
6 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent.
For water or glycol
solutions to 50 percent.
3-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, ANSI Body Class 250
V5013D1009
V3461E2006
2-1/2 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent.
V5013D1017
V3461E3004
3 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent.
V5013D1025
V3461E4002
4 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent.
V5013D1033
V3461E5009
5 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent.
V5013D1041
V3461E6007
6 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent.
V4043; V4044 Line Voltage Zone Valves
• Manual opener (on all models, except straight-through, normally open
valves) for valve operation on power failure; valve returns to automatic
position when power is restored.
• All models may be installed without disassembling the valve.
• Compact construction for easy installation.
• Complete actuator may be removed or replaced without breaking line
connections or draining the system.
• Motor may be replaced without removing the valve body or draining
the system.
• Suitable for heating and cooling applications.
V4044
V4043, V4044
Replacement
Actuator
ON-OFF and diverting line voltage valves consist of an actuator
motor and valve assembly for controlling the flow of hot or chilled
water, and some models for steam.
NOTE: Use this valve in hydronic systems that do not contain dissolved
oxygen in the system water. The dissolved oxygen, which is
found in systems that have a frequent source of makeup water,
causes the rubber plug inside the valve to deteriorate and eventually fail.
APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: V4043A,B,E,
V4044A,B.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: See dimensions diagram on page 102.
continued next page
449
Building Controls and Systems
V3361E2007
Water and Steam Valves
V4043; V4044 continued
FLOW RATINGS:
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Max. Fluid
Temp.
Min. Fluid
Temp.
Max. Ambient
Temp.
Model Number
F
C
F
C
F
C
Model Number
V4043A,B
240
93
40
5
125
52
V4043A,B
V4044A,B
240
93
40
5
125
52
V4043E (steam)
240
116
40
5
125
52
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
V4044A,B
Model Number
Voltage
Current
Draw (A)
V4043A
120V/60 Hz
.08
208V/50 Hz
.04
220V/60 Hz
.04
240V/60 Hz
.04
120V/60 Hz
.08
V4043B
V4043E
V4044A
V4044B
a
240V/60 Hz
.04
120V/60 Hz
.08
208V/60 Hz
.04
240V/60 Hz
.04
120V/60 Hz
.08
208V/60 Hz
.04
220V/50 Hz
.04
240V/60 Hz
.04
120V/60 Hz
.08
Leadwire
Lengtha
18 in. (457 mm)
Max. Close-off
Pressurea
Flow Capacity Rating
V4043E (steam)
Cv
Kv
psi
kPa
1.0
0.9
50
345
3.5
3.0
20
138
8.0
6.9
8
55
4.0
3.4
20
138
7.0
6.0
10
69
15
103
not applicable
a
Static Pressure Rating: 125 psi (862 kPa).
PILOT DUTY: 50 VA at 24 Vac.
Lead length outside of conduit opening.
Capacity, Flow
Kv
Pipe Connections
ORDER NUMBER
Valve Pattern
De-energized Position
Cv
V4043A1002
Straight-through
Normally closed
3.5
3.0
1/2 flare
120V, 60 Hz
V4043A1010
3.5
3.0
1/2 sweat
120V, 60 Hz
V4043A1028
3.5
3.0
1/2 flare
208V, 60 Hz
V4043A1044
3.5
3.0
1/2 flare
240V, 60 Hz
V4043A1051
3.5
3.0
1/2 sweat
240V, 60 Hz
V4043A1259
8.0
6.9
3/4 sweat
120V, 60 Hz
V4043A1317
8.0
6.9
1 sweat
120V, 60 Hz
120V, 60 Hz
Electrical Ratings, Voltage
V4043A1689
3.5
3.0
1/2 NPT
V4043A1697
10
8.6
1 NPT
120V, 60 Hz
V4043A1705
3.5
3.0
3/4 NPT
120V, 60 Hz
V4043B1000
Normally open
3.5
3.0
1/2 flare
120V, 60 Hz
3.5
3.0
1/2 sweat
120V, 60 Hz
3.5
3.0
1/2 sweat
240V, 60 Hz
3.5
3.0
1/2 sweat
120V, 60 Hz
a
V4043E1011
3.5
3.0
1/2 sweat
208V, 60 Hz
V4043E1029a
3.5
3.0
1/2 sweat
240V, 60 Hz
V4043B1018
V4043B1059
V4043E1003a
Straight-through
Normally closed
a
Steam only.
Bottom inlet.
c Includes integral spdt changeover Aquastat® Controller.
b
continued next page
450
Water and Steam Valves
V4043; V4044 continued
Capacity, Flow
Cv
Kv
Pipe Connections
4.0
3.4
1/2 flare
120V, 60 Hz
V4044A1019
4.0
3.4
1/2 sweat
120V, 60 Hz
V4044A1035
4.0
3.4
1/2 sweat
208V, 60 Hz
V4044A1043
4.0
3.4
1/2 flare
240V, 60 Hz
V4044A1050
4.0
3.4
1/2 sweat
240V, 60 Hz
V4044A1092
4.0
3.4
1/2 sweat
220V, 50 Hz
V4044A1191
7.0
6.0
3/4 sweat
120V, 60 Hz
V4044A1258
4.0
3.4
1/2 sweat
277V, 60 Hz
V4044A1274
7.0
6.0
3/4 sweat
220V, 50 Hz
V4044A1290
4.0
3.4
1/2 sweat
120V, 60 Hz
b,c
V4044B1009
4.0
3.4
1/2 flare
120V, 60 Hz
V4044B1017b,c
4.0
3.4
1/2 sweat
120V, 60 Hz
b,c
7.0
6.0
3/4 sweat
120V, 60 Hz
ORDER NUMBER
Valve Pattern
De-energized Position
V4044A1001
2-position diverting Port A normally closed
a
Steam only.
Bottom inlet.
c Includes integral spdt changeover Aquastat® Controller.
b
V4043; V4044 Parts and Accessories
Description
Order Number
Conversion kit for converting old style (series 1-5) valve bodies to accept 40003916 Actuator. Includes metal plate with drive
shaft and rubber ball, O-ring and four screws.
—Two-way water valve body
—Three-way water valve body
—Two-way steam valve body
40003918-006
40003918-007
40003918-008
Motor, 120V, 60 Hz, Class F, plated.
802360LA
Motor, 208V, 60 Hz, Class F, plated.
802360MA
Motor, 220V/50 Hz
240V/60 Hz, Class F, plated.
802360NA
Replacement ball plug, large O-ring and four screws for water valve.
272742A
Replacement O-rings; package of five.
272756A
REPLACEMENT POWERHEADS:
Replacement Actuator Part Number
Model Number
Voltage (Vac) and
Frequency (Hz)
Current
Draw (A)
V4043A
120,60
0.08
220/50, 240/60
0.04
240,50
0.04
120, 60
0.08
220/50, 240/60
0.04
V4043B
Electrical Connections Motor
Electrical
Connection On
Manual Opener Electrical Connection
End
Opposite Manual Opener
18 in. (457 mm) leads
(conduit opening)
40003916-024
—
40003916-022
—
Class F, plated
V4043E (steam)
120, 60
0.08
V4044A
120, 60
0.08
96 in. (2438 mm) leads
(conduit opening)
240, 50
0.04
18 in. (457 mm) leads
(conduit opening)
120, 60
0.08
220/50, 240/60
0.04
18 in. (457 mm) leads
(conduit opening)
V4044B
Class F, plated
40003916-023
—
40003916-031
—
40003916-030
—
Class F
40003916-041
—
Class F, plated
40003916-047
40003916-036
—
40003916-034
40003916-045
40003916-040
—
40003916-039
Class F, plated
451
Building Controls and Systems
V4044B1314
Electrical Ratings, Voltage
Water and Steam Valves
V5011A,B,F,G Two-Way Globe Valves
V5011A,B body dimensions.
I
A
J
B
H
G
E
F
The V5011 valves are two-way globe valves that control steam,
water, and glycol solutions (up to 50 percent concentration) in
heating or cooling HVAC applications. The valves are used in twoposition and modulating control systems.
• Not suitable for combustible gases.
• Valves require a Q5001 Linkage and control motor, an ML684 or
ML7984 Direct Coupled Actuator, or MP953 Pneumatic valve actuator
to position the valve.
• Available in threaded or flanged pipe connections.
• Direct or reverse acting models.
• Spring-loaded, self-adjusting Teflon cone packing.
• Stainless steel stem.
• Directly coupled electric and pneumatic actuators for easy mounting.
• Valve designs provide equal percentage flow characteristic for water
and linear flow characteristic for steam.
PIPE CONNECTIONS:
V5011A,B Flange connections.
V5011F,G Internal NPT-threaded connections.
SEAT:
V5011A,B Bronze replaceable.
V5011F,G Brass replaceable.
ANSI BODY CLASS:
V5011A,B: 125.
V5011F,G: 150.
STEM: Stainless steel.
PLUG: Teflon.
STROKE:
2-1/2 and 3 in. pipe sizes: 3/4 in. (20 mm).
4,5 and 6 in. pipe sizes: 1-1/2 in. (38 mm)
PATTERN: Two-way, straight-through.
BODY MATERIAL:
V5011A,B Cast Iron.
V5011F,G Bronze.
PACKING: Spring-loaded, carbon fiber reinforced PTFE V-rings.
PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Water
Max. Pressure
Temperature Range
250 psi at 100 F (1724 kPa
at 38 C)
40 F to 250 F (4 C to 121 C)
C
D
Body
Style
M9000
Dimensions in in. (mm)
Size (in.)
F
A
B
C
D
V5011A 2-1/2
3
4
E
5-3/8
(137)
5-1/4 7-9/16
(133) (192)
4-5/8
(117)
100 psi
H
11
7-1/2
(279) (191)
7-1/2
(191)
5
7 (178) 6-1/8 15
10
7/8 8-1/2
(156) (381) (254) (22) (216)
6
8 (203) 7-1/16 16-1/2 11
(179) (419) (279)
V5011B 4
I
J
3/4
(19)
1-3/8
(35)
6 (152)
5-3/16 13
9
(132) (330) (229)
1-1/2 1-7/8
(38) (48)
9-1/2
(241)
6-3/4 4-11/16 8-1/16 13
9
3/4 7-1/2
(171) (119)
(205) (330) (229) (19) (191)
5
5-5/8
(143)
7-1/2 15
10
7/8 8-1/2
(191) (381) (254) (22) (216)
6
6-9/16
(167)
8-1/2 16-1/2 11
(216) (419) (279)
9-1/2
(241)
V5011F,G body dimensions.
3-1/2
WITH
STEM
DOWN
A
217 psi at 250 F (1495 kPa
at 121 F)
Steam
G
3-1/2 4-13/16 4
9-1/2 7
3/4 5-1/2
(89) (106) (102) (241) (178) (19) (140)
337 F (169 C) max.
Maximum Water Differential for quiet water service: 20 psid.
B
C
Dimensions in in. (mm)
Valve Size (in.)
A
B
C
2-1/2
2-3/4 (70)
2-3/8 (60)
7-1/2 (191)
3
3-1/8 (79)
2-5/8 (67)
8-7/8 (225)
continued next page
452
Water and Steam Valves
V5011A,B,F,G continued
Pipe
Size
ORDER NUMBER in.
Materials
Kv
V5011A1734a
2-1/2
63.0
54.00
3/4
V5011A1767a
3
100.0
85.70
V5011A1858a
4
160.0
137.12 1-1/2
a
5
250.0
214.10
a
V5011A1916
6
360.0
308.52
V5011B1013a,b
4
160.0
137.12
a,b
5
250.0
214.10
a,b
V5011B1070
6
360.0
308.52
V5011F1105
2-1/2
63.0
54.00
V5011F1113
3
100.0
85.70
V5011G1111
2-1/2
63.0
54.00
V5011G1129
3
100.0
85.70
V5011A1882
V5011B1047
Seat
Packing
Flanged two-way
Stainless
globe valve with
Steel
equal percentage
throttling plug for
modulating water or
two-position steam.
Stem
Bronze
(replaceable)
Teflon Cone Teflon
Plug
3/4
Direct acting, two- Stainless
way threaded globe Steel
valve with equal
percentage flow for
modulating water.
Brass
(replaceable)
Teflon and
Rubber VRings
3/4
Direct acting, two- Stainless
way threaded globe Steel
valve with linear
flow for steam.
Brass
(replaceable)
Teflon Cone
Teflon
Body
ANSI
Body
Class
CastIron
125
Bronze
150
a Can be used for two-position steam applications.
Reverse-acting valve (stem down to open) normally used with pneumatic actuator.
b
V5011N Two-Way Globe Valves
The V5011N valves are two-way threaded globe valves that control
steam, water, and glycol solutions (up to 50 percent concentration)
in heating or cooling HVAC applications. The valves are used in
two-position and modulating control systems.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Not suitable for combustible gas service.
Red brass body with NPT-threaded end connections.
Low seat leakage rate (±0.05 percent Cv).
50:1 rangeability per VDI/VDE 2173.
Spring-loaded, self-adjusting packing.
Accurate positioning to ensure state of the art temperature control.
Directly coupled electric and pneumatic actuators for easy mounting.
Sizes range from 1/2 inch to 2 inches.
Valve designs provide equal percentage flow characteristic for water
and linear flow characteristic for steam.
• Stainless steel stem and metal-to-metal seats.
• Repack and rebuild kits for field servicing.
PIPE CONNECTIONS: Internal NPT-threaded connections.
SEAT: Stainless steel, replaceable (except V5011N3xxx 3/4 in. to 1-1/4
in. which have an integral brass seat).
ANSI BODY CLASS: 150 psi.
STEM: Stainless steel.
PLUG: Brass on V5011N1xxx and V5011N3xxx for water; stainless steel
on V5011N2xxx for steam.
STROKE: 3/4 in. (20 mm).
APPROXIMATE LEAKAGE RATE: 0.05 percent Cv.
PATTERN: 2-way, straight-through.
BODY MATERIAL: Red brass.
PACKING: Spring-loaded, carbon fiber reinforced PTFE V-rings.
PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Water:
36 to 248 F (2 to 120 C): 250 psi (17.2 bar).
248 to 340 F (120 to 171 C): 211 psi (14.5 bar).
Steam:
V5011N1xxx: 15 psi (1.0 bar) at 250 F (121 C).
V5011N2xxx: 100 psi (6.9 bar) at 340 F (171 C).
Maximum Water Differential Pressure: 230 psid (15.8 bar).
MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL FOR QUIET WATER SERVICE: 20 psid.
VALVE FLOW CHARACTERISTICS:
Water: Equal percentage (V5011N1xxx, V5011N3xxx).
Steam: Linear (V5011N2xxx).
VALVE DESIGN LIFE: 250,000 full cycles at maximum rated
temperature.
RANGEABILITY: 50:1 per VDI/VDE 2173.
NOTE: For high fluid temperatures, insulate the valve and/or piping to
prevent ambient temperature from exceeding actuator ratings.
continued next page
453
Building Controls and Systems
Cv
Stroke
in.
Description
Water and Steam Valves
V5011N continued
V5011N body dimensions.
VALVE
A
B
SIZE (IN) in. (mm) in. (mm)
1/2
Y1
Y1,2
Y2
3-1/4 (83)
1-9/16 (40)
3/4
1
1-1/4
4-1/16 (103)
4-3/16 (106)
1-1/2
2
4-3/4 (120) 1-13/16 (47)
5-1/4 (134)
VALVE
Y1
Y2a
in. (mm) in. (mm)
5-1/4 (133)
V5011N1XXX 3-1/2 (89)
OR
V5011N2XXX STEM FULLY DOWN
V5011N3XXX 4-3/16 (107) 5-15/16 (151)
STEM FULLY UP
a Y2 WITH STEM EXTENSION FOR MP953A,C (8 IN. ONLY)
M17378
B
A
Pipe
Size
ORDER NUMBER in.
Cv
Kv
Stroke
in.
Description
V5011N1008
1/2
0.73
0.63
3/4
V5011N1016
1/2
1.16
0.99
Stainless Stainless
Steel
Steel
(replaceable)
V5011N1024
1/2
1.85
1.58
V5011N1032
1/2
2.9
2.49
SpringBrass
loaded,
Carbon Filter
Reinforced
PTFE V-rings
V5011N1040
1/2
4.7
4.03
Direct acting,
two-way
threaded globe
valve with equal
percentage flow
for modulating
water.
V5011N1057
3/4
7.3
6.26
V5011N1065
1
11.7
10.03
V5011N1073
1-1/4
18.7
16.03
V5011N1081
1-1/2
29.3
25.11
V5011N1099
2
46.8
40.11
V5011N2006
1/2
0.73
0.63
3/4
V5011N2014
1/2
1.16
0.99
Stainless Stainless
Steel
Steel
(replaceable)
V5011N2022
1/2
1.85
1.58
V5011N2030
1/2
2.9
2.49
Direct acting,
two-way
threaded globe
valve with linear
flow for steam.
Stainless
SpringSteel
loaded,
Carbon Filter
Reinforced
PTFE V-rings
V5011N2048
1/2
4.7
4.03
V5011N2055
3/4
7.3
6.26
V5011N2063
1
11.7
10.03
V5011N2071
1-1/4
18.7
16.03
V5011N2089
1-1/2
29.3
25.11
V5011N2097
2
46.8
40.11
V5011N3004b
1/2
2.9
2.49
3/4
V5011N3012b
1/2
4.7
4.03
Stainless Stainless
Steel
Steel
(replaceable)
V5011N3020
b
3/4
7.3
6.26
SpringBrass
loaded,
Carbon Filter
Reinforced
PTFE V-rings
V5011N3038
b
1
11.7
10.03
1-1/4
18.7
16.03
Reverse acting,
two-way
threaded globe
valve with equal
percentage flow
for modulating
water.
V5011N3046b
a
b
Materials
Stem
Stainless Brass
Steel
(integral)
Can be used for two-position steam applications.
Reverse-acting valve (stem down to open) normally used with pneumatic actuator.
454
Seat
Packing
Plug
Body
Red
Brass
ANSI
Body
Class
150
Water and Steam Valves
V5013C Three-Way Valves
PACKING LIMITS:
Alternate Hot and Cold
Water
Hot Water
V5013C
The V5013C is a diverting valve. Used for 2-position or modulating
control of water and glycol solutions (up to 50% concentration) in
heating or cooling systems.
FLOW CHARACTERISTICS: Constant total flow through full plug travel.
VALVE PATTERN: 3-Way.
PRESSURE RATINGS:
Differential (for normal plug and seat life):
Two-position service: 50 psi (345 kPa).
Modulating service: 25 psi (172 kPa).
Quiet modulating service: 20 psi (138 kPa).
Max. Temp.
Max. Press.
Max. Temp.
100 psi
(689.5 kPa)
250 F
(121 C)
250 psi
(1724 kPa)
250 F
(121 C)
NOTES:
Hot Water: 40 F (4 C) minimum temperature.
Alternate hot and cold water maximum temperature differential:
140 F (60 C).
NOTE: Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings:
Maximum expected temperature and line (static) pressure must be
below and to the left of the line for the indicated valve.
.
V5013 THREE-WAY VALVE COMPOSITE RATINGS
FLUID PRESSURE PSI (kPa)
160
(1103)
140
(965)
V5013B
120
(827)
100
(689)
80
(552)
60
(414)
40
(226)
20
Flanged body dimensions for V5013C.
(138)
0
50
BONNET
(10)
75
(24)
100
(38)
125
(52)
150
(66)
175
(79)
200
(93)
225
(107)
250
(121)
FLUID TEMPERATURE F(C)
(INCLUDES BODY AND PACKING LIMITATIONS)
M16731
E
A
F
D
NOTES:
1. For high fluid temperatures, the valve and/or piping should be insulated to prevent ambient temperature from exceeding actuator ratings.
2. Maximum temperature differential in alternate hot and cold water use,
140 F (60 C).
B
C
G
VALVE SIZE
BONNET SIZE
IN
MM
IN.
MM
2-1/2
3
64
76
1-3/8
35
NUMBER OF
BOLT HOLES
4
Pipe Size
ORDERNUMBER in.
Cv
Kv
Stem
Life in
in.
53.99
3/4
V5013C1001
2-1/2 63.0
V5013C1019
3
100.0 85.70
V5013C1027
4
160.0 137.12 1-1/2
V5013C1035
5
250.0 214.25
V5013C1043
6
360.0 308.52
Materials
Description
Stem
Seat
Packing Disc
Flanged body, 1 inlet, 2 outlets— Stainless Bronze
Teflon
Diverting valve. DIverting valves Steel
(replaceable) Cone
must be piped so the flow enters
ports AB, and exits ports A and
B.
ANSI
Body
Body Class
Composition Cast- 125
40 F to 250 F Iron
(4 C to 121 C)
455
Building Controls and Systems
• Not suitable for combustible gases.
• Valves require a Q5001 Linkage and control motor or MP953 Pneumatic
Valve Actuator or ML684/ML6874/ML7984 Direct Coupled Actuator to
position the valve.
• Constant total flow through full plug travel.
• Spring-loaded, self-adjusting, Teflon cone or Teflon/rubber packing
allows a wide range of water temperature and pressure.
• Stainless steel stem prevents corrosion.
• Class IV (0.01% of Cv) Leakage Rating.
Max. Press.
Water and Steam Valves
V5013N Three-Way Threaded Globe Valves
SEAT:
1/2 in.: Replaceable stainless steel (upper), replaceable brass (lower).
3/4 in. to 2 in.: Integral brass (upper), replaceable brass (lower).
ANSI BODY CLASS: 150 psi.
STEM: Stainless steel.
PLUG: Brass.
STROKE: 3/4 in. (20 mm).
APPROXIMATE LEAKAGE RATE: 0.05 percent Cv.
RANGEABILITY: 50:1 per VDI/VDE 2173.
BODY MATERIAL: Red brass.
PACKING: Spring-loaded, carbon fiber reinforced PTFE V-rings.
PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Water:
36 to 248 F (2 to 120 C): 250 psi (17.2 bar).
248 to 340 F (120 to 171 C): 211 psi (14.5 bar).
Maximum Water Differential Pressure: 230 psid (15.8 bar).
VALVE FLOW CHARACTERISTICS:
Port A-AB: Equal percentage.
Port B-AB: Linear.
The V5013N is a three-way threaded globe valve that controls hot
water, cold water, and glycol solutions (up to 50 percent
concentration) in heating or cooling HVAC applications. The valve is
used for mixing service to direct flow from one of two inlets to a
common outlet in two-position or modulating control systems.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Red brass body with NPT-threaded connections.
Stainless steel stem and brass plug.
Low seat leakage rate (±0.05 percent Cv).
Spring-loaded, self-adjusting packing.
50:1 rangeability per VDI/VDE 2173.
Constant total flow throughout full stem travel.
Accurate positioning to ensure state of the art temperature control.
Sizes range from 1/2 inch to 2 inches.
Suitable for pneumatic or electric/electronic actuation.
Repack and rebuild kits available for field servicing.
NOTE: Movement of the valve stem at any point of the flow range does not
significantly change the total flow rate at the AB outlet port (constant total flow).
MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL FOR QUIET WATER SERVICE: 20 psid.
VALVE DESIGN LIFE: 250,000 full cycles at maximum rated temperature.
PIPE CONNECTIONS: Internally-threaded NPT connections.
NOTE: For high fluid temperatures, insulate the valve and/or piping to prevent ambient temperature from exceeding actuator ratings.
V5013N body dimensions.
Y 1,2
Y1
Y2
VALVE
SIZE (in)
1/2
B
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
C
2
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
Y1
Y2a
STEM FULLY UP
3-1/4 (83) 1-9/16 (40) 2-9/16 (65) 4-3/16(107) 5-15/16(151)
4-1/16 (103)
2-5/8 (67)
4-3/16 (106)
2-7/8 (73)
4-3/4 (120) 1-13/16 (46) 3-1/16 (77)
5-1/4 (134)
3-5/16 (84)
a Y2 WITH STEM EXTENSION FOR MP953A,C (8 IN. ONLY)
M18270
A
Materials
Pipe Size
ORDERNUMBER in.
Cv
Kv
Stroke
in.
Description
V5013N1030
1/2
2.9
2.48
3/4
V5013N1048
1/2
4.7
4.02
V5013N1055
3/4
7.3
6.26
V5013N1063
1
11.7
10.03
V5013N1071
1-1/4
18.7
16.03
V5013N1089
1-1/2
29.3
25.11
V5013N1097
2
46.8
40.11
456
Stem
Seat
Internally
Stainless Replaceable Stainless
threaded NPT
Steel
Steel (upper), Replaceable
connections, 2
Brass (lower)
inlets, 1 outlet—
Integral Brass (upper),
Mixing valve.
Replaceable Brass (lower)
Mixing valves
must be piped so
the flow enters
ports A and B,
and exits port AB.
Packing
Plug
ANSI
Body
Body Class
Spring-loaded, Brass Red 150
Carbon Fiber
Brass
Reinforced
PTFE V-Rings
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits
V5011, V5013 Repack kits include packing, spacer, follower and
spring for V5011 and V5013 Valves. They are used to repack leaking
V5011 Valves with metal discs and all V5013 Three-Way Valves.
They also can be used to repack V5011 Valves with rubber or Teflon
discs if the disc and stem assembly are known to be in good repair.
Otherwise, use the appropriate rebuild kit for complete repair of
V5011 Valves with rubber or Teflon discs and threaded ends.
Repack kits are listed in the table below.
CAUTION:
For proper installation, use instructions packed with kits.
Valve
Threaded
1/2
NOTE: Rebuild kit Cv must match valve Cv. If the Cv is different, the kit
will not work, even if the pipe size shown is the same. Some
obsolete V5011A,C Valves were available with a smaller Cv than
listed below. When ordering a rebuild kit for these valves, use Cv,
not pipe size.
Repack Kit Part Number
Rebuild Kit Number
Cv
Stroke Stem Diameter Water and/or
Modulating
(in.)
(in.)
2-position steam steam
for Water service for Steam service for Water service
for Steam service Comments
0.4
3/4
14002694-006
14002694-008
1/4
0.63
—
V5011C,G
14003294-004
a
14003294-002
b, c
V5011A,F
1
1.6
2.5
4
Threaded
Threaded
3/4
6.3
1
10
3/4
1/4
14002695-006
14002695-008
1-1/4
16
3/4
1/4
14003109-006
14003109-008
1-1/2
25
3/4
3/8
14003110-006
14003110-008
b, c
2
40
14003111-006
14003111-008 a
b, c, d
2-1/2
63
3
100
1/2
2.5
b, e
V5011A,F
V5011C,G
14003295-004
14003295-002
3/4
1/4
V5011H
V5011J
14003294-004 a
14003294-002
not available
not available
3/4
1/4
V5013A,F
—
14003294-004 a
—
not available
—
4
Threaded
3/4
6.3
1
10
1-1/4
16
1/2
2.5
4
a
b
c
d
e
f
3/4
6.3
1
10
1-1/4
16
TRADELINE Kit.
The 1400xxxx-002, -004 Repack and -006, -008 Rebuild Kits contain the same parts as the -001, -003 Repack and -005, and -007 Rebuild Kits
available from Honeywell Direct.
V5011G1137 through V5011G1228 Valves have metal-to-metal seats; rebuild kits are not available for metal-to-metal seat valves.
To rebuild a 2-1/2 or 3 in. threaded valve, order the rebuild kit for the 2 in. valve and the replacement disc for the 2-1/2 or 3 in. valve. See Valve
Accessories and Replacement Parts section.
Rebuild kits are not available for reverse acting valves.
Repack kits with Teflon packing rings (14003296-002) are used with 4 through 6 in. valves (both water and steam service).
Kits with rubber packing are not available for 4 through 6 in. valves.
continued next page
457
Building Controls and Systems
Size
Connection (in.)
V5011, V5013 Rebuild Kits include all the parts in the repack kits, plus
a stem assembly and disc. Rebuild kits are available only for threaded
V5011 Valves. They cannot be used with valves that have a metal-tometal seat. Metal-to-metal seats are found on V5011C and V5011G
valves with OS numbers of V5011C2282 or higher and V5011G1137 and
higher.
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued
Valve
Size
Connection (in.)
Threaded
Flange
Flange
Flange
Flange
a
b
c
d
e
f
Repack Kit Part Number
Rebuild Kit Number
Cv
Stroke Stem Diameter Water and/or
Modulating
(in.)
(in.)
2-position steam steam
for Water service for Steam service for Water service
for Steam service Comments
3/4
3/8
V5013A,F
—
14003295-004
—
—
—
14003295-004
14003295-002
1-1/2
25
2
40
2-1/2
63
3/4
3/8
V5011A1734
3
100
3/4
3/8
V5011A1767
1-1/2
1/2
V5011A,B
—
14003296-002
14003296-002
3/4
3/8
V5013B,C
—
14003295-004
—
1-1/2
1/2
V5013B,C
—
14003296-002
4
160
5
250
6
360
2-1/2
63
3
100
4
160
5
250
6
360
not available
not available
b
b, f
—
TRADELINE Kit.
The 1400xxxx-002, -004 Repack and -006, -008 Rebuild Kits contain the same parts as the -001, -003 Repack and -005, and -007 Rebuild Kits
available from Honeywell Direct.
V5011G1137 through V5011G1228 Valves have metal-to-metal seats; rebuild kits are not available for metal-to-metal seat valves.
To rebuild a 2-1/2 or 3 in. threaded valve, order the rebuild kit for the 2 in. valve and the replacement disc for the 2-1/2 or 3 in. valve. See Valve
Accessories and Replacement Parts section.
Rebuild kits are not available for reverse acting valves.
Repack kits with Teflon packing rings (14003296-002) are used with 4 through 6 in. valves (both water and steam service).
Kits with rubber packing are not available for 4 through 6 in. valves.
14003294-002 1/2 to 1-1/4 in. valve size, for steam service.
14003294-004 1/2 to 1-1/4 in. valve size, for water service.
BUTTON
BUTTON
PACKING NUT
OR GLAND
PACKING NUT
OR GLAND
RUBBER "V"
RING PACKING *
TEFLON CONE
PACKING *
SPACER *
FOLLOWER *
FOLLOWER
SPRING *
FOLLOWER
SPRING *
BONNET
BONNET
STEM AND DISC
HOLDER ASSEMBLY
STEM AND DISC
HOLDER ASSEMBLY
PACKING
LUBRICANT *
PACKING
LUBRICANT *
* INCLUDED IN KIT.
M8289A
* INCLUDED IN KIT.
M8290A
continued next page
458
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued
14003295-004 1-1/2 to 3 in. valve size, for water service.
14003296-002 4 to 6 in. pipe size, for steam service.
BUTTON
BUTTON
PACKING NUT
OR GLAND
PACKING NUT
OR GLAND
FEMALE ADAPTER *
PACKING *
PACKING (WHITE) *
PACKING (BLACK) *
PACKING (WHITE) *
FOLLOWER *
MALE ADAPTER *
FOLLOWER
SPRING *
Building Controls and Systems
FOLLOWER
SPRING *
RETAINER *
BONNET
O RING *
BONNET
STEM
STEM AND DISC
HOLDER ASSEMBLY
PACKING
LUBRICANT *
PACKING
LUBRICANT *
* INCLUDED IN KIT.
M4902
FLANGED
VALVES
* INCLUDED IN KIT.
M13115
continued next page
459
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued
14003295-002 1-1/2 to 3 in. valve size, for steam service.
Rebuild Kits for: 14002694-006, 14002695-006, 14003109-006, 1/2 to
1-1/4 in. valve size for water service; 14002694-008, 14002695-008,
14003109-008, 1/2 to 1-1/4 in. valve size for steam service.
BUTTON
BUTTON
PACKING NUT
OR GLAND
PACKING
GLAND
2
1
PACKING *
PACKING *
FOLLOWER *
FOLLOWER *
FOLLOWER
SPRING *
FOLLOWER
SPRING *
BONNET
BONNET
STEM AND DISC
HOLDER ASSEMBLY *
STEM AND DISC
HOLDER ASSEMBLY
DISC *
PACKING
LUBRICANT *
DISC SPRING
PLUG
FLANGED
VALVES
SCREWED
VALVES
* INCLUDED IN KIT.
M4903A
SEAT
PACKING
LUBRICANT *
* INCLUDED IN KIT.
1
PACKING FOR WATER SERVICE.
2
PACKING FOR STEAM SERVICE.
M13083
continued next page
460
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued
Rebuild Kits for: 14003110-006, 140031111-006, 1-1/2 to 3 in. valve
size for water service; 14003110-008, 14003111-008, 1-1/2 to 3 in.
valve size for steam service.
BUTTON
PACKING
GLAND
1
2
PACKING *
FOLLOWER *
FOLLOWER
SPRING *
Building Controls and Systems
BONNET
STEM RETAINER
NUT
STEM
ASSEMBLY *
STEM RETAINER
SPRINGS *
DISC HOLDER
DISC *
DISC SPRING
PLUG
PLUG NUT
SEAT
PACKING
LUBRICANT *
* INCLUDED IN KIT.
1
PACKING FOR WATER SERVICE.
2
PACKING FOR STEAM SERVICE.
M13085
continued next page
461
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued
V5011N VALVE REBUILD AND REPACK KITS
V5011N DIRECT ACTING
TWO-WAY GLOBE VALVES
.
V5011N REVERSE ACTING
TWO-WAY GLOBE VALVES
STEM BUTTON ASSEMBLY 2
STEM BUTTON ASSEMBLY 2
PACKING NUT
PACKING NUT
1
2
PACKING WAFERS
1
WASHER
SPRING
PACKING WAFERS
2
1
WASHER 1
2
SPRING 1
1
2
2
PACKING CARTRIDGE 2
PACKING CARTRIDGE 2
O RING
1
2
O RING
1
Rebuild Kit
Stem
Button
V5011N1008
1/4
0901746A
0901116Aa
0901747A
V5011N1024
0901748A
V5011N1032
0901749A
V5011N1040
0901750A
V5011N1057
0901751A
V5011N1065
0901752A
V5011N1073
V5011N1081
B
A
A
AB
2
V5011N2006
PLUG ASSEMBLY 2
PLUG ASSEMBLY 2
O RING
2
2
BOTTOM NUT
0901753A
3/8
0901787A
V5011N1099
B
SEAT RING
SEAT RING
0901786A
V5011N1016
2
VALVE BODY
VALVE BODY
2
Valve OS No.
Stem
Diameter
(in.)
Repack Kit
O RING
2
0901755A
1/4
0901786A
0903423A
V5011N2022
0903424A
V5011N2030
0903425A
V5011N2048
0903426A
V5011N2055
0903427A
V5011N2063
0903428A
LOWER SEAT
V5011N2089
BOTTOM NUT
INCLUDED IN REBUILD KIT.
3
INCLUDED ONLY WITH V5011N REVERSE ACTING TWO-WAY GLOBE VALVES.
0903429A
3/8
0901787A
0903430A
1/4
0901786A
0901759A
3
V5011N2097
PART INCLUDED IN REPACK KIT. 0901787A REPACK KIT
(FOR VALVES WITH 3/8 INCH STEM) SHOWN. 0901786A
REPACK KIT (FOR VALVES WITH 1/4 INCH STEM)
CONTAINS THREE PACKING WAFERS INSTEAD OF FOUR.
2
0903422A
V5011N2014
V5011N2071
1
0901754A
V5011N3004
0903431A
V5011N3012
0901760A
V5011N3020
0901761A
V5011N3038
0901762A
V5011N3046
0901763A
M12872A
a
Each 0901116A contains 10 stem buttons.
Note: Seat removal tools are required to rebuild valves:
32003941-001 for 1/2 in. through 1-1/4 in. sizes.
32003941-002 for 1-1/2 in. through 2 in. sizes.
continued next page
462
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued
V5013N Three-way Globe Valves
V5013N REPLACEMENT PARTS.
STEM BUTTON ASSEMBLY 2
PACKING NUT
PACKING WAFERS
WASHER 1
SPRING 1
1
2
2
Valve OS No.
Stem
Diameter
(in.)
Stem
Repack Kit Rebuild Kit Button
(Part No.) (Part No.) (Part No.)
V5013N1030
1/4
0901786A
V5013N1048
0901760A
V5013N1055
0901761A
V5013N1063
0901762A
V5013N1071
V5013N1089
2
0901787A
1
0901764A
0901765A
Each 0901116A contains 10 stem buttons.
NOTE: 32003941-001 Seat Removal Tool required to rebuild 1/2 in.
valves. Other sizes do not require this tool.
2
Building Controls and Systems
O RING
0901116Aa
0901763A
3/8
V5013N1097
a
PACKING CARTRIDGE 2
0901759A
VALVE BODY
A
AB
B
SEAT RING
2
PLUG ASSEMBLY 2
O RING
2
LOWER SEAT
1
PART INCLUDED IN REPACK KIT. 0901787A REPACK KIT
(FOR VALVES WITH 3/8 INCH STEM) SHOWN. 0901786A
REPACK KIT (FOR VALVES WITH 1/4 INCH STEM)
CONTAINS THREE PACKING WAFERS INSTEAD OF FOUR.
2
INCLUDED IN REBUILD KIT.
M12871A
463
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts
V5011/V5013 ACCESSORIES:
14000501-001 Valve bonnet Extension kit. Use with 3/4 in. lift valves
and MP953B, MP953D, MP953E, MP953F, Q5001, ML684,
ML784, ML984, and ML7984.
309535 Amoco H-100 (2 oz. tube) use with teflon packing.
311057 Plastilube No. 2 (2 oz. tube) use with rubber packing.
V5011 REPLACEMENT SEATS:
Pipe Size
Valve
V5011A,C,F,G
in.
1/2
Cv
Part Number
(Old 150 psi)
0.4 to 2.5 —
4.0
3/4
2.5
6.3
1
4.0
6.3
1-1/4
1/2
—
310537
—
310890
—
310538
311077
—
—
311078
310541
—
V5011C,G
63
3
100
—
—
—
311734
V5011 PLUG AND SEAT: MATCHED METAL TO METAL SEAT
Pipe Size
Valve
V5011C,G
in.
1/2
312349
14000519-001
1.6
14000518-001
2.5
14000520-001
4
14000508-001
3/4
6.3
311087
1
10
311088
1-1/4
16
311091
1-1/2
25
311089
2-1/2
63
311860
3
100
311861
1/2
311624
311731
Cv
Part Number
0.4
311936E
0.63
311936A
1.0
311936B
1.6
311936C
2.5
311936D
V5011H
Part Number
0.63
310542
—
Cv
1
311291
40
2-1/2
310536
—
2
V5011A,F
311055
—
25
in.
310535
6.3
1-1/2
Pipe Size
Valve
All
10
16
V5011 REPLACEMENT PLUGS:
0.4
314706
0.63
14000521-001
1.0
14000522-001
1.6
14000523-001
2.5
14000524-001
4.0
14000525-001
3/4
6.3
314533
1
10
314534
1-1/4
16
314535
1-1/2
25
314536
2
40
314537
2-1/2
63
314538
3
100
314539
1/2, 3/4
2.5, 4.0,
6.3
311437
V5011J
V5011 REPLACEMENT DISCS FOR THREADED VALVES:
Pipe Size
Part Number
V5011A,F
(35 to 250 F)
V5011C,G
(200 to 337 F)
4.0
311951A
Valve
in.
Cv
3/4
6.3
311952A
0.4 to 4.0 14004625-001
14004625-011
10
311953A
V5011A,C,F,G
Threaded
1/2
1
3/4, 1
6.3, 10
14004625-002
14004625-012
1-1/4
16
311954A
1-1/4
16
14004625-003
14004625-013
1-1/2
25
312055A
1-1/2
25
14004625-004
14004625-014
2
40
14004625-005
14004625-015
2-1/2
63
14004625-006
14004625-016
3
100
14004625-007
14004625-017
V5011 REPLACEMENT DISCS FOR FLANGED VALVES:
Pipe Size
Cv
Part Number
(35 to 250 F)
Valve
in.
V5011A
Flanged
2-1/2
63
30041049-835
3
100
30041050-835
continued next page
464
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts continued
V5011 REPLACEMENT PARTS:
Pipe Size
Cv
Valve
in.
V5011H,J
1/2 to 1-1/4 —
Description
310135
Spring for V5011H
310137
Spacer (2) for V5011H
310143
Packing V (3) for V5011H
310498
Spring for V5011J
310506
Follower V5011J
310623
Packing Cone (3) V5011J
311440
Support, Upper
311441
Support, Lower
313338
Stem
Spring
Packing Nut; Old V5011 150 PSI series and V5011C,G
16
311098
Disc Spring
0.4 to 4.0
311099
—
1-1/2 to 3
311100
Stem Retainer Spring (2) 3/4 in. travel, (1) 1-1/2 in. Travel
14004552-001
Packing Nut, V5011A&C Interim & V5011F,G
1/2 to 3
14004623-001
Stem Button
1/2 to 1-1/4 0.4 to 4.0
311093A
Stem & Disc Holder Assembly
1-1/2 to 3
6.3, 10
311094A
10-100
311619A
V5013 REPLACEMENT PLUGS:
Stem Assembly, 3/4 in. Travel
V5013 REPLACEMENT PARTS:
Pipe Size
Pipe Size
Valve
in.
Cv
V5013A,F
1/2
2.5
311444
4.0
311445
6.3
311446
3/4
Building Controls and Systems
313941
310509
V5011A,C,F,G
1/2 to 3
Part Number
Valve
V5013A
1/2 to 1-1/4 2.5 to 16
(Threaded)
311631
O-Ring
V5013A
(Flanged)
312495
Stem Button,
Anti-Spin
1
10
311447
1-1/4
16
311448
in.
Cv
Part Number
2-1/2, 3
4 to 6
—
Part Number Description
312496
312497
Packing Nut
Packing (5)
1-1/2
25
311449
312498
2
40
311450
312499
Follower
312500
Spring
2-1/2, 3
311430
Follower
311432
Packing (4)
311565
Spring
continued next page
465
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts continued
V5011 TWO-WAY GLOBE VALVE/ACTUATOR COMPATIBILITY AND CLOSE-OFF RATINGS
Branch Pressure (psi)
Flange
2-1/2 63
13 13
17 17
0.5 0.5 0.5 17
V5011A1734
33
33
33
100
100
8
25
100 V5011A1767
23
23
23
70
70
5
15
4
160 V5011A,B
40
40
5
250
26
26
6
360
19
19
0.4
V5011G 80 80 80
0.63 V5011F
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
250 250 250 250 250 250
8-13
8-13
MP953F1119
MP953F1093
18
MP953E1443
17
MP953E1418
13 14 13
3
Threaded 1/2
0.5 0.5 0.5
250 250 250
V5011G 80 80 80
250 250 250 250 250 250
250 250 250
1
80 80 80
250 250 250 250 250 250
250 250 250
1.6
80 80 80
250 250 250 250 250 250
250 250 250
2.5
80 80 80
250 250 250 250 250 250
250 250 250
4
40 40 40
250 250 250 250 250 250
250 250 250
3/4
6.3
1
V5011F
V5011G 18 18 18 250 250 250
90
135 250 120 120 120 250 250 250
250 250 250
10
16 16 16 250 250 250
63
100 250 95
250 250 250
250 250 250
1-1/4 16
12 12 12 180 180 180
34
55
140 50
50
50
250 250 250
140 140 140
1-1/2 25
122 122 122
250
250 20
33
90
30
30
30
122 122 122 250 250 250 90
90
90
2
40
55
55
55
170
170 10
18
50
15
15
15
55
55
55
170 170 170 50
50
50
2-1/2 63
45
45
45
135
135 5
10
30
45
45
45
135 135 135 30
30
30
3
25
25
25
75
75
2
5
20
25
25
25
75
20
20
20
2
6
9
13
14
2
2
2
14
14
14
100
Branch Pressure (psi)
Threaded 1/2
a
9
MP953E1301
Size Cv
Modulating
Steam
MP953D1172
Body
Type
Twoposition
and/or
Modulating
Water
MP953E1400
RA
MP953E1384
DA
MP953E1376
DA
MP953E1368
DA
MP953E1327
RA
MP953E1319
DA
MP953D1107
DA
Actuator Action
MP953D1131
DA
VALVES
MP953C1562
Yes
MP953C1489
7-1/8
Yes
MP953C1554
13
Yes
MP953C1471
8
Yes
MP953C1075
5
No
MP953C1083
7-1/8
No
MP953C1067
13
No
MP953C1018
8
No
MP953C1026
5
Positioner
MP953C1000
Diaphragm Diameter
MP953F1101
8-13
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
8-13
4-11
3-7
4-11
4-11
2-7
2-7
8-12
4-11
2-7
Spring
Range
(psi)
8-12
Two-way Valves and Close-off
Ratings (psi) for Pneumatic
Actuators. Closeoff rating is at
Branch pressure noted in the
Branch Pressure (noted below).a
4-11
PNEUMATIC
2-7
Actuators
2.5
1
V5011H
V5011J
5
1
95
1
95
1
75
75
44 44
70
70
50
50
50
44
44
44
70
70
70
50
50
50
4
44 44
70
70
50
50
50
44
44
44
70
70
70
50
50
50
3/4
6.3
25 25
45
45
30
30
30
25
25
25
45
45
45
30
30
30
1
10
25 25
45
45
30
30
30
25
25
25
45
45
45
30
30
30
1-1/4 16
15 15
27
27
17
17
17
15
15
15
27
27
27
17
17
17
Refer to the close off curves in V5011A,B,D-H,J Single Seated Valves, form no. 77-5315, for more complete close off data.
continued next page
466
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts continued
none
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000
none
none
none
Q5001D1018 a
Q5001D1018 a
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000 a
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000 a
ML7425
M9186
M9185
M7285
M7185
ML7421B
DA/ RA
ML7421A
ML7984
M9194
M7294
M6285
ML6421B
ML6421A
ML684
M6194
M8185
M4185
b
DA c
DA/RA
26
26
26
77
26
28
10
26
10
10
26
78
78
77
26
26
26
10
28
20
20
20
53
20
16
7
20
7
7
20
37
37
53
20
20
20
7
16
10
19
29
10
10
19
19
29
6
11
18
6
6
11
11
18
4
5
12
4
4
5
5
12
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
122
150
122
122
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
106
150
106
106
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
141
141
141
145
150
141
145
60
141
60
60
141
200
200
145
150
141
141
141
141
145
91
91
91
91
150
91
86
39
91
39
39
91
170
170
91
150
91
91
91
91
86
55
55
55
47
150
55
49
22
55
22
22
55
91
91
47
150
55
55
55
55
49
32
32
32
32
100
32
28
12
32
12
32
32
67
67
32
100
32
32
32
32
28
20
20
20
19
61
20
16
8
20
8
20
20
38
38
19
61
20
20
20
20
16
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
122
150
122
122
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
106
150
106
106
150
200
200
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
141
141
141
145
150
141
145
60
141
60
60
141
200
200
145
150
141
141
141
141
145
a
When a linkage is required, all 4 in. and larger flange valves require a Q5001D1026.
The ML6425A and ML7425A Actuators extend the stem on power failure. The B models retract the stem on power failure.
c Some of the ML7421A,B models (with 0-10 Vdc signal inputs) can be switched from DA to RA.
b
continued next page
467
Building Controls and Systems
Actuator
Model
Number
n/a
Yes
M9184
DA/ RA
No
b
M9164
Yes
DA/
RA
M7364
No
M7284
Yes
Actuator
Action
DA/ RA
Proportional
M7164
Floating
ML6425
2-position
SpringReturn
M6184
Control
none
Q5001D1000
none
none
none
Q5001D1026
Q5001D1000 a
Linkage a
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000
ELECTRONIC / ELECTRIC
Water and Steam Valves
V5011; V5013 Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts continued
THREE-WAY GLOBE VALVE/ACTUATOR COMPATIBILITY AND CLOSEOFF RATINGS
Flange
16
9
13
14
1
1
1
15
15
15
13
13
13
1
1
1
62
62
70
70
70
55
70
70
62
62
62
70
70
70
70
70
70
4
62
62
62
70
70
70
55
70
70
62
62
62
70
70
70
70
70
70
6.3
62
62
62
70
70
70
55
70
70
62
62
62
70
70
70
70
70
70
1
10
36
36
36
43
43
43
30
55
70
36
36
36
43
43
43
70
70
70
1-1/4
16
23
23
23
28
28
28
18
32
70
23
23
23
28
28
28
70
70
70
1-1/2
25
16
16
16
20
20
20
12
22
62
16
16
16
20
20
20
62
62
62
2
40
9
9
9
11
11
11
7
12
35
9
9
9
11
11
11
35
35
35
2-1/2
63
3
100
4
5
6
V5013B,C
17
17
8-13
15
62
3/4
16
MP953F1119
11
1/2
12
MP953F1101
V5013F
Threaded
MP953F1093
2.5
Branch Pressure (psi)
MP953E1418
Cv
Size
MP953E1301
Body Type
Two-position
and/or Modulating
Water
MP953E1400
RA
MP953E1384
DA
MP953E1376
DA
MP953E1368
DA
MP953E1327
RA
MP953E1319
DA
MP953D1107
DA
Actuator Action
MP953D1131
Yes
DA
VALVES
MP953D1172
7-1/8
Yes
MP953C1489
13
Yes
MP953C1471
8
Yes
MP953C1075
5
No
MP953C1083
7-1/8
No
MP953C1067
13
No
MP953C1018
8
No
MP953C1026
5
Positioner
MP953C1000
Diaphragm Diameter
8-13
8-13
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
4-11
8-13
4-11
3-7
4-11
2-7
8-12
4-11
2-7
Spring Range (psi)
8-12
PNEUMATIC
4-11
ACTUATORS
2-7
Three-way Valve lower seat close-off
(psi). Pneumatic close-off at branch
pressure (noted below)a
8
8
8
82
82
6
11
31
8
8
8
105 105 31
31
31
6
6
6
57
57
3
5
15
6
6
6
74
74
15
15
160
35
35
40
40
250
23
23
27
27
360
15
15
18
18
15
a Refer to the close off curves in V5013B-F Three-Way Mixing and Diverting Valves, form no. 77-5316, for more complete close off data.
THREE-WAY GLOBE VALVE/ACTUATOR COMPATIBILITY AND CLOSEOFF RATINGS
Flange
Q5001D1018 a
none
M9194
ML7984
Q5001D1018 a
Q5001D1000 a
M7294
M9184
M9164
M7364
M7164
M7284
DA/ RA
ML7421B
ML7421A
DA c
ML7425
DA/ RA
150 150 150
150 150 200 150 150
150 150 150 150 150 150
4
150 150 150
150 150 200 150 150
150 150 150 150 150 150
130 150 130 130 150 200 200 150
3/4
6.3
150 150 150
150 150 200 150 150
150 150 150 150 150 150
120 150 120 120 150 200 200 150
1
10
150 150 150
150 150 200 150 150
150 150 150 150 150 150
70
150 70
70
150 200 200 150
1-1/4
16
146 146 146
126 146 200 145 150
146 146 146 146 126 150
50
146 50
50
146 200 200 145
1-1/2
25
98
98
98
77
98
185 91
150
98
35
98
35
98
2
40
67
67
67
49
67
150 47
150
67
67
67
67
49
150
20
67
20
20
67
150 150 47
2-1/2
63
V5013B,C 32
32
32
21
32
64
77
32
32
32
32
21
77
13
32
12
13
32
64
64
3
100
22
22
22
14
22
44
53
22
22
22
22
14
53
9
22
9
9
22
44
44
4
160
10
20
29
29
10
10
20
20
5
250
6
13
18
18
6
6
13
13
6
360
8
12
12
8
8
98
98
98
77
a
150 150 150 150 150 200 200 150
150
35
When a linkage is required, all 4 in. and larger flange valves require a Q5001D1026.
The ML6425A and ML7425A Actuators extend the stem on power failure. The B models retract the stem on power failure.
c
Some of the ML7421A,B models (with 0-10 Vdc signal inputs) can be switched from DA to RA.
b
NOTE: Close-off ratings for the V5013B,C diverting valves are for the upper seat (not the lower seat).
468
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000
a
Q5001D1000
none
none
none
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000
none
none
none
Q5001D1018 a
Q5001D1000
No
b
M9186
V5013F
ML6421B
2.5
ML6421A
1/2
DA/ RA
ML684
Threaded
DA/ RA
M6194
Model
Number
Yes
M6184
Cv
b
ML6425
Size
M6285
Body Type
No
DA/RA
M8185
Actuator Action DA/ RA
M4185
VALVES
Proportional
Yes
M9185
Yes
M7285
2-position Floating
Spring-Return
M7185
Control
Q5001D1000 a
none
Q5001D1000
Linkage a
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000
ELECTRONIC / ELECTRIC
185 185 91
Water and Steam Valves
Valve Cross Reference for Threaded Globe Valves
The charts provide Valve Size and Cv rating to detail the main differences of the valves. Consider all differences between the original valve and the
selected replacement valve when making your selection.
NOTE: There are often several approaches to replacing a valve because not all cross-referenced valves match exactly.
However, the final replacement valve choice is the purchaser’s decision. Verify all valve specifications of each cross-reference to ensure the correct
valve choice for the application.
Johnson Controls to Honeywell
Three-way Mixing Valves
Original Valve
Size (NPT) Cv
1/2
Johnson
Model
Two-way Valves—Push Down To Close (Direct Acting)
Original Valve
Replacement Valve
Cv
Honeywell
Model
Size (NPT) Cv
1/2
Replacement Valve
Johnson
Model
Cv
Honeywell
Model
V5011N1008
VG7842CT
–
no direct repl.
0.73
VG7241CT
0.73
VG7842ET
2.9
V5013N1030
1.8
VG7241ET
1.9
V5011N1024
4.6
VG7842GT
4.7
V5013N1048
4.6
VG7241GT
4.7
V5011N1040
3/4
7.3
VG7842LT
7.3
V5013N1055
3/4
7.3
VG7241LT
7.3
V5011N1057
1
11.6
VG7842NT
11.7
V5013N1063
1
11.6
VG7241NT
11.7
V5011N1065
1-1/4
18.5
VG7842PT
18.7
V5013N1071
1-1/4
18.5
VG7241PT
18.7
V5011N1073
1-1/2
28.9
VG7842RT
29.3
V5013N1089
1-1/2
28.9
VG7241RT
29.3
V5011N1081
2
46.2
VG7842ST
46.8
V5013N1097
2
46.2
VG7241ST
46.8
V5011N1099
1/2
0.73
VG7844CT
–
no direct repl.
1/2
0.73
VG7243CT
0.73
V5011N1008
1.8
VG7844ET
2.9
V5013N1030
1.8
VG7243ET
1.9
V5011N1024
4.6
VG7844GT
4.7
V5013N1048
4.6
VG7243GT
4.7
V5011N1040
3/4
7.3
VG7844LT
7.3
V5013N1055
3/4
7.3
VG7243LT
7.3
V5011N1057
1
11.6
VG7844NT
11.7
V5013N1063
1
11.6
VG7243NT
11.7
V5011N1065
1-1/4
18.5
VG7844PT
18.7
V5013N1071
1-1/4
18.5
VG7243PT
18.7
V5011N1073
1-1/2
28.9
VG7844RT
29.3
V5013N1089
1-1/2
28.9
VG7243RT
29.3
V5011N1081
2
46.2
VG7844ST
46.8
V5013N1097
2
46.2
VG7243ST
46.8
V5011N1099
Two-way Valves—Push Down To Open (Reverse Acting)
Original Valve
Size (NPT) Cv
1/2
Replacement Valve
Johnson
Model
Cv
Honeywell
Model
0.73
VG7441CT
–
no direct repl.
1.8
VG7441ET
2.9
V5011N3004
V5011N3012
4.6
VG7441GT
4.7
3/4
7.3
VG7441LT
7.3
V5011N3020
1
11.6
VG7441NT
11.7
V5011N3038
1-1/4
18.5
VG7441PT
18.7
V5011N3046
1-1/2
28.9
VG7441RT
–
no direct repl.
2
46.2
VG7441ST
–
no direct repl.
no direct repl.
1/2
0.73
VG7443CT
–
1.8
VG7443ET
2.9
V5011N3004
4.6
VG7443GT
4.7
V5011N3012
3/4
7.3
VG7443LT
7.3
V5011N3020
1
11.6
VG7443NT
11.7
V5011N3038
1-1/4
18.5
VG7443PT
18.7
V5011N3046
1-1/2
28.9
VG7443RT
–
no direct repl.
2
46.2
VG7443ST
–
no direct repl.
continued next page
469
Building Controls and Systems
0.73
1.8
Water and Steam Valves
Valve Cross Reference for Threaded Globe Valves continued
SIEBE / BARBER-COLMAN TO HONEYWELL
Three-way Mixing Valves
Original Valve
Two-way Valves—Stem Down to Close (Direct Acting)
Replacement Valve
Original Valve
Replacement Valve
Siebe Model
Cv
Honeywell
Model
2.2
VB-7313-0-4-2
2.9
V5013N1030
0.4
VB-7213-0-4-01
0.73
V5011N1008
4.4
VB-7313-0-4-4
4.7
V5013N1048
1.3
VB-7213-0-4-02
1.2
V5011N1016
3/4
8
VB-7313-0-4-6
7.3
V5013N1055
2.2
VB-7213-0-4-03
1.9
V5011N1024
1
14
VB-7313-0-4-8
11.7
V5013N1063
4.4
VB-7213-0-4-04
4.7
V5011N1040
1-1/4
20
VB-7313-0-4-9
18.7
V5013N1071
5.5
VB-7213-0-4-05
–
no direct repl.
1-1/2
33
VB-7313-0-4-10
29.3
V5013N1089
7.5
VB-7213-0-4-06
7.3
V5011N1057
2
50
VB-7313-0-4-11
46.8
V5013N1097
10
VB-7213-0-4-07
–
no direct repl.
1/2
2
VB-9313-0-4-2
2.9
V5013N1030
14
VB-7213-0-4-08
11.7
V5011N1065
4
VB-9313-0-4-4
4.7
V5013N1048
1-1/4
20
VB-7213-0-4-09
18.7
V5011N1073
3/4
6.8
VB-9313-0-4-6
7.3
V5013N1055
1-1/2
30
VB-7213-0-4-10
29.3
V5011N1081
1
12
VB-9313-0-4-8
11.7
V5013N1063
2
40
VB-7213-0-4-11
46.8
V5011N1099
1-1/4
16
VB-9313-0-4-9
18.7
V5013N1071
1/2
0.4
VB-7253-0-4-01
0.73
V5011N2006
1-1/2
33
VB-9313-0-4-10
29.3
V5013N1089
1.3
VB-7253-0-4-02
1.2
V5011N2014
2
55
VB-9313-0-4-11
46.8
V5013N1097
2.2
VB-7253-0-4-03
1.9
V5011N2022
Size (NPT) Cv
1/2
Size (NPT) Cv
1/2
3/4
1
Replacement Valve
Cv
Honeywell
Model
4.4
VB-7253-0-4-04
4.7
V5011N2048
3/4
5.5
VB-7253-0-4-05
–
no direct repl.
7.5
VB-7253-0-4-06
7.3
V5011N2055
1
10
VB-7253-0-4-07
–
no direct repl.
14
VB-7253-0-4-08
11.7
V5011N2063
20
VB-7253-0-4-09
18.7
V5011N2071
Two-way Valves—Stem Up to Close (Reverse Acting)
Original Valve
Siebe Model
Size (NPT) Cv
Siebe Model
Cv
Honeywell
Model
1/2
0.4
VB-7263-0-4-01
–
no direct repl.
1.3
VB-7263-0-4-02
–
no direct repl.
1-1/4
2.2
VB-7263-0-4-03
2.9
V5011N3004
1-1/2
30
VB-7253-0-4-10
29.3
V5011N2089
4.4
VB-7263-0-4-04
4.7
V5011N3012
2
40
VB-7253-0-4-11
46.8
V5011N2097
5.5
VB-7263-0-4-05
–
no direct repl.
1/2
0.4
VB-9213-0-4-1
0.73
V5011N1008
7.5
VB-7263-0-4-06
7.3
V5011N3020
1.3
VB-9213-0-4-2
1.2
V5011N1016
10
VB-7263-0-4-07
–
no direct repl.
2.2
VB-9213-0-4-3
1.9
V5011N1024
14
VB-7263-0-4-08
11.7
V5011N3038
3.6
VB-9213-0-4-4
4.7
V5011N1040
1-1/4
20
VB-7263-0-4-09
18.7
V5011N3046
5
VB-9213-0-4-5
–
no direct repl.
1-1/2
30
VB-7263-0-4-10
–
no direct repl.
6.3
VB-9213-0-4-6
7.3
V5011N1057
2
40
VB-7263-0-4-11
–
no direct repl.
8.2
VB-9213-0-4-7
–
no direct repl.
1/2
0.4
VB-9223-0-4-1
–
no direct repl.
11
VB-9213-0-4-8
11.7
V5011N1065
1.3
VB-9223-0-4-2
–
no direct repl.
1-1/4
16
VB-9213-0-4-9
18.7
V5011N1073
2.2
VB-9223-0-4-3
2.9
V5011N3004
1-1/2
25
VB-9213-0-4-10
29.3
V5011N1081
3.6
VB-9223-0-4-4
4.7
V5011N3012
2
40
VB-9213-0-4-11
46.8
V5011N1099
5
VB-9223-0-4-5
–
no direct repl.
1/2
0.4
VB-9253-0-4-1
0.73
V5011N2006
6.3
VB-9223-0-4-6
7.3
V5011N3020
1.3
VB-9253-0-4-2
1.2
V5011N2014
V5011N2022
3/4
1
3/4
1
3/4
1
8.2
VB-9223-0-4-7
–
no direct repl.
2.2
VB-9253-0-4-3
1.9
11
VB-9223-0-4-8
11.7
V5011N3038
3.6
VB-9253-0-4-4
4.7
V5011N2048
1-1/4
16
VB-9223-0-4-9
18.7
V5011N3046
5
VB-9253-0-4-5
–
no direct repl.
1-1/2
25
VB-9223-0-4-10
–
no direct repl.
6.3
VB-9253-0-4-6
7.3
V5011N2055
2
40
VB-9223-0-4-11
–
no direct repl.
8.2
VB-9253-0-4-7
–
no direct repl.
11
VB-9253-0-4-8
11.7
V5011N2063
1-1/4
16
VB-9253-0-4-9
18.7
V5011N2071
1-1/2
25
VB-9253-0-4-10
29.3
V5011N2089
2
40
VB-9253-0-4-11
46.8
V5011N2097
3/4
1
continued next page
470
Water and Steam Valves
Valve Cross Reference for Threaded Globe Valves continued
OLD HONEYWELL TO NEW HONEYWELL
Three-way Mixing Valves
Original Valve
Two-way Valves—Direct Acting
Original Valve
Replacement Valve
Replacement Valve
Size (NPT) Cv
Model Number Cv
Model Number
Size (NPT) Cv
Model Number Cv
Model Number
1/2
V5013F1004
V5013N1030
1/2
V5011F1006
V5011N1008
3/4
2.5
2.9
0.63
0.73
4
V5013F1012
4.7
V5013N1048
1
V5011F1014
1.16
V5011N1016
6.3
V5013F1020
7.3
V5013N1055
1.6
V5011F1022
1.85
V5011N1024
V5011N1032
10
V5013F1038
11.7
V5013N1063
2.5
V5011F1030
2.9
1-1/4
16
V5013F1046
18.7
V5013N1071
4
V5011F1048
4.7
V5011N1040
1-1/2
25
V5013F1053
29.3
V5013N1089
3/4
6.3
V5011F1055
7.3
V5011N1057
2
40
V5013F1061
46.8
V5013N1097
1
10
V5011F1063
11.7
V5011N1065
1/2
4
V5013F1079
4.7
V5013N1048
1-1/4
16
V5011F1071
18.7
V5011N1073
3/4
6.3
V5013F1087
7.3
V5013N1055
1-1/2
25
V5011F1089
29.3
V5011N1081
1
10
V5013F1095
11.7
V5013N1063
2
40
V5011F1097
46.8
V5011N1099
1-1/4
16
V5013F1103
18.7
V5013N1071
1/2
2.5
V5011F1121
2.9
V5011N1032
1-1/2
25
V5013F1111
29.3
V5013N1089
4
V5011F1139
4.7
V5011N1040
2
40
V5013F1129
46.8
V5013N1097
3/4
6.3
V5011F1147
7.3
V5011N1057
1
10
V5011F1154
11.7
V5011N1065
1-1/4
16
V5011F1162
18.7
V5011N1073
Model Number
1-1/2
25
V5011F1170
29.3
V5011N1081
40
V5011F1188
46.8
V5011N1099
0.4
V5011G1004
–
no direct repl
V5011G1012
0.73
V5011N2006
Two-way Valves—Reverse Acting
Original Valve
Size (NPT) Cv
1/2
Replacement Valve
Model Number Cv
2.5
V5011H1002
2.9
V5011N3004
2
4
V5011H1010
4.7
V5011N3012
1/2
3/4
6.3
V5011H1028
7.3
V5011N3020
0.63
1
10
V5011H1036
11.7
V5011N3038
1
V5011G1020
1.16
V5011N2014
1-1/4
16
V5011H1044
18.7
V5011N3046
1.6
V5011G1038
1.85
V5011N2022
1/2
2.5
V5011J1007
–
no direct repl.
2.5
V5011G1046
2.9
V5011N2030
4
V5011G1053
4.7
V5011N2048
6.3
V5011G1061
7.3
V5011N2055
4
V5011J1015
3/4
6.3
V5011J1023
3/4
1
10
V5011J1031
1
10
V5011G1079
11.7
V5011N2063
V5011J1049
1-1/4
16
V5011G1087
18.7
V5011N2071
1-1/4
16
1-1/2
25
V5011G1095
29.3
V5011N2089
2
40
V5011G1103
46.8
V5011N2097
1/2
0.4
V5011G1137a
0.63
–
no direct repl.
V5011G1145
a
0.73
V5011N2006
1
V5011G1152
a
1.16
V5011N2014
1.6
V5011G1160a
1.85
V5011N2022
2.5
V5011G1178
a
2.9
V5011N2030
4
V5011G1186a
4.7
V5011N2048
3/4
6.3
V5011G1194a
7.3
V5011N2055
1
10
V5011G1202a
11.7
V5011N2063
1-1/4
16
V5011G1210
a
18.7
V5011N2071
1-1/2
25
V5011G1228a
29.3
V5011N2089
a
Metal-to-metal seat for high pressure steam.
continued next page
471
Building Controls and Systems
1
Water and Steam Valves
Valve Cross Reference for Threaded Globe Valves continued
DELTA TO HONEYWELL
Three-way Mixing Valves
Two-way Valves
Original Valve
Original Valve
Replacement Valve
Replacement Valve
Size (NPT) Cv
Delta Model
Cv
Honeywell
Model
Size (NPT) Cv
Delta Model
Cv
Honeywell
Model
1/2
2.5
DG3-3
2.9
V5013N1030
1/2
2.5
DG2-3
2.9
V5011N1032
3/4
6.3
DG3-7
7.3
V5013N1055
3/4
6.3
DG2-7
7.3
V5011N1057
1
10
DG3-10
11.7
V5013N1063
1
10
DG2-10
11.7
V5011N1065
1-1/4
16
DG3-16
18.7
V5013N1071
1-1/4
16
DG2-16
18.7
V5011N1073
1-1/2
24
DG3-24
29.3
V5013N1089
1-1/2
20
DG2-20
29.3
V5011N1081
2
38
DG3-38
46.8
V5013N1097
2
38
DG2-38
46.8
V5011N1099
1/2
2.5
DG2S-3
1.85
V5011N2030
3/4
6.3
DG2S-7
7.3
V5011N2055
1
10
DG2S-10
11.7
V5011N2063
1-1/4
16
DG2S-16
18.7
V5011N2071
1-1/2
20
DG2S-20
29.3
V5011N2089
2
38
DG2S-38
46.8
V5011N2097
V5047A Double-Seated Globe Valves
•
•
•
•
Plug provides equal percentage characteristic of flow.
V-port for either throttling or on-off service.
Replaceable seat rings screw into body.
Nonlubricated Teflon asbestos, or spring-loaded Teflon cone packing
for minimum friction.
PACKING LIMITS: 100 psi (689.5 kPa), 337 F (169 C), steam; 150 psig
(1034.2 kPa), 240 F (116 C), water.
VALVE PATTERN: Straight-through, screwed.
PRESSURE RATINGS: Close-Off: 125 psig (861.9 kPa).
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
Control high pressure steam, liquids, air or noncombustible gases
where positive final shutoff is not required.
• Q5001D Valve Linkage and Modutrol motor required for operation.
• Suitable for two-position, floating, or proportioning control, depending
on the motor and controller used.
• Provide high capacity with minimum pressure drop.
• Pipe sizes include 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, and 2 inches.
• Straight-through construction and threaded end connections.
• Cast iron body with stainless steel trim.
• Nominal body rating is 125 psig ANSI.
V5047 VALVE CLOSE-OFF RATINGS WITH ELECTRIC ACTUATORS:
Body
Valve Size
in.
mm
1
4-3/8
111
1-1/4
4-5/8
117
1-1/2
5-1/2
140
2
6-1/2
165
Linkages
Close-off Rating Psi
Seal-off Spring
80 lb.
160 lb.
320 lb.
Minimum Required Mod IV Actuator Torque
25 lb-in.
Pipe
Model Number Size
Cv
V5047A1005
1
13.0
V5047A1013
1-1/4
V5047A1021
1-1/2
V5047A1039
2
50 lb-in.
300 lb-in.
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000,
Q5001D1018
Q5001D1026
Q5001D1018
Q5001D1026
Comments
125
125
—
125
—
20.0
125
125
Requires 9/16 in. 220858A
Cam.
30.0
125
125
50.0
125
125
Q5001D1026
Requires 3/4 in. 220861 Cam.
125
125
125
—
NOTES:
Close-off rating represents maximum pressure difference between the outlet and the inlet.
For minimum required Mod IV Actuator Torque, refer to Valve Actuator Table.
continued next page
472
Water and Steam Valves
V5047A continued
ORDER NUMBER
Pipe
Size
Cv
Kv
Stem
Lift
in.
Stem
V5047A1005
1
13.0
11.1
9/16
V5047A1013
1-1/4
20.0
17.1
V5047A1021
1-1/2
30.0
25.7
V5047A1039
2
50.0
42.9
Materials
Seat
Packing
Disc
Body
ANSI
Body
Class
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Spring-loaded NonStainless Steel Cast-Iron 125
adjustable Teflon V-ring
3/4
V5051A Cage Valves
Liquids
Maximum
Pressure
Control steam, air, liquids, or non-combustible gases in twoposition, proportional, or floating control systems.
Steam
Maximum
Temperature
Maximum
Pressure
Maximum
Temperature
psig
kPa
F
C
psig
kPa
F
C
140
960
300
149
55
379
300
149
150
1034
100
38
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
• Require Q5001D Valve Linkage and Modutrol motor for operation.
• Pressure balanced cage type construction.
• Sizes range from 2-1/2 to 6 in. (63.5 to 152.4 mm).
• Spring-loaded Teflon V-ring packing.
VALVE PATTERN: Straight-through, non-offset, flanged end.
FLOW CHARACTERISTICS (OF CAGE OPENING): Modified linear.
LEAKAGE: 0.01% of rated Cv, 0.03% in 5- and 6-inch valves.
VALVE TRAVEL: 1-1/2 in. (38 mm).
VALVE BODY: 125 lb. ASA.
Valve Size
Body
in.
mm
in.
2-1/2
63.5
9-1/2
mm
241
3
76.2
11
279
4
101.6
13
330
5
127.0
15
381
6
152.4
16-1/2
419
V5051 VALVE CLOSE-OFF RATINGS PSI WITH ELECTRIC ACTUATORS:
Minimum
Required Mod IV
Actuator Torque
60 lb-in.
Seal-off Spring
80 lb.
Pipe Size
150 lb-in.
160 lb.
Model Number
in.
Cv
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1000,
Q5001D1018
V5051A1008
2-1/2
25.0
50
50
V5051A1016
3
116.0
50
50
V5051A1024
4
178.0
50
50
V5051A1032
5
318.0
50
50
V5051A1040
6
390.0
50
50
Linkages
Comments
Q5001D1000 and
Q5001D1018 require
1-1/2 in. 220867A Cam.
NOTE: Close-off rating represents maximum pressure difference between the outlet and the inlet.
ORDER NUMBER
Pipe
Size
Materials
Cv
Kv
Stem
Packing
Trim
Body
ANSI
Body
Class
V5051A1008
2-1/2
75.0
64.3
Stainless Steel
Spring-loaded Non-adjustable Teflon V-ring
Bronze
Cast-Iron
125
V5051A1016
3
116.0
99.4
V5051A1024
4
178.0
152.6
V5051A1032
5
318.0
272.6
V5051A1040
6
390.0
334.2
473
Building Controls and Systems
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Maximum: 300 F (149 C).
PRESSURE RATINGS:
Water and Steam Valves
V5086; T5086; Y5086 Thermostatic Radiator Valves
• Actuator responds to small changes in room temperature.
• Valve cartridge can be changed without system shutdown or drain
down.
• No electric power required.
V5086 Specifications:
MATERIALS:
Valve Body: Bronze.
PIPE CONNECTIONS: (except V5086B, 1/8 in. NPT male). Inlet–NPT
internal thread; outlet–NPT (all) or sweat (straight through only).
PRESSURE RATINGS:
Static, water: 150 psig (1035 kPa) max.
Close-Off: Water–17 psi (117 kPa) max.
Steam–15 psi (103 kPa) max.
Differential, (maximum): 17 psi (117 kPa).
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Fluid: 248 F (120 C) max.
T5086
Y5086
V5086
Control room temperature by modulating the flow of hot water or
steam through free-standing radiators, convectors or baseboard
units.
• V5086 valve body mounts on radiator or convector.
• T5086 nonelectric thermostatic actuator mounts directly on V5086
valve body and modulates hot water or steam flow through valve in
response to room temperature changes.
• Actuator available with integral or remote sensor, and integral or
remote setpoint adjustment.
• Valves provide modulating temperature control to reduce energy
consumption, eliminate overheating.
T5086 Specifications:
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Control Range: T5086A,C: 43 F to 79 F (6 C to 26 C),
T5086B: 48 F to 79 F (9 C to 26 C).
Ambient: 40 F to 125 F (4 C to 52 C).
Scale Marking: T5086A,C: 1 through 6. (Minimum setting 43 F (6 C)
at * mark. T5086B: 56 F (13 C) at * mark.
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
197965 Valve Cartridge. (197966 Cartridge Changer and 197967
Service Socket required).
ACCESSORIES:
197960 Bulb Guard for remote sensors.
197966 Valve Cartridge Changer.
197967 Service Socket for removing cartridges.
197970 Steam/Air Vent.
V5086A dimensions in in. (mm in brackets).
V5086A Straight Through
V5086A Angle
C MAX.
B
A
C MAX.
A
SIZE
(INCHES)
SIZE
(INCHES)
a
A
C MAX.
1/2
2-1/4
a
C MAX.
B
A
(57)
1
(25)
5-1/8 (130)
1/2
3-3/4
(95)
4-3/4 (121)
3/4
2-9/16 (65)
1-1/8
(29)
5-1/4 (133)
3/4
4-1/8
(105)
4-3/4 (121)
1
2-15/16 (75)
1-3/16
(30)
5-1/4 (133)
4-15/16 (125)
4-3/4 (121)
(89)
2-3/16
(56)
5-1/4 (133)
1
1-1/4
5-7/8
(149)
5
1-1/4
3-1/2
a C MAX. DIMENSION IS WITH CONTROL INSTALLED.
(127)
a C MAX. DIMENSION IS WITH CONTROL INSTALLED.
M3218
M3216
continued next page
474
Water and Steam Valves
V5086; T5086; Y5086 continued
T5086A dimensions in in. (mm in brackets).
T5086B dimensions in in. (mm in brackets).
CAPILLARY TUBE LENGTH
6 FT. 6 IN. (2 m)
3 5/16 (84) MAX.
TOP
2-1/8 (54)
2-1/8
(54)
2 1/8
(54)
1-13/16
(46)
2-5/32
(55)
1 (25)
M18200
2 (50)
2-31/32 (75)
M13117
T5086C dimensions in in. (mm in brackets).
3-13/16 (97)
3-5/16
(84)
MAX.
SENSOR
15/16
(24)
CAPILLARY
6 ft 6 in. (2m)
3-1/8 (79)
BRACKET
M16702
*TRADELINE models.
V5086A,B VALVES:
Pipe Size
ORDER NUMBER
Body Style
Body Tapping in.
Cv
Comments
Fittings: Inlet—NPT female; Outlet—union with female sweat adapter
or male NPT as indicated. V5086B1013 has valve body for use with
one-pipe steam radiators—use with T5086A1033, and 197970 steam
vent.
V5086A1007
Straight through
Sweat
1/2
4.6
V5086A1015
Straight through
NPT
1/2
4.6
V5086A1023
Angle
NPT
1/2
4.6
V5086A1031
Straight through
Sweat
3/4
5.8
V5086A1049
Straight through
NPT
3/4
5.8
V5086A1056
Angle
NPT
3/4
5.8
V5086A1064
Straight through
NPT
1
7.0
7.0
V5086A1072
Angle
NPT
1
V5086A1080
Straight through
NPT
1-1/4
7.0
V5086A1098
Angle
NPT
1-1/4
7.0
V5086B1013
Angle-one pipe
NPT
1/8
—
T5086 THERMOSTATIC ACTUATORS:
ORDER NUMBER
Description
*T5086A1009
Integral sensor, integral set point.
43 F to 79 F (6 C to 26 C)
T5086A1033
Integral sensor, integral set point. For 1-pipe steam only.
43 F to 79 F (6 C to 26 C)
*T5086B1007
Remote sensor, remote set point. Includes 6 ft, 6 in. (2 m) capillary
48 F to 79 F (9 C to 26 C)
*T5086C1005
Remote sensor, integral set point. Includes 6 ft, 6 in. (2 m) capillary.
43 F to 79 F (6 C to 26 C)
Y5086A Thermostatic Valve
• Designed only for one-pipe steam applications.
• Includes T5086A1033 Actuator, V5086B1013 Valve (angle body) and
197970 Steam Vent.
Y5086 Specifications:
PIPE CONNECTIONS: 1/8 in. NPT male.
Control Range
MATERIALS:
Valve Body: Nickel-plated brass.
PRESSURE RATINGS:
Close-Off: 6 psi (steam).
Actuator Specifications: Same as T5086A.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Fluid: 248 F (120 C).
continued next page
475
Building Controls and Systems
COVER
11/16
(17)
Water and Steam Valves
V5086; T5086; Y5086 continued
Y5086 thermostatic valve.
3-3/16 (98)
1-11/16 (43)
5
1-3/16
(31)
6 0
M18056
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Y5086A1012
1/8 in. NPT one-pipe steam valve, including V5086B1013, operator T8056A1033 and 197970 steam vent.
V5852; V5853; V5862; V5863 Small Linear Valves
• Easily installed in areas where space is limited.
T E M P E R AT U R E R AT IN G S : C o ntrol R an g e: 36 F to 2 30 F (2 C to 110 C ).
FLOW CHARACTERISTICS:
V5853 and V5863:
Equal Percentage: A ≥ AB.
Linear: B ≥ AB.
V5852 and V5862:Equal percentage: A ≥ B.
CONTROLLED MEDIUM: Water with maximum 50% glycol.
RANGEABILITY:
Two-way Valve: 50:1.
Three-way Valve: 50:1 for controlled port (A ≥ AB).
LEAKAGE: <0.02% of Cv.
ACCESSORIES:
WV108 Insert Replacement Tool, for replacing cartridge insert
without draining system.
WV108B Brush Tool for valve seat cleaning (used with WV108 tool).
REPLACEMENT PARTS: Valve Inserts.
Control hot and/or chilled water for VAV terminal units, fan coil
units, small reheaters and recoolers in electric/electronic
temperature control systems. Used with the M6410 Small Individual
Room Controller (IRC) 3-position floating Electronic Linear Valve
Actuator, M7410 selectable 0 to 10 Vdc or 2 to 10 Vdc Electronic
Actuator, or MP958 Pneumatic Valve Actuator.
• Long stroke allows wider range of control.
• Soft valve seat provides low leakage rate.
• Valve inserts are changeable without draining valve when used with
the insert replacement tool.
• Brass body and stainless steel stem.
• Threaded plastic cover/manual handle allows manual operation.
DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:
1/4 STROKE
(6.5)
V5852/V5862
FLOW DIAGRAM
VALVE
SIZE
1-3/16 (30)
B
A
3/4 (19) 1-5/16 (34) 1/2 (13)
1/2 (13) 3 (77)
23/32
(18)
INLET
OUTLET
D (NPT) D (SWEAT)
C
3/4 (19) 3-1/2 (88) 1 (25)
1-1/4 (32)
3/4 (19)
5/8 (16)
7/8 (22)
C
B
B
D
A
FLOW DIAGRAM
1/4
(6.5) STROKE
V5853/V5863
1-3/16 (30)
23/32
(18)
VALVE
SIZE
A
1/2 (13) 3 (77)
B
C
E (NPT) E (SWEAT)
3/4 (19) 1-5/16 (34) 1-5/16 (34) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16)
PORT AB
PORT A
D
3/4 (19) 3-1/2 (88) 1 (25)
1-1/2 (38)
1-1/4 (32) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22)
D
E
B
PORT B
B
C
NOTE: SOLDER ENDS CONFORM TO ANSI B16-18.
B
M7559
A
continued next page
476
Water and Steam Valves
V5852; V5853; V5862; V5863 continued
NOTE: All inserts are used with either pneumatic or electronic actuators unless otherwise noted.
Diameter
Part Number
in.
Cv
For Valve
Replacement and
Interchangeable With
0902812
1/2
0.19
V5852A/V5862A
0991510, 511, 512, 513
0902811
1/2
0.29
V5852A/V5862A
0991510, 511, 512, 513
0902810
1/2
0.47
V5852A/V5862A
0991510, 511, 512, 513
0902809
1/2
0.74
V5852A/V5862A
0901511, 512, 513, 516
0902808
1/2
1.20
V5852A/V5862A
0901508, 509
0902807
1/2
1.90
V5852A/V5862A
0901508, 509
0902814
3/4
2.90
V5852A/V5862A
0901560, 561
0902815
3/4
4.90
V5852A/V5862A
0901560, 561
0902821
1/2
0.29
V5853A/V5863A
0901619, 620, 618
0902822
1/2
0.47
V5853A/V5863A
0901618, 620, 619
0902823
1/2
0.74
V5853A/V5863A
0901618, 619,620
0902824
1/2
1.20
V5853A/V5863A
None, 0901621
0902825
1/2
1.90
V5853A/V5863A
None, 0901622
M17529
Building Controls and Systems
M17530
ORDER NUMBER
Two-Way
Female Sweat
Female NPT
Three-Way
Female Sweat
Pipe Size
Close-Off (psi)
Female NPT
in.
Cv
V5852A
V5862A
V5853A
V5863A
V5852A2007
V5862A2005
—
—
1/2
0.19
65
—
V5852A2015
V5862A2013
V5853A2006
V5863A2004
1/2
0.29
65
55
V5852A2023
V5862A2021
V5853A2014
V5863A2012
1/2
0.47
65
55
V5852A2031
V5862A2039
V5853A2022
V5863A2020
1/2
0.74
65
55
V5852A2049
V5862A2047
V5853A2030
V5863A2038
1/2
1.2
65
22
V5852A2056
V5862A2054
V5853A2048
V5863A2046
1/2
1.9
65
22
V5852A2064
V5862A2062
V5853A2055
V5863A2053
3/4
2.9
45
7.25
V5852A2072
V5862A2070
V5853A2063
V5863A2061
3/4
4.9
45
7.25
—
—
V5853A1008a
V5863A1006a
3/4
2.9
—
26
—
—
V5853A1016a
V5863A1014a
3/4
4.9
—
26
a
For use with M6410 and M7410 electronic actuators only.
M6410; M7410 Valve Actuators
For product description, see Motors and Actuators—Direct Coupled section, page 381.
477
Water and Steam Valves
VB30A Two-Way Ball Valve Assemblies
NOTE: VB30A Ball Valves must be field-assembled to a Honeywell
Direct-Coupled Actuator (ordered separately). Some combinations are available factory-assembled; see VB34 and VB35
Valve/Actuator Assemblies.
The VB30A Two-way Ball Valve Assemblies are used in heating,
ventilating and air conditioning systems for two-position or
modulating control of low pressure steam, water, or glycol
solutions (to 50 percent concentration).
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tight shutoff (0.01 percent of Cv).
Equal percentage flow characteristic.
Valve bodies 100% tested air under water per MSS SP-72.
Exclusive stem and packing design eliminates packing adjustment for
the life of the valve.
Designed for use with building automation systems.
Valve rated for 200,000 full cycles, 750,000 repositions.
High quality bracket designs minimize heat transfer from controlled
media to actuator.
Field-configurable for normally open or normally closed fail-safe
position.
Manual lever can be attached, or removed, without affecting valve
operation.
Integral position indicator.
MATERIALS:
Body: Bronze.
Seat: Carbon-filled Teflon.
Stem: Stainless Steel.
Packing: Carbon-filled Teflon and EPDM O-ring.
PIPE CONNECTIONS: NPT.
CONTROLLED MEDIUM: Saturated, low pressure Steam, Water, Glycol
solutions (to 50 percent). Not suitable for combustible gases.
PRESSURE RATINGS:
Body Rating: 600 psi.
Water and Glycol: 250 psi (1724 kPa).
Steam: up to 15 psi (103 kPa).
Differential:
Water and Glycol: 150 psi (1034 kPa) maximum.
Steam: 15 psi (103 kPa) maximum.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Water, Glycol, Steam: 35 F to 250 F (2 C to 121 C).
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
NEMA 1.
Plenum rated.
:
Use With
Non-Spring Return Actuators
Spring Return Actuators
Order Number
Flow
Size (NPT) Capacity
Cv (Kv)b
(in.)a
ML6161,
ML7161
ML6174,
ML7174
VB30A1005
1/2 RP
1 (.86)
Xc
Xd
VB30A1013
1/2 RP
2 (1.73)
Xc
Xd
VB30A1021
1/2 RP
4 (3.46)
Xc
Xd
VB30A1039
1/2 FP
15 (13)
Xc
Xd
VB30A1047
3/4 RP
30 (26)
Xd
VB30A1054
3/4 FP
51 (44)
Xc
VB30A1062
1 RP
43 (37)
Xd
VB30A1070
1 FP
68 (59)
X
c
VB30A1088
1-1/4 RP
48 (42)
Xc
VB30A1096
1-1/4 FP
125 (108)
Xc
VB30A1112
1-1/2 FP
177 (153)
Xc
VB30A1120
2 RP
108 (93)
Xc
VB30A1161
1/2 RP
1 (.86)
Xd
VB30A1179
1/2 RP
2 (1.73)
Xd
VB30A1187
1/2 RP
4 (3.46)
Xd
VB30A1195
1/2 FP
15 (13)
Xd
a
b
ML6184, ML7284, ML6194, ML7294, ML6185, ML7285, ML4195, ML6195,
ML9184
ML9194
ML8185, ML9185 ML7295, ML8195
Xd
Xc
RP = reduced port, FP = full port.
Cv(Kv) for valve body alone; if pipe reducers are used, the rating will be decreased.
c
Valid combination for frequent use (more than one cycle per month). May require manual operation at start-up or after long periods of inactivity.
High torque valid combination. Recommended for applications that may require higher than normal breakaway torque due to infrequent valve
operation (less than one cycle per month), such as seasonal changeover. Also valid for frequent use.
e The bracket on this valve accommodates tandem-mounted actuators.
d
continued next page
478
Water and Steam Valves
VB30A continued
Use With
Non-Spring Return Actuators
Spring Return Actuators
Order Number
Flow
Size (NPT) Capacity
Cv (Kv)b
(in.)a
VB30A1203
3/4 RP
30 (26)
VB30A1211
3/4 FP
51 (44)
VB30A1260
1 FP
68 (59)
Xd
VB30A1278
1-1/4 RP
48 (42)
Xd
VB30A1286
1-1/2 RP
84 (73)
Xd
VB30A1294
1 FP
68 (59)
Xe
VB30A1302
1-1/2 RP
84 (73)
Xe
b
ML6174,
ML7174
ML6184, ML7284, ML6194, ML7294, ML6185, ML7285, ML4195, ML6195,
ML9184
ML9194
ML8185, ML9185 ML7295, ML8195
Xc
Xd
Xd
RP = reduced port, FP = full port.
Cv(Kv) for valve body alone; if pipe reducers are used, the rating will be decreased.
c
Valid combination for frequent use (more than one cycle per month). May require manual operation at start-up or after long periods of inactivity.
High torque valid combination. Recommended for applications that may require higher than normal breakaway torque due to infrequent valve
operation (less than one cycle per month), such as seasonal changeover. Also valid for frequent use.
e
The bracket on this valve accommodates tandem-mounted actuators.
d
VB30B Three-Way Ball Valve Assemblies
• Manual lever can be attached, or removed, without affecting valve
operation.
• Integral position indicator.
NOTE: VB30B Ball Valves must be field-assembled to a Honeywell
Direct-Coupled Actuator (ordered separately). Some combinations are available factory-assembled; see VB34 and VB35
Valve/Actuator Assemblies.
The VB30B Three-way Ball Valve Assemblies are used in heating,
ventilating and air conditioning systems for two-position or
modulating control of water or glycol solutions (to 50 percent
concentration).
• Sizes from 1/2 to 2 in. female NPT.
• Valve bodies 100% tested air under water per MSS SP-72.
• Exclusive stem and packing design eliminates packing adjustment for
the life of the valve.
• Designed for use with building automation systems.
• Valve rated for 200,000 full cycles, 750,000 repositions.
• High quality bracket designs minimize heat transfer from controlled
media to actuator.
MATERIALS:
Body: Bronze.
Seat: Carbon-filled Teflon.
Stem: Stainless Steel.
Packing: Carbon-filled Teflon and EPDM O-ring.
PIPE CONNECTIONS: NPT.
CONTROLLED MEDIUM: Water and Glycol solutions (to 50 percent).
PRESSURE RATINGS:
Body Rating: 400 psi.
Water and Glycol: up to 250 psi (1724 kPa).
Differential:
Diverting Application: 150 psid (1034 kPa) maximum.
Mixing Application: 60 psid (414 kPa) maximum.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Water, Glycol: 35 F to 250 F (2 C to 121 C).
continued next page
479
Building Controls and Systems
a
ML6161,
ML7161
Water and Steam Valves
VB30B continued
Use With
Non-Spring Return Actuators
Order Number
Size
(NPT)
(in.)a
Flow
Capacity
Cv (Kv)b
ML6161,
ML7161
ML6174,
ML7174
Xc
Xd
ML6184,
ML7284,
ML9184
Spring Return Actuators
ML6194,
ML6294,
ML7294,
ML9194
VB30B1004
1/2 RP
5.4 (4.7)
VB30B1012
3/4 RP
12 (10.4)
VB30B1020
1 RP
14 (12)
Xd
VB30B1038
1-1/4 RP
21 (18)
Xc
VB30B1053
2 RP
47 (41)
VB30B1061
1/2 RP
5.4 (4.7)
VB30B1079
3/4 RP
12 (10.4)
VB30B1095
1-1/4 RP
21 (18)
Xd
VB30B1103
1-1/2 RP
34 (29)
Xd
VB30B1111
1-1/2 RP
34 (29)
a
b
ML6185,
ML7285,
ML8185,
ML9185
ML4195,
ML6195,
ML7295,
ML8195
Xd
Xd
Xc
c
X
Xd
Xc
Xe
RP = reduced port, FP = full port.
Cv (Kv) for valve body alone; if pipe reducers are used, the rating will be decreased.
c
Valid combination for frequent use (more than one cycle per month). May require manual operation at start-up or after long periods of inactivity.
High torque valid combination. Recommended for applications that may require higher than normal breakaway torque due to infrequent valve
operation (less than one cycle per month), such as seasonal changeover. Also valid for frequent use.
e
The bracket on this valve accommodates tandem-mounted actuators.
d
VB34A Two-Way Valve/Actuator Assemblies
VB34B Three-Way Valve/Actuator Assemblies
Factory Assembled Ball Valves And Non-Spring Return Actuators
2. Using the appropriate chart (two-way, three-way), select the specific
valve from the Valve OS Number column.
3. Select an actuator from the top row that meets the application
requirements.
4. The corresponding four-digit number determines the appropriate OS
number for the Valve/Actuator assembly.
The VB34A,B Valve/Actuator Assemblies are shipped preassembled and are used in heating, ventilating and air conditioning
systems for two-position or modulating control of low pressure
steam, water, or glycol solutions (to 50 percent concentration).
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Determine the Cv for the application (see the Valve Selection Guide,
form 63-8038, for detailed information on valve sizing).
IMPORTANT
Mounting a valve between pipe reducers decreases the effective
valve capacity. See the Valve Selection Guide, form 63-8038, or Ball
Valve Product Data Sheets, forms 63-2535 and 63-2536 for details.
Example:
The application requires a two-way valve with a Cv of 13 and a 24 Vac,
4-20 mA control non-spring-return.
1. The appropriate Cv is 15.
2. The valve from the VB30 Ball Valve and Non-Spring Return Actuator
table is then the VB30A1039.
3. The actuator that meets the requirements is the ML7161A2008.
4. The corresponding four-digit number is 1197.
5. Therefore, the assembly to order would be the VB34A1197.
continued next page
480
Water and Steam Valves
24 Vac Power
n
n
ML9194A1009
n
ML7294A1009
n
ML6294A1000
n
ML6194A1002
n
ML9184A1000
n
ML7284A1018
n
ML6184C1001
n
ML6184A1003
n
ML7174A2001
n
ML6174A2002
n
ML6174D2009
n
ML6174B2019
n
ML7161A2008
n
ML6161A2009
Actuator
OS Number
ML6161D2006
Non-Spring
Return Actuator
Features
ML6161B2024
VB34A; VB34B continued
n
115 Vac Power
2-position Control
Floating Control
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
na
n
4-20 mA Control
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
na
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
0-135 ohm Control
De-clutch
Auxiliary feedback drive
Adjustable minimum position
n
n
Auxiliary switches
n
Conduit Connection/Cover
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
na
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
2062
2187
2302
2427
n
n
n
n
Valve
Size
Valve
Cv
Valve OS
Number
1/2 RP
1
VB30A1005
1049
1122
1007
1163
1262
1387
1205
1445
2
VB30A1013
1056
1130
1015
1171
1270
1395
1213
1452
4
VB30A1021
1064
1148
1023
1189
1288
1403
1221
1460
1/2 FP
15
VB30A1039
1072
1155
1031
1197
1296
1411
1239
1478
3/4 RP
30
VB30A1047
1304
1429
1247
1486
3/4 FP
51
VB30A1054
1312
1437
1254
1494
VB30A1211
1510
1585
1791
1932
1 RP
43
VB30A1062
1528
1593
1809
1940
1 FP
68
VB30A1070
1536
1601
1817
1957
1544
1619
1825
1965
n
n
n
Two-way Valve/Actuator Assembly OS Number: VB34A_ _ _ _
VB30A1260
1-1/4 RP
48
VB30A1088
VB30A1278
2070
2195
2310
2435
1-1/4 FP
125
VB30A1096
2088
2203
2328
2443
1-1/2 RP
84
VB30A1286
2096
2211
2336
2450
1-1/2 FP
177
VB30A1112
2104
2229
2344
2468
2 RP
108
VB30A1120
2112
2237
2351
2476
Valve
Size
Valve
Cv
Valve OS
Number
1/2 RP
5.4
VB30B1004
3/4 RP
12
VB30B1012
1 RP
14
VB30B1020
1162
1204
1329
1402
1-1/4 RP
21
VB30B1038
1170
1212
1337
1410
1030
1006
1048
1071
1113
1055
1139
1089
1121
1063
1147
1477
1535
1592
1659
1-1/2 RP
34
VB30B1103
1485
1543
1600
1667
2 RP
47
VB30B1053
1493
1550
1618
1675
a
VB30B1095
Three-way Valve/Actuator Assembly OS Number: VB34B_ _ _ _
1014
Actuator has output feedback capability.
481
Building Controls and Systems
n
2-10 Vdc Control
Water and Steam Valves
VB35A Two-Way Valve/Actuator Assemblies
VB35B Three-Way Valve/Actuator Assemblies
Factory Assembled Ball Valves And Spring Return Actuators
2. Using the appropriate chart (two-way, three-way), select the specific
valve from the Valve OS Number column.
3. Select an actuator from the top row that meets the application
requirements.
4. The corresponding four-digit number determines the appropriate OS
number for the Valve/Actuator assembly.
The VB35A,B Valve/Actuator Assemblies are shipped preassembled and are used in heating, ventilating and air conditioning
systems for two-position or modulating control of low pressure
steam, water, or glycol solutions (to 50 percent concentration).
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Determine the Cv for the application (see the Valve Selection Guide,
form 63-8038, for detailed information on valve sizing).
24 Vac Power
n
2-position Control
n
Floating Control
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
0-10 Vdc Control
n
2-10 Vdc Control
4-20 mA Control
n
0-135 ohm Control
Auxiliary feedback drive
n
n
n
n
Auxiliary switches
Conduit Connection/Cover
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
ML7295A1014
n
ML7295A1006
n
ML6195A1009
n
ML8195C1005
n
ML8195A1007
n
ML4195C1009
n
115 Vac Power
ML4195A1001
n
ML9185A1007
n
ML7285D1012
n
ML7285A1007
Actuator
OS Number
1. The appropriate Cv is 15.
2. The valve from the VB30 Ball Valve and Spring Return Actuator table
is then the VB30A1195.
3. The actuator that meets the requirements is the ML7285D1012.
4. The corresponding four-digit number is 1335.
5. Therefore, the assembly to order would be the VB35A1335.
142 lb-in.
ML6185A1000
50 lb-in.
ML8185C1006
Spring Return
Actuator
Features
Torque
ML8185A1008
IMPORTANT
Mounting a valve between pipe reducers decreases the effective
valve capacity. See the Valve Selection Guide, form 63-8038, or Ball
Valve Product Data Sheets, forms 63-2535 and 65-2536 for details.
Example:
The application requires a two-way valve with a Cv of 13 and a 24 Vac,
4-20 mA control spring-return actuator with a feedback signal.
n
n
n
n
n
2200
Valve Size Valve Cv
Valve OS
Number
1/2 RP
1
VB30A1161
1400
1459
1004
1202
1301
1624
2
VB30A1179
1418
1467
1012
1210
1319
1632
4
VB30A1187
1426
1475
1020
1228
1327
1640
1/2 FP
15
VB30A1195
1434
1483
1038
1236
1335
1657
3/4 RP
30
VB30A1203
1442
1491
1046
1244
1343
1665
2127
2135
2143
2150
2168
2184
3/4 FP
51
VB30A1211
2044
2085
1962
2002
1723
1806
1848
1 RP
43
VB30A1062
2051
2093
1970
2010
1731
1814
1855
1 FP
68
VB30A1294a
2309
2317
2283
2291
2226
2242
2259
1-1/4 RP
48
VB30A1088
2069
2101
1988
2028
1749
1822
1863
1-1/2 RP
84
VB30A1302a
2408
2416
2382
2390
2325
2341
2358
a
Two-way Valve/Actuator Assembly OS Number: VB35A_ _ _ _
Bracket accommodates tandem-mounted actuators.
continued next page
482
Water and Steam Valves
24 Vac Power
n
2-position Control
n
Floating Control
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
0-10 Vdc Control
n
2-10 Vdc Control
4-20 mA Control
n
Auxiliary feedback drive
n
n
n
n
Auxiliary switches
Conduit Connection/Cover
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Valve Size Valve Cv
Valve OS
Number
1-1/2 RP
5.4
VB30B1061
1086
1094
1003
1045
1060
1284
3/4 RP
12
VB30B1079
1185
1193
1102
1144
1169
1292
1623
1631
1649
1656
1664
1680
1706
1 RP
14
VB30B1020
1565
1599
1508
1532
1326
1383
1417
1-1/4 RP
21
VB30B1038
1573
1607
1516
1540
1334
1391
1425
1-1/2 RP
34
VB30B1111a
1805
1813
1789
1797
1722
1748
1755
a
Three-way Valve/Actuator Assembly OS Number: VB35B_ _ _ _
Bracket accommodates tandem-mounted actuators.
VC Series Balanced Hydronic Valves and Actuators
Control central heating and/or cooling systems, fan coil systems,
radiators and convectors. Depending on the model selected, it can
be controlled by either a low or line voltage spst or spdt or floating
controller such as a room thermostat, Aquastat control, or flow
switch.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Two-way or three-way valves.
Minimal actuator power consumption.
Double insulated actuator.
One-meter cable electrical connections.
Safe for use with fresh water.
Quick and easy replacement of moving parts.
Actuator head installation does not require draining the system.
On/Off models with six second nominal timing.
Floating/modulating models available with 120 second timing.
VC Valve Specifications
MATERIALS:
Body: Bronze.
Stem: Stainless Steel.
Packing: O-ring seal, EPDM rubber.
Cartridge: Ryton™, Noryl™ engineering plastic.
STEM TRAVEL: 0.4 in. (10 mm).
APPROVALS:
ANSI Body Class: 300.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed.
CSA approved.
CONTROLLED MEDIUM: Water.
PRESSURE RATINGS:
Static: 300 psi (20 bar or 2068 kPa)
Burst: 1500 psi (100 bar or 10342 kPa)
Close-off: 60 psi (4 bar or 414 kPa) maximum.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Fluid: 34 F to 203 F (1 C to 95 C).
Ambient: 32 F to 150 F (0 C to 65 C).
VC Actuator Specifications:
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Power Consumption:
On/Off Models: 6W maximum at nominal voltages when driving.
Floating Models: 4W maximum at nominal voltages when driving.
Provide 6 VA for transformer and connection wire sizing.
TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
Ambient: 32 F to 150 F (0 C to 65 C).
Shipping and Storage: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +65 C).
REPLACEMENT PARTS:
VCZZ1000 Replacement Cartridge for Two-way on/off Valves only.
VCZZ1100 Universal Replacement Cartridge with linear flow
characteristics for Two-way Valves used with On/off, Floating and
Modulating Actuators.
VCZZ6000 Replacement Cartridge for Three-way on/off Valves only.
VCZZ6100 Universal Replacement Cartridge with linear flow
characteristics for Three-way Valves used with On/off, Floating
and Modulating Actuators.
ACCESSORIES: 40007029-002 Wrench for removing VC cartridge.
continued next page
483
Building Controls and Systems
0-135 ohm Control
n
ML7295A1014
n
ML7295A1006
ML6195A1009
n
ML8195C1005
n
ML8195A1007
n
ML4195C1009
n
115 Vac Power
ML4195A1001
n
ML9185A1007
n
ML7285D1012
n
ML7285A1007
Actuator
OS Number
142 lb-in.
ML6185A1000
50 lb-in.
ML8185C1006
Spring Return
Actuator
Features
Torque
ML8185A1008
VB35A; VB35B continued
Water and Steam Valves
VC Series continued
VC VALVES (TWO-WAY):
Dimensions, Approximate
Pipe Size
ORDER NUMBER
Pipe
Connections
in.
Cv
Comments
VCZAA1100
Sweat
1/2
3.2
With linear flow cartridge for use with on/off, floating and modulating actuators.
VCZAL1100
Female NPT
3/4
4.7
VCZAM1100
Sweat
3/4
4.6
VCZAR1100
Female NPT
1
6.6
VCZAS1100
Sweat
1
6.6
VCZBB1100
Female NPT
1/2
3.2
VC VALVES (THREE-WAY):
Dimensions, Approximate
Pipe Size
ORDER NUMBER
Pipe
Connections
in.
Cv
Comments
VCZNB6100
Female NPT
1/2
3.7
With linear flow cartridge for use with on/off, floating and modulating actuators.
VCZMA6100
Sweat
1/2
3.8
VCZMK6100
Female NPT
3/4
6.6
VCZML6100
Sweat
3/4
5.9
VCZMR6100
Female NPT
1
8.6
VCZMS6100
Sweat
1
6.6
VC ACTUATORS:
Control Signal
ORDER NUMBER
Electrical Ratings,
Power Supply
Electrical
Connections
Timing
VC2114ZZ11
24 Vac (60 Hz)
5 ft cable
6 second spdt
Three wire
Two + Com
VC2714ZZ11
VC6834ZZ11
Comments
No
Plenum rated. 3/8 in. flex conduit.
Yes
24 Vac (50-60 Hz)
2 minute
spdt, floating
Yes
VC6934ZZ11
No
VC7934ZZ11
VC8114ZZ11
Auxiliary
Switch
0-10 Vdc,
modulating
24 Vac (60 Hz)
6 second
No
spst
VC8714ZZ11
No
Yes
VC8715ZZ11
1m cable
No
Use with T6400 series
thermostat.
New!
VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 Butterfly Valves
tower water, thermal storage systems, and steam.
VF, VH Valve Assembly Common Features
• 2 in. through 20 in. sizes.
• 2-way and 3-way assemblies - all sizes.
• Electric and pneumatic actuation - all sizes.
• 2-position and modulating control - all sizes.
• Lug body (standard) or wafer body.
• Each valve assembly fully tested before shipping.
• All products manufactured in compliance with ISO 9001.
Figure 222
Figure AR1
K-Lok®
Resilient seat (VF) and high performance (VH) valve assemblies, in
2-way (52 Series) and 3-way (53 Series), provide control for HVAC
system applications including chilled water, hot water, cooling
484
VF52, VF53 Resilient Seat Butterfly Valves (Water Service)
• Assemblies incorporate Figure 222 and AR2 resilient seat butterfly
valves.
• Bubble tight shutoff up to 250 psid (Fig. 222), 150 psid (Fig. AR2).
• Each valve factory tested to 110% of specified pressure rating.
• Cast iron body, EPDM seat.
• Aluminum bronze disc, 316 SS stem.
• System temperature rating: 32 F to 212 F.
• System pressure rating: 125 psi to 250 psi max.
continued next page
Water and Steam Valves
VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 continued
VH52, VH53 High Performance Butterfly Valves (Water or Steam
Service)
• Assemblies incorporate K-Lok® Figure 360/362 and 370/372.
• ANSI Class 150 (Figure 360/362) and 300 (Figure 370/372).
• Metal seat ANSI Class VI shutoff (0.01% leakage).
• Lug body (standard) or wafer body.
• Carbon steel body, RTFE seat.
• Stainless steel disc, 17-4 PH stem.
• System temperature rating: 32 F to 450 F.
• System pressure rating:
—- ANSI 150: 285 psig at 100 F.
—- ANSI 300: 740 psig at 100 F.
STANDARD CLOSE OFF RATINGS:
VF, VH Specifications
CONTROLLED MEDIUM
VF Family: Water, 32 F to 212 F (-17 C to +100 C).
VH Family: Water, Saturated Steam 32 F to 450 F (-17 C to +232 C).
PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE RATINGS:
VF Family:
Sizes 2-12 inch, rated 250 psi.
Sizes 14-20 inch, rated 150 psi.
VH Family:
See Pressure-Temperature Graph.
Compatible
in in.
Actuators
Full Cut
Under Cut
2 to 6
Electric DCA 222
—
100
20 psi
222
200
—
2 to 8
20 psi
222
—
100
2 to 12
60 psi and
electric
222
200
100
10 to 12
20 psi
AR2
—
50
14 to 20
60 psi and
electric
AR2
150
50
ANSI 150
ANSI 300
2 to 20
All
K-Lok®
Valveb
285
740
Valvea
a
Honeywell VF52 and VF53 Valves consist of an actuator and a Keystone Figure 222 or Figure AR2 Valve. Honeywell VH52 and VH53
Valves consist of an actuator and a Keystone K-Lok® Valve.
b
K-Lok is a registered trademark of Tyco International.
800
700
CARBON
STEEL
ANSI 300
500
316 S.S.
ANSI 300
400
CARBON
STEEL
ANSI 150
300
PTFE
100
RTFE
316 S.S.
ANSI 150
200
UHMWPE
PRESSURE (PSIG)
600
0
-40
100
200
300
400
500
TEMPERATURE (°F)
M18275
continued next page
485
Building Controls and Systems
VH Family Pressure-Temperature Ratings
Close-off
Pressure in psi
Valve Size
Water and Steam Valves
VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 continued
VF52, VF53 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT:
150 psi
(Figure AR2)
250 psi
(Figure 222)
E
G
H
F
H
KEYSTONE
D
C
45˚
A
Q
E
B
B
D
M18315
Figure 222* (250 psi) Dimensions in in. (mm)
Tap Lug Data
Valve Size A
B
C
D
Tap Size
Bolt Circle
No. Bolts Q
E
F
G
H
2
2.06 (52)
4.13 (105)
5.31 (135)
1.69 (43)
.625-11 UNC-2B
3.25 (83)
4
1.38 (35)
4 (102)
1.25 (32)
.56 (14)
.38 (10)
2.5
2.56 (64)
4.63 (118)
5.94 (150)
1.81 (46)
.625-11 UNC-2B
3.25 (83)
4
2.00 (51)
4 (102)
1.25 (32)
.56 (14)
.38 (10)
3
3.06 (77)
5.19 (132)
6.31 (160)
1.81 (46)
.625-11 UNC-2B
3.25 (83)
4
2.63 (67)
4 (102)
1.25 (32)
.56 (14)
.38 (10)
4
4.06 (103)
6.38 (162)
7.13 (181)
2.06 (52)
.625-11 UNC-2B
3.25 (83)
8
3.69 (93)
4 (102)
1.25 (32)
.63 (16)
.44 (11)
5
5.06 (128)
7.38 (188)
7.69 (195)
2.25 (56)
.750-10 UNC-2B
3.25 (83)
8
4.75 (120)
4 (102)
1.25 (32)
.75 (19)
.50 (13)
6
5.81 (147)
8.50 (216)
8.31 (210)
2.25 (56)
.750-10 UNC-2B
3.25 (83)
8
5.56 (141)
4 (102)
1.25 (32)
.75 (19)
.50 (13)
8
7.81 (198)
10.69 (272) 9.50 (241)
2.38 (60)
.750-10 UNC-2B
5.00(127)
8
7.75 (196)
6 (152)
1.25 (32)
.88 (22)
.63 (16)
10
9.81 (249)
13.00 (330) 10.88 (275) 2.69 (68)
.875-9 UNC-2B
5.00(127)
12
9.75 (247)
6 (152)
2.00 (51)
1.13 (29)
N/A
12
11.81 (300) 14.81 (376) 12.25 (311) 3.13 (78)
.875-9 UNC-2B
5.00(127)
12
11.75 (298) 6 (152)
2.00 (51)
1.13 (29)
N/A
* Figure 222 valves are rated for 250 psi bi-directional service. Standard actuator sizing is based on 150 psi line pressure.
Figure AR2 (150 psi) Dimensions in in. (mm)
Tap Lug Data
Valve
Size
A
B
C
D
Tap Size
Bolt Circle
No.
Bolts Q
E
F
G
H
4
4.00 (102)
6.38 (162)
7.00 (178)
2.00 (51)
.625-11 UNC-2B
7.50 (191)
8
3.44 (87)
4 (102)
1.25 (32)
.63 (16)
.44 (11)
5
5.00 (127)
7.38 (187)
7.50 (191)
2.13 (54)
.750-10 UNC-2B
8.50 (216)
8
4.54 (115)
4 (102)
1.25 (32)
.75 (19)
.50 (13)
6
5.75 (146)
8.50 (216)
8.00 (203)
2.13 (54)
.750-10 UNC-2B
9.50 (241)
8
5.35 (136)
4 (102)
1.25 (32)
.75 (19)
.50 (13)
8
7.75 (197)
10.69 (272)
9.50 (241)
2.50 (64)
.750-10 UNC-2B
11.75 (298)
8
7.36 (187)
6 (152)
1.25 (32)
.88 (22)
.63 (16)
10
9.75 (248)
13.00 (330)
10.75 (273)
2.50 (64)
.875-9 UNC-2B
14.25 (362)
12
9.46 (240)
6 (152)
2.00 (51)
1.13 (29)
N/A
12
11.75 (298)
14.81 (376)
12.25 (311)
3.00 (76)
.875-9 UNC-2B
17.00 (432)
12
11.40 (290)
6 (152)
2.00 (51)
1.13 (29)
N/A
14
13.25 (337)
16.88 (429)
12.00 (305)
3.00 (76)
1.000-8 NC
18.75 (476)
12
12.95 (329) 6 (152)
3.00 (76)
1.38 (35)
N/A
16
15.25 (387)
19.25 (489)
12.94 (329)
4.00 (102)
1.000-8 NC
21.25 (540)
16
14.78 (375) 6 (152)
3.02 (77)
1.63 (41)
N/A
18
17.25 (438)
21.50 (546)
14.50 (368)
4.25 (108)
1.125-7 NC
22.75 (578)
16
16.79 (426) 8 (203)
4.25 (108)
1.88 (48)
N/A
20
19.25 (489)
23.75 (603)
15.88 (403)
5.00 (127)
1.125-7 NC
25.00 (645)
20
18.64 (473) 8 (203)
4.25 (108)
1.88 (48)
N/A
NOTES:Dimensions and weights do not include mounting bracket and actuator.
AR2 valves are utilized for all assemblies 14-inch – 20-inch (150 psi) and undercut assemblies (50 psi) size 8-inch – 20-inch.
222 valves are utilized for all assemblies 2-inch—12-inch at 200 psi and undercut assemblies 2-inch—6-inch at 100 psi.
continued next page
486
Water and Steam Valves
VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 continued
VH52, VH53 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT:
ANSI 150, 300 K-Lok VALVES
DD
H
E
F
B
D
Q
H
G
C
A
ANSI Class 150 Figure 360/362 Dimensions (in in.)
Top Plate Drilling
Size A
2
B
C
D
E
F
G
Tapped Lug Data
H
Q
DD or Keyway
Bolt No.
Circle Holes
Hole
Dia.
No.
Holes
Bolt
Circle
Tap
Wt
(lb)
Actuator
Code
BAB
4-1/8
6
4-1/16
4
2-3/8
1-1/4
9/16
9/16
1-7/8
3/8
3-1/4
4
7/16
4
5-1/2
5/8-11UNC
13
2-1/2 4-1/8
6
4-1/16
4
1-7/8
1-1/4
9/16
9/16
2-3/8
3/8
3-1/4
4
7/16
4
5-1/2
5/8-11UNC
14
BAB
3
5
6-5/8
4-5/8
4
1-7/8
1-1/4
5/8
5/8
2-15/16
7/16*
3-1/4
4
7/16
4
6
5/8-11UNC
15
BAC
4
6-3/16
7-1/2
5-1/2
4
2-1/8
1-1/4
3/4
3/4
3-7/8
1/2
3-1/4
4
7/16
8
7-1/2
5/8-11UNC
26
BAD
5
7-1/4
7-9/16
5-9/16
4
2-1/4
1-1/4
3/4
3/4
4-13/16
1/2
3-1/4
4
7/16
8
8-1/2
3/4-10UNC
31
BAD
6
8-19/32 8-3/4
6-11/16
6
2-1/4
1-1/4
3/4
7/8
5-13/16
1/2
5
4
9/16
8
9 1/2
3/4-10UNC
40
CAD
6*
8-19/32 8-3/4
6-11/16
6
2-1/4
1-1/4
7/8
7/8
5-13/16
5/8
5
4
9/16
8
9 1/2
3/4-10UNC
41
CAE
CAF
8
10-5/8
10-1/8
8-1/16
6
2-1/2
2
1-1/8
1-1/8
7-5/8
1/4 x 1/4 x 1-5/8
5
4
9/16
8
11-3/4
3/4-10UNC
63
10
12-3/4
11-3/8
9 3/8
6
2-13/16 2
1-1/8
1- 3/8
9 9/16
1/4 x 1/4 x 1-5/8
5
4
9/16
12
14-1/4
7/8-9UNC
106
CAF
10*
12-3/4
11-3/8
9 3/8
6
2-13/16 3
1-3/8
1-3/8
9 9/16
5/16 x 5/16 x 2-5/8 5
4
9/16
12
14-1/4
7/8-9UNC
107
CAG
12
14-3/4
13
10-9/16
8
3-3/16
3
1-3/8
1- 1/2
11-3/8
5/16 x 5/16 x 2-5/8 6-1/2
4
13/16 12
17
7/8-9UNC
160
DAG
14
16-1/4
13-1/4
11-9/16
8
3-5/8
3
1-5/8
1-5/8
12-1/2
3/8 x 3/8 x 2-5/8
4
13/16 12
18-3/4
1-8UN
265
DAH
6-1/2
16
18-1/2
14-1/2
12-9/16
8
4
3
1-5/8
1-3/4
14-5/16
3/8 x 3/8 x 2-5/8
6-1/2
4
13/16 16
2 1-3/4
1-8UN
305
DAH
18
21
16
13-3/16
8
4-1/2
4-1/4
1-7/8
1-7/8
16-1/8
1/2 x 3/8 x 3-7/8
6-1/2
4
13/16 16
22-3/4
1-1/8-8UN
415
DAJ
20
23
17-7/16 15-1/16
8
5
4-1/4
2-1/4
2-1/4
17-15/16 1/2 x 3/8 x 3-7/8
6-1/2
4
13/16 20
25
1-1/8-8UN
500
DAK
Wt
(lb)
Actuator
Code
ANSI Class 300 Figure 370/372 Dimensions (in in.)
Tapped Lug Data
Top Plate Drilling
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Q
DD or Keyway
Bolt
Circle
2
4-1/8
6
4-1/16
4
2-3/8
1-1/4
9/16
9/16
1-7/8
3/8
3-1/4
4
7/16
8
5-7/8
3/4-10UNC 17
BAB
2-1/2 4-1/8
6
4-1/16
4
1-7/8
1-1/4
9/16
9/16
2-3/8
3/8
3-1/4
4
7/16
8
5-7/8
3/4-10UNC 18
BAB
3
5
6-5/8
4-5/8
4
1-7/8
1-1/4
5/8
5/8
2-15/16
7/16
3-1/4
4
7/16
8
6-5/8
3/4-10UNC 20
BAC
4
6-3/16
7-1/2
5-1/2
4
2-1/8
1-1/4
3/4
3/4
3-7/8
1/2
3-1/4
4
7/16
8
7-7/8
3/4-10UNC 26
BAD
5
7-1/4
7-9/16
5-9/16
4
2-5/16
1-1/4
3/4
3/4
4-13/16
1/2
3-1/4
4
7/16
8
9 1/4
3/4-10UNC 31
BAD
6
8-19/32 8-3/4
6-11/16 6
2-5/16
1-1/4
7/8
7/8
5-13/16
5/8
5
4
9/16
12
10-5/8
3/4-10UNC 55
CAE
8
10-5/8
10-1/8
8-1/16
6
2-7/8
2
1-1/8
1-1/8 7-5/8
1/4 x 1/4 x 1-5/8
5
4
9/16
12
13
7/8-9UNC
80
CAF
10
12-3/4
11-3/8
9 3/8
6
3-1/4
3
1-3/8
1-3/8 9 9/16
5/16 x 5/16 x 2-5/8 5
4
9/16
16
15-1/4
1-8UN
137
CAG
12
14-3/4
13
10-9/16 8
3-5/8
3
1-3/8
1-1/2 11-3/8
5/16 x 5/16 x 2-5/8 6-1/2
4
13/16 16
17-3/4
1-1/8-8UN
185
DAG
14
16-1/4
14-3/8
12-1/4
4-5/8
4-1/4
1-7/8
1-7/8 12-1/2
1/2 x 3/8 x 4
6-1/2
4
13/16 20
20-1/4
1-1/8-8UN
340
DAJ
16
18-1/2
16
13-3/8
8
5-1/4
4-1/4
2-1/4
2-1/4 14-5/16
1/2 x 3/8 x 4
6-1/2
4
13/16 20
22-1/2
1-1/4-8UN
432
DAK
18
21
17
14-3/4
8
5-7/8
4-1/4
2-1/2
2-1/2 16-1/8
5/8 x 5/8 x 4
6-1/2
4
13/16 24
24-3/4
1-1/4-8UN
550
DBA
20
23
20-3/16 16-5/16 7-1/ 6-1/4
2
6-1/2
2-3/4
2-3/4 17-15/16 5/8 x 5/8 x 5-3/4
8
4
13/16 24
27
1-1/4-8UN
850
LAX
8
NOTE: Dimensions and weights do not include mounting bracket and actuator.
No.
Holes
Hole
Dia.
No.
Bolt
Holes Circle
Tap
continued next page
487
Building Controls and Systems
M18314
Water and Steam Valves
VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 continued
Order Number Guide:
VF5
Resilient seat butterfly valve
VH5
High performance K-Lok® butterfly valve
2
2-way
3
3-way
Valve Type
Valve Assembly
Type
02
2 in.
25
20
2-1/2 to 20 in.
20 in.
Valve Size
Full cut disc - VF5 valve type only (see notes)
F
U
Under cut disc - VF5 valve type only (see notes)
1
3
ANSI 150 - VH5 valve type only (see notes)
ANSI 300 - VH5 valve type only (see notes)
Disc/Close Off
Pressure
S2
S6
Pneumatic spring return, 20 psi air (available valve sizes 2-12 inches)
D6
Pneumatic double acting non-spring return, 60 psi air (all valve sizes)
E2
Electric non-spring return, floating. 120 Vac power (all valve sizes)
EM
EP
Electric non-spring return, modulating 0-10 Vdc control, 120 Vac power (all valve sizes)
Electric non-spring return, modulating, 4-20 mA control, 120 Vac (all valve sizes)
EK
H1
Electric non-spring return, modulating, resistance control, 120 Vac power (all valve sizes)
DCA - Electric non-spring return, floating control, 24 Vac power (available valve sizes 2-6 inches)
(ML6194A1002)
DCA - Electric non-spring return, modulating (2-10 Vdc/4-20 mA) control, 24 Vac power, (available valve
sizes 2-6 inches) (ML7294A1009)
H2
Actuator Type
Pneumatic spring return, 60 psi air (all valve sizes)
H3
DCA - Electric non-spring return, modulating (135 ohm) control, 24 Vac power, (available valve sizes 2-6
inches) (ML 9194A1009)
H4
DCA - Electric spring return, floating control, 24 Vac power, (available valve sizes 2-4 inches)
(ML6195A1009)
H5
DCA - Electric spring return, modulating (2-10 Vdc/4-20 mA) control, 24 Vac power, (available valve sizes 24 inches) (ML 7295A1014)
DCA - Electric spring return, 2-position control, 120 VAc power, (available valve sizes 2-4 inches)
(ML4195A1001)
DCA - Electric spring return, 2-position control, 24 Vac power, (available valve sizes 2-4 inches)
(ML8195A1007)
Lug - Cast iron (standard)
L
Valve Body Style
H6
H7
W
Wafer - Cast iron (optional - nonstock item, non-standard delivery)
Spring return 2-way assembly - normally open
O
C
N
Fail Position/
Assembly
Configuration
Spring return 2-way assembly - normally closed
Electric non-spring return 2-way assembly - fail in place
A,B,C,D,E,F Spring return 3-way assembly - see 3-way diagram
Non-spring return 3-way assembly - see 3-way diagram
A,C,E
P
Q
Pneumatic positioner, 20 psi spring return actuator
Pneumatic positioner, 60 psi spring return actuator
R
F
Pneumatic positioner, 60 psi double acting actuator
H
Integral auxiliary switches on DCA actuator (“C” model of DCA)
EP Valve 120 Vac, 20 psi spring return actuator
T
U
V
W
Y
Z
X
Electro-pneumatic positioner, 60 psi spring return or double acting actuator
EP Valve 24 Vac, 20 psi spring return actuator
EP Valve 120 vac, 60 psi spring return actuator
EP Valve 24 Vac, 60 psi spring return actuator
EP Valve 120 Vac, 60 psi double acting actuator
EP Valve 24 Vac, 60 psi double acting actuator
No accessories
S
X
Limit switch for pneumatic actuators
No optional limit switch (limit switches are standard on EM, EP, E2
electric actuators)
Heater (required for all electric modulating “EM” and “EP”
H
actuators, optional for floating “E2”
X
No optional heater (heaters are not applicable for pneumatic
actuators, or DCA’s)
H
X
VF5
2
02
F
S2
L
O
P
Actuator
Accessories/
Options
S
H
H
Handle for non-spring return DCA assemblies
No optional handle (Manual handle is standard on
“EM”, “E2”, “EK”, and “EP” actuators)
Example
continued next page
488
Water and Steam Valves
VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 continued
3-Way Butterfly Valve Configurations
B
A
C
D
F.C.
F.C.
F.O.
F.O.
F.C.
ACT
ACT
F.C.
F.O.
NOTES:
F.C.
F.O.
ACT
ACT
F.O.
F
E
F.O.
ACT
ACT
F.C.
M18316
5. Standard close-off ratings as follows:
CLOSE-OFF PRESSURES
VALVE SIZE
ACTUATOR
TYPE
2-6 inches
Elect DCA
222
N/A
100 psi
2-6 inches
20 psi
222
200 psi
100 psi
2-6 inches
20 psi
222
N/A
100 psi
8-12 inches
20 psi
Ar2
N/A
50 psi
2-12 inches
60 psi & Elec
222
200 psi
100 psi
14-20 inches
60 psi & Elec
AR2
150 psi
50 psi
ANSI 150
ANSI 300
285 psi
740 psi
2-20 inches
All
VALVE
TYPE
K-Lok®
FULL CUT
DISC
UNDER CUT
DISC
6. When required, 2-12 inch valves with full cut disc can be provided
with a 250 psi close-off rating (except with 20 psi actuator) as a “special”. See note 4.
New!
VU53; VU54; VU443; VU444; VU843; VU844
Fan Coil Valves and Actuators
VU53
VU54
VALVE
• VU53 provides 2-way, straight-through control of water. Available in
normally closed or normally open configurations.
• VU54 provides 3-way diverting control of water.
• 300 psi (2,000 kPa, PN20) operating pressure rating.
• Patented ball seal provides long service life, soft close off.
• Triple O-ring seal provides three lines of defence against corrosion and
water leakage around drive shaft.
• Quick opening flow curve.
• Choice of sweat or inverted flare brass end connections.
• Choice of NPT end connections for iron or steel piping.
The VU443, VU444 and VU843, VU844 Fan Coil Valve Actuators are
used in conjunction with the VU53 and VU54 valves for controlling
the flow of hot or chilled water in commercial HVAC equipment
such as fan coil units, terminal reheat coils and convectors. These
valves are humidity resistant and are suitable for use in
condensing, non-corrosive environments.
IMPORTANT
These valves are not for use in systems containing dissolved oxygen.
• Compact construction for easy installation.
• Fits under the cover of most baseboard convectors with actuator fitted.
Model
ACTUATOR
• One-button, quick release. Secure 3-point, metal latch to valve body.
• Spring return operation.
• Stainless steel case and aluminum cover.
• Line or low voltage, rust-resistant motors.
• Manual opener for valve operation on power failure. Valve returns to
automatic position when power is restored.
• Actuator may be reinstalled or serviced without draining the system or
disassembling the valve.
• Connecting leads available up to 8 feet (2.4m) long.
• Slotted conduit hole for faster wiring.
Actuator Specifications
ACTUATOR ELECTRICAL RATING AND CONNECTION:
10 VA Maximum.
Control
Circuit
VU443A, 120V, 60Hz
VU444A
Current Connection/
Draw (A) Leads
0.07
VU843A, 24V, 50-60 Hz 0.32
VU844A
Type
6 in. motor
leads
standard.
2-way, Normally
Closed; or Open
(VU443A,
VU843A)
18 in., 36 in.
or 96 in.
Leadwires
optional.
3-way, Diverting;
or Mixing
(VU444A,
VU844A)
Note: Motors for all the above models are Class A, Plated.
continued next page
489
Building Controls and Systems
1. For 3-way valve assemblies with pneumatic spring return actuators 1
Port fail closed (F.C.), 1 port fail open (F.O.)
2. 3-way assemblies with electric/pneumatic modulating actuators will
fail to low signal upon loss of signal and last position upon power failure.
3. Actuator location indicated by “act” in above diagrams.
4. Options and accessories not shown in above part number sequence
are “specials” and not available through Honeywell. “Specials” may
be ordered directly from Tyco, via a toll free number. Consult Honeywell H&BC Products Marketing in Golden Valley, MN, to get set up to
go direct to Tyco.
Water and Steam Valves
VU53; VU54; VU443; VU444; VU843; VU844 continued
MAXIMUM AMBIENT AT FLUID TEMPERATURE RATING:
Standard models (with class A motor):
130 F(54 C) ambient at 210 F(99 C) fluid.
170 F(77 C) ambient at 180 F(82 C) fluid.
SHIPPING AND STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40 F to +150 F(-40 C to
+65 C).
ATMOSPHERE: Non-corrosive, non explosive, condensing.
NOISE RATING: Low Noise - non obtrusive.
MATERIALS:
Case: stainless steel.
Cover: aluminum.
Sector gear: reinforced with KEVLAR® brand fiber.
Valve Specification
VALVE STYLES, SIZES, FLOW CAPACITY RATING (Cv)& MAXIMUM
CLOSE-OFF PRESSURE RATING (PSI):
MAXIMUM FLUID TEMPERATURE:
Standard models (with Class A motor):
210 F(99 C) fluid at 130 F(54 C) ambient.
170 F(77 C) fluid at 180 F(82 C) ambient.
MINIMUM FLUID TEMPERATURE: 34 F for all models.
MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE RATING: 300 psi (2000 kPa),
PN20.
FLOW CHARACTERISTICS:Quick opening for on-off application
MATERIAL:
Valve body: forged brass.
Drive shaft stem: brass.
Ball plug: Buna-N rubber.
O-ring seals: EPDM rubber.
SERVICE MEDIUM:
Suitable for hot and chilled water with up to 50% glycol.
Not for use with potable water.
APPROVALS:CSA C/US Certified.
Flow
Maxi.
Capacity Close-off
Pipe Connections Rating Pressure
Model
Type
VU53S 2-Way
Cv
Kv
psi
kPa
2.5
2.1
30
207
3.5
3.0
20
138
3.5
3.0
20
138
8.0
6.9
8
55
Normally 1/2 in.
Open
2.5
2.1
30
207
3.5
3.0
20
138
3/4 in.
3.5
3.0
20
138
8.0
6.9
8
55
1 in.
8.0
6.9
8
55
3.5 3.0
20
138
55
Action
Size
End Fitting
Normally 1/2 in. Sweat
Closed
3/4 in.
VU52S 2-Way
VU53N 2-Way
VU54S 3-Way
Normally 1/2 in. NPT
Closed
3/4 in.
8.0
6.9
8
1 in.
8.0
6.9
8
55
Diverting 1/2 in. Sweat
4.0
3.4
20
138
VU54N
7.0
6.0
10
69
1/2 in. NPT
4.0
3.4
20
138
3/4 in.
7.0
6.0
10
69
NOTE: Most models available. Balance to ship by 4th quarter 2000.
Dimensions in in. (mm):
1-3/4
(44)
7/8 DIA.
(22)
1-3/4
(44)
2-3/8
(60)
1-3/4
(44)
1
2
1-1/2
(38)
3-3/4
(133)
1-3/4
(44)
3/8
(10)
3/8
(10)
A
B
7
VU53 VALVE WITH VU448 ACTUATOR
B
3-WAY
AB
A
15/32
(12)
7/8 (23)
2-WAY
A
VU5 ACTUATOR
2-1/8 (54)
(INVERTED
FLARE)
VU53 AND VU54 VALVE WITH ACTUATOR
1
2
HEIGHT NEEDED TO REMOVE ACTUATOR OR COVER
OPENING FOR 1/2 IN. CONDUIT ON OPPOSITE SITE OF
MANUAL LEVER FOR ALL MODELS.
VALVE BODY SIZE
1/2 IN. SWEAT
3/4 IN. SWEAT
1 IN. SWEAT
1/2 IN. NPT
3/4 IN. NPT
A
1-5/6 (33)
1-3/8 (35)
1-11/16 (43)
1-3/8 (35)
1-11/16 (43)
B
1-5/6 (33)
1-11/16 (43)
1-11/16 (43)
1-5/16 (33)
1-7/16 (37)
M18261
continued next page
490
Water and Steam Valves
VU53; VU54; VU443; VU444; VU843; VU844 continued
Pipe Connections
Size
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Type
Action
VU53S1051
Valve body assembly for use with
VU443, VU843 actuators (3-point
actuator lock, 300 psi static pressure
rating).
2-way
Normally Closed 1/2 in.
VU53S1002
VU53S1028
End Fitting
Sweat
3/4 in.
VU53S1010
VU52S1012
2-way
Normally Open
1/2 in.
VU52S1020
VU52S1038
a
3-way
Diverting
2.5
30
3.5
20
3.5
20
8.0
8
2.5
30
20
3/4 in.
3.5
20
8.0
8
1/2 in.
4.0
20
3/4 in.
7.0
10
Maximum close-off rating reduced by 25% when used with VU444 and VU884 actuators.
NOTE: Most models available. Balance to ship by 4th quarter 2000.
ORDER NUMBER
Description
Control Circuit
Type
Connection
VU443A1008
Actuator for use with VU52, VU53 2-way valves
120 Vac, 60 Hz
2-way
6 in. leadwires
VU843A1004
VU444A1007
VU844A1003
VU443A1032
24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Actuator for use with VU54 3-way valves. (Maximum close-off
rating reduced by 25% when used with VU52, VU53 bodies)
120 Vac, 60 Hz
Actuator for use with VU52, VU53 2-way valves
120 Vac, 60 Hz
VU843A1012
VU444A1064
VU844A1037
3-way Diverting
24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
2-way
18 in. leadwires
24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Actuator for use with VU54 3-way valves. (Maximum close-off
rating reduced by 25% when used with VU52, VU53 bodies.)
120 Vac, 60 Hz
3-way Diverting
24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
NOTES:All actuators come with stainless steel case, aluminum cover, class A plated motor for chilled and hot water applications.
Most models available. Balance to ship by 4th quarter 2000.
KEVLAR® is a Dupont registered trademark.
491
Building Controls and Systems
VU54S1018
Valve body assembly for use with
VU444, VU844 actuators (3-point
actuator lock, 300 psi static pressure).
Maximum
Close-offa
Pressure
(psi)
3.5
VU52S1053
VU54S1000
Flow
Capacity
Rating (Cv)
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement